■liMss sate'**' ^eparimenf of ihc ^nieviov: V. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. 19 PROCEEDINGS UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION. WASHII^GTOI^: aOVEKNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 1880. TABLE OF CONTENTS. Page. Bean, Tarleton H. A list of European Fislies in tlie Collection of the United States National Museum •" ^^ On the Speeiesof Astioacopus of the Eastern United States &7 Od the Occurrence of Hippoglossus vulgaris, Flem., at Unalashka and Saint Micliael's, Alaska ^ Description of an apparently New Species of GasteroUexis (iith, @iii]iic;y 9. Occurrence of Chelura terebrans, a Cmstaccan Destructive to the Tim- ber of Submarine Structures, on the Coast of the United States 232 Xotieo of a Now Species of the "Willemoesia Groui> of Ci'ustaoea (recent Eryontidae) . . 345 Tcrrill, A. E. Notice of Kecent Additions to the Marine Invertebrata of the Northeastern Coast of America, with Desciiptions of New Genera and Species and Critical Kemarks on Others 165 Verrill, A. E., and ISictsarcl ISatbbiin. List of Marine Invertebrata from the New Ln^ihmd Coast, Distributed by the United States Commission of Fisli and Fisheries 227 ^''hife, C A. Descriptions of New Species of Carboniferous Invertebrate Fossils 252 Descriptions of New Cretaceous Invertebrate Fossils from Kansas and Teses . .■. 292 — Note on Endothyra ornata 291 Note on Criocardium and Ethmocardiitm 291 PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1 879. NOTTS 0?i TSBE NESTS ANO 1ECC5.6} OF TDIK Fn«EffT NORTH AMEKICAIV SI»ECaE§ OF EITIPIOONAC'ES. By T. m. BREWEK. Ill the following- paper are given the measurements of all the eggs of the eight species of Empidonax that are in iha collections of the Smith- sonian Institution, and also those in my own, and also a few others. Three of these species, E. mininms, ohscwrus, and hamniondi, so f\ir as is known, have eggs that are uniformly of an unspotted white. If ever spotted, they are so very rarely and so very slightly as hardly to con- stitute really an exception. In another species, flaviventris, of which, so tar as I am aware, only five or six well-identified sets have been se- cured, at least two well-identified sets have been taken that are entirely of an unspotted white color, the others being all more or less spotted and marked. All the remaining four species, traiUii, acadicus, jiKsilhis, and difficiUii, have eggs strongly marked, though, among them all, eggs are occasionally found that are of an unspotted white, or marked with very minute spottings. In the following brief mention I chiefly con- fine myself to the size of each egg, its locality, and the authority for its identification, if the record has been preserved. Empidonax hammondi, Baiid. Four eggs in Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge (:N"o. 1G81), from Blue River, Colo., Edwin Carter, measure .02 x .52; .GO x .54; .02 X .52 ; .04 X .53, averaging about .02 x .53* T. M. B.'s cabinet Xo. 1021. Anderson River. MacFarlane. .07 x .52 ; .08 X .51. , The first set is smaller and more rounded than average eggs of E. m i It huus, hut they are otherwise indistinguishable. None are spotted. Empidonax obscurus, Baird. Smithsonian Xo. 15875. Utah. Ridgway. .71 x .55. Ground-color an immaculate dead white. Smithsonian No. 13592. Austin, Nev. Ridgway. .72x.55; .74:X.55. Smithsonian No. 2335. Dodge Valley, Utah. McCarty. .70x.55; .72 X .5-1. *I am indebted for these measurements to Mr. J. A. Allen. Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 1 AsJfi'iS S9, 1 8 79. Z PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. T. 31. B. Ko. 999. Arizona. Dr. Palmer. .7G x .58 ; .77 x .54. T. M. B. Xo. 1760. Utah. Eidgway. .75 x .58 ; .70 x .54. Greatest length .77, least .70 ; greatest breadth .58, least .54. Gen- eral average of all the examples .73 x .55. Empiclonax difficilis, Baird. Smithsonian Xo. 17593. San Franeisco, Ca^. Samuel Ilubbard. .70 X .52 ; .05 X .50 ; .08 x .50 ; average .08 x .51. The ground-color of these three examples is a creamy white, almost a dead white, and they are chiefly spotted around the larger end with markings of a brownish red and a few faint spots of lavender. The color of the markings of this set has no resendjlance whatever to those of 13440 {U. Jfai'ircntri.s) when carefully compared. T. M.B. No. 605. Monterey, Cal. Dr. Canfleld. .76 x .59; .74 x .59. Spotted with light-brown markings, on a creamy ground, the markings being exclusively around the larger end. T. M. B. No. 2900. Santa Cruz, Cal. William A.' Cooper. The female parent was shot by Mr. Cooper, and was sent to Washington for identi- fication. The nest was in a hollow in a bank, covered with roots and bushes. Incubation just begun, May 4, 1878. .09 x .50; .69 x .51; .70 X .52 ; .69 x .52. These four eggs, as indeed nearly all of the eggs of this species that I have ever seen, are conspicuously marked with vivid light reddish-broA^Ti spots. In three of this set they are chiefly on the larger end ; in one the markings are distributed over the whole egg. Ground- color a creamy white. T. M. B. No. 2959. Nieasio, Marin County, Cal. C. A. Allen. The female parent was shot by Mr. xVllen and identified by Mr. Bidgway. .70 X .53 ; .70 x .54 ; .05 x .54 ; .70 x .55. Marked with large bright red- brown spots, chiefly about the larger end. This nest was also built in a cavity. T. M. B. No. 2728. Santa Cruz, Cal. Geo. H. Keady. Sent me as JE. jiusillus, but evidently a wrong identification. The nest Avas on a horizontal sycamore limb, ten feet from the grouiul. .08 x .55 ; .70 x .57 ; .70 X .57 ; .08 x .58. T. M. B. No. 2800. Haywood, Cal. Dr. J. G. Cooper. May 25, 1877. .70 X .55 ; .70 X .55 ; .60 x .55 ; .08 x .52. The last-mentioned cg<^ is of a very nearly unspotted white. T. M. B. No. 3053. Santa Cruz, Cal. Geo. II. Beady. April 22, 1877. Nest on the lower limb, at the extremity, of a sycamore, ten feet above the ground. .00 x .52 ; .05 x .53 ; .07 x .53. These eggs are, with hardly a doubt, those of -E7. <7/^c?7/.§, though mistaken by Mr. E. for 2)usillus. Their ground-color is pure creamy white. The spots are few, small, and of a more than usually faint brown, disposed in rings around the larger end, the residue of the eg'^ being unspotted. In 24 examples, the greatest length is .76, least .65, average .69 ; great- est breadth .59, least .50, average .54. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 6 Enipidonax pusillus, Cal>anis. Siuitlisoiiian No. 10305. Snake Eiver. Merriam. .76 x .52; .75 x .50. Sinitlisoiiian No. 15210. Parley's Park, Utah. Eobt. Eidgway. .77 X .55 ; .70 X .55 ; .78 x .57. Sinitlisoniau No. 15207. From the same. .04 x .49 ; .70 x .51 ; .04 x .52. Smithsonian No. 12DS2. Sacramento, Cal. Eidgway. .70 x .52 ; .74 X .55 ; .70 X .54 ; .70 x .52. Smithsonian No. 8543. Vanconver Ishind. Hepbnrn. .74 x .55. T. M. P>. No. 9()0. Northern California. Hepburn. .72 x .5S ; .73 x .oS ; .73 X .59. T. M. B. No. 2119. Lake Koskonong, Wis. Tlinre Kumlien. Both parents secured. .08 x .52 ; .71 x .54. By the kindness of Mr. II. W. Henshaw I am enabled to give the measurements of two sets of eggs taken by him near Honey Lake, Cal., in the summer of 1878, June 25. The tirst set of three eggs has an un- usually i)inkish tinge to the cream-colored ground, and around the larger end is a beautiful wreath of markings of a light lilac-brown blending with others of reddish brown. These eggs measure .75 x .55; .74 x .58; .78 X .59. The other set of four eggs have a nearly jiure Avhite ground, and are marked around the wider portion of the egg with small red-brown and a few lilac-brown spottings of a rounded shape. The rest of each egg, including the larger end, has an unspotted surface. One egg has only a very few very fine dottings, and is very nearly pnre white. Their meas- nrements are .09 x .55 ; .08 x .54 ; .70 x .55 ; .71 x .58. All the eggs of this species have a certain family resemblance, which it is easy to recognize at sight, but very difficult to describe distinguish- ingly. They are all more or less marked with small, rounded spots, rarely blotched, and the markings are, some of them, much more minute than is usual in any other species. The spots are also scattered more about the entire egg, or, if confined, are chiefly on the larger portion of the circumference, and never, or certainly rarely, confluent. Mr. Henshaw informs me that he has examined at least twenty-five nests of this species {piisiUus), and that with only one exception they have all been built in willows. The nest before me, taken by Mr. H. near Honey Lake, June 25, 1877, is a well- woven structure, made of thin strips of the inner bark of deciduous trees, broken bits of dry grasses, lichens, &c., and is lined with fine grasses and hair.^ It is pyramidal in shape, tapering to a point at the base, and is 4J in external height and 31 in external breadth. The cavity is two inches deep. It contained the set of four eggs referred to above. The exception referred to by ]Mr. Henshaw was a nearly completed nest of this species, found June 17, that was placed in a crotch of a swinging grape-vine. Its structure is said to have been unusually neat and firm for a Flycatcher's. (Wheeler's Eeport, 1870, p. 255.) 4 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Empidonax traillii, Baird. Smitlisoman Ko. 403G. East Bethel, Vt. C. Paiue. .74 x .52 ; .74 x .52; .70X.53; .73 x .52. Smithsonian No. 7330. Fort Eesolution. Locldiart. .80 x .57 ; .75 X .55 ; .73 x .55 ; .72 x .55. Smithsonian Xo. 8859. The same. .80 x .55 ; .80 x .55. Smithsonian No. 4052. Three Eivers, Canada. Ivcilcoii'. .79 x .57. Smithsonian No. 4395. Great Slave Lake. Loeldiart. .79 x .57 ; .74 X .55. Smithsonian No. 1229. Williamstown, Mass. Hopkins. .70 x .53; .70X.55; .72X.54. Smithsonian No. 1819. Winnebago, 111. .70x.55; .GSx.55. This set is an almost nnspotted white. T. M. B. No. 412. Gorham, N. H. T. M. B. .73 x .49. T. M. B. No. 413. E. Bethel, Vt. Taine. .70 x .50; .72 x .49. T. M. B. No. 438. Coventry, Yt. Knight. .70 x .52. T. M. B. No. 1978. Catskill Monntaius, N. Y. Dr. James C. Merrill. .72 X .53 ; .70 x .52. One of these is very nearly an nnspotted white. T. M. B. No. 1000. Coventry, Yt. .75 x .57. T. M. B. No. 2G32. Milan, N. H. Weleh. .79 x .GO; .79 x .GO. T. M. B. No. 3054. Eandolph, Yt. Prince. .75 x .58; .72 x .55; .73 X .57. Empidonax flaviventris, Baiid. Smithsonian No. 13219. Halifax, N. S. Do^\nies. Eeceived with parent. .74 x .53. Of a nniform dead chalky white. The other eggs of this set measnred .73 x .55 and .75 x .54. Smithsonian No. 13440. St. Stephen, N. B. Geo. A. Boardman. Parent secured and identification perfect. The nest is small; had been built in a low bush; its breadth internally is 1.90 inches, depth 1.25; external diameter 3 inches, depth 1.75. It is cojistructed of Hax-like fibres, fine shreds of the inner bark of deciduous trees, a few fine grasses mingled with feathers, and lined with horse-hair, downy feathers, and tine grasses. The eggs measure .75 x .54; .75 x .53; .70 x .55. Their original nundjer was four. They have a ground-color of a pure white, with blotch-like spots on the larger end, of purplish drab and umber-brown, mixed with scattered black markings, but without a tinge of red, and are unlike any other eggs of this genus that I have ever seen. T. M, B. No. 41G. Centre Harbor, N. H. T. M. B. .70 x .50; .74 x .58; .07 X .55. One of these unspotted; two of them marked with small spots of purple drab. T. M. B. No. 418. Habfax, N. S. Downes. .09 x M. This egg and the two others in this set were of a nearly pure chalky white, with a few faint spots, so slight as, at first, to be overlooked. The parent se- cured and sent with the eggs. I exclude from this list the set secured by me in Grand Menan, referred to below, as, although the identifica- PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 5 tion was apparently satisfactoiy, it was not placed beyond donbt by securing the parent. The eggs averaged .68 x .03. Neither in size, shape, nor in the shade of ground-color, did they at all resemble any fresh eggs of E. minimus that I have ever seen. In these ten specimens, the greatest length is .70, the least .07, aver- age .73; the greatest breadth is .58, the least .53, average .55. Since the above was written, my friend Mr. Wm. A. Jeffries has pro- cured for me, through the courtesy of Mr. Deane, the measurements of the four eggs procured by the latter in Maine, and described by Mr. Purdie. These measure .70 x .55; .70 x .55; .05 x .52; .70 x .55, and re- duce the average to .72 x .55. The eggs are described by Mr. Jeffries as of pure white ground, with markings in two eggs of line dots; in the others, small irregular blotches, of a light red-brown, not so deep or so bright as in difficUis; mingled with these are a few markings of lilac. The ground-color appears to have lost the rosy tint mentioned by Mr. P. in the first description, in which, too, no mention is made of the lilac- colored spots. Through the kindness of Mr. Osborne I have also been enabled to examine one of the eggs contained in the nest of this species found by him in Grand Menan. It measures ,70 x .50, and agrees exactly with the description given by him, except that there is a slight roseate tinge in the white ground. The spots are a light reddish brown, and the egg- is undistinguishable from several eggs in my collection of E. difficUis. It is very different from the eggs identitied by Mr. Boardman. Mr. Osborne writes me that none of this set differ more than yf^ in their measurements, and that in their color the only points in which any differ from the one described are the lighter shade of the ground-color and the larger size of the blotches. Empidonax acadicus, Bairil. Smithsonian No. 10039. Maryland. Slack. .77 x .57. Smithsonian ISTo. 3430. Marion County, W. Ya. Morgan. .07 x .57; .08 X .52; .08x.55; .75 x .53; .74 x .50; .70 x .50; .07 x .57; .08x52; .08 X .53', .75 X .53; .74 x .50; .70 x .50. Smithsonian No. 2018. Philadelphia. Mcllvame. .70 x .58; .71 x. 50. Smithsonian No. 1959. Locality not given. .75 x .55; .72 x .57. Smithsonian No. 2128. Northern Georgia. Dr. Gerhardt. .77 x .57; .77 X .59. Smithsonian No. 13470. Locality not given. .70 x .55. Smithsonian No. 17007. Washington, D. C. H. W. Henshaw. .74 s .54; .70 X .55; .72 x .55. Smithsonian No. 1081. Halifax, Ya. .82 x .55. T. M. B. No. 2735. Staten Island, N. Y. S. D. Osborne. June 5, 1875. .81 X .00; (nearly unspotted) .80 x .59; .79 x .59. T. M. B. No. 1010. Indiana. Geo. Welch. .78 x .58; .78 x .00; .77 x .59; .75X.58. In these 31 examples the greatest length is .82, the least .07, the mean b PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. .74; tlie greatest breadth .GO, least .52, average .50. The eggs of this species uniformly have a groimd-color of a creamy white, or a deep cream-color, and when fresli have a slight roseate tinge. In a few in- stances the markings are almost, though never wholly, wanting. The eggs of this species so closely resemble those of trailUi as to be indis- tinguishable; but they may be readily told from those of j>«A'i7?«s. Empidonax minimus, Baiid. The ground-color of the eggs of this species, as a general ride, is a luiiform unsi)otted white, a creamy white when fresh, fading into a dead white when long exposed to the light and air. In one set of two eggs, both examples are faintly marked with dark or blackish-brown spots. In all the other instances I have seen where eggs of this species seemed to be spotted, the markings have had rather the api)earance of stains than genuine natural characters. Smithsonian IsTo. 3771. Lynn, Mass. Welch. .65 x 48 ; .06 x .50. Smithsonian No. 12770. E. Windsor Hill, Conn. Dr. Wood. .64 x .48 ; .65 X .50 ; .64 x .50 ; .65 x .50. Smithsonian Ko. 8715. The same. .66 x .51; .G5 x .50; .67 x .50; .65X.50; .66 X. 53. Smithsonian No. 16677. Pembina. D. Gunn. .67 x .49 ; .60 x .50 ; .66 X .48. Smithsonian No. 10485. Fort Eesolution. Lockhart. .63 x .47 ; .65 x .50 ; .65 X .48. Smithsonian No. 8861. . The same. .09 x .50; .09 x .49; .08 x .48. Smithsonian No. 2193. Eandolph, Yt. Paine. .07 x .52. Smithsonian No. 15030. Eacine, Wis. Dr. Hoy. .00 x .50 ; .01 x .51. Both of these examples are slightly spotted with a very dark or black- ish brown. Smithsonian No. 0212. Port Eesolution. Lockhart. .70 x .52 ; .05 x .51 ; .03 X .52 ; .07 x .52 ; .07 x .52. Smithsonian No. . Pembina. D. Gunn. .00 x .52; .05 x .51; .03 X .52 ; .04 x .50. Smithsonian No. 14562. Lynn. Welch. .62 x .50 ; .64 x .51 ; .65 x .49 ; .65 X .49. Smithsonian No. 1854. The same. .62 x .52 ; .65 x .52; .60 x .52. Smithsonian No. 2985. Sing Sing, N. Y. .64 x .52. Smithsonian No. 13447. Calais, Me. Boardman. .64 x .52 ; .65 x .49 ; .64 X .51 ; .65 x .48. Smithsonian No. 1973. Connecticut. Dr. Wood. .62 x .49 ; .70 x .50 ; .57 X .48. Smithsonian No. 4097. Great Slave Lake. Lockhart. .63 x .51; .63 X .50 ; .05 x .50 ; .02 x .51. T. M. B. No. 240. New Britain, Conn. Moore. .00 x .49 ; .02 x .52. T. M. B. No. 1202. Lynn. Welch. .04 x .50 ; .00 x .50. T. M. B. No. 220. The same. .00 x .52 ; .05 x .50 ; .64 x .50 ; .64 x .50. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. T. M. B. 1^0. 3055. E. Bethel, Yt. Prince. .03 x .49 .50 ; .01 X .50 ; .01 x .50 ; .05 x .50. In these 01 examples the extreme length, in two instances, is .70, the least .57, and the mean .01: EECAPITULATIOK. Emp. hammoii E. obsciiius. . - E. difficilis.... E. pusilluvS E. trailli E. flavivcntris E. acailirus ... E. minimus . - . -3 ,£3 3 a O y, g Q ^ ^ S ^ ^ s ffl =i ?. -g a H ^ ^ J., ..51 a e^ .G8 .CO .04 .54 .52 .77 .70 .7;{ .58 .54 ..05 .76 .65 .09 .59 . 50 .54 .78 .64 . 72 . 59 .40 .55 .80 .74 .00 .49 .54 .70 .o.-> . 72 .58 ..55 .82 .07 .74 .00 .52 .56 .70 .57 .04 .52 .47 .50 Mr. S. D. Osborne (B. IST. O. C. iii, 187) describes the nest and eggs fonnd in a hnmmock of moss on the island of Grand Menan, the parent of which was procnred, and was by him identified as E. Jlaviventris. " The cavity extended in about two inches, was abont four inches in depth, and was lined with a very few fine grasses, black hair-lilcc roots, and skins of berries. The eggs, four in number, are white, with a very delicate creamy tint, which differs in its intensity in the different speci- mens, and are spotted, mostly at the larger end, with a few dots and blotches of a light reddish shade." Eight days later than Mr. Osborne's discovery, and in a different locality, Messrs. Deane and Purdie secured another nest and set of eggs, identified as of the same species, in Houlton, Me. This, too, was "in a ball of green moss." " The lining was mainly of fine black rootlets, with a few pine needles and grass stems." " The eggs, four in number, were perfectly fresh, rounded oval in shape, and of a beautiful rosy- white tint, well spotted with a light reddish shade of brown." (B. X. O. C. iii, 100.) Mr. Osborne remarks that " there are several nests of this bird in different collections, the identities of most, if not all, of which are dis- puted"; and he adds, "the descriptions given by Baird, Brewer and Eidgway, agree very well with the nests of the Traill's Flycatcher," »S:c. The first clause is so vague as to make it doubtful to what nests he may refer. So far as I am aware, prior to 1878 only four or five nests of this bird had been i)rocured, and of these three at least are as well and as completely identified as are those of either JMr. O.sborne's or Mr. Pur- die's. Their authenticity is as indisputable. Mr. Piu'die also assumes, " so great is the variation," " that there was some error of identification " ; and finally refers the eggs to the Least Flycatcher, and cites Mr. Eidgway as authority. But Mr. Eidgway, on 5 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. the coutraiy, accepts tliem as genuine eggs of flavivcntris in bis recent report (p. o-44), whatever may be tbeir resemblance to those of E. minima ; and he so accepts them stilL* In fact, there is no more reason Avhy we should reject the identification of these nests and eggs, than for our refusing to credit the statements of Messrs. Osborne, Purdie, and Ueaue. In either case the identification was complete, and the differ- ences in the nest, if of any real moment, tell as much against the one as the other. Mr. Boardman's and Mr. Downes's birds were submitted to Prof. Baird, and have had his verification in addition. In June, 1850, I met with a nest which I then had no doubt belonged to this species. It was in a low bush on Grand Menan, near the water. My nephew H. E. Storer, then a lad of sixteen, was with me. Both parents were seen, and the male was carefully observed through a good glass; the female, when first seen, was on the nest; a male, apparentlj' its mate, was near by. Unfortunately, in the attempt to secure one of the parents, it was missed, and the birds became so wild that neither could be secured. We were obliged to leave the island and to take the nest without further identification, but we had no doubt as to the iden- tity. The eggs were white, not cream-color, more oblong and hirger than the average eggs of E. minima. A few weeks later, the same year, I received, among other nests and eggs, collected near Halifax by Mr. Andrew Downes, two nests and two sets of eggs, with the parent of each, of Jlavivenfris. The parents were sent to Prof. Baird, and by him identified as E. flariventris. There were no notes as to the position of these nests; they were mere collec- tions of broken grasses, and it is not improbable they had been built in hollow places. There was, at least, nothing to show to the contrary. Their autjienticity there is no reason to question. The following sum- mer a nest with three eggs and its parent were taken in Centre Harbor, two of the eggs being spotted. The same summer Mr. Boardman pro- cured the nest, four eggs, and the parent bird referred to above as now in the Smithsonian collection. These eggs do not at all correspond, in the color of their markings, to the descriptions gi\'en of the sets found in 1S7S. Entire reliance cannot be placed upon mere differences in the con- struction of nests to prove difference of species. However remarkable this may bo, it is anything but conclusive. It will be seen that just the same differences are noted in the descriptions of the nesting of E. (liffwiUs. While two are noted as built in holes in banks, correspond- ing with those of the recent examples of Jfaviventris, others were built near the extremities of sycamore limbs ten feet from the ground. Mr. J. A. Allen (B. K O. C. iii, p. 25) speaks of the E. acadicm building a nuich ruder nest than E. minimus, and most probably the specimens before him justified his conclusions ; but my experience would lead me to reverse their relative positions. In fiict, both of these species vary greatly in their architecture, the Acadian most of all, and no one, but *But see these Proceedings for 1878, p. 425, footnote. — 11. R. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 9 for liis positive knowledge of tlieir specific identity, could suppose that a certain fiat platform-nest of one pair ; the deeply-hollowed nest, with its remarkable border of chevaux de fris, of another; and, again, the beautiful pensile nest, like a Yireo's, of a third, were all nests of this same species acadicus. The differences in the color of the eggs identified as those of fari- ventris are, i^erhaps, more unusual and remarkable, certainly to their extent. Here are two well-identified sets, those from Halifax, of an unspotted white ; another set, but slightly spotted ; then Mr. Board- man's set, strongly marked, but very differently from the eggs belong- ing to the two most recently identified nests. The eggs of hammondi and ohscurus are plain white, and no record exists of any spotted ex- ample of either. The same is almost equally true of yninimHS. In sixty- one eggs, only two are found with even faint spots; but this exception may show the possibility of there being more variations than we are now aware of. Among the eggs of difficilis a single specimen occurs of very nearly unspotted white. The same is true of one egg of E. jnmllus. Among the eggs of E. traillU unspotted eggs are comparatively more common. Among my eggs of E. acadicus there is also one very nearly an unspotted white. So that these variations in nests and m color of eggs cannot be received as necessarily conclusive as against such positive identifications as those of Mr. Boardman's and Mr. Downes's examples. If we take the product of the average length multiplied by its aver- age breadth at the point of the largest diameter as a proximate test of the relative size of the eggs of each species, we find the following result : Acadicus 4144 Obscurus 4015 Traillii 3096 riaviventris 3900 Pusillus 3930 Difficilis 3720 Hammondi 3328 Minimus - 3200 Since the above was in type, Mr. Charles A. Allen of ^^icasio, Cali- fornia, has furnished me with some very interesting and apposite notes on the nidification of Enipidonax difficilis, demoniiinxtiug the remarkable variations that may exist in regard to the position and structure of the nests of one and the same species of biixls. After mentioning that he has taken and identified some forty or fifty nests of this species, he adds: '' I find E. difficilis breeding in all situations. Sometimes I find them on the curled root of a tree on the banks of a stream or brook, not over six inches above the water; again I find them in the jagged end of some half-submerged log in mid-stream; again within the loose V»ark of a tree, no matter what kind, nine or more feet up; again I find them in a 10 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. cavity in some decayed tree or limb, or in any kind of depression that gives a base to begin to work on. I also find them in out-honses, or bnildings removed from dwellings, on the rafters, or on any spot where they can stick their nest. They are also very common under bridges, and I have found fonr built in the forks of small trees, some four or live feet up. These were all the same veritable E. diffici-Us.^^ A JLIST OF EIROIPEAN FISHES HIV THE COI.IL.EC TBON OF THE l\^ITEl> STATES NATIOi^'AL JTirSElTlTI. By TARI.ETOIV H. BEAN. About 350 nominal species are mentioned. Since the list is intended simply to facilitate the exchanges between tlie United States National Museum and uuiseums iu Europe, no attempt has been made to distrib- ute the names in accordance with the latest knowledge concerning the classiflcatiou and specific identity of the species iu question. The names given to them by those who presented them are, with few exceptions, retained. One species {Gasferosfeus Blancliardi, Sauvage), which was described from specimens sent to Paris fiom Boston, United States, is referred to Gasierosteus imngiiius^ Linn. ( := Fygostciis occidcnfaliSj (C & V.) Breevort), with which it is identical. The numbers at the left are those of the National Museum Catalogiie; those at the right were attached to the fishes when they were received. Ckss, PISCES. Order, PLECTOGXATHI. Family, Tetrodontid^. Tetrodon marmoratus, Ranzaui. 102U8. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (14.) Family, BalistidvE. Monacanthus filamentosus, Val. 10217. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (31.) Order, LOPHOBBAXCniI. Hippocampus brevirostris, Cuv. 21122. La Pvochelle. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (22.) Hippocampus comes, Cautor. 211C3. Madagascar. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (03.) PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 11 Hippocampus abdominalis, Lcssou. 211G9. Australia. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (G9.) Hippocampus guttulatus, Cuv. 21121. Xaples. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (21.) 211(34. Sicily. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (04.) Family, SYNGNATiiiDiE. Syngnathus phlegon, Risso. 21124. Nice. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (24.) Syngnathus acus, Linu. 17490. Bergeu, Norway. Norwegian Government. (132.) 22022. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. 22023. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. Syngnathus rubescens, Eisso. 21123. Nice. Mus. d'Hisi;. Nat. Paris. (23.) Syngnathus abaster, Risso. 21113. La Eoclielle. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (13.) Syngnathus Agassizii, Mithaliellcs. 21112. Nice, France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (12.) Syngnathus pelagicus, Linn. 12500. Dr. J. E. Gray. Britisli Museum. (80.) Siphonostoma typhle, Linu. 12020. Europe. 12520. Europe. (256.) 17489. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (131.) 21119, France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (19.) 12519. Constantinople. Siphonostoma Rondeletii, Dc la Roclie. 21118. Marseilles. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (18.) Siphonostoma pyrois, Risso. 0050. Europe. Nerophis asquoreus, Linn. 17491. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (133.) 22019. $ . 9 . Stavanger, Norway. E. Collett. Nerophis ophidion, Linn. 21114. Algeria. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (14.) 22020. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. Nerophis papacinus, Risso. 2909. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (258.) 12 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Nerophis teres, Ratlikc. L'lllO. Crimea. Miis. d'Hist. Xat. Paris. (16.) Nerophis lumbriciformis, (Willaghby) Kroycr. 21115. La Eoclielle. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (15.) 22024. {'■'■ ScypMus hmhricifonnls, (Willnghby) Nilss.") Stavan- ger, Norway. 11. Collett. Nerophis annulatus, (Risso) Giinth. 21117. Nice. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (17.) Order, PEDICULATI. Family, Lophiid^. Lophius budegassa, Spiuola. 12083. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. Family, Soleid^. Solea vulgaris, Qucnscl. 12511. Cast. London, England. 21177. France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (77.) 17321. Helsingburg, Sweden. Swedish • Centennial Commission. (38.) 22033. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. 17354. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (87.) 5913. Locality unknown. Solea ocellata, Liun. 10204. Canaries. (44.) Solea lascaris, Eisso. 10091. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (17?) Solea lutea, Eisso. 10007. Europe. L. Agassiz. Ammopleurops lacteus, (Bou.) Giinth. 10092. Euroi)e. Bonaparte Collection. Microchirus liuguatula, (Thompson). 10070. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (30.) Family, Pleuronectid^. Pleuronectes platessa, Lmn. 21175. France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (75.) 10001. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 13 22028. :N"ordlan(l, Korway. E. Collett. 173G0. Bergen, i^orway. Norwegian Government. 1731G. Helsingburg, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (31.) 10029. Kiel Bay. Dr. Mobins. Pleuronectes limanda, Linn. 17357. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (84.) 22030. Cliristiauia, Norway. E. Collett. 22031. Yonng. Cliristiania, Norway. E. Collett. 17337. Helsingburg, Sweden. Swedisli Centennial Commission. (31.) 22087. Cliristiania, NorAvay. E. Collett. 10030. Norway. E. Collett. 21171. {^^Pleuronectes flcsus:') France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Earis. (71.) Hippoglossoides limandoides, (Blocli) Giiutli. 10032. {''Pleuronectes limandoides, Blocb.") Norway. E. Collett. 22034. Lofoten, Norway. E. Collett. Pleuronectes BcscJi, Risso. 10085. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (9.) Pleuronectes micrccephalus, Dounv. 17290. Helsingburg,. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (30.)^ 17359. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (82.) Pleuronectes cynoglossus, Linn. 17320. Ilelsiuiiburg, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (33.)^ 17355. Christiauia, Norway. Norwegian Government. (8G.) 10008. Europe. L. Agassiz. Pleuronectes flesus, Linn. 17323. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (32.) 22029. Young. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. 10031. Norway. E. Collett. 17350. Bergen, Norw\ay. Norwegian Government. (85.) 10028. {''P\atessa ficsus:^) Kiel Bay. Dr. Mobius. Platessa passer, Bou. 100G9. Eiu'ope. Bonaparte Collection. (12.) 14 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Hippoglossus vulgaris, Flem. IToOS. Ilelsingburg-, Sweden. Swedish Ccnteiimal Commission. {35.) 173G3. Bergen, Xorway. Xorwegiau Government. (70.) Rhombus maximus, Liun. 10771. England. Liverpool Freq. Public Mnsenm. 17 oo2. Helsingbnrg, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (30.) 22032. Christiauia, Xorway. E. Collett. Rhombus lagvis, Eoudel. 22182. France. Mns. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (-82.) 10772, England. Liverpool Free Pnblic Mnsenm. 10081. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (11.) 12512. London, Eng. (174.) Phrynorhombus unimaculatus, (Risso) Giiutli. 10000. Europe ? Zeugopterus punctatus, (Blocli) Gottsche. 17301. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (80.) Zeugopter-as megastomus, (Douov.) Gottsche. 17302. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (78.) Zeugopterus norvegicus, Giinth. 22035. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. Rhomboidichthys podas, (De la Roche) Bleek. 10080. {''■Bofhm rJiomboldes.^') Bonaparte Collection. (15.) Rhomboidichthys mancus, (Risso) Giinth. 0514. Madeira. AVm. Stimpson. Family, Macrueid^. Macrurus rupestris, Bloch. 8571. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. Macrurus norvegicus, Nilss. 17304. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (75.) Family, FiERASFERiDiE. Fierasfer imberbis, Cuv. 10105. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (358.) Family, Ophidiid^. Ophidium barbatum, Liim. j)fus. 3502. Europe ? PROCEEDINGS OP UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 15 Ophidium Vasalli, Risso. 2920. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (484.) Family, EANiCEPiTiDiE. Raniceps niger, Nilss. 17;>(i7. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. 1005(5. Christiania^ Norway. E. Collett. 10238. Bergen, Norway. (138.) (72.) Gadus poutassou, Eisso. 17370. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (01.) 17378. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (07.) Gadus morrhua, LIdii. 17388. Ova. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (52.) 9501. Ova in various stages of development. G. O. Sars. 9502. Young recently liatched. G. O. Sars. 9504. Two weeks old. G. O. Sars. 9503. One montli old, collected on surface of sea. 17390. About 1^ montlis. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (50.) 1 7391. About two montlis old. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (49.) 17392. Two months old. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (48.) 17393. Two and one-half months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (47.) 17395. Three months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (45.) 17394. Three months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (40.) 17390. Four months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (44.) 9508. Four or five months. Norway. G. O. Sars. 17397. Four or five months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (43.) 17398. About five mouths. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (42.) 17400. Five to six months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (40.) 17399. Five to six months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (41.) 9509. Nearly six months, near shore. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Five to six months, Five to six months, Nearly six months, near shore. Sars. 17401. About six months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. 17402. Six months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. {oS.) 17403. Eight to nine months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. 17404. Ten to eleven months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. 17405. One year. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (35.) 17389. Young. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (51.) 22052. Lofoten, Norway. E. Collett. 22053. Christiania, Noway. E. tlollett. 10770. England. Liverpool Free Public Museum. 10105. Kiel Bay. 10030. Norway. E. Collett. (39.) (37.) (30.) 16 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1740G. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (34.) 17407. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (33.) 17503. (Stuffed.) Bergen, Norway. NorAvegian Goverinnent. 1735-. {'■'Gadus caUariaH^ L.") Boliusliin, Sweden. Swedish Cen- tennial Commission. (23.) 17305. (" Gadus caUarias, L.'') Baltie, Sweden. Swedish Centen- nial Commission. (li4.) Gadus aeglefinus, Linn. 17387. Young. Bergen, Norway. G. O. Sars. (53.) 17385. Young. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. {oi).) 17380. Young. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (54.) 22055. Christiauia, Norway. R. Collett. 17384. Y'oung. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (50.) 17383. Y^oung. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (57.) 17328. Helsingburg, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (25.) 10057. Christiania, Norway. II. Collett. Gadus merlangus, Linu. 173S2. Young. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. 10035. Norway. II. Collett. 1010(). Kiel Bay. Dr. Karl INIiibius. 17329. Helsingburg, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (20.) 21134. Calais, France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (34.) Gadus minutus, Linn. 10038. Norway. E. Collett. 22054. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. 17381. Young. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. Gadus esmarkii, Nilss. 10034. Norway. ' E. Collett. 22050. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. 17380. Christiauia, Norway. Norwegian Government. (GO.) Gadus melanostomus, Xilss. 10054. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. Gadus pollachius, Linn. 17335. Ilelsinburg, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (37.) 17377. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (02.) 22057. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. Gadus virens, Linn. 17374. Young. Lofoten, Norway. Norwegian Government. (05.) 17373. Young. Lofoten, Norway. Norwegian Government. (CO.) PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 17 9565. Yoimg. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. 17375. Young. Bergen, ISTorway. Norwegian Government. 17502. (Stuffed.) Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. ((>.) Phycis mediterraneus, De la Eoclie. 10209. Spain. Vienna Museum. (32.) Phycis furcatus, Flem. 17371. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (68.) Molva vulgaris, Flem. 10050. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. 17370. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (69.) 17504. (Stuft'ed.) Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. 17330. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (66.) 17350. Helsingburg, Sweden. (28.) 16775. England. Liverpool Free Public Museum. Molva abyssorum, Nilss. 17369. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. Motella mustela, (Linn.) Nilss. 5747. Near Liverpool, Eng. Wm. Stimpson. Motella tricirrata, (Bloch) Nilss. 17368. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (71.) 5937. Milford Haven. South Wales. Wm. Stimpson. 5700. {^^ 3fotella vulgaris, Cnv:^) Europe. Bonaparte Collection. 10095. {^^ Motella vulgaris, Ci\y/) Europe. Bonaparte Collection. 10378. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. Motella maculata, (Eisso) Giiuth. 12618. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (447.) Motella cimbria, Liun. 10058. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett. 22058. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. Motella glauca, Jenyns. 22046. Stavanger, Norway. E. Collett. Brosmius vulgaris, Flem. 17366. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (73.) Lota vulgaris, Jenyns. 10096. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (149.) 10095. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (152.) 10098. Sweden. 17333. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (29.) 2200. Leeds, Eng. Henry Denny. 21166. France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (66.) Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 2 April 30, 1 8 79. 18 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Merluccius vulgaris, (Liun.) Flem. 17372. Bergen, Norway. IS'orwegian Government. (67.) 7883. Madeira. Wm. Stimpson. 10081. {'■^Merluccius esciilcfitus, Eisso.") Europe. Bonaparte Col- lection. (14G.) 10151. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (143.) Family, Lycodld^. Zoarces viviparus, (Linu.) Cuv. 100G5. Kiel Bay. Dr. Karl Mobius. 17294. Baltic, Sweden. Swedisli Centennial Commission. (48.) 17417. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. 22027. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. 3533. Denmark. Sternberg. Family, A^evigdytid^. Ammodytes tobianus, Liun. 10166. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (357.) 17365. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. 10044. Norway. E. Collett. Ammodytes tau, . 10041. Norway. E. Collett. Ammodytes teretissima, . 10094. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (340.) Family, Stich^idje. Stichaeus punctatus, (Fabr.) Kroyer. 4588. Greenland. Danish Academy. Leptoclinus aculeatus, (Reinli.) GilL 22084. {'^Lmnpenus lampetrcvfonms, (Walb.).") Lofoten, Norway. E. Collett. By some mistake, a specimen of Leptoclinus aculeatus was sent with the number calling for Lumpenns 1ampetra\formis. Centronotus guneUus, Bl. Schn. 10033. Norway. E. Collett. 22051. Nordland, Norway. E. Collett. 17418. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (24.) 2193. Leeds, England. Henry Denny. 21125. {^^ GuneUus vulgaris, ¥iem.^^) Calais, France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (25.) 4580. {^^Gunellus vul(jaris,Flem.^^) Kattegat. Danish Academy. 3534. {^^Gunellus vulgaris, Flem.") Denmark. Sternberg. PROCEEDINGS OP UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 19 Family, Anarrhichadid^. Anarrhichas lupus, Liun. 17419. Bergeu, Norway. B. Hansen. (23.) 17506. Stuflecl. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (4.) Family, Blenniid^. Blennius varus, Pall. 2292. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (107.) Blennius anticolus, Bon. 2293. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (109.) Blennius palmicornis, Cuv. & Val. 2287. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (132.) Blennius ocellaris, Linn. 2288. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (133.) Blennius galerita, Linn. 2291. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (161.) Blennius pholis, Risso. 21149. St. Malo, France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (49.) Blennius trigloides, Cuv. & Val. 2289. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (127.) Blennius basiliscus, Cuv. & Val. 10173. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (126.) Carelophus Ascanii, (Walb.) Kr. 22074. Floro, Norway. R. CoUett. Clinus argentatus, Risso. 2294. Em^ope. Bonaparte Collection. (122.) Family, Uranoscopidje. Uranoscopus scaber, Liun. 2214. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (475.) 21157. Nice. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (57.) Family, Trachinid^. Trachinus draco, Linn. 22012. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (473.) 21179. France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (79.) 10063. Kiel Bay. Dr. Karl Mobius. 17428. Bergen, Norway. B.Hansen. (13.) 3535. Denmark. Sternberg. 6036. Madeira. Wm. Stimpson. 20 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Family, Gobiesocid^. Lepadogaster ciliatus, Risso. 10104. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (134.) Lepadogaster biciliatus, Risso. 10172. Europe. Bonaj^arte Collection. (135.) Family, Liparidid^. Liparis vulgaris, Flem. 22044. Cliristiauia, Norway. Eobert Collett. 22045. Finmarken, Norway. Eobert Collett. Liparis barbatus, Ekstr. 5338. Liveri30ol. Wm. Stimi)Son. 5339. Liverpool. Wm. Stimpson. Liparis Montagui, (Donov.) Cuv. 10239. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (168.) 22030. Stavanger, Norway. E. Collett. Family, Cyclopterid^. Cyclopterus lumpus, Linn. 10043. Norway. E. Collett. 10047. Norway. E. Collett. 22049. Nordland, Norway. E. CoUett. 17420. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (22.) 17508. Stuffed. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (3.) 17310. "The Sound," Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (49.) Family, Callionymed^. Callionymus lyra, Linn. 10047. Norway. E. Collett. 22047. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. 17421. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (21.) Callionymus maculatus, (Raf.) Bon. 2295. Europe. Bonaparte Colleciion. (106 ) Callionymus festivus, PuUas. 21161. $ (7 spec). Nice, France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (61.) 21162. s (3 spec). Nice, France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (62.) Callionymus Morrisonii, Risso. 2297. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (119.) PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 21 Family, Gobiid^. Gobius iiiger, Linu. 12572. Europe. Brit. Mus. (449.) 21148, St. Malo, France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (48.) 22043. Christiauia, Norway. R. Collett. Gobius pagauellus, Linu. 5385. Europe. Gobius cruentatus, Gmel. 2282. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. Gobius miniitus, Gmel. 1742G. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (16.) 22040. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett. Gobius quadrimaculatus, Cuv. & Val. 2284. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (10.) Gobius ruthensparri, Eiiphr. 17423. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (19.) 22038. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. Gobius microps, Kioyer. 17424. Clmstiania, Norway. B. Hansen. (18.) 22039. Cliristiania, Norway. E. Collett. Gobius pictus, Malm. 17425. Christiania, Norway. B. Hansen. (17.) 22037. Norway. E. Collett. Latrunculus stuvitzii, (Dub. &Kor.). 17422. Christiania, Norway. B. Hansen. (20.) Family, Teiglid^. Dactylopterus volitans, (Liuu.) Lac. 2226. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (93.) Trigla aspera, Cuv. & Val. 2219. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (95.) Trigla lineata, Gmel in. 2223. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (102.) 10218. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (42.) Trigla hirundo, Bloch. 21158. Nice, France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (58.) 22 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Trigla gumardus, Liuu. 17430. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (11.) 10055. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. 22063. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. 21176. France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (76.) Trigla milvus, Lac. 2221. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (91.) Trigla lyra, Liuu. 2224. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. 21297. Madeira. Wm. Stimpson. Trigla obscura, Liuu. 2220. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (96.) Family, Agonid^. Agonus cataphractus, Liuu. 3288. (3 spec.) Sweden. H.Denny. 17429. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (12.) 21101. France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (1.) 21159. Nice, France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (59.) 22065. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. Peristedion cataphractum, (L. Gm.) Cuv. & Val. 2225. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (92.) 2224. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (91.) Family, Cottid^. Cottus gobio, Linu. 2229. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (104.) 3286. Niirnberg. 21106. Paris. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (6.) 21128. Paris. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (28.) Cottus poecilopus, Meckel . 3287. Sweden. 22059. Mjosen, Norway. E. Collett. Cottus scorpius, Liun. 3285. Sweden. H.Denny. 17433. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (8.) 22000. Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. Cottus bubalis, Euphr. 2192. Leeds, Eng. H. Denny. 3289. Sweden. 17432. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 23 Cottus colneus, . 8129. . Eudolph B. Hitz. Cottus quadricornis, Limi. 3290. Baltic Sea. 17295. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (44.) Phobetor ventralis, Cuv. & Val. 17431. Christiania, Norway. B. Hansen. (10.) Icelus hamatus, Ivioyer. 22085. Hammerfest, Norway. R. CoUett. Centridermichthys uncinatus, (Eeiuli.) Giinth. 22064. Finmarken, Norway. E. Collett. Family, Scorp^nid^. Sebastes norvegicus, (Linu.) Cuv. 10046. Norway. E. CoUett. 17435. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (6.) 17436. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (5.) Sebastes imperialis, Cuv. 17434. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. Sebastes Kuhlii, (Bowd.) Lowe. 8018. Madeira. 10194. Portugal. Vienna Museum. (30.) Scorpeena porous, Linu. 10130. Constantinople. 12584. Britisli Museum. (361.) 21110. Marseilles. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (10.) Scorpsena scrofa, Linu. 2231. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (89.) 10181. Gibraltar. (46.) . Family, Labrid^. Labrus maculatus, Blocb. 10060. Christiania, Norway. Eobert Collett. 17414. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (27.) 17415. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (26.) Labrus turdus, Linn. 21126. France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (26.) 24 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Labrus niixtus, Linu. 100G2. Christiania, Norway. Robert CoUett. 10236. Bergeiij Norway. Bergen Museum. (8-4.) 17412. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (29.) 17413. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (28.) Labrus melops, Linu. 10059. Christiania, Norway. Eobert Collett. 22061. Christiania, Norway. Eobert Collett. 12630. {'■^ Crenilcibrus meloi^s.'''') Europe. British Mus€ urn. 17411. (" Crenilahrns melopsP) Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (30.) Ctenolabrus rupestris, (Limi. ) Cuv. & Val. 17410. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museiun. (31.) 22072. Christiania, Norway. Eobert Collett. 22073. Christiania, Norway. Robert Collett. Ctenolabrus iris, Cuv. «fe Val. 10164. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (308.) Acautholabrus exoletus, Cnv. & Val. 17408. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. 17409. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (32.) 22062. Christiania, Norway. Eobert CoUett. Crenilabrus quinquemaculatus, (Bloch) GUnth. 10281. Europe. Bonaparte CoUection. (321.) Crenilabrus griseus, (L. Gm.) Giintli. 12595. Europe. British Museum. Crenilabrus ocellatus, (Forsk.) Cuv. &, Val. 10152. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (317.) Crenilabrus roissali, Risso. 10286. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (322.) Crenilabrus sicculus, . 10156. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (410.) Crenilabrus lapina, Risso. 10285. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (320.) Coricus virescens, Risso. 10087. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (307.) Julis pavo, Cuv. &, Val. 10210. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (4.) PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 25 Julis mediterranea, Risso. 10283. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (310.) Julis Geoffroyii, Quoy & Gaim. 10282. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (385.) Julis turcica, Eisso. 10284. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (32C.) Family, Pomacenteid^. Glyphidodon sparoides, Cuv. & Val. 21150. Madagascar. Mus. d'Hist. Xat. Paris. (50.) Heliastes chromis, (Liuu.) Giinth. 21160. Mce. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (00.) Family, Ospheomenid^. Trichopus trichopterus, (Pallas) Lac6p. 211G7. Cochin China. Mus. d'Hist. Xat. Paris. (67.) Trichopus parvipinnis, Sauvage. 21168. (Type.) Laos. Mns. d'Hist. Kat. Paris. (68.) Family, Ch^todontid^. Chaeto^on vittatus, (Bl.) Schu. 21170. Sandwich. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (70.) Family, Scombeid^. Scomber scombrus, Linn. 5379. Eui'ope. 5380. Europe. 10037. Norway. Eobert Collett. 16773. England. Liverpool Free Public Museum. 16774. England. Liverpool Free Public Museum. 17312. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (46.) 17427. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. Scomber pneumatophorus, De la Eoche. 10182. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (29.) Pelamys sarda, (Bl.) Cuv, & Val. 5378. Europe. Family, Caeangid^. Trachurus trachurus, (Linn. ) Giinth. 3524. Malaga, Mediterranean. 3563. Europe. 2270. {<■'- Caranxtraclmrus.^^) Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (377.) 22067. (" Garanx trachurus.-^) Christiania, Norway. E. Collett. 26 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Decapterus Jacobaeus, (Cuy. & Val.)- 21260. Madeira. Wm. Stimpson. Caranx dentex, Cuv. & Val. 10207. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (47.) Argyreiosus setipinnis, (Mitch.) Giiutli. 12583. Atlantic. British Museum. (98.) Naucrates ductor, (Bl.) Cuv. & Val. 2276. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (366.) Psettus sebae, Cuv. & Val. 4105. Cape Palmas, Africa. E. H. Steele. Family, Steomateidje. Stromateus microchirus (Bonelli) Bon. 2273. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (382.) Family. Zenid^. Zeus faber, Linn. 2271. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (494.) 21191. France. Mus. cl'Hist. Nat. Paris. (91.) Family, Capbid^. t Capros aper, (Linn.) Lac6p. 2279. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (33.) Family, Mullid^. MuUus surmuletus, Linn. 2217. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (101.) Family, Beeycid^. Beryx splendens, Lowe. 10213. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (10.) Family, Spaeid^. Cantharus lineatus, (Montagu) White. 10214. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (116.) 21183. France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (83.) Cantharus ranuda, Risso. 10377. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (56.) Box vulgaris, Cuv. & Val. 10180. Canaries. Vienna Mus^m. (43.) 21120. Morea, Turkey. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (20.) PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 27 Box salpa, (Linn.) Cuv. & Val. 2254. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (20.) 10203. Spain. Vienna Museum. (37.) 21111. Algeria. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (11.) Oblata melanura, (Linn.) Cuv. & Val. 2255. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (19.) 21104. Naples. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (4.) Sargus vulgaris, Geoffr. 12581. Europe. British Museum. (362.) Sargus Salviani, Cuv, & Val. 21109. Algeria. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (9.) Sargus Rondeletii, Cuv. &, Val. 2241. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (46.) Sargus annularis, (L. Gm. ) Geoffr. 2240. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (44.) 10219. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (19.) Sargus fasciatus, Cuv. & Val. 21107. Algeria. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (7.) 21108. Algeria. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (8.) Sargus Juliani, . 2242. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (45.) Pagellus erythrinus, (Linn.) Cuv. & Val. 2245. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (48.) 10200. Spain. Vienna Museum. (51.) Pagellus centrodontus, (De la Eoclie) C. & V. 2247. Eui'ope. Bonaparte Collection. (50.) 10216. Spain. Vienna Museum. (36.) 17437. (" Spams centrodontus.^^) Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (4.) Pagellus acarne, (Cuv.) Cuv. & Val. 10185. Spain. Vienna Museum. (39.) 21102. Algeria. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (2.) Pagellus mormyrus, (Linn.) Cuv. & Val. 21103. Algeria. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (3.) Sparus auratus, Linn. 2244. Eiu-ope. Bonaparte Collection. (43.) Family, M^nidid^. Masna vomerina, Cuv. & Val. 2260. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (23.) 28 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Maena Osbeckii, (Lac6p.) Ciiv. &. Val. 2259. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (22.) Family, Peistipomatid^. Pristipoma Bennettii, Lowe. 10211. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (22.) Dentez vulgaris, Cuv. & Val. 5900. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. Datnioides polota, Bleek. 21173. Siam. Mus. cVHisC. Nat. Paris. (73.) Smaris vulgaris, Cuv. & Val. 2261. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (26.) 5384. Mediterranean. Smaris alcedo, (Risso) Cuv. & Val. 2203. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (29.) Smaris Maurii, Bon. 6053. Europe. Smaris gracilis, Bon. 2207. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (25.) Smaris insidiator, Cuv. &. Val. 2262. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (31.) Family, Serranid^. Serranus scriba, (Linn.) Cuv. & Val. 10222. Spain. Vienna Museum. (3.) Serranus cabrilla, (Linn.) Cuv. & Val. 2201. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (70.) Serranus hepetus, Cuv. & Val. 21105. Algeria. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (5.) Polyprion cernium, Val. 5749. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. Anthias sacer, Blocli. 2200. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (77.) Family, Percidje. Perca fluviatilis, Linn. 2191. Leeds, Eng. Henry Denny. 10229. Danube. Vienna Museum. (19.) PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 29 12691. Sweden. 17322. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (43.) 21143. Paris. Miis. d'Hist. Kat. Paris. (43.) Perca Schreiiki, Kessl. 21592. Sassyk ala Kul, Siberia. Dr. O. Finscli. (103.) 21593. Sassyk ala Kul, Siberia. Dr. O. Finsch. (133.) 21594. Sassyk ala Kul, Siberia. Dr. O. Finscli. (342.) Acerina Schraetzeri, (Linn.) Cuv. & Val. 2209. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (60.) 10188. Danube. Vienna Museum. (13.) 10247. {'■'■ Aspro schrcctzer.^^) Europe. R. Hessel. Acerina cernua, (Linn.) Giiutli. 12694. Switzerland. 21131. Paris. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (31.) Acerina vulgaris, Cuv. &, "Val. 10197. Danube. Vienna Museum. (9.) Lucioperca sandra, Cuv. 10243. Danube. Eudolph Hessel. 17326. Sweden. Swedish Government. (47.) Lucioperca volgensis, Cuv. «fc Val. 10184. Danube. Vienna Museum. (12.) Aspro Zingel, (Linn.) Cuv. & Val. 10720. Europe. E. Hessel. Aspro vulgaris, Cuv. 10248. Europe. R. Hessel. Family, Labracid.^. Labrax lupus, (Lacep.) Cuv. 5712. Eiu'ope. Bonaparte Collection. 17501. (Stuffed.) Bergen, :N'orway. Bergen Museum. (2.) 21171. France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (71.) Lates colonorum, Giiutli. 12680. . British Museum. (14.) Family, CHiLODiPTERiDiE. Apogon rex-mullorum, Cuv. & Val. 2216. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (19.) 21916. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. 10225. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (5.) 30 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Family, Sphyr^nid^. Sphyraena vulgaris, Cuv. & Val. 10190. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (19.) 12591. . British Museum. (379.) Sphyraena spet, Lac6p. 21251. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. Family, Eciieneidid^. Echeneis remora, Linu. 5822. . (477 B.) 21127. France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (27.) Family, Cepolid^. Cepola rubescens, Linn. 10138. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (479.) 21156. Nice. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (56.) Family, Atherinid^. Atherina presbyter, Cuv. 21130. France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (30.) Atherina hepsetus, Linn. 10157. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. . (470.) Atherina Boyeri, Risso. 10160. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (469.) Atherina Rissoi, Cut. & Val. 2943. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (343.) Family, Mugilid^. Mugil cephalus, Cut. 2299. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (86.) Mugil capito, Cut. 5383. Europe. 21172. Mediterranean. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (72.) Mugil saliens, Risso. 2936. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (82.) Mugil labeo, Cuv. 2938. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (141.) Mugil septentrionalis, Giintb. 17416. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. • Mugil chelo, Cut. 2937. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (84.) 10186. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (1.) PKOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 31 Family, Centriscidje. Centriscus scolopax, Liun. 7547. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. Family, Gasterosteidje. Gasterosteus aculeatus, Linn. 17439. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (2.) 22042. Eomsdal, Norway. Eobert Collett. Gasterosteus gymnurus, Cuv. 22041. ("6^. aculeatus var. gymnurusP) Troraso, Norway. Eobert Collett. 17303. (Part.) Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (45.) 21138. ("(7. leiurusy) Paris. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (38.) Gasterosteus semiarmatus, Cuv. & Val. 17303. (Part.) Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (45.) Gasterosteus trachurus, Cuv. & Val. 21137. Caen, France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (37.) Gasterosteus pungitius, Linn. 22015. Christiania, Norway. Eobert Collett. Gasterosteus spinachia, Linn. 17438. {'■'■SpinacMaimlgaris^'FlQmP) Bergen, Norway. B.Hansen. (3.) 21129. {^^GastronspinacMaJ^) LaEochelle. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (29.) 22021. {^^Spinachia vulgaris, Flem.") Christiania, Norway. Eobert Collett. Gasterosteus argentatissimus, BLancliard. 21140. (Tji^e.) Avignon, J^'rance. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (40.) Gasterosteus BlanchardI, Sauvage. 21139. (Type.) Boston, U. S. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (39.) This species is identical with the common raany-spined Stickleback of the East Coast of North America {Pygosteus occidentalis, [C. & V.] Bre- voort), and the latter is identical with the Gasterosteus pungitius of Linn6. — ^Bean. Family, Belonid^. Belone vulgaris, Flem. 10045. Norway. Eobert Collett. 17464. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (106.) 22086. Stavanger, Norway. Eobert Collett. Belone longirostris, . 10107. Kiel Bav. Dr. Miibius. 32 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Family, EsociD^. Esox lucius, Linn. 2199. Leeds, Eng. Henry Denny. 10205. Danube. Vienna Museum. (31.) 17345. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (60.) 17463. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (105.) 21153. Paris. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (53.) 21606. Obi Eiver, Siberia. Dr. Otto Finscb. (18.) Family, Cyprinodontid^. Cyprinodon calaritanus, Cuv. & Val. 5002. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. Lebias ibericus, Steind. 10226. Valencia, Spain. Vienna Museum. (20.) Family, Steenoptychid^. Sternoptyx me^iterranea, Cocco. 10143. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (455.) Maurolicus borealis, Nilss. 22048. Finmarken, Norway. Eobert Collett. Family, Scopelid^e. Chlorophthalmus Agassizii, Bon. 10161. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (81.) Scopelus Benoiti, Cocco. 10163. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (461.) Scopelus Humboldtii, Eisso. 10170. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (463.) Scopelus dellachiaji, 10168. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (458.) Family, Synodonttd^. Saurus griseus, Lowe. 12627. . British Museum. (89.) Family, Miceostomid^. Mallotus villosus, (Mull.) Cnv. &, Val. 17457. Finmarken, Norway. Bergen Museum. (99.) 10237. (" Osmerus arcticus,^^ Nilss.) Finmarken, Norway. Bergen Museum. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 33 Osmerus eperlanus, (Liuu.) Lac^p. 16715. Engiaucl. Liverpool Free Public Museum. 20932. Sweden. (90 and 91.) 21136. France. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (36.) 22077. Mjosei), Norway. Eobert OoUett. Argentina silus, (Ascan.) Nilss. 17402. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. Argentina sphyraena, Linn. 10082. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (332.) 17461. Christiania, Norway. Bergen Museum. 22076. Christiania, Norway. Eobert Collett. 10083. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (331.) Argentina hebridica, Yar. & Nilss. 10052. Christiania, Norway. Eobert Collett. Family, Cokegonid^. Thymallus vulgaris, Nilss. 2198. Leeds, Eng. Henry Denny. 10244. Europe. Eudolph Hessel. 17341. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (62.) 17460. Christiania, Norway. Bergen Museum. Coregonus oxyrhynchus, (Linn.) Kroyer. 17291. Lake Vettern, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (10.) 17301. Lake Venern, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (12.) 17458. Christiania, Norway. Bergen Museum. 21192. Holland. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris. (92.) Coregonus lavaretus, Linn. 17300. Lake Venern, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (14.) 17353. Augermanelfren Eiver, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Com- mission. (15.) 22078. Jtederen, Norway. Eobert Collett. Coregonus fera, Cav. & Val. 10245. Europe. Eudolph Hessel. Coregonus fera, Widegrcn. 17314. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (11.) 17327. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (13.) Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 3 ITIay 33, 1 8 79. 34 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Coregonus maraena, Nilss. 10240. Pomerania. Eudolph Ilessel. 12676. Pomerania. Eudolph Hessel. Coregonus Nilssoni, Cuv. & Val. 17344. Lake Eingsjon, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (16.) Coregonus albula, Liau. 10572. Lake Malaren, Sweden. 17297. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (64.) 17459. Christiania, Norway. Bergen Museum. (101.) Coregonus Merkii, Giintli, 21604. Obi Eiver, Siberia. Dr. Otto Finsch. (59.) Coregonus syrok, Cuv. 21602. Obi Elver, Siberia. Dr. Otto Finsch. (36.) 21603. Obi Eiver, Siberia. Dr. Otto Finsch. (37.) Family, Salmonid^. Salmo salar, Linn. 3576. Sweden. 10242. Ehine Eiver. Eudolph Hessel. 10675. Ehine Eiver. Eudolph Hessel. 17342. Nisswan Eiver. Swedish Government. (4.) 17440. Bergen, iSTorway. B. Hansen. (88.) Salmo trutta, Nilss. 10108. Kiel Bay. Dr. Mobius. 17296. (Sterile.) Augermanelfren Eiver, Sweden. Swedish Cen- tennial Commission. (6.) 17347. Augermanelfren Eiver, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Com- mission. (3.) 17349. Augermanelfren Eiver, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Com- mission. (2.) 17343. ^and9. Sweden. Swedish Government. (5.) 17441. One year old. Bergen, IS^orway. B. Hansen. (89.) 17442. Ten months old. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. 17346. (Yar. "/flcifsfriV) Lake Vettern, Sweden. Swedish Cen- tennial Commission. Salmo eriox, Kroyer. 22079. Christiauia, Norway. Eobert Collett. 10053. Norway. Eobert Collett. 22080. (Formerly "/rtn'o.") Dramen, Norway. Eobert Collett. 22081. (Formerly ^^fario/) Dramen, Norway. Eobert Collett. 22082. (Formerly ^^fario/) Dramen, Norw\\v. Eobert Collett. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 35 Salmo fario, Linu. 1735. i^eufchatel. Prof. L. Agassiz. 1G721. Adult. England. Liverpool Free Public Museum. 16723. Young. England. Liverpool Free Public Museum. 16723. Young. England. Liverpool Free Public Museum. 21165. {^' Trutta fario:^) France. Mus. d'Hist. Kat. Paris. {Q»o.) 10228. {^^ Tnitta farioJ^) Spain. Vienna Museum. (35.) Saimo punctatus, Nilss. 17443. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (91.) Salmo lacustris, Linu. 10557. Lake Constance, Switzerland. Eudolph Hessel. Salmo salvelinus, Lhm. 10249. Europe. Kudolpli Hessel. 17351. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (8.) Salmo alpinus, Linu. 3571. Sweden. Swedish Academy. (107.) 3572. Sweden. Swedish Academy. 17299. Sweden. Swedish Academy. (9.) 17456. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. Salmo hucho, Linn. 10725. Danube Elver. Eudolph Hessel. Salmo ocla, Nilss. 3573. rofile at tlie snout; the upper jaw extending far beyond the lower (1^ hundredths of length), the intermaxillary teeth being visible from below when the jaws are closed. This character, common to all species of Lycodes, is extraordinarily prominent in L. paxUlus. The end of the maxilla extends behind the perpendicular from the posterior margin of the orbit, and the tip of the upper jaw curves strongly down- ward. The length of the upper jaw (.083) is contained twelve times in the length of the body, and is greater than the postorbital length of the head. The tip of the under jaw curves strongly upward, and is received entirely within the upper jaw. The distance from the tip of the snout to the articulation of the mandible (.10) equals one-third of the distance from the snout to the anal, and one-tenth of total length. The muscles of the cheeks are enormously developed and protuberant, the width of the head in this region (.08) equaling the length of its postorbital portion. The width of the interorbital area (.015) is less than half the diameter of the orbit (.035), which is equal to half the length of the pectoral fin (.07). The eyes are placed high, their upper margins approaching closely to the line of its upper profile, their diameter included about four times in the length of the head. The nostrils are situated nearly midway between the orbit and tlie tip of the snout. Intermaxillary teeth in a single series -, a few teeth in a second line behind the others, near the symphysis. Mandibular teeth in a single series, except at the symphysis, where there are a few (about 9) teeth in front of the mam series. A few teeth clustered at the head of the vomer. On the palatines a single series, about six on each side. The teeth throughout are stouter than is usual in this genus, recurved and sharply pointed. Dorsal fin inserted at a point less than one-fourth of the distance from the snout to the end of the tail, and very slightly behind the perpen- dicular from the tip of the extended pectoral. Anal fin inserted in the perpendicular from the twelfth dorsal ray, at a point three-tenths of the distance from the snout to the end of the tail. The vent is in the vertical from the tenth dorsal ray, its distance from the snout equaling about four times the length of the pectoral. The pectoral is inserted at a distance from the snout about equal to twice its own length. The ventral is inserted at a distance from the snout equal to six times its own length, its tip extending back to the line of insertion of the pectoral. Scales covering the whole body and extending far out on the bases of the dorsal and anal fins; head and pectoral fins scaleless. The color was probably light brown in life. Kadial formula:— D. (including half of caudal), 116-117. A. (includ- ing half of caudal), 100. P., 16. V., 3. 46 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Table of Measurements. 22, 177. Lat. 42^48 J>on. Cy= 07' 5 :n^. w. Millime- tres. lOOths of len-tll. 3fi3 303 Length to end of middle caudal rav3 Body: Greatest height 53 Greatest width Hei"ht at ventrals Head: ° Greatest width ^i Dianieter of orbit r :u Extent of "■ill-oiienin"" H Dorsal: 28J 30 Aual: Pectoral : ^-JJ 7" Ventral : 12 T^eniTtli Dorsfl iiG^ii7 luo 16 3 Anal Zl AVashington, March 21, 1879. I>ES€RIPTIO:V ©F A NEW SPFX'IES OF I>IPARfS (I.. RAIVrL,A) OB- TAINEIB BA' TDSE UNflTED STATES FISH COJIITIISSION OFF HAI^I. FAX, NOVA §€OTIA. By G. UUOWN GOODE ami TARLETON H. BEAN. All apparently midescribed species of Liparis was takeu iu the large trawl-net by the collecting* party on the United States steamer Speed- well, September 24, 1877, off the month of Halifiix Harbor (Station 117, 8J miles southeast from Chebncto Head). The depth at which it was fonnd was 52 fathoms, the temperature at the bottom 35^ F. The bot- tom was of fine sand and mud, and in the same haul of the net were taken the following species: GlyptocepMlm cynoglossiis, Jlijipoglossoides platessoides, Sehastes marinus (yoimg), PJu/cis cJmss, Aspidophoroldes monoptcnjyius, Trujlops PingeUi, Centridcnnichthys nncinatus, and liaia radiata. The species resembles, in the shape of its head, the Liparis Fahricii of Kroyer, but is easily distinguished by its less elongate body and the greater number of rays in the dorsal and anal fins. When first taken PROCEEDINGS OP UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 47 it was colorless, almost translucent, and was covered witli a thick tough integument. The following description is less complete than would seem desirable, owing to the fact that the unique specimen (No. 22,310, U. S. ]S"at. Mus. Cat.) was too soft and tender to admit of the requisite manipulation. The specimen, which is 50 millimetres in total length (caudal included), is a mature female, having in the abdominal cavity msiTij large eggs. Description. — The body is thick, subcylindrical anteriorly, rapidly tapering to the tail, covered with a thick lax integument; its greatest height (.25) equals the length Ox" the head and is one-fourth of the total length of the body without caudal. The head is somewhat tumescent at the nape; its height (over the ventral disc and eyes) contained something over six times in the length of the body; its greatest width (.18) very slightly greater and equaling twice the width of the ventral disc. The snout is broad, with promi- nent vertical profile; its length about one-fourth that of the head. The cleft of the mouth is horizontal, and does not extend to the perpendicu- lar from the anterior margin of the orbit. The lips are covered with thick lax skin, the upper jaw extending beyond the lower. The length of the upper jaw is about one-third of the length of the head; that of the mandible slightly greater than the length of the ven- tral disc. Each jaw armed with a band of villiform teeth. The tongue is thick, obtuse. The eye is lateral, not interfering with the ui)per pro- file of the head; its diameter (.07) more than one-fourth of the length of the head, and coutained about fourteen times in the length of the l)ody. The width of the interorbital area is contained two and one-half times in the length of the head. The nostril is close to the eye. The gill- opening is a vertical slit, extending upon the upper part of the root of the pectoral. The dorsal fin is inserted at a distance from the snout equal to one- thiixl of the length of the body. It contains about 48 rays, though to count them is almost impossible. The anal fin originates at a distance from the snout equal to two-fifths of the length of the body, and in the perpendicular from the eighth dorsal ray. It contains at least 48 rays. The pectoral fin is moderately broad, with 15 long rays and 12 or 13 shorter ones. The long rays are twice as long as the ventral disc and extend nearly or quite to the perpendicular from the vent. The ventral disc is slightly longer (.10) than its distance from the snout (.00), which precisely equals its width. It has fourteen papilkT. The color is uniform whitish, almost colorless, and translucent in life. 48 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Table of Measurements. 22,310. Station 117, off H Locality ilifax. MiUime- tres. lOOtbs of length. 52 Body: 25 Hei'"'bt at ventral disc . . 17 Head: " 25 Gi'catest width 18 10 6 8 11 Diameter of orbit 7 Dorsal: 32 Anal: Caudal: (8) 23 Pectoral: Lpn<4h 20 Ventral : 9 Length of disc 10 Width of disc 9 48 (48) 13+12 or 13 14 Aual Washington, Mareh 22, 1879. DES<"RIPTD03f OF A NK^V SPKCBE.S OF AMBER FUfSiBI (SERTOI.A »TEAR5i.««BB) OBTAI^E^O IVI<:AR 1»I;IVSAC0I>A, FB:.0RI£>A, IJV MR, .<^Bt,AS STEARNS. By G. BKOWN OOOfi>E acacl TARILETON H. BEAN. The Asrational Museum has recently received, from Mr. Silas Stearus, of Peusacola, several species of fishes hitherto unrecorded from the Gulf of Mexico. Among them we recognize Seriola honariensis, Cuv. & Yal., previouslj^ observed only on the coast of Brazil, which is represented by an individual of 890 millimetres, catalogue-number 22258; also a second species of the same genus, which, though closely related to two Cuban species, has characters which distinguish it from them, or, at least, which do not harmonize with the published descriptions. This form may in the future prove to be identical with Seriola gujas or Seriola duhia ; it appears to be as distinct from either of these species as they from each other. It is therefore fully described as a new species under the name Seriola StearnsiL AYe prefer thus to place the Pensacola speci- men on record as a i>ro visional new species rather than to identify it on insutficient giounds with an already-named species, of which the pub- lished descriptions are incomplete. A study of a large series of speci- mens will doubtless largely reduce the number of species in this genus. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 49 Seriola Stearnsii, sp. uov. A Seriola witli slightly compressed body, tlie height of which (.248) is equal to one-fourth of its total length to the end of the middle caudal rays, its width (.14) about one-seventh of the same. (The height of the body is contained about 4§ times in the length to the end of the middle caudal rays.) Its shape sub-fusiform, with greatest height at the origin of the second dorsal tin, whence its dorsal and ventral profiles slope gently and gracefully, with about the same curve, to the snout and the base of the caudal, which are nearly equidistant from the point referred to; the circumference of the body (.04) nearly two-thirds of its total length ; its height at the ventrals (.22) about five times the length of the third dorsal spine ; its least height at the tail (.04) equal to one-sixth its greatest height ; the distance from tlie end of the base of the second dorsal to the base of the superior caudal lobe (.07) one-half of the great- est width of the body. The caudal peduncle is somewhat depressed and has prominent transverse grooves above and below and moderate lat- eral carina?,, the length of the prominent part of which is somewhat less than the length of the pectoral. The length of the head (.28) is contained slightly more than 3i times in the length of the body and equals twice its own width (.14). The length of the snout (.10) is slightly greater than width of interorbital area (.095). Length of operculum (.07) slightly greater than half that of the upper jaw (.13) and slightly less than that of mandible (.15). The maxillary extends to the vertical through the middle of the eye, the man- dible to that from its posterior margin. Diameter of eye (.04 J)contained about three times in the length of the upper jaw and about 0^ times in the length of the head (diameter of iris 7 times in length of head). The distance of the eye below the dorsal profile equals about two-thirds of its own vertical diameter, which is the same as the greatest width of the posterior flange of the maxillary bone. (The centre of the eye is situated at a distance below the dorsal profile (.04) contained less than four times in the height of the head (.14J) at that point. Oomi)are with S. gigos.) Intermaxillary teeth in a villiform band, broadest at the symphysis and decreasing in width to the end of the hitermaxillary, which extends back nearly as far as the maxillary. Palatine teeth in a club-shaped patch, villiform. Vomerine teeth villiform, in an arrow-shaped patch, the length of which equals the short diameter of the eye, and its shape resembles that of the vomerine patch in Bhomhoplifes. Mandibulary teeth similar to those on the intermaxillaries in form and arrangement. On the tongue a median and two lateral patches of villiform teeth. The distance of the first dorsal from the snout (.35) is slightly more than one-third of the length of the body ; the length of its base about twice the length of its third spine. Its insertion is over the middle of the base of the ventral. The origin of the second dorsal is slightly in advance of the middle of the body, or about equidistant from the snout Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 4 July 1, 1879. 50 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. and the grooves on the top of the caudal j^eduncle ; its length of base (.42) exceeds twice that of the anal (.20). The first and last dorsal spines are extremely inconspicuous, hidden beneath the skin, so that the fish at first appears to liave only five spines. The length of the largest (third) spine is about equal to the diameter of the eye, and does not ex- ceed one-fifth of the height of the body. The height of the second dorsal at its longest ray (.10) equals the length of the snout. The insertion of the anal is under the middle of the second dorsal, and is distant from the snout somewhat more than four times the length of the mandible ; its greatest height (.09) is slightly less than the width of the interorbital area ; the length of its base (.20) twice that of the snout; the length of the last rays (.003) is one-tenth of the distance of the snout from the insertion of the fin. The caudal is broad, the lobes slender, falcate, equal ; their length (.21) about twice the distance from the termination of the median rays to the notches on the caudal peduncle (.11). The insertion of the pectoral is posterior to the vertical from the origin of the first dorsal ; its extremity reaches to the vertical from the poste- rior termination of the first dorsal ; its length (.13) is contained less than eight times in that of the body and nearly nine times in the distance from the snout to the end of the caudal. The ventrals are inserted under the origin of the first dorsal, at a distance from the snout (.205) equal to twice the length of tlie mandible; the length of the fin (.13) equal to that of the pectoral, its extremity reaching to the vertical from the insertion of the second dorsal, and to a distance in front of the anal equal to the diameter of the eye. Radial formula : B. VII; D. VII, 1, 30; A. II, 1, 19; P. 19; V. 6. Scales small, as in other members of the genus, present upon the cheeks, but not upon the limb of the preoperculum or the remainder of the head. Lateral line with many curves, straight upon the tail. Color bluish above, whitish beneath, a band of greenish yellow as wide as the eye extending from the i>reopercle to the extremity of the tail. Fins greenish ; traces of bands on the operculum. The specimen sent by Mr. Stearns (Xo. 22325) measures 5G8 millime- tres {20^ inches) to the end of the middle caudal rays, and weighs C^ l)Ounds. Concerning the species, Mr. Stearns writes: "a^o. IIG is called here by the fishermen 'Amber fish,' and is quite common along this coast in the deeper waters, but as they do not bite freely, not many are taken. Those that are caught are taken near the surface, as the hook is descending. Throughout the year they are found near the coast, where they probably breed. The specimen sent is rather below the average size. By most people it is considered a fine food fish." The name "Amber fish" is applied to the fishes of this genus by Eng- lish-speaking colonies the world over. It alludes to the amber-colored stripe upon the side. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 51 Table of Measuremenis. Pensacc la, ria. Millime- tres. lOOths of length. 568 BcclY ; Greatest liei"lit 14 g Oicatrsf widtli Greatest liicuinference 64 Hei"lit at v.'iitrals . Lengtk ot caudal peduncle 7 Head : Greatest width. .. 14 Lencth of snout 10 Lenjith of nperculum . . 7 Leu " t li (if mandible 15 Hei"ht (if liead through eye 14 5 Dorsal (spinous) : Length of base ^ Length of first spine 2 7 Length of third spine 4 'A Length of fifth spine '> Dorsal (soft) : Length of last ray . .' 6 Anal: Length of base 20 ft Caudal: Length of external rajs . . . . 21 Pectoral: 38.3 Tentral : Distance from snout 29.5 Length 13 vn Vn, 1, 30 n, 1, 19 19 Dorsal ':...:""::::"::::""'[:" :;■ : Anal .... Pectoral Ventral Washington, A})ril 1, 187 ON THE BIRDS OF HEldaOKiAND. By H. GATKE. Heligoland, Marcli 8, 1870. Professor S. F. Baird, Secretary Smithsonian Institution : Dear Sir : I have delayed answeriug your very kind communication till I miglit be able to inform you of the receipt of the box despatched 52 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. for me. It arrived two days ago, and many, many thanks for tlie con- tents thereof, wiiicli to me are very valnable indeed. By this mail I shall send ofl" a small box with skins, all I had, and, as I fear, of very little valne to yon. Perhaps the snite of Sylvia suecica, Linn., may interest you, as the females and male in winter dress are jterfectly reliable. The other form, iS. leucocycmea, Brehm, comes very rarely so far north as Heligoland, and the few instances it has turned up from four to six weeks earlier than the siiecica in spring. I have sent for your examination a skin of Lanius major, Pall., Avith the alar white mark extending over the bases of primaries only, and which I suppose, from what I see in Richardson and Swainson's " Faun. Bor. Amer.," is coincident with their Lan. horcalis.* Perhaps we have here to deal with a case similar to that of Alavda alpestris, viz, a gradual extension westward from an originally American home. Up to October, 1847, A- aJpestris was here an excessively rare appearance, known only to a very few sportsmen; but at the fall of that year there Avas a very great influx of birds from the east {Xema sahinii may be counted among the rest), and with'these A. alpestris appeared in such numbers that one young- man succeeded in shooting above a score during one afternoon. Ever since, this species has been a numerous and regular bird of passage dur- ing October and November of each successive year. I have packed for you a male and female, which, as coming from the westernmost point almost of their now regular line of migration, may be of some interest f«jr the Siike of comparing with the original stock.t I saw oiu;e a skin from America, an old male bird, which was of a rather intense brick-red color round the shoulders and wing-coverts, whereas these i)arts with our birds are always of a pinkish, vinaceous tinge. If the above colora- tion with your birds be the prevalent one I should like much the pos- session of such an old male specimen. | Amongst the Pipit suite there is one Anthus richardi, a regular autumnal visitant here, from the far east of Asia (Daouria),§ and if of interest to you I will next fall try to procure some more skins for you. I am greatly gratified at finding that many points of your observa- tions || form already a jiart of my manuscript. Your remark that "if * Tliis sj)ocimou is not L. horcalis, but seerna referable totlie L. ejccHfei/w of Europe. — E. RiDGWAY. t The examples sent by Mr. Giitke resemble veiy closely in tbeir robust build and dark colors the specimens usually obtained in eastern' North America in winter, but Iwive the yellow of the head more extended, this color in fact invading even the whole piloum. They can easily be matched, however, even in this respect from a large series.— R. Ridgway. tThe specimen here alluded to was very likely the yht. chn/sol(vma of California and Mexico, which has, at all seasons, the vinaceous tints of the northern forms re- placed by a rusty cinnamon color. {Conf. Mist. N. Am. B., II, pp. 1411-44.)— R. Ridgway. VS Do not these east Asiatic species cross over the Pacific from Kamtchatka via the Aleutian Islands ? II Couf. " The Distribution and Migrations of North American Birds." Am. Jour. Science & Arts, XLI, 18G6, 78-90, 184-192, 337-347. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 53 a region be deprived of its spring birds" proves very strikingly tbe fact that over a wide range of latitude each individual resorts for propaga- tion to the latitude where it was hatched ; that birds quit their winter- quarters in succession as their individually more northerly home becomes habitable, — naturally the most northerly latest; and that, consequently, Middendorf s calculation of the rate of migratiou-tiight must be falla- cious, because the individuals he observed earlier in spring at a lower latitude were not the same he saw later not thirty degrees higher north, bat were such as i^assed over the former, wdiilst they perhaps were be- ginning to construct their nests; therefore, the period that lay between observing the two could not be made use of as a measure whereby to determine their pace of flight or advance during a day. That the direction of the course of wandering birds should be influ- enced by river courses or mountain chains, is a point which I do not agree to, at least so far as Europe comes under contemplation. Here during the fall, the route of miscellaneous sjiecies is so varied that the two principal hosts cross each other at right angles ; one great mass jirogressing due west from the farthest east of Asia (e. g., Anthus ricJi- ardi, Sylvia superciliosa), and continue their course to Heligoland, Eng- land, France, and Spain. Besides these, all the rare autumnal visitors come here from the far east of Asia, which proves that there must be with birds of these regions a strong inherent tendency to a western mi- gration, even in species whose real winter-quarters are in the south of India down to the Sunda Isles, as, for instance, the two named above. This line of flight diverges abruptly to the north when approaching the Atlantic in England, Western France, and Spain ; vide the immense numbers crossing the Straits of Gibraltar. This westerly current is cut at right angles by another host coming simultaneously down from the extreme north of Europe and Asia, and steering due south for their winter-quarters, viz : The Willow Warblers, PhyUoscopus frocMlus and VKfus, which go from the Xorth (Jape of Scan- dinavia to the Cape of Good Hope ; P. tristis and horealis, from Northern European and Asiatic Paissia down to the south of India and China. The latter, together with Faico rnfipes, Motacilla cifreola, Anthus cervinns, Emheriza aureola^ and Limosa cinerea, all plentifully breeding so close to Heligoland as the Onega Dvina, Megin, and Petchora distiicts, but still never, or very rarely, turning up here during their autumnal flights, proves in itself their southern course — without the least western incli- nation—even if they were not observed down the Ural, the Black Sea, Turkestan, &c. The most striking instance of such a move is seen in Sylvia pMlomela, which breeds in the south of Sweden, and, neverthe- less, has been observed here but once during the last forty years! A few can be pointed out as going from northeast to southwest, . namely, Sylvia suecica and the Alauda alpestris. These, and all the oth- ers enumerated, joined by hosts of the more common " million " which are spread far and wide over the entire northern Palteartic Begion. 54 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Wliat, imder .such circimLstimces, becomes of tlie routes of birds by river courses or uiouutaius! IIo^v mauy great rivers has Anthns rich- ariU to cross, ahuost all at right angles, during his autumnal flight from Baouria to France and Spain ? I maintain that the migratorial movement, jiarticularly the vernal one, when in normal progress, is performed by the great majority of birds far beyond the perception of man, and that what we see of the same are but the irregularities and interruptions thereof— brought about by atmospheric agencies. Your opinion that the spring line of flight is widely different from that of the fall, I most completely participate in. All the different routes enumerated in the foregoing are dropped, and a more or less direct course toward the polar regions adopted. The wide front of the winter-quarters, extending from the west of Africa to the east of China, the Philippines, Borneo, «&;c., concentrating during this northerly pass- age to less than half its original stretch. A proof of this latter assertion is rendered by the fact that of all the eastern birds which visit Heligoland during their autumnal migra- tion, none appear during their return journey, the track to the south Avhich terminated their w^estern flight having brought them to far lower latitudes ; while in spring, as they pursue a direct course to their nortli- ern breeding-grounds, they leave all these western countries to their left. While the " rare birds" here during autumn are, without exception, eastern species, those of the spring are as uniformly from the southeast — Greece, Asia Minor, Turkestan, &c. Singular it is, that almost no ex- ceptional bird has come here from the south or west, i. c, so far as the Old World is concerned. In what eminent manner the "far west" is represented, I have told you at an earlier period. And this leads me to the route which American birds follow to Eu- rope. I do not much lean to the supposition that storms have in any considerable degree to do with such extra tours, and why N^ewtou and others advance so strongly the Greenland, Iceland, &c., route, I cannot comprehend. I fancy they never coutemplated the possibility of a bird coming in a direct line from IS^eAvfouudland to Ireland ; in other words, that a bird might be able to sustain an uninterrupted flight sufQcient to carry it across the Atlantic. My researches have led me to the be- lief that such is not alone far from being impossible, but that the proba- bility of such a fact, wonderful as it may appear, is borne out by good evidence. For instance, these old spring birds of these Si/lvia sueeica whicli I send you, have wintered in the middle or north of Africa. During their vernal migration, the first point north thereof where they are regularly found in considerable numbers is Heligohmd, whilst during this tune they are of the utmost rarity in all countries intervening between the PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 65 Mediterranean and the I^ortli Sea, npper Germany not excepted. This fact incontestably i^roves that these birds cross this distance in one un- interrupted flight, and during- one short spring night, viz, in to 10 houi^s, which gives a rate of locomotion of 40 geographical miles per hour. Wonderful, incomprehensible, I admit, but still remaining a fact. The slow clumsy Eoyston Crow {Corvus comix) crosses from here due west* over to England, at a rate of 27 geographical miles an hour, and results of 25 miles have been furnished by the semi-domesticated Carrier- pigeon. The distance from the north of Africa to Heligoland is equiva- lent to that from Newfoundland to Iceland, and therefore no objection whatever can be raised against your birds crossing over to us direct. All this with plenty of evidence, and a gxeat many points besides, is ready in manuscript sufficient to cover from fifty to sixty pages octavo print, and by the end of May I shall be ready for the press altogether. I greatly count on your lenience, my dear sir, whilst allowing my pen to run on at such an unpardonable length, but perceiving from your contribution that you, like myself, have studied the grand tbeme of the migration in nature, which is quite a different matter froui all learned treatises thereon worked out by the lamp of the studio, my hobby felt so comfortable in your genial company that it bolted oft* with this un- resisting tide. Begging once more to pardon my having ventured on your time and patience at such uni)ardonable length, in more or less objectionable English thereto, I remain, dear sir, yours, very truly, H. GATKE. DESCRIPTION OF AliEPOCEl'irAliUS BAIR»II, A NEW SPECIES OF FISH FRO-U THE BEEP-SEA FAUBTA OS" THE WESTERN ATLANTIC. By G. HUO'WN GOODE aiad TAKI.ET01V II. BEAN. The National Museum has recently received from Mr. Christian John- son, of the schooner WiUiam Thompson of Gloucester, a single speci- men of an un described species of Alepocephalus taken on the Grand Banks, at a depth of 200 fathoms. The only other Imown represent- ative of this genus is the Alepocephalus rostratus Risso, a member of the * Dnriug the fall tliis liue of migration, so far as it comes under observation here, day or night, is from due east to west, sometimes perhaps with the declination of a point to the south. 56 PKOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STtATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Metliterraneau fauna. The species is dedicated to the distinguislied Sec- retary of the Smithsonian Institution. DiAGTv^osis. — Bodj- comi3aratively elongate, somewhat compressed, its greatest height, at a point midway between pectorals and A^entral inser- tions, contained 5^- times in its length to the origin of the middle caudal rays, its greatest width equal to one-tenth of total length, the least height of tail contained 11 times in length of body. Scales large, thin, oblong, triangular at the free end, those at the base of the anal fin having the free end more produced than the others. Sixty-five scales in the lateral line, seven rows between it and the origin of the dorsal, eleven between that of the anal and the lateral line. Scales extend for a short distance upon the bases of the dorsal and anal fins. Head moderately compressed, snout subconical, the lower jaw in- cluded within the jipper when the mouth is closed. The length of the head is contained 4i times in length of body, slightly exceeding twice the length of the lower jaw. Width of the head equal to the length of the operculum and very slightly less than that of the upper jaw. Width of interorbital area half of the least height of tail. Length of snout half that of the mandible, which is one-ninth of the total length. Diam- eter of orbit equal to length of snout. Dorsal inserted directly above the vent, slightly in advance of the anal and at a distance from the snout nearly equal to two-thirds of the total length of the body. Length of longest ray of dorsal one-half that of the postorbital por- tion of the head. The distance of the anal from the snout is almost three times the length of the head, its first ray being about under the fourth i-ay of the dorsal. Its length of base is greater than that of the dorsal by one-fifth of the length of the latter; its longest ray slightlj^ exceeds tbe longest of the dorsal. Middle caudal rays equal in length to longest ray of anal, the ex- ternal rays somewhat more than twice as long. Distance of pectoral from snout three times as great as the least height of the tail ; its length one-tenth of total length and equal to width of body, reaching to ninth row of scales. Distance of ventral from snout equal to twice the length of the head, its length slightly greater than that of middle caudal rays. lladial formula: B.VL D. 22. A. 25. C. 10. P. 12. AM, 9. Csec. Pyl. 15. Teeth on the intermaxillaries, mandible, and palatines. Color. — Uniform indigo-blue, mouth and the gill-membranes. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 57 Table of Measurements. Current number of specimen. Length to origin of middle caudal rays . Eody : Greatest heiglit Greatest width Height at ventrals Least height of tail Head: Greatest length Greatest width Width of interorbital area Length of snout Length of operculum Length of upper jaw Length of mandible Distance from snout to orbit Diameter oi eye Dorsal (spinous) : Distance from snout Lengtii of base Length of longest ray. . Anal: Distance from snout ... Length of base Length of longest ray. . Caudal:" Length of middle rays . Length of e.^terual rays Pectoral : DistiMiee from snout ... Leniith Ventral : Distance from snout — Length Brauchiostegals Dorsal Anal Pectoral Ventral . !N'urabcr of scales in lateral line Kumbi-r <)f transverse rows uliuve latcnil line - • Xumbir of transverse rows- below lateral line from origin of ventral . iSTumbcr of ca;cal appendages Vent: Distance from snout Wasiiixgtox, Jjjril 25, 1879, 22,4 MilU- metres. lOOths of length. 19 10 8i 4* 5i H 11 5i 5i 65 15i 6 68i 18i Oi 6i 14 27 10 48 OIV THE SPECIES OF ASTKOSCOPr.S OF THE EASTERN UMTEH STATES. By TAKI.ETON IS. BEAN. The family TJranoscopidiv of Gill has two representatives on the east coast of the United States, Astroscopus y-(jrwctim (0. & V.) Gill, and A. anoplus (C. & V.) Brevoort. The former was described from the Carib- bean Sea, and is now for the first time recorded in our waters. A. cino- plus was founded npon young individuals sent by Professor LeConte, and the immaturity of the specimens has led to considerable confusion in the diagnoses of genera. Cuvier and Valenciennes supposed the spe- cies to be scaleless. Brs. Gill and Giinther both employed this as one of the characters separating it from Uranoscoims, the latter in 18G0* assigning the U. anoplos of Cuvier and Valenciennes to his new genus, * Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. ii, 18C0, p. 22<>. ~" 58 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Agnus, with the distinguisbiug characters of a naked body and the ab- seuce of a mament hi the mouth. Dr. Oill, in 1861,* used the same characters in transferring the same species from TJranoscopus to Astro- scopus of Brevoort, adding some particuhirs as to the mailing of the head and the armature of the preopercuhim. The species, in tact, is covered with scales, which in the young are inconspicuous, hut in the adult may be readily counted. The genus Astroscojms, however, is well sep- arated from Uranoscoptts, and may be thus defined : ASTROSCOPUS Brevoort. UranoscojniHuix Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss., viii, 1831, p. 493. Adroscopm Bkkvookt, Proc. Pliila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Jan. 1880, p. 20.— Gill, op. cit., 1861, p. IP.}. A(inus GtrxTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mas., ii, 1860, p. 229. Upscloriphorits Gill, op. et loc. cit. Head above with its crown covered with a bony plate, from the middle of the anterior margin of which arises a y-shaped apophysis, the limbs of which extend to the orbits. Postocular region covered only with skin. Preopercuhim with two blunt processes t generally radiating from the angle of its anterior limb, one of which is directed downwards and for- wards. Humeral spine inconspicuous. Lower jaw entire beneath. Lips furuished with numerous filaments. No spines before the ventrals.| No intralabial filament. Head and belly without scales ; the rest of the body covered with small scales. Two dorsal fins ; the first composed of four short spines, the second about equal to the anal. 1. Astroscopus y-grsecum (Cuv. & Val.) Gill. Urano'ivopiis ii-tjra'cum Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss., iii, 1829, p. 308.— GtJN- TiiER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., ii, I860, p. 229. Astrocopus y-fjrcvciim GiLL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xii, 1860, p. 21. Upscloiqihonts u-grwciimGll.1., OT[). cit., xiii, 1831, p. 113. There are now two specimens of this species in the National Museum, one (No. 18011) taken in the Saint John's Ptiver, Florida, by Prof. S. F. Baird, April 2, 1877 •, the other (No. 18029) collected in the I\Iatanzas Kiver Inlet, Florida, by Mr. Joseph C. Willetts, in February, 1877. In a collection of color-sketches of fishes made for Prof. Louis Agassiz, and now lent by the Museum of Comparative Zoology to the National Museum, are illustrations of A. y-grwciim from Hampton Koads, Va., Charleston, S. C, and Pensacola, Fla. Description.— The greatest height of the body (.26) equals twice the length of the operculum (.13). Its greatest width (.21) equals tlie height at the ventrals (.21), and the distance of the ventrals from the snout (.21). The least height of the tail (.10) is contained 10 times in the total length, and equals the distance between the eyes (.10). The length of the caudal peduncle (.08) equals that of the last anal ray (.08), and is contained 12.J times in the total len gth. * Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 113. t More marked in A. etii02)Iiis than in A. n-fjrn'cum. t These are present in Uranoscopus scaler and TJ. anper, and probably in all species of TJmmscopus. I am not aware that this has been previously mentioned. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 59 The greatest lengtli of the head (.37) slightly- exceeds the distance of the spinous dorsal from the snout (.30). The length of the postocular depression (.11) equals more than 3 times the length of the snout (.03A), and is contained about 9 times in the total length. The width of this depression (.07^) equals about f of its length. The greatest width of the head (.28) equals 4 times the length of the second dorsal spine (.07). The jaws are shorter than in A. ayioplns. The length of iha ujiper (.15i) equals half the length of the anal base (.31), and is contained 0^ times in the total length (less than 6 times in A. anoplus). The length of the mandible (.21) is contained 4| times in the total length. The maxilla extends to a perpendicular, drawn at a distance behind the eye equal to the short diameter of the eye, and the mandible ends in the same ver- tical. The long diameter of the eye (.03) equals half the length of the last ray of the second dorsal (.00). The distance of the spinous dorsal from the snout (.30) is a little less than the greatest length of the head (.37). The length of its base (.11) is contained 9 times in the total length, and equals the length of the postocular depression. The spines are all longer than in A. ano2>his. The length of the first (.07i) is nearly ^ the length of the upper jaw, and slightly exceeds that of the second (.07), which equals ^- of the length of the mandible. The last spine (.02.^) is ^ as long as the first. The length of the base of the second dorsal (.30) is contained 3.^ times in the total length, and equals 3 times the distance between the eyes. Its longest ray (.10^) equals somewhat more than half the length of the head (much less than half in A. anoplus). The length of the last ray (.00) equals the distance from the snout to the orbit (.00). The distance of the anal from the snout (.57) equals nearly 3 times the length of the longest dorsal ray. Its length of base (.31) is almost equal to that of the second dorsal. The first ray (.04) is half as long as the last (.08); the longest (.14i) is contained nearly 4 times in the distance from the snout to the origin of the anal, and nearly 7 times in the total length. The length of the middle caudal rays (.25) equals '^ of the total length. The length of the external rays (.23) equals that of the ventral (.23). The distance of the pectoral from the snout (.35i) equals 5 times the length of the second dorsal sphie. Its length (.30i) equals 5 times that of the last dorsal ray. It extends to the fourth anal ray. The distance of the ventral from the snout (.24) does not greatly ex- ceed its length (.23), and is equal to the height of the body at the ven- trals (.24). The ventral extends to about the origin of the spinous dor- sal. The vent is under the anterior rays of the second dorsal. Eadial formula: B. VI; D. IV, 14; A. 13; P. 19-20; V. 0. L. lat. ca. 80. Color. — Astroscopus ygrceeum has, on the upper parts, luiinerous white spots, some of which are as long as the short diameter of the eye. XoTE —In the tables of measurements the unit of length is the length of body to the origin of the middle caudal rays. 60 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Table of Measurements. Species, Astroscopus y-grcecum. Current number of specimen Locality I Mat.anzas River I Inlet, Florida. Saint .Tohn's River, Florida. Extreme lenEcth Lengtli to origin of middle caudal rays Body : 'Greatest height Greatest width Height at ventrals Least height of -tail Length of caudal peduncle Head : Greatest length Length of ot'cipital depression... Width 1 •'"' + «„1a VI rv, 14 12 16-17 19 6 Auil Pectoral Ventral OIV THE OCC'UKKFNCE OF HIPl»OC;t,OSSlTS VUI^CJARIS, Ft,EM., AT UNALASHKA AND ST. MICHAEL'S, AJLASKA. By TARLETOW H. BEAN. :N"o one lias yet positively identified the halibut of the Pacific coast oi Xorth America with the Hiiyiyoglossus vulgaris of Fleming, so far as I can learn. Ayres, in 1854,* writing of the species observed in the market of San Francisco, says : " The great Bippoglossus vulgaris, uni- versally known as the ' halibut,' the fishermen have assured me is some- times caught near the Farallon Islands. Most of those sold in our market, however, if not all, are brought from the coast further north." In volume 2 of the same Proceedings (1859, p. 30), he writes: "Another species, in which the eyes are on the right side, is occasionally taken near the Farallon Islands, opposite the mouth of the Bay, which I do not feel warranted in separating from H. vulgaris, without a direct compari- son of the two. Its fin-rays are D. 102, A. 73, P. 16, V. G, C. 4, 1, 7, 8, 1,4. " It appears to be seldom quite as large as H. calif ornicus:^ The number of anal rays in this enumeration is smaller than usual, but not improbable. Lord t gives a graphic account of the Indian mode of fishing for halibut, and remarks as to the species : " I believe the species to be the Pleuronectes liipiwglossus of Linnceus, but of this I am by no means perlectly clear, as I had only an opportunity of examining this single specimen, that I estimated as weighing over 300 lbs.; and it was quite impossible to investigate its specific character," &c. *Pioc. Cal. Acad. Sci., i, 1854, Ist ed., p. 41, and2d ed., p. 40. \ Naturalist in Vancouver Island and British Columbia, i, 18GG, p. 149. 64 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Dr. Cooper, in mentioning- the Pleuronectoids of California, says:* " The two tirst are species of Halibut, one closely resembling the Atlan- tic fish, and grow over 4 feet long, the latter (No. 105, H. vulgaris f) sometimes weighing five hundred or six hundred pounds. Both are caught near San Francisco." Mr. William H. Dall, iii his work on "Alaska and its Resources," 1870, p. 484, states, that "The halibut are smaller than those of the eastern fisheries, but near Sitka and along the coast they have been taken from three to five hundred pounds in weight. They are not found north of the ice line in Bering sea, except, perhaps, in summer." In the report for 1870 of the Commissioner of Agriculture, p. 381, the same author employs the name ^^ B Ippoglossns vulgaris f^^ in connection with the para- graph on the lialibut, and states that "Their range is from the Aleutian Islands southwest to Cape Flattery. . . . They extend westward into the Ochotsk sea vfith the cod and already form an article of commerce among the west-coast fishermen. They are said to surpass the eastern lialibut in flavor when properly cured." Mr. Henry W. Elliott, special agent of the Treasury Department, speaks tlius of tlie halibut in a Report upon the Condition of Afi'airs in tlie Territory of Alaska, Washington, 1875, p. 1G7 : "Found throughout the territory on soundings south of the GOth parallel of north latitude. Halibut are quite abundant and of excellent quality, but the climate is such that the fishermen cannot properly dry or cure them for exportation even in small cargoes. They are, however, not abundaut enough for exportation, and must therefore be regarded as only of local importance." In a report upon the Customs District, Public Service, and Resources of Alaslva Territory by William Gouverneur Morris, special agent of the Treasury Department, 1879, p. 115, is found the following information: " While I was at Klawack, they were testing the boiler, new machinery, and otlier apparatus, and were trying the experiment of canning clams and halibut, both of which are so plenteous in that neighborhood as to be a perfect drug. I have since seen the result of this, and can pronounce the clams the very best so treated on the whole Pacific coast, and the halibut is of superior quality, preserving its flavor better than any yet produced from any other locality. The supply of these two articles of commerce alone, from this particular place, is only to be regulated by the demand." The only examples of the Pacific halibut in the United States Na- tional Museum are those collected by Mr. W. H. Dall and Mr. Lucien M. Turner. Mr. Dall's is the single available one for comparison, and that lacks the caudal fin, which is fortunately present in the other. Al- though both specimens are in very poor condition, there is no difiiculty in perceiving their identity with the Atlantic halibut. The individual forwarded by Mr. Dall (collector's number 1098, museum number 22*66) ' *Crouise's Nat. Wealth C»l., 1868, p. 493. ^ PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 65 was taken at TJnalaslilai, September 13, 1S73, in 50 or GO fathoms. Mr. Dall informed me that Dr. Steindachner saw it in San Francisco, and considered it identical with the Hipjyoglossus vulgaris. I have compared it carefully with Atlantic halibut from Eastport, Me., and fail to see any means of separating the two. The Alaska individuals are a little thicker ; but that may be accounted for by the differences in the food supply. It is very desirable to have perfect specimens of the Pacific fish for examination ; but, in the absence of such material, I have en- deavored to make the most of what the museum has, and it is believed that the table of measurements will serve to confirm the \iews of those who regard the halibut of the Pacific identical with that of the Atlantic. DESCRIPTION OF THE UNALASHKA SPECIMEN. The museum catalogue number is 22466, and the collector's number 1098. The length of the fish to the origin, of the middle caudal rays is 463 millimetres. The different proportions of the body are given in hundredths of this length. The greatest height of the body (.32) is 4 times the length of the oper- culum (.08) ; its height at the ventrals (.25) is contained 4 times in the total length, and equals the distance of the pectoral from the snout (.25). The least height of the tail (.07^) is nearly equal to the length of the operculum (.08), and to the distance of the dorsal from the snout (.08). The length of the caudal peduncle (.12) equals that of the longest anal ray (.12). The lateral line follows the same c6urse as in Eastern specimens. The greatest length of the head (.25|) is contained nearly 4 times in the total length. The distance between the eyes (.03) equals ^ the dis- tance from the snout to the orbit (.06). The length of the snout (.041) equals almost i the length of the upper jaw (.01)^). The lengtli of tlie upper jaw is not quite equal to that of the pectoral of the blind side (.10). The maxilla extends to the vertical thrpugh the middle of the lower eye. The length of the mandible (.11^) is contained 2J times in the length of the head. It extends to the vertical through the posterior margin of the lower eye. The long diameter of the upper eye (.05) is contained 5 times in the length of the head, and twice in that of the pectoral of the blind side. The teeth agree perfectly in all respects with those of the Eastport in- dividuals, that is, they are arranged in two series in the upper jaw, the outer being the stronger, and in a single series in the lower jaw. The distance of the dorsal from the snout (.08) equals the length of the operculum. Its longest ray (.11^-) does not quite equal the longest of the anal (.12). The 37th and 38th dorsal rays are the longest. The distance of the anal from the snout (.34) equals f of the head's length. Its longest ray, the 17th, (.12) is contained 8J times in the total length. Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 5 July 1,18 70. 66 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Tlie tail is wanting in tliis individual, but present in that forwarded by Mr. Turner. It is of tbe usual vulgaris type. The distance of the pectoral from the snout(.25) equals twice the length of the iDCctoral of the eyed side (.12^) and 2^ times that of the blind side (.10). The distance of the ventral from the snout (.25) is contained 4 timea in the total length. The length of the ventral (.05^) is contained 4 J times in that of the head. The fin-rays are : I). 96. A. 77. P. II, 15. Y. 6. The radial formulae of all the specimens are here summarized : 22436. Uualasbka. D. 9G; A. 77 ; P. II, 15 ; Y. 6 ; C. . 224G7. St. Michael's. D. 100+; A. 78; P. II, 16 ; V. 6; C. + 16 +. 10439. Eastport, Me. D. 103 ; A. 78; P. II, 14 ; V. 6 ; C. +,16+. 14622. Eastport, Me. D. 103 ; A. broken ; P. II, 14 ; V. 6 ; C. + 16 +. Tal)le of Mcasurcme7ifs. Current number of specimen. Locality TJnalashka, Sept. 13, 1873. Eastport, Maine. Eastpoit, Maine. Saint Mi- cbael's, Alaska. Milli- metres. lOOths of length. MiUi- metres. lOOths of length. Milli. metres. lOOths of length. MiUi- meti-es. Extreme length Length to origin of middle caudal _iays : Body: Greatest height Greatest width Height at ventrals Least height of tail Length of caudal peduncle Head: Greatest length Grc.'itiist width A\iatli of inter orbital area Length of snout Leugtli of operculum Length of upper jaw Length of mandible k.. Bistaucii from snout to orbit Diameter of upper eye Dorsal : Distance from snout Length of longest ray Anal: Distance from snout Length of longest ray Caudal: Length of middle rays Length of external rays Pectoral : Distance from snout Length, eyed side Length, blind side Ventral : Distance from snout Length Dorsal Anal , Caudal Pectoral Ventral Length of pectoral of blind side. 11,15 6 103 78 + 10 + U, 14 6 103 (Broken.) + 16 + II, 14 1C7 45 15 2G 48 59 74 II, 1C,II 11,16 TV ASHlNGTONj May 10, 1879. PROCEEDINOS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 67 I>ESCRHI»TI©IV OF ATV APPARENTIiY NEW SPKCIE8 OF «-ASTEU- OSTEUS (G. ATfCINSai) FROM THE St!MOO»a€ ILAECES, MABNE. By TARI.ETOIV H. BEAM. In a large collection of fishes sent to the United States National Mu- seum, in 1878, by Mr. C. Gr. Atkins, an assistant of the United States Fish Commission, were six specimens of a stickleback which appears to be undescribed, and for which I j^ropose the name given above, as a slight recognition of Mr. Atkins's services as a collector and as an orig- inal investigator into the rei)roductive habits of imiiortant fishes. Gasterosteus AtMnsii resembles in form and coloration G. pungitius rather than the perhaps more closely related G. aculeatus. It may be at once distinguished from all the other eastern American species by (1) the presence of abont fitteen lateral plates, which rapidly diminish in size after the fonrtli, and (2) its long ventral spines, which nearly or quite reach the vent. The plates are quite unlike those of G. semiarma- ti(S, being so thin and posteriorly so small that they are inconspicuous. For the purpose of description I have selected the individual whose catalogue-number is 22492 a (collector's number, 3013). The extreme length of this specimen is 35 millimetres, and its length to the origin of the middle caudal rays is 30 millimetres, which is the basis of compari- son for all the other measurements. The height of the body at the ventrals (.21) equals 3 times the length of the npper jaw (.07), and 3 times the distance between the eyes (.07). Its greatest width (.11) equals the long diameter of the orbit (.11). The least height of the tail (.04) equals the length of the antecedent anal spine (.04) and one-half the length of the snout (.08). The length of the caudal peduncle (.13) somewhat exceeds the width of the head (.12). The length of the head (.31) equals 3 times the length of the mandi- ble (.10). The length of the snout equals that of the operculum (.08). The length of the upper jaw (.07) equals the distance between the eyes and one-half the length of the post-pectoral plate (.14). The length of the mandible (.10) is contained 10 times in the total length and equals twice the length of the antecedent spine of the second dorsal (.05). The long diameter of the orbit is contained 2f times in the length of the head and 9 times in the total length. The teeth are as in the other members of the family. The spinous dorsal has two spines of equal length. Its distance from the snout (.37) equals shghtly more than twice the length of the pecto- ral (.18). The length of the two spines (.12) equals that of the first and longest ray of the second dorsal (.12) and of the anal (.12). The spines are in a straight line, and with each is connected a delicate membrane. The distance of the anal from the snout (.06) equals 6 times the long diameter of the orbit. Its length of base (.18) equals 2J times the length of the operculum. The length of the anecedent anal spine (.04) is con- tained 3 times in that of the first and longest ray (.12). 68 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Tlie length of the middle caudal rays (.16|) is contained G times in the total length. The caudal is slightly forked, almost trimcate when expanded. The pectoral is composed of ten rays. Its distance from the snout (.34) is a little less than twice its length (.18). It extends to the mid- dle of the interval between the two dorsals. The length of the post-pec- toral plate (.14) equals twice that of the upper jaw, and its width (.04) equals the length of the antecedent anal spine. The ventral consists of one spine and one ray. Its distance from the snout (.45) equals 4 J times the length of the lower jaw. The spine extends beyond the end of the pubic bones, reaching almost or quite to the vent. Its length (.19) exceeds that of the pectoral (.18). It is very strongly serrated on its outer and finely on its inner margin. The origin of the \'entral is slightly in advance of the perpendicular let fall from the second dorsal spine. Eadial formula: B. Ill; D. II, I, 10-12; A. I, 8-9; C, + 12 +; P. 10 ; V. I, 1. Color. — Dark bands cross the body just as in G. pungitius, which it strongly resembles. The ground-color of the body in the alcoholic speci- mens is almost flesh-color ; the major i^art of the head is silvery, as are the breast and the belly. Table of Measurements. Current number of specimen. Locality 22,492 a. Schoodic Lakes, Me. Millime- lOOthsof trea. length. Extreme length. Length to origin of middle caudal rays. Body. Greatest height Greatest wiJth Height at ventrals Least height of tail Length of caudal peduncle Heftd: Greatest length Greatest width Width of interorbital area Length of snout Length of operculum Length of upper jaw Length of mandible Distance from snout to orbit Diameter of orbit Dorsal (spinous) : Distance from snout Length of first spine Length of second spine Dorsal (soft) : Length of antecedent spine Length of first ray Anal: Distance from snout Length of base Length of first spine Length of first ray Length of longest ray Caudal : Length of middle rays PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 69 Table of Measurements— Cont'mued. 22,49: Schoodic L Ikes, Me. MiUime- tres. lOOths of leugth. Pectoral: 34 18 14 4 Ventral : 45 19 Ill 11, 1, 12 1,9 + 12 + 10 1,1 15 "Ventral Additional Radial Formulas. Current number of specimen 22,492 6. 22,492 c. 22,492 d. 22,492 e. 22.492/. Locality - Schoodic Lakes, Maine. Millime- tres. Millime- tres. MOlime- tres. Millime- tres. Millime- tres. 36 3U 12 10 1,1 33 28 n, 1, 12 12 10 1,1 31 11,1^11 1,8 30 26 U, 1, 10 1,8 30 20 n, 1, 11 Anal ... 1,8 Caudal Pectoral Ventral 1,1 1,1 1,1 Washington, May 14, 1879. REVIEW OF THE I»i:.E«JK©lVEC1fB5iE OF SAN FRANCISCO. By \Y. N. LOCKINGTOJV. The PJeuronectidcc of the Pacific Coast have been described by Girard (Proc. Acad. :N^at. Sci. Phil. VII, 1854 ; VIII, 185G ; and PaC. Eail. Rep. Vol. X, 145-156), by Ayies (Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 1855, Vol. I, 40, and Vol. II, 1859, 29-30), by Giinther (Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. Vol. IV, 18G2, pp. 399-457), and by Gill (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1802, 280-281 ; 18G4, 194-199 ; and 1865, 177). The greater nnrnber of the species was charac- terized by the first of these authors 5 but as the materials at hand were insufficient for thorough description, consisting usually of single or im- mature examples, the descriptions were necessarily incomplete. Dr. W. O. Ayres, among the many valuable additions to our ichthyological knowledge made by him during his residence on this coast, added two valid species to the list of our flounders. Dr. A. Giinther enumerates the species described by Girard and Ayres, but collocates some of them 70 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. iu (lifferent geuera from those in wMch tliey were placed by tbeir original describers, and, misled apparently by Girard's insufficient descriptions, characterizes two additional species from specimens which really be- longed to forms described by that author. Finally, Prof. T. Gill reviews the labors of his predecessors, reclassifies the entu'e group, arranging them on a more definite system, and mentions in all seventeen species, including tlie Pleiironectes quadrituherculaiiis and Fleuronectes cicatricosus of Pallas, the Pleiironectes glacialis of Kichardson {= franklinii Giiuther), and two supposed new species, both of which, however, are apparently synonymous with two of Girard's species ; Faroj)hrys kubbardi with Faro- plirys vetulus Gir., and Metoponops cooperi with the Fsetticlitliys sordidiis of the same author. It will thus be perceived that considerable confu- sion existed among our flat-fishes ; and iu the endeavor to identify the various species described \sy these authors among the examples in the Mus. Cal. Acad. Sci., and to pick them out among the fresh fishes, as they lay, exposed for sale, in the markets of San Francisco, I soon found that the descriptions of external characters already published needed revision and amplification, and that the task of identification was ren- dered difficult by the great variation in the number of the dorsal and anal fin-rays, in the width of the intei^ocular space, and in the length of the pectorals, in fishes which evidently belonged to the same species. A new and abundant species, with constant characters by which it could readily be distinguished from the one Avith which it had probably been hitherto confounded, was also discovered. It was at that time my intention only to take a few additional notes upon the known species, and publish them together with a description of the new form ; but, at the suggestion of Prof. D. S. Jordan, of Indiana TJniversity, Bloomington, Ind., who is at this time preparing an ichthyology of the United States, which will include all the Pacific Coast species, I imdertook the task of redescribing and more thoroughly characterizing all the known forms belonging to the family that occur in the markets of San Francisco. Cy repeated visits to the markets, extendmg over a period of six months, I have verified the occurrence here of aU the species hitherto described^rom this coast, with the exception of the more northern FleiironecTcsfranliinn, and the possible exception of the Pallasian spe- cies quadrituberculatus and cicatricosus. Two new species of rare occur- rence, and belonging to a group not hilherto known to be found in oiu' ■Raters, have also been added to the fauna ; but as five nominal species are eliminated, the total number of valid forms occurring here is only thirteen. My method of procedure has been to write a full description from the specimens in the possession of the California Academy of Sciences, and'^then to incorporate with it the results of notes taken from fresh individuals, altering and adding so as to include the range of variation. The descriptions are not, therefore, from types, but from an examination of several specimens, and a comparison of these with several others. To the descriptions measnrements of several specimens (except in the case of PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 71 one rare species) are appended ; those taken from tlie preserved specimens and from the fresh individuals in my possession being supplemented by others taken from indi\dduals as they lay on the stalls. The measurements are followed by remarks upon the variation of individuals, by the enum- eration of two or three obvious distinguishing characters, and by such notes upon the localities, comparative abundance, &c., of the various forms as I have been able to collect. I greatly regret my inability to do much at present toward the elucidation of the habits, food, and distribu- tion of the several species. The classification adopted is, with one or two exceptions, that which will be followed by Professors Jordan and Gilbert in their forthcoming work ;* and I take this occasion to thank them for the valuable aid they have rendered me by sending me a copy of that portion of their manuscript, and on various occasions tendering me valuable information. To conclude, I have taken every care to guard against error, but I am aware that it is i^ossible that some of my conclusions may be open to criticism. I have avoided burdening my descriptions with full synonymy and references, contenting myself with the already given enumeration of the works in which earlier descriptions will be found, and with the mention of the original name of each species. SYNOPSIS OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES. * Moutli large, the broad flat maxillary extending to below tbe eye; teeth nearly equal on both sides of the jaws. a. Ventral fins both lateral, neither of them on the ridge of the abdomen. (HIPPOGLOSSINJS.) h. Body dextral, eyes and color on the right side, c. Lateral hne with a semicircular arch in front ; dentition strong ; lower pha- ryngeal teeth in two rows HippovtLOSSUS. 1 vulgaris f cc. Lateral line nearly straight ; teeth rather small ; scales moderate, ciliated. X. No accessory lateral line ; dorsal commencing over eye. (, HiPPOGLOSSOIDES. 2. Eyes large ; lower jaw scarcely projecting .jordani. XX. An accessory lateral line ; dorsal commencing before the eye. ^ PSETTICHTHYS. 3. Anterior rays of dorsal produced ; eyes small melanostictus. 1)h. Body sometimes sinistral, sometimes dextral; dentition strong ; lateral line with a semicircular arch in front Paralichth YS. 4. Accessory scales numerous ; scales ciliate maculosus. aa. Ventral fin of the colored side inserted on the ridge of the abdomen; body sinistral (llHOMBmM.) Lateral line nearly straight; no vomerine teeth; dorsal rays all sim- ple CiTHARICHTIIYS. 5. Scales almost membranous ; interocular space concave sordhlus. ** Mouth small, the short narrow maxillary rarely reaching before the front of the eye ; teeth mostly on the blind side ; body dextral. (PLEUrxONECTINJi.) *A Synopsis of the Fishes of the United States. = Bulletin XVI of the United States National Museum. 72 PROCEEDINGS OP UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. d. Lateral line simple, nearly straight. /. Dorsal fiu very long, of more than ninety rays ; body elongate ; scales smooth Glyptocephalus. 6. Teeth forming a sharp cutting edge, not developed at all on colored side ; pectoral of colored side not produced pacificus. 7. Teeth forming a blunt edge, continued more than half-way along colored side; pectoral of colored side produced zacMrua. ff. Dorsal tin moderate ; scales developed as scattered stellate tubercles. Platichthys. 8. Eyes and color sometimes on right, sometimes on left side. stellatus. dd. Lateral line with an accessory dorsal branch. e. Teeth slender, acute, in several series ; lateral line nearly straight ; body deep, short ; lips thick Pleuronichthys. 9. Interocular space rather narrow, smooth, without ndges . . guttulaius. 10. Lijis plicate ; dorsal continued downwards on blind side of head ; interocular space veiy narrow, forming a raised tubercular ridge. coemsus. ee. Teeth straight, blunt, in a close row, chiefly developed on blind side. g. Scales cycloid, those on cheeks similar ; lateral line nearly straight. Pauophrys. 11. Snout narrow; upper eye diverted obliquely upwards vetulus. gg. Scales rough ; lateral line arched ; form oval Lepidopsetta. 12. Scales on cheeks ctenoid umbrosa. 13. Scales on cheeks tuberculate hillneata. All the species that I have examined have seven branchiostegals on each side, and the lateral hue continued to the end of the caudal on both blind and colored sides. As I am not familiar with the Atlautic species, I cannot be certain whether these are to be considered as family char- acters; they are not mentioned in Gilnther's diagnosis of the Pleuro- nectidce. HIPPOGLOSSUS Cu\4er. Mouth large, the large broad maxillary one-third, or not much more than one-third, of the length of the head. Teeth of ui)per jaw in a double series. Eyes and color on the right side. Gill-rakers short, compressed, widely set. Lower pharyngeal teeth in two rows ; branchiostegals seven. Ventrals lateral; caudal emarginate, the outer rays produced. Scales very small, not ciliated. Lateral line with a semicircular arch in front. e HIPPOGLOSSUS VULGARIS Cu\ier {Tj. {Hipimglossua vulgaris ? Ajvea.) D. 102. A. 73. P. 10. V. G. The fin-formula given above is that of Ayres. The species is of rare occurrence on this part of the coast, but is occasionally brought to mar- ket. As I have as yet only seen one specimen, or rather a part of one, as the greater i)art of the body had been cut away and sold when I saw it, I cannot pronounce as to its specific identity with S. vuhjaris. The only notes I could make were as follows : Teeth in a double row in both PROCEEDINGS OP UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 73 jaws, with a few irregular teetli between tlie rows, about equally devel- oped ou both sides, strong, numerous. BrancUiostegals seven. Inter- ocular space wider than the length of the eye. Caudal with about 20 rays, the principal rays each several times bifurcate, the posterior mar- gin nearly straight. Weight between 40 and 50 pounds. I am told that this fish will probably be of more common occurrence as the season advances. Toward the northern parts of our Pacific seaboard, at Van- couver's Island and along the shores of British Columbia, the halibut is said to be quite common, and to attain a weight of 70 to 100 pounds, or even more. Specimens from Alaska, I am told, have been identified by Dr. Bean with the Atlantic H. vulgaris. HIPPOGLOSSOIDES Gottsche. Mouth large; maxillary broad, flat, extending nearly to the centre of the eye ; teeth nearly equal on both sides of the jaws, rather small, coni- cal. No teeth on vomer or palatines. Eyes and color on the right side. Anterior nostrils on colored side with a short tube, on blind side with a raised margin ; lower pharyngeal teeth in a single row. Dorsal com- mencing over the upper eye ; ventrals both lateral ; caudal entire, its middle rays produced. Scales of moderate size, more or less strongly ciliated ; lateral line nearly straight, simple. Branchiostegals seven. HIPPOGLOSSOIDES JOEDANI Sp. UOV. D. 90-04. A. 71-75. C. 2-15-2. P. 13. A. 6. Dorsal and abdominal outlines equally and regularly curved from the line of the centre of the eyes to the caudal peduncle ; upper outline of snout strongly curved, almost a quadrant, the junction of this curve with the dorsal outline forming a concavity over the anterior half of the upper eye. Peduncle of tail widening posteriorly, in its narrowest part from about f to f of the greatest depth of the body, which is a little over ^ to f of the total length ; length of the head from -fV to less than 4 of the total length ; eye contained about 4i times ; snout (measured from a line joining the anterior margins of the orbits to the tip of the upper jaw) 5i to 6 times in the length of the head. Posterior nos- trils of both sides situated on a line joining the front margins of the orbits ; anterior nostrils on both sides with a raised margin, prolonged posteriorly into a linguiform flap ; the posterior sub-elliptical, simi)le. Lower jaw not, or scarcely, projecting in the closed mouth ; its lower straight border forming an obtuse angle with the abdominal outline, and its prominent posterior extremity below the centre of the eye ; a knob at the symphysis. Cleft of mouth oblique, the tip of the premaxillaries on a horizontal line with the upper margin of the lower eye, and the posterior broad end of the maxillaries extending to nearly the centre of the lower border of the same. Dentition consisting of numerous sharp, slender, conical recurved teeth, in an irregular single row in the man- 74 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAP ^VTUSEUM. dible, but forming a double row in tbe intermaxillaries. Front teeth largest in both jaws. The outer row in the intermaxillaries much larger than the inner, which is formed of very small teeth ; but most of the outer row smaller than those of the mandible. The teeth on the colored side of the upi^er jaw are most numerous and smallest. Upper pharyn- geals each with two irregular rows of teeth, the hinder largest, conical, sharp, recurved. Lower pharyngeals each with a single row of similar teeth. Eyes rather large, lateral, equal in front. Interorbital space rather narrow, equal in adults to about one-third of the loDgitudinal diameter of the eye. Gill-rakers long and slender, those of the first branchial arch about equal in length to the width of the interorbital space. Pectoral of the colored side scarcely \ of the total length, or slightly more than half the length of the head, inserted level with the loAver eye, and consisting of 13 rays, the first two simple, the others oisce or twice bifurcate ; the third ray longest, lower rays diminishing reg- ularly. Pectoral of the blind side equal in width to that of colored side, but only about § as long. Dorsal commencing on the dorsal ridge immediately over the anterior margin of the pupil, all the rays simple, except the two or three last, which (at least in most examples) are once bifurcate 5 the rays from the 37th to the 50th highest. Anal preceded by a horizontal spine, the first ray immediately behind a vertical from the posterior axil of the pectoral ; all its rays simple, the three last excepted, coterminous with the dorsal, rays from 30th to 40th highest. Posteiior margin of caudal entire, slightly convex, rays twice or thrice bifurcate. In large individuals, both the central and the outer rays are slightly produced, the central most. Veutrals small, inserted in advance of the pectorals, the distance between the posterior axil of the former and the anterior axil of the latter less than half the width of the pectoral base ; their tips extending backwards beyond the anus nearly to the anal spine; the first two rays simple, the others once or twice bifurcate. Lateral line without abrupt arch, curving gently doAvnwards from its origin to the median line of the side of the body, which it reaches at a vertical from the tip of the pectoral ; thence straight to the end of the caudal. Number of scales in lateral line about 96 in a specimen 0| in. long. No accessoiy lateral line, but a roAV of pores across cheek and round the lower eye. Scales of colored side longer than wide, rather small, distinctly ciliate on their posterior margins, somewhat deciduous; uniform over the whole of the body opercles and checks, and continued forwards on the interorbital space to the anterior margin of the eye. Jaws and snout scaleless ; scales of blind side not ciliated. A row of small ciliated scales along each ray of the dorsal and anal on the colored side, extending almost or quite to the tips of the rays ; none on the first four dorsal rays ; caudal with small scales on colored side ; color almost uniform gray. Each scale has two transverse bands of black points, divided by a spotless bght-colored band; the ciliated tip is also light, with a few black points. Fins nearly the same tint as the body, the PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 75 membrane between the rays of dorsal and anal becoming slightly darker towards the tips of the rays. Total length, in inches Length without caudal Greatest dei)th of body Length of head Width from tip of dorsal to tip of anal Longitudinal diameter of eye Length of snout, from a line joining the front margins of orbits luterocular space Length of pectoral, colored side (probably maimed) Length of pectoral, blind side Length of ventral Origin of anal to lateral line Greatest distance from anal to straight part of lateral Width of peduncle of tail, narrowest part Height of centre rays of dorsal Length of lower jaw 17^ 141 5| i f i ly 1 31i 3ii in Although this species is of quite common occurrence in the markets of San Francisco, it appears to have hitherto escaped description, prob- ably on account of its extei-nal resemblance to Girard's Psettichthys melanostietus, from which it is not distinguished by the dealers, who are able to discriminate between most of the other species. With several other kinds, it is sold under the name of "Sole." From melanostietus it may be known by the more backward origin of the dorsal fin, the first rays of which are lower than those next following; by the larger eyes and rather narrower interocular space ; the absence of an accessory dorsal branch to the lateral line, and the want of conspicuous bhick dots on the colored side. The surface is decidedly less rough than that of melano- stietus, although the scales are ciliated. The number of scales in the lateral line is rather ditlicult to count, but there are about fourteen to an inch m an example lif long (caudal included). 1^0. 1 had 90 dorsal and 71 anal rays; I^o. 2, D. 94, A. 72; and Xo. 4, D. 93, A. 75. In the stomach of ^o. 2 were three half-digested anchovies [Engraulis ringcns) and a shrimp-lilie crustacean {Ilippohjtc). No. 2 had about 42 teeth in the mandible, and at least G2 in the inter- maxillaries, those on the colored side most numerous and smallest; while hi No. 4 the mandible had 14 teeth on the blind, and 11 on the colored side, the intermaxillaries about 14 on the blind, and numerous (ca. 50) small teeth on the colored side, without counting the inner row of still smaller teeth. From H. limandoides = dcntattis, of the Atlantic, the present species diflers in having more dorsal and anal rays, and in the presence of an anal spine. 76 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. I have taken the liberty to name this species after my friend Prof. D. S. Jordan, in acknowledgment of the assistance and advice I have re- ceived from him. PSETTICHTHYS Girard. Mouth large; maxillary broad, flat, extending to the front of the pupil ; teeth well develoi^ed on both sides of the jaws, iiTCgular. l^s"© teeth on vomer or palatines. Eyes and color on the right side ; ante- rior nostril on colored side tubular, that on blind side wdth a flap. Lower i)haryngeal teeth in a single row. Dorsal commencing in advance of the upper eye; ventrals lateral; caudal entire. An accessory lateral line on both sides of the bod}'; lateral line nearly straight. Scales ciliated. Brauchiostegals seven. The only one of Girard's original characters which remains to distin- guish this genus from HippogJossoides is the more anterior commence- ment of the dorsal ; as a thorough examination of specimens larger than those described by that author (4f in. long) proves that ciliated scales are common to both genera. The presence of an accessory lateral line is, however, a character which ajipears sufficient to warrant the separation of this form as a genus or sub-genus, since it is used as a generic char- acter in the Pleuronectinw. PSETTICHTHYS iMELANOSTiCTUS Girard. D. 78-88. A. 58-62. C. 3-6-6-3. P. 11. Y. 6. Body elongated, narrow; dorsal and abdominal outlines regularly curved and nearly equal from nape and ventrals to caudal peduncle ; curve of snout joining that of nape over the anterior half of the upper eye; abdominal outline from posterior end of mandible to ventrals nearly straight. Greatest depth contained in the total length from about three to a little more than two and a half times ; head four to Ave times in the same. Eyes small, contained seven to eight times ; snout (measured from orbit of upi)er eye to tip of intermaxillaries) about five times in the length of the head ; peduncle of tail from three aud a half to four times in the greatest depth. Anterior nostril on colored side with a short tube, the opening wide and anterior ; that on blind side with a raised margin or short tube, prolonged posteriori}^ ; posterior nostril on both sides without flap, its posterior border in advance of the anterior border of the orbit. Eyes equal in front, lateral ; interocular space smooth, not elevated, of variable width. Mouth large, oblique; lower jaw considerably the longer, its tip, in the closed moutji, level with the lower margin of the upper eye; a prominent symphysial knob ; mandible joining the abdominal outline at an obtuse angle. Posterior extremity of the maxillary extending to a vertical drawn from the front of the pupil. Teeth rather small, in a single row on both sides of both jaws, conical, sharp, recurved, those in front much the largest in both jaws, and those in the mandible larger than those in the intermaxillaries (ex- PROCEEDINGS OP UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 77 cept three or four lai'ge caniues iu front of the latter). Teeth on colored side of upper jaw very small, numerous. In adults about 33 teeth iu the mandible, 43-50 in the intermaxillaries. A single row of six or seven sharp, conical, recurved teeth on each upper pharyngeal^ lower pharyngeals very slender, each armed with a row of about twelve sleucier, sharp, recurved teeth. Gill-rakers of first branchial arch about half the length of the eyes, flexible, those of the other arches similar, but shorter. Origin of dorsal a little in advance of the anterior margin of the upper eye, and immediately above the posterior nostril of the blind side ; its anterior rays over the eyes and on the occiput higher than those immediately behind them, but not quite equal to the longest rays of the central portion of the fin, which are from about the thirtieth to the fortieth rays. The first ray is twisted to the left, toward the nos- tril. From the central rays the tin declines regularly to its termination opposite to that of the anal, and distant from the caudal about half the depth of its peduncle. Anal with an acute horizontal spine, its origin opposite the centre of the length of the pectoral, and its longest rays opposite to those of the dorsal. Peduncle of caudal very sUghtly dilated at the base of that fin, the posterior margin of which is convex, and the principal rays once or twice bifurcate, the first bifiu'cation at about one- third of their length from the base. Pectoral of colored side with eleven rays, the rays, except the first two, once bifurcate ; that of the blind side nearly equal in size and similarly bifurcate. Ventrals inserted with their posterior axil about half the width of the pectoral base in advance of the anterior axil of that fin ; their rays once or twice bifurcate, and then- extremity Mliug short of the vent. Lateral hue very slightly raised above the pectorals, about 107-118 scales between its origin and that of the caudal in a specimen eleven inches long. An accessory lateral Une along the base of the dorsal, ending about under the 24th dorsal ray on the colored side, and under the 17th-20th on the blind side. A branch from this accessory line to the main lateral line at back of head; a line of pores, indistinct in small specimens, more distinct in lai-ger, can be traced fr-om the lateral line across the cheek to the lower margin of the upper eye ; and a little behind the end of this a row of pores branches downwards around the lower eye, ending opposite the posterior margin of the pupil. Scales very small, imbricate, ciliate, ex- tending over head and gill-covers; snout and lower jaw scaleless. Free end of each scale tinmcate. A single row of small scales along each ray of the dorsal and anal on the colored side, except on about the first third of the dorsal aud the first two oj three rays of the anal. Caudal covered with small ciliated scales on the colored side almost to the tip of the rays, and with smooth scales on the colored side. Scales of blind side smooth, a few scales on the bases of the central raye of the dorsal aud anal on this side. Color of right side ash-gray, interspersed with crowded black dots just large enough to be perceptible with the naked eye ; numerous black points on the exposed part of each scale. When 78 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. fresh the ground-tint is lighter, and the black points mnch less distinct than after exposure to the air. Left side uniform white. Dimensions. Xo. 1. Ko.2. Xo.3. Xo. 4. No. 5. No. 6. No. 7. No. 8. 64 2J lOi 4 31 2i t 11 3U- 3§ xa 14i 15 5| 17 6 17i 66 Greatest deptli of body Distance from tip of lower jaw to origin of anal, in a straight line liCngth of head IJ 3i^ i i di 3* TB li 3| 3}i % i i Longitudinal diameter of lower eye Length of snout, from orbit of upper eye 1| 1 J Length of pectoral, blind side Height of longest dorsal rays . . Ii'b If n 1 m It's 31 81 58 3* Height of longest anal rays Height of first dorsal ray Length of lower jaw n 11 "Width of peduncle of tail 1 82 60 Greatest distance from anal to straight part 2? Number of rays in dorsal .... 82 62 88 60 84 iXumber of ra y s in anal 60 As will be seen by the foregoing figures, the width of the interocular space, the length of the pectorals, that of the caudal peduncle, and the number of rays in the dorsal, are very variable. In the stomach of an example 7^ inches in length. were the half- digested remains of two anchovies [EngrmiUs rimgens) each about three inches long. This is the most common of the species sold as "Sole" in the markets of this city. Most of the individuals brought to market are from ten to twelve inches in length; but many reach sixteen or even eighteen inches. The black dots over the upper side, the long anterior dorsal rays, in- serted more in advance than is usual, and the small eyes, render this fish easy to recognize. PARALICHTHYS Girard. Mouth large, the broad, flat maxillary reaching to the posterior margin of the lower eye; teeth in a single row on both sides of both jaws ; eyes and color usually sinistral. Lower pharyngeals covered with villiform teeth ; villiform teeth on the first pair of upper pharyngeals ; also a row of larger teeth. Eemainder of upper pharyngeal teeth like the larger of the first pair. Gill-rakexs long. Anterior nostrils on both sides with a flap. Dorsal commencing above eye ; anal without a spine ; caudal sinuous on its posterior border ; ventrals both lateral. Lateral line with a semicircular arch in front; no accessory lateral line. Scales ciliate; numerous accessory scales on their posterior margins. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 79 Paralichthys maculosus Girard. Uropsetta californica Gill, 1864. Hippoglossus californicus Ayres. D. G9-76. A. 53-60. C. 3-12-3. P. 10-12. Y. 6. Body elongated, dorsal outline forming a low regular curve from the junction of the snout to the caudal peduncle; snout rather long, a slight depression over the anterior part of the upper eye, where it joins the dorsal outline. Abdominal outUue from the extremity of the mandible to the caudal peduncle forming a curve corresponding to that of the dorsal outline. Greatest depth a little less than f ; length of head about -3^ of the entire length; eye about i-^, snout -5^4 of the length of the head; interocular space -^^-^ of the same; width of caudal peduncle about i of the greatest depth; gTcatest distance from anal to straight portion of lateral line less than the length of the head. Anterior nos- trils of both sides with a tongue-like tlap on their posterior border; pos- terior nostrils patulous, small, slightly in advance of the orbit. Eyes equal in front, small, the upper well below tlie dorsal ridge, yet some- what directed upwards. Interocular space smooth, flat, not elevated, a scarcely perceptible ridge from origin of lateral hue to upper eye, where it divides, forming a raised margin to the posterior portion of that eye; a short ridge over the anterior part of the upper margin of the lower eye; in large individuals the width of the interocular space exceeds the length of the eye. Mouth large; maxillary reaching to a vertical from the posterior margin of the lower eye, and to a distance below that eye exceeding its longitudinal diameter. Mandible about fV of the length of the head, its tip level with the upper margin of the lower eye; its straight lower border forming a very obtuse angle with the abdominal outline; a shght symphysial prominence. Teeth in both jaws slender, acute, slightly recurved, about 15 in the upper and 8 in the lower jaw in individuals under 12" long, besides numerous rasp-like teeth in the hinder part of the intermaxillary. The front teeth in the mandible are longer and more recurved than those farther back. First pair of upper pharyngeals a cushion of villiform teeth, with a row of about 12 larger recurved ones; second and third harnpygeals united, with three or four irregular rows of teeth like the larger of the first pair; lower pharyn- geals covered with ^^lliform teeth. Gill-rakers of first pair of branchial arches slender, flexible, nearly as long as the eye. Dorsal commencing «ver the front margin of the upper eye; the first ray slightly twisted to the left; the length of the rays increasing but slightly to its greatest height in the centre of its length, and thence diminishing very slowly, forming a low arch; the distance between its termination and the origin of the caudal about equal to the depth of the caudal peduncle ; dorsal and anal coterminal. A few of the posterior rays of the dorsal and anal are bifiu-cate. Anal without spine, its origin very slightly behind the vertical from the anterior axil of the pectorals, and forming a low arch similar to that fin, the longest rays equal in length to those of the dor- 80 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. sal. Caudal T^'itll au undulating posterior margin, tlie central rays and outer rays somewhat produced; all the principal rays three or more times bifurcate. The longest dorsal rays are about the 30th-38th ; the longest anal rays about the 15th-23d. Pectoral of the colored side about half the length of the head, and contained in the total length be- tween nine and ten times ; its rays once or twice bifurcate, the first two excepted; the third ray longest, the twelfth about half its length; pec- toral of the blind side considerably shorter than that of colored side; its rays simple or some of them once bifurcate. Ventrals inserted more than the width of the base of the pectoral in front of that fin, their tips reachiug nearly to the fourth anal ray; their length about half, or a little more than half, that of the pectoral of the colored side; the four poste- rior rays once bifurcate. Scales of body small, very finely ciliate on their free margin, covering the whole of the body and the head to the middle of the length of the interorbital space, and extending up the dorsal and anal rays nearly to their tips. Some on the broad end of the maxillary. Along the free margin of each of the principal scales is ranged a variable number of much elongated, narrow, accessory scales, easily rubbed off. iiuuierous similar supernumerary scales on the dor- sal and anal rays. Scales of blind side smaller than those of colored side, smooth, with accessory scales as on colored side. Caudal covered ■with scales on both blind and colored sides; some in front of the central rays of dorsal and aual on blind side. Lateral line, in snuiU individuals, containing about 100 scales between its origin and that of the caudal, and raised above the pectoral into a bold arch of a diameter exceeding the length of the pectoral, and a height about equal to the length of the ventral. Color dark reddish brown to slaty gray above, whitish below ; usually five small light bluish spots along the dorsal region, and four along the abdominal. In large individuals, the spots are obsolescent or wantiug. Total Itngtb, in inches Ix'ngtli without caudal Greatest depth of body Length of head Greatest distance of anal to straight part of lateral line. Tip of lower jaw to origin of anal Longitudinal diameter of eye Interocular width Length of snout from tipper eye Length of lower jaw Length of pectoral of colored side Length of pectoral of blind side ^ Length of ventrals Length of arch of lateral line Else of arch of lateral line Width of caudal peduncle Longest dorsal ray Longest anal ra v No.l. Ko.2. No. 3. No. 4. No. 5. 10 ^ n 2i i 1 IS 12i 103 2J 24 -16 i H ii f It's I n in 4 2^ 2J 2 J- 3 Ih r% h% 21/s 5J f 1 2i 2J 1/5 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 81 This is not of very frequent occurrence in our markets, although it can scarcely be called rare. It attains a larger size than any other of our species except, the true Hippof/lossus, and it is probably this circum- stance, together with its elongated form, that has led the fishermen to name it the "Bastard Halibut." Large specimens are sold under this name, but immature individuals are retailed as "Turbot." The largest I have yet seen weighed, respectively, 43 and 5S pounds, and the latter measured about 4 feet 10 inches in length when entire. It is very sel- dom taken in the bay, and is said to bo of more frequent occurrence southwards than northwards, but I cannot at present ascertain its south- ern range. From its occurrence at Monterey it is often called the Mon- terey halibut. It is said to be a tough, coarse fish. It is taken as far north as Tomales Bay. Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4 (of which the dimensions are given) are young* alcoholic specimens in the Museum of the Cal. Acad. Sci., and their dorsal and anal fin-rays AA^ere, respectively, D. 76, A. 60; D. 70, A. 55; D. 70, A. 55; and D. 71, A. 53. No. 5 had 69 dor- sal and 53 anal rays. Some specimens have a feAv jiores on the occi^mt behind and above the horizon of the upper eye, running- downwards and backwards towards the lateral line. The number of scales in the lateral line is very difiicult to count. From all the other Californian species with large jaws, it may be known by its elongate form and boldly arched lateral line. I have for some time suspected that Uropsetta californica (Ayres) Gill, and Paralichthys maculosus Girard, were identical, and I think that I can now demonstrate their identity beyond reasonable doubt. My suspicion arose as follows : The large specimens of the Monterey halibut, weighing* 40-50 pounds, are considered by all the dealers to be of the same species as the small specimens, and, from their general similarity, no doubt as to their identity with each other and with Uropsetta californica arose in my mind until, on critically couiparing a small individual with Girard's de- scrii)tion of P. viaciilosus, I found that it agreed with the latter in every particular except in its sinistral eyes and color. Now arose two ques- tions : 1st. Were the large individuals really specifically identical with the small ones f 2d. Was there a dextral form, and, if so, was the dex- tral form a distinct species f I have not yet had the opportunity to take full measurements of a full- grown individual, as all the large ones I have seen were cut up before I examined them, but I have the following- reasons to give for includiug- all under one species : 1st. The form of the caudal fin and the outline of the posterior ]}art of the body are alike in large and small sinistral individuals ; the former having the sinuous posterior margin, with the central and external rays l)roduced, described by Girard as characteristic of P. macuJosus. 2d. The smaller sinistral individuals agree with Ayres's description of Hlppoglossus ( Uropsetta) cali/ornicus, except in the form of the tail, which is shown as slightly concave in Ajtcs's figure (Proc. Cal. Acad. Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 6 July 9,18 79. 82 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ii, 18G0, fig. 10). The figure is but a sketcli, and is inaccurate in many respects. 3d. The larger individuals are always sold as "halibut," attain the dimensions of the true halibut, and are evidently identical with Ayres's species. 4th. The small sinistral individuals have all the characters of Para- liclitliyfi maculosKs Gir., excei)t the position of the eyes and color, and some difference in the color of the spots. These reasons, although they point strongly towards identity, do not prove it ; but I have lately i)rocured an individual (No. 5) which has the characteristics of Ayres's species, yet is dextral, thus agreeing exactly with that of Girard ; so that I can now add to my reasons — 5th. A sjiecimen of dimensions intermediate between that of Girard (7' long) and the large individuals before mentioned has the characters of U. californica, but is dextral, as stated by Girard in his description of P. maculosm. In this specimen, the interorbital area is proportionally much wider than in the smaller examples, exceeding the longitudinal diameter of the eye ; and the row of spots along the dorsal and abdomi- nal outlines, so evident in the small individuals, is almost obsolete, traces of one or two of the posterior ones being all that is left of them. The principal caudal rays are many times dichotomized, the base of the fin is fleshy, and its scaly covering is very conspicuous ; some of the rays of the right pectoral are twice bifurcate ; about eight of the poste- rior rays of the dorsal and anal are bifurcate ; each ray of the dorsal and anal (except the most anterior and posterior) is seen to have, upon its anterior face, a roAV of i^rincipal scales, and numerous accessory scales, all resembling those of the body, but smaller ; each scale of the body is seen to be followed by several supernumerary scales arranged around its posterior margin ; and the pectoral of the colored side has only ten rays; that of the blind side eleven. As this is the only dextral exam- j)le out of about ten individuals that have come under my observation, I am inclined to believe that dextral specimens are comparatively rare, at least on this part of the coast. As the generic name Faralichthys has precedence over that of Uropseita, it must be retained for the spe- cies, which must henceforth be known as FaraUchthj maculosus. CITIIARICHTnYS Blocker. Mouth large, the broad, flat maxillary more than one-third the length of the head, and extending to below the pupil. Eyes and color on the left side. Teeth in both jaws in a single series, unequal in size, nearly equally developed en both sides of the jaws ; no vomerine or palatine teeth. Lower pharyngeal bones with a single row of teeth. Gill-rakers lanceolate. Branch iostegals seven. Dorsal fin commencing on the snout ; dorsal and anal rays simple ; ventral fin of colored side inserted on the ridge of the abdomen. Lateral line nearly straight. Scales moderate. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 83 Metoponops Gill is evidently identical with Citharlchthys. All the cliaracters usually considered generic agree; and the specific cliaracters given (Proc. Acad. jSTat. Sci. Phil. 1804:, 198) are those which properly belong to CitharichtJn/s sordidus Girard. Girard's description, taken froiJi an immature individual 5^ in. long, is in many respects defective; that of Gill approaches much nearer to completeness, but, as it was taken from a single sun-dried specimen, it shows characters which arise from the drying. CixnARiciiTiiYS SORDIDUS (Girard) Giinther. Fsctticldhjjs sordidus Girard, D. 92-99. A. 72-81. C. 3-11-3. P. 13. V. 6. Outline of body sub-ellipsoid, but the dorsal and abdominal outlines not correspondent, the highest point of the former situated over the tip of the pectoral, while the lowest point of the latter is below the base of the same fin. Snout almost continuous with the dorsal outline, which rises rapidly to the highest point in a bold curve, and thence falls with a gently sigmoid curvature to the caudal peduncle. Abdominal outline almost straight to the ventrals, thence with a slight sigmoid curve around the lowest point to the caudal peduncle. Thus the hinder part of the body tapers gradually in a line which becomes slightly concave, both above and below, as it approaches the caudal peduncle. Greatest depth of body contained 2^ times; length of the head 4|^- times in the greatest length ; longitudinal diameter of eye about -|, snout (measured from the lower eye) about ^ of the length of the side of the head. Distance from origin of anal to lateral line slightly in excess of the length of the head ; peduncle of tail short, about i of the greatest width, slightly widening toward caudal. Eyes elliptical, large, the upper turned somewhat upward, the lower lateral, and about i of its longitudinal diameter in advance of the upper ; interocular spac3 equal to about half the transverse diameter of the eye, and made to appear narrower by an elevated ridge, which, commencing on the cheeks, passes along the posterior lower margin of the upper eye, descends obliquely to the upper margin of the lower orbit, and continues to the intermaxillary. A less prominent ridge along the lower margin of the upper eye, merging in the principal ridge where it commences to descend. Thus the anterior and larger portion of the in- terocular area is concave, l^ostrils of colored side in a hue with the upper margin of the lower eye ; anterior nostrils of both sides with a long narrow liap in front ; posterior simple. The anterior nostril of the colored side has also a raised margin, prolonged somewhat posteriorly. Mouth large, oblique ; extremity of the mandible slightly projecting, and on a level with the upper margin of the pupil of the lower eye when the mouth is closed. The lower border of the mandible almost in a straight line with the anterior part of the abdominal outline. Posterior extremity of the maxillary extending to a vertical drawn midway between the 84 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. centre and the front of the pupil of the lower eye. Teeth slender, acute, incurved, closely set at regular distances from each other, gradually in- creasing in size forwards ; about equal in size on both sides of both jaws, and extending the full length of the gape on both sides. Upper phar^^l- geals each with a single row^ of G-8 slender, rather long, sharp, recurved teeth; lower pharyngeals each with a single functional row of sinnlar teeth, all but some of the most anterior buried in the gum almost to their points; lower pharyngeal bones separate, Gill-rakers of 1st pair of branchial arches about equal in length to the width of the interocular space, rather stiff; those of the other arches gradually diminishing to the fourth ; spinulose on their upper edge. Dorsal arising a little before the anterior rim of the upper orbit, close behind the posterior nostril of the blind side; gradually increasing in height to about the 38th-48th rays, which are behind the highest point of the dorsal outline, and thence rapidly decreasing ; the last rays small and closely set. Anal arising ver- tical with the posterior axil of the base of the pectorals ; its longest rays (23d-27th) somewhat deeper than those of the dorsal are high. From these rays the depth of the fin diminishes rapidly to its termination opposite that of the dorsal ; the posterior rays, like those of that fin, very small and closely set. No anal spine visible externally. Posterior mar- gin of caudal almost straight when closed, but slightly wedge-shaped ; the centre rays longest, when opened out; principal rays bifurcate three times. Pectoral of left or colored side about ^ of the total length, and consisting of thirteen rays, all, except the first three, once bifurcate ; fourth ray longest. Pectoral of right side §-t of the length of that of the colored side ; rays simple. Ventrals short, but broad at base and broadly rounded when opened, their tips extending beyond the third anal ray, and the posterior margin of their base situated a little anterior to the anterior axil of the pectoral. Ventral of the colored side on the abdominal ridge ; rays simple. Lateral line almost straight, yet rising somewhat anteriorly ; very distinct ; tubes simple. Number of scales between base of caudal and head 05-70. No hnes of pores on head. Scales rather large, very thin and flexible, deciduous, almost mem- branous, smooth ; the free end truncate, each pocket of the dermis bor- dered by a delicate membrane of darker color than the scale, and often broken up into tags ; engaged portion of scale with slight radiating stria). Those of tlie anterior portion are as deep as long, or even deeper ; those of the posterior part of the body and of the caudal peduncle are more or less elongated. The scales vary much in size and shape ; the largest are on the abdominal region behind and below the pectoral; the smallest around the eyes and on the interorbital space, snout, and lower jaw; the two latter only partially covered with scales. Dorsal and anal with a row of small scales along each ray on the colored side. Caudal scaly at the base, and with the membrane between tlie rays covered Avith scales on both sides. Scales of blind side similar to those of colored. Color dull reddish yellow ; the outline of e.ach scale ren- dered distinct by the margin of darker membrane behind each scale ; PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 85 vertical fins of a uniform dark slaty tint. Color of blind side uniform creamy. Total length, in inches Length without caudal Greatest distance from origin of anal to lateral lino. Greatest depth of body Length of head Length of pectoral, colored side Length of pectoral, blind side Length of veutrals Longitudinal diameter of eye Length of snout, from lower eye ^Vidth of interocular space, about Longest dorsal ray Length of lower jaw Width of jjeduncle of taU, narrowest part ^'umber of dorsal rays Number of anal rays lOJ -•i- 2-1 ih H H h'^ 91g 8i H Is ii s§ T5 a 99 81 Three other specimens, the fin-rays of which were counted, had respect- ively D. 95, A. 72 ; D. 93, A. 70, and D. 98. Girard gives the number of dorsal rays as 82, while none of the specimens which I have examined have less than 92. As the range in number of dorsal and anal fin-rays is considerable in the individuals I have examined, it is quite possible that some may have as few as 82 dorsal rays ; but the close agreement in the number of anal rays found by Girard and by myself leads me to supi)Ose that the number 82 is a typographical error. This is a tolerably common species in our markets, but is usually taken outside of the bay. I have not yet seen any exceeding 12-14 inches in length. From Xo. 5 was taken a specimen of Engraulis ringens, which it had only partially swallowed when caught ; the tail hanging out of the mouth. The Engraulis thus appears to be a favorite article of food with at least three of our large-mouthed fiat-fishes. This species may be readily recognized by its sinistral coloration and eyes, its smooth scales, dirty yellow color, and the gradual tapering of the body into the caudal peduncle, with a concave curve on both dorsal and abdominal outlines. Unlike Flatichthys steUatits and Paralichthys maculosus, this species appears to be invariably sinistral. GLYPTOCEPHALUS Gottsche. Form extremely elongated ; mouth small, the short, narrow maxillary scarcely reaching the front margin of the eye; teeth most developed on the blind side, incisor-like, broad, equal, forming a continuous cutting edge. !N"o vomerine or palatine teeth. Upper pharyngeal bones each with an obliquely transverse row of about nine bluntly conical teeth; lower pharyngeals with a single row of similar teeth. Brauchiostegals seven. Eyes and color on the right side. - Anterior nostrils with a short 86 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. tube, prolonged posteriorly. iSTo accessory lateral line; lateral line very nearly straight. Dorsal fiu very long, of more than ninety rays ; scales smooth. Anal with or without a spine; caudal convex on posterior margin. The following two species are separated by well-marked characters from each other; but I have not considered it necessary to use a different generic name for G. zacMrus^ in which the anal is preceded by a spine, and the teeth are continued farther on the blind side. GLYPTOCEniALUS TACIFICUS Sp. nov. D. 99-104. A. 80-87. P. 10-12. V. G. 0. 3-8-8-3. Form elongate ellii^soid, dorsal and abdominal outlines curving regu- larly and similarly from head to caudal peduncle, which slightly in- creases in Avidtli posteriorly. Snout continuous with dorsal outline, but ylightly more curved ; lower margin of head straight. Greatest width contained about 3f , head more than 5 times in the total length, or the former about 2t^ and the latter about 4^ times in the length without the caudal. Eyes about \-4- ; snout (measured from tlie lower eye) ^-\ of the length of the head. Anterior nostril on both sides tubular, the tube short, its posterior margin produced into a flaj) ; posterior without flap. Nostrils small; hinder margin of posterior nostril about vertical with the anterior margin of the ui^i^er orbit. Lower eye somewhat in advance of the upper, which reaches the dorsal profile at its anterior extremity. lu- terorbital space a very narrow, smooth, somewhat elevated ridge of bone. Cleft of mouth nearly equal on both sides, very small, oblique ; the max- illary reaching but little beyond a vertical from the anterior margin of the lower eye, and scarce so far as a vertical from that of the upper. Tip of mandible level with the centre of the lower eye, and scarcely pro- jecting in the closed mouth. Lips tolerably w^ell developed. Teeth broad, thin, incisor-like, forming a continuous sharp cutting edge along the blind side of both jaws, but in both ending rather abruptly before reaching the colored side. Twelve teeth in the lower and nine or ten in the upper jaw; those at the anterior commencement of the row slightly smaller than the others. Upper pharyngeal bones with 5-9 sharp coni- cal teeth on each, the anterior with the greatest number; lower pharyn- geal teeth in two rows, sharp, conical, those of the inner row larger than those of the outer, except in front, where there are a few larger teeth; equal in size in both rows. Gill-rakers short, slender, flexible, lanceo- late. Dorsal and anal long and low, similar, coterminous, fleshy at base ; the rays simple, their tips free. Dorsal commencing opposite the centre of the pupil of the upper eye, the longest rays a little behind the centre of the length of the fin, and about ^ of the width of the body in length. 5^0 spine before anal, the first ray of which is only a little i)osterior to the hinder pectoral axil, and its longest rays opposite and equal to those of the dorsal. Distance from the end of the dorsal and anal fins to the caudal equal to about half the depth of the caudal peduncle. Caudal w^ith three or four accessory rays on each side, not very wide; posterior PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 87 raargin slightly convex when opened, the principal rays twice bifurcate. Pectorals small ; that of colored side contained about 8^ times in the total length; rays twelve in number, once bifurcate. Pectoral of blind side scarcely three-fourths as long as that of the colored side ; rays nine or ten, some of them bifurcate. Veutrals very small, inserted about the width of the pectoral base in advance of the anterior axil of that fin ; their length contained more than live times in that of the head. Late- ral line straight, passing along the median line of the side of the body and of the caudal, about 140 scales from its origin to tlie base of that lin. Scales very small, smooth, becoming smaller along the dorsal and abdominal margins; smaller scales continuing for some distance upwards and downwards on the bases of both the dorsal and anal, upon both blind and colored sides, especially upon the latter, where scales cover the whole surtace between a.s well as upon the rays. The bases of the pec- torals and caudal are also covered with scales on both sides. On the fore part of the anal, the scales reacli to the tips of the rays. The scales upon the fins are much smaller than those upon the body. Scales on blind side smooth; snout scaleless. Color nearly uniform dark blackish gray ; the scales covered on their exposed portion witli black points, which cannot be distinguished by the naked eye. Blind side opaque white, with numerous small black dots evenly distributed. Fins on col- ored side with the membrane light slate-color, sprinkled with small black dots; the rays and scales of the same color as the body. Distal margins of all the fins considerably darker. The black dots extend to the inte- rior of the mouth, covering tliehyoid surfaces, and the pharyngeal teeth are tipped with reddish orange. Dimensions. Total length to tip of caudal, in iuclics Length without caudal, about Greatest depth, about - Length of head Length of pectoral, blind side Length of pectoral, colored side Length of ventrals Diameter (longitudinal) of eye Width of interorbital space Length of snout, horizontal, from lower eye Distance from tip of mandible to origin of anal Widtli from tip of highest rays of dorsal to tips of ditto of 8rk 2i anal Width of caudal peduncle in narrowest part — Length of snout from lower eye Distance from tip of mandible to origin of anal Length without caudal, about Widtli from tip of dorsal to tip of anal rays Width of caudal peduncle Length of lower jaw Origin of anal to lateral line Number of dorsal rays Kumber of anal rays 10^ lis h it Xo. 4. No. 5. n n M a 15 n 7tV 65 U M i h l/ir u- 101 86 ■ Damaged. \ Scarcely. 88 PROCEEDINGS OP UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The scales upon the body and fins are highly deciduous, and the lat- eral line is much less distinctly pronounced than in the succeeding spe- cies. Although the lowest pair of branchiostegals is not easy to make out, I have no doubt that seven is the correct number. The individual 10^^ in length, iS'o. 3, is the largest I have yet seen, and is probably adult. In flavor this fish is inferior to G. zachirns. This species was cer- tainly not brought to market during the winter months. I first saw it March 15, and fiom that date to the end of April a few have usually been exposed for sale, but it cannot be said to be abundant. It is not taken within the bay. The dark color, elongated form, and correspondingly long dorsal and anal fins render this species easy to distinguish from every other except G. sachirus, from Avhich it can be known by its short pectoral, entire want of teeth on colored side, and more pointed form of the front part of the head, as well as by the absence of an anal spine. G. ijacifieus differs from G. cynoglossus of the Atlantic in the greater relative length of the head, the smaller number of teeth in the upper jaw, and the smaller number of dorsal and anal rays. Glyptocepiialus zaciiirus sp. nov. D. 94-lOG. A. 79-89. C. 5-G-7-4. P. 11-13. Y. «. Body elongate-ovate, the anterior portion of the oval shorter than the posterior ; snout declivous, almost vertical, its tip level with the upper margin of the lower eye, and its curve uniting without sensible depres- sion with that of the nape ; dorsal outline rising with a regular gentle curve from the snout to about the twenty-second dorsal ray, thence de- clining very gradually and regularly with but slight cur\'ature to the caudal peduncle. The abdominal outline is almost straight from the knob of the mandible to the ventral ; from thence to the end of the anal curved in the isame manner as the dorsal outline. Peduncle of tail slightly exj)anded towards the caudal, its least width about one-fourth of the greatest depth of the body. The greatest width of the body is contained from 3J to 3i times, and the length of the head from about 5J^ to 5i- times in the total length; the eye about 3 J times, and the snout about 8 times in the length of the head. The greatest distance from the anal to the lateral line is less than the length of the head. Eyes large, elliptical, lateral, the lower in advance of the upper about half the length of the pupil, and scarcely reaching the dorsal profile ante- riorly. Interocular space very narrow, about ^ of the longitudinal diameter of the eye, smooth, not raised above the eye in a fresh fish. A slight ridge rises at its posterior part, forms the lower posterior margin of the upper eye, and dies out on the cheek. Kostrils of riglit side level with the upper margin of the lower eye; the anterior with a short tube, the posterior with a raised margin, and vertical with the front margin of the lower orbit. Posterior nostril of blind side in advance of the eye; anterior nostril nearly as on colored side. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEQM. 89 The nostrils are small and inconspicuous. Gape of mouth very small on colored side, considerably larger on the Mind side. On the colored side the cleft is nearer vertical than horizontal ; the posterior end of the maxillary reaches very little behind the anterior margin of the orbit of the lower eye, and the symphysis of the intermaxillaries is about level with the upper edge of the orbit. Mandible projecting in the closed mouth, short, not passing a vertical from the front margin of the pupil, with a prominent knob below the symphysis, and a smaller one at its posterior extremity. Teeth on both sides of the jaws throughout the full length of the gape, in a single row, broad, but thick, forming a blunt continuous edge, about thirty-four in the lower jaw and rather fewer in the upper in an individual ll^^r' long. In an example 14|' long there were 14 teeth on the colored and 20 on the bUnd side of the mandible, the latter the larger ; in the intermaxillaries, 13 on the colored and 23 on the blind side. Each lower pharyngeal with a double row of teeth, the inner larger than the outer ; the four anterior teeth of the outer row conspicuously larger than those following. About 12 teeth in each inner row. Upper pharyngeals each with a close-set row of G-7 blunt conical teeth. Branchiostegals seven; gill-rakers few, flexible, very short. Dorsal commencing between Ihe front of the orbit and the pupil, con- siderably behind the nostrils, long and low, forming a continuous arch of slightly greater curvature than the dorsal outline, the longest rays in the central portion, and ending opposite to the anal at about two-thirds of the width of the caudal peduncle from the origin of the caudal. Anal with a horizontal spine, the first ray rather distant from the visible por- tion of the spine, and nearly the length of the ventral behind the pec- toral base ; similar to the dorsal. Almost all the rays of dorsal and anal directed backwards. Caudal convex on posterior margin, rather narrow, the rays once bifurcate, sometimes bifurcate again near the tips. Pectoral of colored side exceedingly long and lanceolate, about one-fourth of the total length of the fish ; the first five rays simple, the others once bifur- cate. Fourth ray longest, fifth nearly equal, sixth a little longer than the third, thence diminishing rapidly. Usual proportion of the first four rays 3-S-10-12. Pectoral of blind side lanceolate, rather more than one- third of the length of that of the colored side, and formed of the same num- ber of rays, the first four simple, the others once forked ; fourth and fifth rays longest. Ventrals inserted so that their hinder axil is vertical Avith, or a little posterior to, the anterior axil of the pectoral ; their tips reaching to the first anal ray ; the four posterior rays once bifurcate. Lateral line almost straight, rising very shghtly anteriorly, formed of a double row of tubes, about 138 in number, excluding those upon the caudal. A row of similar pores commencing at the ridge under the upper eye, and continuing around the lower eye almost to its front margin. Scales small, smooth, uniform over the body, and extending over the head to the snout, on which they are smaller. Intermaxillaries and mandibles scaleless. Scales of blind side similar. Caudal scaly on both sides ; 90 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 110 scales on tlie other fins. Color imiform broAMiish or cinereous ; fins darker. The color formed by minute dark spots on "the scales. Mem- brane between fin-rays closely set with dark points. Blind side whitish, the ground tint clouded with numerous black points. Greatest length, in inches Length without caudal Greatest depth of body Greatest depth over dorsal and anal fins Length of head Longitudinal diameter of lower orbit Width of interocular space Length of snout, from lower eye Length of pectoral, colored side Length of pectoral, blind side Length of ventrals Width of caudal pednnclo Distance from tip of lower jaw to first ray of anal . Greatest distance from anal to lateral lino Length of lower jaw Length of longest dorsal ray Length of snout, from upper eye Kumber of dorsal rays Number of anal rays _ Xo. 1. Xo. 2. ■"sir ^ 1 III- u 11 3.'a n u h\ ^ ■I'o 125 105 n Id 3^1 Two other specimens had respectively B. 94, A. 80, and D. 94, A. 82. The length of the pectoral, as might be expected in so long and narrow a fin, varies somewhat ; and the proportional length of the first five rays is not constant. No. 4 was measured while perfectly fresh ; the others after a few days' immersion in alcohol. In the fresh fish, the in- terocular space is not raised above the eyes, and the upper boundary of the orbit is hard to define ; but, in alcoholic specimens, the interocular space stands out as a narrow ridge of bone. Like the preceding species, G. zacMrus is of rare occurrence in the markets, and is not taken in the Bay of San Francisco. During the six months previous to March none were taken ; but the dealers assure me that it usually makes its appearance, in limited quan- tities, ill the spring months. Most of the dealers, however, do not dis- tinguish between this fish and the preceding one, and sell both as " Sole." One dealer, who evidently knew the fish, describing it by its long pec- toral, assured me that its flavor was superior to that of any other of our species ; I mention this because I had myself previously come to the same conclusion. Its flesh is very firm and white, and its flavor ap- proaches that of the true sole. No. 4 is the largest I have seen, and from the answers I obtain to enquiries, I believe it is beyond the average size. The long pectoral, bluff snout, and presence of teeth on the colored side of the mouth at once distinguish this species from the preceding, as well as from every other species. The nostrils in this and the pre- PEOCEEDIKGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 91 ceding- species are similar, the anterior having a sliort tube or fuuiiel, produced posteriorly into a Hap ; but the flap is shorter in this species than hi the other. PLATICHTHYS Girard. Form broad; mouth small; maxillary short, not reaching to the pupil of the lo\Yer eye ; teeth blunt, in a single row, most developed on the blind side of both jaws. Eyes sometimes on the right, sometimes on the left side. Anterior nostril of colored side tubular; that of blind side Avith a posterior flap. Dorsal not in advance of the eye; anal with a horizontal spine ; caudal with the central rays most produced poste- riorly. Lateral line slightly arched anteriorly; no accessory dorsal In-anch. Scales developed as scattered stellate tubercles, forming a reg- ular series along the dorsal and abdominal outlines, and on each side of the lateral line. Branchiostegals seven; gill-rakers short; i^haryugeal teeth tubercular. Platiciitiiys stellatus (Pallas) Girard. {Platlcldhijs rugosus Girard.) D. 54-Gl. A. 42-44. C. 3-G-C-3. P. 11-12. V. G. Form broad and short ; outline, including dorsal and anal, broadly rhombic ; dorsal and abdominal outlines of the body boldly and regu- larly curved ; snout less declivous than the dorsal outline, which it joins over the centre of the eye ; caudal i)eduncle long, the sides straight for some distance behind the end of the dorsal and anal fins. Greatest height of the body contained 2^2 J times, head rather more than 4 times in the greatest length ; eye about C times, snout (measured horizontally from the lower eye) about. G times in the length of the head ; caudal peduncle about o times in the greatest depth of the body. Nostrils of colored side in a depression in a line with the centre of the interocular space, the anterior tubular ; anterior nostril of blind side with a poste- rior flap and a raised margin, posterior without flap. Eyes equal in front, or nearly so, the lower sometimes very slightlj^ in advance, the upper eye looking obliquely upwards. Interocular space less than half the longitudinal diameter of the eye ; a low prominence running upwards aud backwards from the anterior upper margin of the lower eye to the posterior lower border of the upper eye, and thence backwards to the origin of the lateral line ; above the operculum this rises into a prominent tubercle. Mouth small; mandible projecting somewhat in the closed mouth, its tip level with the upper margin of the lower eye, and its lower margin forming a very slight angle with that of the head; pos- terior end of the maxillary reaching a vertical slightly in advance of the lower eye. Teeth short, broad, forming an irregular cutthig edge, in a single row in both jaws, most developed on the blind side, but extending more than half-way along the colored side. Upper pharyngeal bones each with an irregular series of tubercular teeth, sometimes more or 92 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. less broken into smaller rows ; lower pliarj-ngeal bones broad, covered with tubercular teeth, Gill-rakers short, broadly conical at base, about as long as the interocular is wide, flexible, widely separated. Dorsal com- mencing above the middle of the eye, highest in the centre, about the olst-32d ray, thence diminishing regularly and in nearly a straight line to its termination at a distance from the caudal equal to the depth of the caudal peduncle. The longest rays are about f of the length of the head, and placed a little behind the broadest part of the body. Anal with a more or less conspicuous spine, similar in shape to the dorsal, and cotermhious with it. Sixteenth ray longest, the rays behind this dimin- ishing in nearly a straight line to the end of the fin ; the longest anal rays shorter than those of the dorsal. Caudal rather large, its rays once bifurcate ; posterior margin with the central rays more or less produced. Pectoral of colored side contained about twice in the length of the head; the rays from the thnd to the ninth once bifurcate. Pectoral of blind side rather shorter than that of colored; its first five rays simple. Ven- trals of six simple rays, a vertical from the posterior margin of their base touching the anterior axil of the pectoral base, their tips reaching the anal spine, but fidling short of the first ray of that fin. Scales of body formed of scattered, stellate, tuberculate bodies, irregidarly disposed on both blind and colored sides, but smaller upon the former, and closer to- gether on the cheeks and interocular space than on the body. A few on the snout ; front part of snout and greater part of lower jaw scaleless. A regular row of rather larger scales accompanies the lateral line on both sides, above and below. Scales on caudal peduncle elongate, subimbri- cate, rough on their posterior edges only. A bare space on the opercu- lum, and another on the cheek, of the blind side. A regular row of large, stellate, irregularly shaped, rough scales between the bases of the dorsal and anal fin-rays, one between each pair of rays ; these scales larger than those of the rest of the body. Xo scales on dorsal or anal ; caudal rough, with very small scales on the base and outer rays of the colored side, and to a less extent on those of the blind side. Lateral liue with a slight curve above the pectoral ; the rise much less than the width of the base of that fin ; the anterior extremity nearly horizontal. A row of pores from a little above the lower margin of the upper eye around the lower to front of pupil. No scales on lateral hue; pores tubu- lar ; about 83 between base of caudal and head in an individual Of in length. Color olivaceous, with areas of citrine when fresh ; the blind side white. Dorsal and anal fins with four, caudal with three, black bands running in the direction of the rays, the lighter portions of these fins reddish brown or olivaceous. Individuals colored on both sides, ex- cept on a small portion of the blind side, and others havuig nearly the whole of the eyed side white are occasionally brought to market. Localities.— KumtsGlmt^a, Behiing's Straits, Vancouver Island, Era- ser Eiver, {Jide Giinther) ; Humboldt Bay, San Francisco. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 93 In 18G2, Prof. Gill and Dr. A. Giinther identified tliis species with the Pleuroncctes stcllatiis of Pallas. Total length, in inches. Length without caudal Greatest height of boily Height from tip of dorsal to tip of anal Distance from tip of lower jaw to origin of anal Length of head Longitudinal diameter of eye Width of interocular space Length of snout, from lower cyo Length of longest ray of dorsal Length of longest ray of anal Length of pectoral of colored side Length of pectoral of blind side Length of ventral Width of caudal peduncle whore narrowest Distance from end of dorsal to caudal fin Greatest distance from anal to straight portion of lateral line Length of caiulal 6}| 31^ '^o. 3. Ko. 4. Iso. 5. 13J5 IH 9 IS IS i§ IS n U 3i The forranlffi of the fin-rays of dorsal and anal in these specimens were as follows : No. 1, D. Gl, A. 42 ; No. 2, D. GO, A. 43 ; No. 3, D. 50, A. 42; No. 4, D. 58, A. 43 ; No. 5, D. 50, A. 44. Nos. 1 and 2 are alcoholic spe- cimens, and have both eyes and color npon the right side. This is the most abnndant of all the flat-fishes bronght to onr markets, and attains a larger size than any other except the Bastard Halibut {ParaUchthys maculosm) and the Hippoglossus. Those taken in San Fran- cisco Bay attain a weight of eight, ten, or even twelve pounds, while still larger individuals are brought from Humboldt Bay. Those brought from the latter locality are, however, very coarse and comparatively poor in flesh, so that they do not fetch by far so high a price as those taken near San Francisco. It is sold under the name of " Flounder," which here appears to be limited strictly to this species. Its broad rhombic form, elevated dorsal, deep anal, long caudal peduncle, stellate scales, and the bands of color which adorn the vertical fins, give this fish an unmistakable /ac/es. The eyes and color are sometimes upon the right and sometimes npon the left side. Out of sixty-five individuals, which I counted as they lay upon the stall, thirty-two were colored upon the right and thirty-three upon the left side. On another occasion I counted seventy -five sinistral and fifty-eight dextral individuals, and on a third thirty-eight dextral and forty-eight sinistral. Is it not possible that the difference of color may be a sexual one ? This is the idea of the more intelMgent dealers, but it has not been verified by dissection. Individuals occasionally occur with both sides olivaceous, some white blotches alone marking the usually uncolored side ; on tiie other hand, I have seen one example which had both sides white, except along the dorsal and abdom- inal outlines and head of the eyed side. 94 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. PLEUROXICHTHYS Giraid. Form broad ; eyes and color on tlic rig^lit side. Month small : maxil- lary narrow, short ; teeth in several series, slender, acnte, most devel- oped on tlie blind side, j^o teeth on vomer or palate. Lips more or less tliiclv. LoAver pharyngeals with a donble row of teeth. Gill-rakers short, flexible. Anterior nostrils on both sides with a flap •, posterior liatulons. Dorsal of less than eighty rays. Anal preceded by a spine ; dorsal and anal rays simple. Branchiostegals seven ; no free preoper- cnlar margin. Pleuroniciithys guttulatus Girard. IlijpsopscUa fjidtuUda Gill. P(iroplir\js ayres'n Giiutlicr. D. GG-72. A. 47-54. P. 11-13. C. 3-12-3. Y. G. Form broadly oval ; the dorsal outline regularly curved from the snout to the peduncle of the tail. Curve of snout meeting that of dorsal out- line over the centre of the eye, forming a slight concavity. Abdominal outline running downwards and backwards in a straight line to the origin of the anal, thence to the caudal peduncle curved like the dorsal. Form, including dorsal and anal fins, broadly rhombic. Height of body nearly to quite half of the total length from the tip of the snout to that of the caudal ; length of head nearly to rather more than ^ of the same ; caudal peduncle ^-| of greatest depth. Snout short, about § of the diameter of the orbit. Nostrils on a line with the upper margin of the lower eye ; anterior nostril on both eyed and blind side with a fla]) behind ; posterior patulous. Eyes about i of the length of the head, the lower slightly in advance of the upper, which is slightly directed upwards. Interocular space narrow, smooth, elevated, about -J- of the longitudinal diameter of the eye. Mouth small, very oblique, lower jaw scarcely pro- jecting, the tip of the mandible about level with the top of the pupil of the lower eye ; maxillary reaching a little beyond the front margin of the lower orl)it. Lips rather thick. A broad band of villiform teeth in front in both jaws ; continued also along the blind side in tlie inter- maxillary and the mandible, but along the colored side in the mandible only. Pharyngeal teeth cardiform, in two or three irregular rows on each upper pharyngeal bone, and in a double row on each of the lower. Gill-rakers very short, blunt, flexible, distant. No free margin to pre- operculum, the skin covering and uniting that bone to the other oper- cular bones. Dorsal commencing a little in front of the centre of the eye, highest about the 37th ray, which is about half the length of the head. Dorsal and anal forming an obtuse rounded angle, giving the fish a rhombic form. Anal usually with a spine, its longest rays opposite and equal in length to those of dorsal ; its origin very slightly behind a vertical from the posterior axil of the pectoral. Anal and dorsal coter- PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 05 ininal at about ^ of the depth of the caudal peduncle from the caudal fin. Caudal slightly and regularly convex ou its posterior margin, its rays thrice bifurcate. Pectoral of colored side narrow ; the rays, ex- cept the first two, bifurcate ; its length equal to the distance of the lower eye from the tip of the operculum, or about -^ of the total length ; the fifth ray longest. Pectoral of blind side about ^ of the length of that of colored side, its rays once bifurcate, the first four excepted. Ventrals about lialf the length of the pectoral of the colored side ; their posterior axil vertical with the anterior angle of the pectorals, and their four pos- terior rays bifurcate. Lateral line very gently curved above the pec- toral, and contained 83 pores in specimens 10 inches long. Accessory lateral line variable in length, ending from the 30th to the 59th dorsal ray in different individuals, usually about equally developed on the blind side. Scales rather small, cycloid, subcircular; those of the ante- rior portion of the body not indnicated, but entirely surrounded by skin; those of the posterior part imbricated. Scales of the abdominal region smaller than those on the rest of the body ; those upon the head narrow, much elongate, separate. Scales of the blind side similar in character to those ou the colored side ; those on the head like those on colored side of head. Snout, interocidar space, and lower jaw scaleless. Dor- sal and anal with three rows of small, narrow, elongate scales along each ray of their central portion, a few upon the blind side of those fins. Caudal covered with scales simdar to those of the other vertical fins, but covering both rays and membrane on both sides of the body. Color of the eyed side dark olive-green, deepening almost to black on expo- sure to the air, and often blotched with whitish. Each of the body- scales tipped with black. Blind side opaque- white; a margin of yellow around the head from origin of dorsal to anus. Total length, in inches Total length without caudal Greatest depth of body Length of head Longitudinal diameter of eye Width of interocular space Length of snout Length of pectoral, colored side Length of pectoral, blind sido Length of ventrals Length of longest ray of dorsal Distance in a straight line from tip of lower jaw to origin of anal ". Distance from tip to tip of longest rays of dorsal and anal Length of lower jaw Widtli of peduncle of tail, narrowest part Greatest distance from anal to straight part of lateral lino Xo. 1. I X^o. 2. Xo. 3. Si 416- 12J Si's 131 10 45S 23'i fs is lis 5 1 25 2/8 96 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Tbo iuterocular space in this species is narrow, perfectly smootli, and without ridge or concavity. No. 7 is an anomalous individual, colored similarly on both sides, except upon the cheeks and opercular apparatus of the blind side, which were yellow when fresh, but have faded to white in alcohol. In tliis fish, the upper eye is less lateral than usual, and, as if to give it more scope of upward vision, the dorsal outline and fin do not curve downwards to meet the curve of the snout, but end in a point about I" above the eye ; the outline from the back of the eye to the point taking the form of a hollow or " scotia." Girard first described this form in Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 185G, p. 137, and afterwards in the U. S. Pac. E. E. Eep. x, 152. His specimens came from Tomales Bay, an inland harbor similar to that of San Fran- cisco, but smaller, and situated within the range of the fishing- vessels which supply the markets of San Francisco. Dr. Giinther, writing in 18G2, i>laces f/uttulatus in the genus Plcuronectes, and quotes Girard's doscrii)tion, at the same time describing, under the name of Parophnjs ayresii,n, form that is evidently the one common in this market. In a note he states that "it appears to us specifically distinct from P. camosa,''^ but makes no comparison between it and P. r/uttulatus. A careful comparison of Girard's description of (juttnUius with Giin- ther's of mjrcsii reveals no differences except in the proportions, which are variable in most of our fiat-fishes, and in the color, which is described by the latter as "uniform brownish lead-colored," by the former as " greyish or lead, sprinkled all over with black dots and whitish spots." In the only form which I have seen, the whitish spots are of frequent occurrence. The greatest discrepancy between the two descriptions is in the size of the eyes, which Girard states are " contained three times in the length of the side of the head," but which Giinther gives as one- fifth of the length of the head. All the specimens I have seen agree in this respect, as also in other proportions, more closely with Giinther's ayres'u. Gill (P. A. N. S. Phil. 1864, p. 190) queries the distinctness of P. ayres^'i, and his query tends to confirm tho impression of the identity of the two species that I had formed before perusing his paper. Most of the smaller specimens that I have examined have the number of rays of the dorsal and anal fins as given by Gunther for P. mjresii (D. GG, A. 17), which differs from that given by Girard for guttulatns only in the absence of one dorsal ray; but larger examples have a much larger number of rays : No. 2 (12^" long) had 72 dorsal, 51 anal, and 13 pectoral rays ; another specimen, 12^" long, had D. 70, A. 48 ; and No. 5 had D. 71, A. 49. This species is very abundant, and is occasionally taken inside, but usually outside, the bay ; it is called by the dealers " Turbot," and attains occasionally a length of 18", and a weight of about 5 pounds. It can be readily recognized by its broad form, convex caudal, the dark dull color of the eyed side, and the yellow margin round the head on the blind side. I am informed that the greater portion of the turbots brought here are taken in the vicinity of Tomales Bay. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 97 Pleueonichthts ccenosus Girard. D. 72-7G. A. 40-54. C. 3-14-3. P. 10-13. Y. G. Body broad, comparatively thick ; nape almost continuous witb snout, and much less curved than the part of the dorsal outline immediately behind it. At the seventeenth dorsal ray the dorsal outline commences to rise rapidly, forming a bold and regiilar sweep from thence to the end of the dorsal. Abdominal outline nearly a straight line to the ventrals, thence curved like the dorsal. Greatest depth of body |^, length of head about f , of the total length ; longitudinal diameter of orbit nearly ^ of the length of the head ; width from tip to tip of expanded dorsal and anal fins nearly f of the total length. Caudal peduncle usually about i as wide as the greatest depth of the body, widening- considera- bly toward the caudal base. Snout extremely short and bluff, its length less than } of the diameter of the orbit, and its profile cut oft' from that of the nape by the jirojection of the upper orbital margin. Nostrils of right side in a depression on the horizon of the upi)er margin of the lower eye, those of the blind side on the dorsal ridge slightly behind the front margin of the orbit; both anteiior nostrils with atlap; posterior patulous. Eyes elliptical, very large, even in front, the upper directed obliquely upwards, the upper bony ridge of its orbit raised above the dorsal ridge. Interocular space a very narrow bony ridge, its extremities raised into l)rominences, and scarcely -^" wide in a specimen 9^" long-. This ridge continues forward round the anterior margin of the upper eye to its raised upper margin; on the posterior margin of the up])er eye there are also two almost spinous prominences. Mouth small, extremely oblique, nearer vertical than horizontal ; the end of the maxillary, in consequence of this obliquity, scarcely reaching- the front margin of the orbit; man- dible not projecting in the closed mouth. Lips thick, fleshy, and plicate. Teeth very small, acute, in a broad band in the mandible on the blind side and for about two-thuxls of the length of the colored side. On the intermaxillaries a much narrower band on the blind side, scarcely reach- ing to the s^^nphysis; none on the colored side of these bones. Teeth of the blind side of the mandible very slender, much recurved. Each upper pharyngeal with a row of about eight conical, sharp, recurved teeth ; lower i)haryngeals with a double row of very small teeth. All the teeth buried deeply in the gum, only their points \isible. The lower pharyngeal bones are very small and slender. A i)rominent short ridge between the origin of the lateral line and the tubercles of the hinder margin of the upper eye ; from the anterior end of this a long low prom- inence runs downwards across the opercular bones, slightly inclining- forwards, and ending- level with the row of pores und«}r the eye. Mar- gin of the preoi)erculum luiited by the skin to the other opercular bones. Gill-rakers very short, flexible, wide apart. Dorsal fin twisted over to the left side at a ijoint over the centre of the eye (about ten rays from its origin) and continued . 98 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. liigiier than those immediately following. The rays again increase to abont the forty-lifth, whei^e the fin forms almost an angle, the rays rap- idly diminishing- to its termination opposite that of the anal, at about half the depth of the peduncle from the caudal. Anal commencing a little behind the base of the pectoral, similar to the dorsal, its longest rays about the 23d-2oth, where the fin forms a rounded angle similar to that of the dorsal, the rays diminishing thence regularly and rai^idly. Longest rays of dorsal and anal about § of the length of the head. Anal usually with a small spine ; all the rays of dorsal and anal simple ; those behind the longest rays inclined forwards. Caudal rather broad, its rays twice bifurcate ; the first bifurcation at about the middle, the sec- ond at three-foiu'ths of then" length from the base; posterior margin regularly convex. Pectoral rather short ; that of colored side contained 7^-8i times in the total length, about 1§ times in that of head; that of blind side much shorter, about t/W of the length of the head. Rays of pectoral of colored side . once l)ifurcate, the two uppermost excepted ; those of the blind side undivided. Ventrals ^ of the length of the head, their rays undivided, and the tips of the fins extending beyond the ori- gin of the anal ; their base very broad, its posterior portion beloAV the anterior i)ortion of the pectoral base. Lateral line median on the caudal peduncle, and thence forwards to nearly the tip of the ])ectorals, where it commences to rise slightly, Avith very small curvature, to its origin. Accessory lateral line euding below the 45th-53d ray of the dorsal; that of the blind side rather shorter. A line of x>ores commences at the tuber- cles on the posterior margin of the upper eye, is continued behind the lower eye at some distance from it, and thence along the suborbitals to a line with the front of the pupil — about sixteen tubular i>ores. Scales rather small, smooth, not imbricated, except on the caudal i)eduncle, but imbedded in the skin ; those on cheeks and opercles smaller, and those of the left side considerably smaller than those of the right. Snout, interocular space, and lower jaw scaleless. Several rows of extremely small scales on dorsal and anal rays ; caudal rays with very small scales on both sides. Color of a fresh individual dark chocolate-brown, becom- ing reddish on the lower part of the head ; after exposure to alcohol the color becomes duller, and the scales shoAV distinctly lighter than the siu-- rounding skin. Others are olivaceous. All are much lighter when cov- ered with mucus. Bhnd side creamy white, in some spotless, in others with three or four large, and several smaller, dark -brown blotches on the anterior portion of the body. Dorsal and anal fins clouded with dark and light olivaceous ; pectoral of colored side dark. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 99 Dimensions. No. 2. No. 3. No. 4. I No. 5. Total length, in inches Length without caudal Length of head Greatest depth of body Depth from tip of dorsal to that of anal Length of lower jaw Distance from tip of lower jaw to origin of anal. "Width of caudal peduncle Longitudinal diameter of lower eye-ball Length of pectoral, colored side Length of pectoral, blind side Length of veutrals Lengih of snout, from a line joining the orbits. . Distance from origin of anal to lateral line Number of dorsal rays Number of anal rays 5h 102 114 4^ h 72 49 Another sx)ecimeii bad 73 dorsal and 53 anal rays. In consequence of the height and size of the prominences round the upper eye, the upper orbit is larger than the lower. The species appears to be rare ; Girard saw only one specimen, and as yet I have only seen about twelve. It is taken outside the bay in deep water, probably near the Farallone Islands. The large eyeballs, iirotruding through the diminution of the pressure consequent on the removal of the fish to the surface, and overhanging-, as it were, the short, snub snout, together with the bright brown tint, give this fish an unmistakable physiognomy even when viewed from above ; and the curious prolongation of the dorsal on the left side, to- gether with the brown markings, render it still more easy to identify when the blind side is exposed to \iew. Is Fleuronectes qiiadrituherculatus Pall. (Zoog. Eoss.-As. iii, p. 423, teste Giinther) identical with the foregoing? The two "approximate, anteriorly situated " tubercles may very well be the prominent extremi- ties of the interocular ridge ; there is another " at the hinder margin of the upper orbit" (with, however, a second above it), and that above the opercle is large and prominent. The fin-rays, lateral line, and scales agree perfectly well with this species ; but the proportion of depth to length is smaller, and " anal si^ine hidden " does not apply to the speci- mens of coonosns brought to this market. Yet the i)roportion of the Ijody is within the range of variation of some of our other flat-fishes, and the anal spine is not j^rominent. It is also a suspicious circumstance that no one has ever identified Pallas's species. If my surmise should prove correct, coenosus must of com\se sink into a synonym, and the name of the species will be Plctironichthi/s quadri- tuherculatus. In No. 4, the dorsal fin was not continued downwards nearly so far as in the others, agreeing thus more closely with Girard's description ; the first ray wiis about level with the toj) of the upi^er lip, and only four 100 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. rays arose ui)oii the blind side. In the same individual, no anal spine was diseoverable outside of the skin ; and the rays of the pectoral on the blind side were only ten, and on the colored side twelve. In No. 5, no scales were discoverable on the vertical fins. One indi- vidual examined had three tubercles in a vertical line along the poste- rior margin of the ui)per eye. PAEOPHRYS Girard. Eyes and color on the right side. Form elongate-rhombic ; anterior l)art of head narrow; snout conic. Eyes contiguous, nearly even, the upper looking obliquely upwards. Nostrils on horizon of superior mar- gin of each orbit, anterior subtubular, posterior with anterior llap. Mouth unequal, little oblique ; maxillary bones of colored side extending little beyond anterior margin of orbit, much shorter than that of blind side. Lii5S rather thin and simple. Teeth most developed on the blind side, in a single series, contiguous. An accessory lateral line. Lateral line Avith a very slight arch, almost straight, but somewhat raised in front. Scales cycloid, those on the cheeks similar. A recumbent spine before the anal. Caudal almost straight on posterior margin. Brau- chiostegals seven. Lower i)haryngeals with a double row of teeth. Parophrys vetuli s Girard. Parophri/s huhhardi Gill. Pleuronectcs dif/rammi^n GUiither. Parophrys vetiihis Gill. Parojiltrys rcfiihis Giiutlicr. D. 74-86. A. 54-08. C. 3-0-1-5-3=18. P. 1-11. V. 6. Body elongated, tapering posteriorly, less so anteriorly; the gTeatest width about a tliird of the total length; head one-fourth of the same, or rather less. Peduncle of tail rather slender, rather more than one-fifth of the greatest width. Outlines of posterior portion of body ouly very slightly curved ; snout about -g of length of eye, narrow, its convexity meeting that of the anterior part of the dorsal outline above the centre of the pupil of the upper eye. Ej^es from rather less to rather more than ^ of the length of the head, elliptical, the lower in advance of the upper by a distance equal to about g of the dej^th of the pupil ; upper eye almost on a plane with the dorsal outline. Interocular space narrow, ridge-like, elevated, the ridge continued backwards and obliquely up- wards round the posterior border of the upper eye, and then to the lateral Une above the opercle. A short raised ridge along the anterior margin of the lower orbit. Nostrils of both sides in a slight depression ; anterior of right side tubular, that of left side with a posterior lin- guiform flap. Moutli small, its cleft much longer on the blind side than on the colored ; maxillary of the colored side scarcely passing the front margin of the orbit; mandible projecting in the closed mouth, its tip PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 101 level with the upper margin of the lower eye. Both iiitermaxillaries and mandibles are distorted, their symphyses bent round toward the colored side. Teeth small, short, broad, nearly equal, closely set, formirig- a nearly continuous cutting edge on the blind side in both jaw^s; about 10 teeth in the intermaxillary and 45 in the mandible on the blind side, and 2-3 on the colored side of each jaw, in a specimen 12^" long. Pharyn- geal teeth blunt, broad, similar to those of jaws ; each upper pharyngeal bone with about 12 teeth; each lower pharyngeal bone with a double row of teeth. Lower pharyngeals stout, separate. Gill-rakers of first arch rather slender, aboiit one-fourth as long as the eye, the others de- creasing regularly to the fourth arch, on Y>'hich they are almost tuber- cular. Dorsal commencing over the centre of the pupil of the upper eye, considerably behind the posterior nostril of blind side ; the number of rays very variable, the longest (oOth-iOth about) more than ^ of the length of the head. Anal with a horizontal spine, its first ray arising at a vertical about the width of the pectoral base behind the posterior pectoral axil; the number of rays very variable; the longest (C. 18-20) opposite to those of the dorsal. Dorsal and anal coterminal at a dis- tance from the caudal exceeding the depth of the caudal peduncle. Caudal truncated posteriorly, the outermost iirincipal rays only very slightly longer than the central ones when closed, so that the fin when opened is slightly convex, the rays once bifnrcate only. Pectoral of colored side usnally about ^ of the total length; the rays mostly once bifurcate, the two first excepted. Pectoral of blind side usually con- siderably shorter than that of tlie colored side ; rays bifurcate, except the first three. Ventrals inserted with their posterior axil nearly in a line with the anterior axil of the base of the pectorals, their posterior ex- tremity extending about to the anal spine ; the posterior four rays bifur- cate once or twice. Scales very small, smooth, extending over the head to the nostrds and over the base of the caudal, but not on the dorsal or anal. Snout and lower jaw scaleless. Scales of blind side similar. Each scale is sub-elliptical, longer than deep. Lateral fine raised ante- riorly, and with a very slight arch over the pectoral, thence straight to the end of the caudal; about 103-108 scales (in specimens 11A-I3f long) from base of caudal to head. Accessory lateral line ending at from the 2Gth to the 28th ray of the dorsal ; an accessory line on the blind side also of about the same length. Color of body uniform reddish brown, sometimes spotted darker when fresh, especially in small specimens. Left side uniform whitish. Smaller siJecimens lighter in tint than larger. 102 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Dimensious of several specimens. Total length, to tip of caudal, in inches Greatest width of body Length of head Distance from tip of lower jaw to anal, in a straight line Length of pectoral, colored side Length of pectoral, blind side Length of ventrals Length of orbit Approximate width of interocular space "Width of peduncle, of tail Length of lower jaw Length of snout • Origin of anal to lateral line Number of rays iu dorsal Number of rajs in anal 141 3ii In otlier specimens, the formulte of tliese fins were as follows : D. 77, A. GO ; D. 74, A. 57 5 D. 75 ; A. c. 54. Thus tbe number of rays in tlie dorsal and anal fins is very variable, and is usually largest in the largest individuals, but not invariably so ; the head also becomes slightly longer in proportion to the body as the size increases; and the largest speci- mens are the most slender. After close examination of several indi- viduals, and comparison of many fresh specimens as they lay upon the stalls, exposed for sale, I have been forced to the conclusion that there is only one species of Farophrijs^ and tfiat the P. hubhardl of Gill and the r. (Uyrammus of Gilnther imist sink to the rank of synonyms. Farophn/s retulus is of common occurrence in the markets, where it is present daily in greater or less abundance. Large specimens are equal in length to those of Psettlchthys melanostictus. This species can be readily recognized by its narrow form, combined with the straight taper- ing lines of the posterior portion of the body, by the narrow anterior portion of the head, and by the smooth scales. LEPIDOPSETTA Gill. Form oval ; eyes and color on the right side. Mouth small, the nar- row maxillary reaching but little behind the anterior margin of the orbit of the lower eye ; teeth in a single row, straight, forming a blunt con- tinuous edge, most developed on the bUnd side. Anterior nostril of colored side tubular ; that of blind side with a linguiform flap. Bran- chiostegals seven. Dorsal not extending in advance of the orbit ; anal with a spine. Scales rough, usually ctenoid, sometimes sub-spinosely tuberculate on the cheeks. Lateral line arched anteriorly ; an accessory dorsal branch. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 103 Lepidopsetta bilineata (Ayres) Gill. Flaicssa hUhicata Ayrcs. D. 71-84. A. o5-G3. C. 3-12-3. P. 11. V. G. L. lat. 82-80. Form oval ; dorsal profile regularly curved from the frout margin of tlie upper eye to the caudal peduncle. Abdominal outline also a regu- lar curve from the lower jaw, but less arched than the dorsal. Curve of snout uniting with that of nape over the anterior margin of the upper eye, forming a concavity. Height of body about f ; length of head rather more than i of the total length ; greatest distance from anal to straight part of lateral line nearly equal to the length of the head. Snout pro- jecting slightly, and considerably shorter than the eye. Eyes rather large, elliptical, their longitudinal diameter about f of the length of the head, nearly even in Iront ; the upper eye looking obliquely upwards. Interorbital space a, very narrow, elevated, bouy ridge, dividing ante- riorly, and forming a raised ridge round the anterior margin of qm-Ii eye. Nostrils of colored side in a depression about equidistant from the front margins of the two orbits ; anterior tubular 5 posterior patulous ; ante- rior nostril of blind side with a posterior tongue-like flap. Mouth very oblique; Op of mandible level with the upper margin of the lower eye, projecting when the mouth is closed, with a prominent symphysial knob. Length of mandible contained about 2| times in that of head. Maxil- lary reaching but little behind the anterior margin of the orbit of the lower eye, and about ~^ of its transverse diameter below its lower margin. A single, rather irregular, tolera*bly closely set row of strong, blunt, con- ical teeth in each jaw, shorter and less developed on the colored side than on the blind. Teeth of intermaxillary not reaching above half-way along that bone on the colored side ; those of mandible extenduig along § of the exposed portion of that bone on the same side. About 34 teeth in the intermaxillaries, and about 32 in the mandible. Inferior pharyn- geal teeth like those of jaws, but stouter, in a double row on each pharyn- geal bone, the outer row rather the smaller; about 12 teeth in the inner row ; superior similar, in a single row of about 7 on each pharyngeal bone. Inferior pharyngeal bones entirely separate, stout, broadest in the centre of their length, where the rows of teeth are farthest apart. Dorsal commencing immediately behind the anterior margin of the orbit; its first ray twisted toward the left, increasing regularly to about the 38th-40th rays, which are about ^ of the length of the head, thence diminishing regularly to its termination opposite to that of the anal and distant from the caudal about half the width of its peduncle. Anal with a spine, its origin a little behind the base of the pectoral, its longest rays opposite to and equal in length to those of the dorsal ; behind the longest rays the depth of the fin diminishes regularly. Narrowest part of caudal peduncle rather more than 4 of the greatest de])t]i, thence widening to the caudal without the intervention of a straight portion. Principal rays of caudal once bifurcate ; its posterior margin slightly 104 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. convex. Pectorals pointed ; that of colored side with 11-12 rays, the lon<;est ahont -^^ of the length of the head ; all the rays, except the first two, once hifnrcate. Pectoral of blind side with 10-11 rays, the longest abont § as long as those of the colored side ; the three or fonr lowest rays once bifurcate. Ventrals more than half their length in advance of the i)ectorals (reckoning from the front margins of both tins), con- tained about 3\ times in the length of the head ; the three posterior rays bifurcate. Gill-rakers short, very llexible, few, and widely sei)arated. Scales of the anterior jiart of the body separate and almost circular, but towards the central i)ortion they slightly overlap, and on the posterior portion are strongly imbricated. By far the larger portion of the scales on the anterior portion of the body and along the dorsal and abdominal regions, almost all those on the sub- and inter-opercula, a large propor- tion of those on operculum, and some of those on the suborbital region smooth, subcircuhir. On the central portion of the length, especially near the lateral line, scales with two or three spinules appear, and these become more numerous and more decidedly ctenoid farther backwards, extending quite across the body on its posterior third. Scales of cheeks not imbricated, similar in shape to those of body ; the posterior portion of their surface covered with numerous spinules (number variable) di- rected upwards. Near the interorbital space these spinules cover the greater portion of each scale. These spinulose scales extend upwards level with tlie u])per m;irgin of the upper eye'; and there are numerous scales of a similar character on the operculum, and sometimes a few upon the sub- and inter-oi)ercula. A few isolated scales below the pectoral resemble those on the cheeks. Each of the scales on the cheeks with a distinct pit, producing a punctate appearance. In some specimens spin- ulose scales are scattered over the anterior jiarts. Scales of blind side smooth; preoperculum scaleless. Accessory lateral line of A^ariable length, connected with the main lateral line by a branch and sometimes with a short separate row of pores above ; accessory lateral line of blind side shorter. Lateral line Avith a bold curve, six scales high (in an ob- lique row) above pectoral, anteriorly decurrent to nearly its former direc- tion. A row of pores round the lower eye. Kays of the caudal covered with scales on both blind and (colored sides. A row of scales along the greater portion of the length of the central rays of the dorsal on the col- ored side and on a portion of the anal, but no scales upon the anterior or l)Osterior rays of either fin on that side, nor on either dorsal or anal on the blind side. The scales of the body are largest on the posterior portion and on the caudal peduncle, where they are elongated, and measure about ;jT,- in length. Color liglit grayish, yellowish, or reddish brown, with irregularly placed blotches of whitish on the body; often with five large light blotches along the dorsal and five along the abdominal mar- gin. Blind side white. Dorsal tin sometimes with blotches on colored side. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 105 Total length, in inches Greatest depth of hody Length of head Length of snout, from a lino joining the front margins of the orbits Longitudinal diameter of lower orbit Interocular -width Length of mandiV)lo Length of pectoral, colored side Length of pectoral, blind side Length of ventrals Tip of snout to origin of anal Length of longest rays of dorsal "Width of caudal peduncle Greatest distance from anal to straight part of lateral line . 14i 313 Xo.4. I Xo.5. 3i The accessory lateral line varies coiisideral»ly. In No. 1, it can be traced to below the fortieth dorsal ray; the portion anterior to the branch connecting it with the main lateral line runs obliqnely npwards to immediately below the sixth dorsal ray ; and there is a short line of abont eleven pores above the principal accessory lateral line, commenc- ing at the tenth dorsal ray and coutinning- to the fifteenth. In Xo. 2, there is no second accessory row of pores, and the accessory lateral line terminates l)etween the fifteenth and sixteenth dorsal rays. Anteriorly this line divides and again unites, surrounding a small space, and then again divides into two branches, the lower of which receives the con- necting branch from the main lateral line. In No. 3, the accessory lat- eral line ends just behind the sixteenth dorsal ray, and has two branches inclined upward, the anterior surrounding a space. On the blind side of No. 4, I could only find ten pectoral rays. On the blind side of Nos. 4 and 5, the accessory lateral line, which ends under the 14th dorsal ray, curves boldly downwards and then backwards to meet the main lateral line, and sends a short branch oblirpiely forwards. On the colored side the arrangement is similar in No. 5; but in No. 4 a space is surrounded by the pores at the junction of the dorsal accessory with the branch leading to the lateral line. This large mottled "Sole" (as it is called) is taken outside of the bay, usually, if I am rightly informed, in the vicinity of the Farallones, and is rather rare. TLose Isrought in are usually of tolerably large size, the specimens measured being of about average dimensions. It is reputed of delicate flavor. It may be readily recognized l)y its light yellow tint, with white markings, its regularly oval form, and its extremely narrow interocular .space. The fornmlcB of the dorsal and anal in the individuals measured were as follows : No. 1, D. 78, A. 57 ; No. 2, D. 70, A. 61 ; No. 3, D. 71, A. 55; No. 4,.D. 7C, A. 01 ; No. 5, D. 84, A. 03. In No. 4, the last two or three rays of the dorsal and anal were once bifurcate ; and in both No. 4 and No. 5, those rays of the dorsal and anal 106 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. wliicli inclined forwards (about 25 in Xo. 4 and about 30 in Xo. 5) were without scales. In Xos. 4-5, tbe length of the arch of the lateral line was two inches, its rise half an inch, and the number of pores between caudal and head 82 and 8G respectively. Lepidopsetta uiMBEosA (Grd.) Gill. Platichthrjs umhrosus Girard. D. 85-90. A. G0-G8. C. 3-12-3. P. 11-12. V. G. L. lat. 82-8G. Body ellipsoid, regularly and about equally curved on dorsal and ab- dominal profiles ; snout strongly curved, its curve meeting that of the dci\sal outhue at a considerable angle opposite the front margin of the upi)er orbit ; lower margin of head and that of mandible almost in the same line. Greatest depth of body contained 24-22 times, that of head 4-J-4f , in the total length ; eye about G times, snout (measured from a line join- ing the anterior marguis of the orbits) about 5i times, in the length of the head; caudal peduncle 4 J times in the greatest depth of the body. Nos- trils of colored side in a horizontal line with the centre of the interocular space, anterior tubular, posterior jiatulous; anterior nostril of blind side with a posterior linguiform Hap. Eyes small, lateral, even in front, the upper anterior x^art of the orbit of the upper eye nearlj^ reaching the dorsal outline at the point of its junction with the snout. Inter- ocular space equal in widtli to about jV the longitudinal diameter of the eye; the surface Hat, not ele%'ated, without ridges or tubercles. IMouth small, its cleft obliE. In the following list are enumerated the species of fishes known, or supposed to occur, in the waters of East Florida. Those which have not been observed by the writer, or by other recent explorers, are marked by asterisks. The occurrence of all these species is almost absolutely certain, for, with one or two exceptions, they have been taken on the Atlantic coast north of Florida, and to the south and west in the Oulf of Mexico or the Antilles. Any information regarding the occurrence of these or otlier species in East Florida is solicited. In a more extended paper, now almost ready for the press, the habits, geographical distribution, and economical history of these species will be discussed. Of the 223 species here catalogued, 33 only have been taken north of Cape Cod. S.MiTiisoxi.vx IxsTiTUTiox, 2Ia>j 23, 1879. rROCEEDIXGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 109 MALTHEID^. 1. Malthe cubifrons, Eiebardsou. St. Angustiue. 2. Halieutichthys aculeatus, (Mitcliill) Goode.* Described by Mitcliill from the Bahama Straits iu 1815. ANTENNARIID^. 3. Pterophryne histrio, (Linn.) Gill. St. Augustine ; mouth of St. John's. 4. Antennarius pleurophtlialinus, Gill.* Des('ril)e(l from Key West. 5. Antennarius annulatus, Gill.* Described from Garden Key. ORTHAGOraSCID^. 6. Mola rotunda, Cnrioi:— Sun-fish. Mouth of St. John's. DIODONTIDxE. 7. Chilcmycterus geometricus, (Sclincider) Kaup.— To«(7-/s/i; Porgy. Mouth of St. John's, Indian Eiver. 8. Diodon hystrix, Linn." TETRODONTIDJi. 9. Lagocephalus laevigatus, (Linn.) Gill.— Ihthhif-fish. Mouth of St. John's. 10. Cirrisomus turgidus, (Mitcliill) Jordan & Gilbert,- Mouth of St. John's. 11. Cirrisomus testudineus, (Liuu.) Jordan & G\lheTt.*—GIohe-fish. 12. Cirrisomus Spengleri, (Bloch) Jordan &, Gilbert.* OSTRACIONTID^. 13. Ostracion trigonus, Linn. St. Augustine ; Matanzas ; Cumberland Island, Ga. 14. Ostracion quadricomis, Linn.* BALISTID^. 15. Alutera Schcepfii, (Walbanm) Goodc & Bean 16. Alutera scripta, (Osbeck) Bleeker.* 17. Monacanthus occidentalis, Giiuthcr, 18. Balistes capriscus, Linu.^ 19. Balistes vetula, Linn.* IIG PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. SYNGNATHIDiE. 20. Syngnathus fuscus, Storer. St. John's liiver. HIPPOCAMPID^. 21. Hippocampus antiquorum, Linn. St. John's Itiver. SOLEID^. 22. Achirus liiieatus, (Linn.) Cuvicr. — Clwlcc-fivli. St. Jolm's liiver. 23. Aphoristia plagiusa, (Liuu.) .Jordan «fc Gilbert." PLEURONECTID^. 24. Pseudorhombus dentatus, (Linn.) Giiutlier. — Flounder. St. John's Eiver; St. An^nstine. 25. Pseudorhombus quadrocellatus, (Gill) .Jordau &. Gilbert.* Pcnsiicohx ; Charleston. 26. Citharichthys spilopterus, Giintlier. Mouth of St. John's. OPHIDIID^. 27. Leptophidum profundorum, Gill. Described from G.ulf Stream off coast of Florida. BLENNIIDJ^.. 28. Labrosomus nuchipiiinis, (Qnoy & Gaimard) Poey.* The Museum has specimens from South Carolina. BATRACHID^. 29. Batrachustau, (Linu.) Cuv. 3Iouth of St. John's. URANOSCOPIDiE. 30. Uranoscopus y-graecimi, Cuv. «fe Val. Xew Berlin 5 St. Augustine. 31. Astroscopus anoplus, (Cuv. & Val.) Brevoort.* GOBIID^. 32. ? Gobius carolinensis, Gill. Arlinji^ton. 33. Gobiosoma alepidotum, (Schuoider) Girard.* 34. Dormitator lineatus, Gill,* PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Ill TRIGLID^. 35. Dactylopterus volitans, (Linn.) Cuv. St. Augustine ; mouth of St. Jobu's. 36. Prionotus pimctatus, (Blocli) Cuv.* 37. Prionotus tribulus, Cuv. & Val. St. Auiiustiue. LABRID^. 38. Choerojulis grandisquamis, Gill.* Described from Ciipe Ilatteras, and known from no other locality. 39. Xyrichthys lineatus, (Gmelin) Cuv. & Val. POMACENTRID^. 40. Glyphidodon saxatilis, (Linn.) CuAier.* CHJ^TODONTIDiE. 41. Holocanthus ciliaris, (Linn.).* XIPHIID^. 42. Xiphias gladius, JA\m.—Sword-Jish Oft' mouth of St. John's. 43. Tetrapturus albidus, Poey.* 44. Tetrapturus amplus, Poey.* 45. Histiophorus gladius, (Brouss.). Between Savannah and Indian Eiver, April, 1879. TRICHIURID^ 46. Trichiui-us lepturus, Linn. Jacksonville and elsewhere. SCOMBRIDJE. 47. Orcynus aUiteratus, (Eafinesque) Gill.* 48. Sarda pelamys, (Linn.) Cuv.* 49. Cybium maculatum, (Mitchill) Agassiz.— 5^;«?n's/i Mackerel. 50. Cybium regale, (Bloch) Cuvier. — Kinf/-fish. 51. Cybium caballa, Cuv. & Val. — King-fisli. CARANGID^. 52. Vomer setipinnis, (Mitchill) Ayres.* 53. Selene geometrica, (Mitchill) Goode.* 54. Argyreiosus vomer, (Linn.) Cuv. & Val. St. John's Eiver, at Jacksonville. 55. Decaptems punctatus, (Agassiz) Gill.* 56. Decaptenis macarellus, (Cuv. & Val.) Poey.* 57. Trachxirops crumenophthalmus, (Blocb) Gill.* 112 PliOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 58. Paratractus pisquetus, (C'uv. & V;il.) C4ill.* 59. Carangus hippos, (Linn.) Gill.— CV(r<(//e. Mouth of St. Jolm\s Eiver. 60. Caraiigus fallax, (Cuv. &. Val.) Girard.* 61. Carangus chrysos, (Mitcliill) Girard. St. Joliif.s Iviver, uear its mouth. 62. Carangops falcatus, (Holbrook) Gill.* 63. Carangoides cibi, Pocy.* 64. Blepharis crinitus, (Akcrly) DeKay.* 65. Chlorosconibnis chrysurus, (Liini.) Gill. St. Johu's Eiver, at Arliugtou. 66. Trachyiiotus carolinus, (Linn.) GiW.—rompano ; Jack (St. Augustine). Frequently talceu at the mouth of tlie St. Johu's. 67. Trachynotus ovatus, (Liun.) Giinther.* 68. Trachynotus glaucus. (Blocli) Cuv. & Val.* 6,9. Trachynotus goreensis, C'uv. *fc Val.* 70. Naucrates ductor, (Liun.) Ratiuesque. — Filot-fish. 71. Seriola fasciatus, (131och) Cuv. & Val.* 72. Seriola zonata, (Mitchill) Cuv.'& Val.* 73. Seriola Boscii, Cuv. & Val.* Origiually described from South Caroliua. It should be looked for. STROMATEIDiE. 74. Peprilus alepidotus, (Linn.) Cuvicr. Fernaudiua. BRAMID^. 75. PteracHs carolinus, Cuv. & Val.* Originally described from the Caroliuas. To be looked for. BERYCID^. 76. Holocentrum rufum, (Walbauni) Goode.* SCIiENID^. 77. Cynoscion caroHnensis, (Cuv. & V.il.) Gill. — Sea Trout. Very common. 78. Cynoscion regalis, (Scliueider) Gill.'' The* occurrence of this species needs confirmation. 79. Cynoscion nothus, (Holbrook) Gill. — Shad Trout Mouth of the St. John's and St. Angustine. 80. Cynoscion thalassinus, (Holbrook) Gill. A species of doubtful permanence. 81. Pogonias chromis, (Liun.) Cuvier. — Drum. Very common. 82. Liostomus xanthurus, Lac(?]K'de.* Doubtfully distinct from L. philadeJpliicus. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 113 83. Liostomus philadelphicus, (Linn.) Goode. — Bezuga or MasooJca; Oldwifc or S^ot. Very common. 84. SteUiferus lanceolatus, (Holbrook) Gill. Matanzas Eiver Inlet. 85. Bairdiella argyroleuca. (Mitcbill) Gill. — Yellow-tail. Very common. 86. Sciaenops ocellatus, (Linn.) Gill. — Channel Bass ; Bcd-Jish; Bed Horse. Yery common. 87. Menticirrus alburnus, (Linn.) Gill. — Whiting Very common. 88. Menticirrus nebulosus, (Mitcliill) Gill. The southern range of this species needs determination. 89. Menticirrus littoralis, (Holbrook) Gill.* No specimens observed. 90. Micropogon undulatus, (Linn.) Cuv. & Yah—Croaler. Very common. 91. Larimus fasciatus, Holbrook.* The southern range of this species needs determination. GEREID^. 92. Eucinostomus argenteus, B. & G.* PIMELEPTERIDiE. 93. Pimelepterus Boscii, Cuv. & Val.* SPARID^. 94. Lagodon rhomboides, (Linn.) Holbrook. — Sailor's Choice. Very common. 95. Archosargus probatocephalus, (Walbaum) Gill. — Sheej)head. Very common. 96. Stenotomus argyrops, (Linn.) Gill.* The southern limit of this species needs determination. 97. Sparus chrysops, Linn.,* {:^Si)arus acuJeatus). 98. Sargus Holbrookii, Bean.* Charleston. 99. Pagrus argenteus, Schneider.* Charleston. PRESTIPOMATID^. 100. Hamulon arcuatum, Cuv. & Val. — Squirrcl-Jish ? St. Angustiue. 101. Haemulon forniosum, (Linn. ) Cuvier. * — Probably the Pig-fish or Gru n t of Indian Ptiver. . 102. Haemulon chrysopterum, (Linn.) Cuvier.— Probably the Flannvl-moath Porgg of the Ma>7)ort lishennen. 103. Pristipoma fulvomaculatum, (Mitcliill) Giinther.* Proc. is^at. Mus. 79 8 Sept. 19, 1879. 114 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 104. Auisotremus virgiiiicus, (Linn.) Gill.* 105. Rliomboplites aurorubens, (Guv. «fc Val.) Gill.* 106. Lutjanus Blackfordii, Goode &. Bean.— lied Snapper. St. John's Bar. 107. Lutjanus caxis, (Sclmeider) Poey.*— Grai/ Snapper. The occurrence of this species on east coast of Florida is probable, yet not demonstrable. 108. Ocyurus melaiiurus, (Linn.) Goode.* Occurs at the Bahamas. APHODODEKIDtE. 109. Aphododerus Sayanus, (Gilliams) DeKay.* CENTRARCHID^. 110. Ch^nobryttus viridis, (Cuv. &. Val.) 3 ov Ann.— War-mouth Perch. St. John's and tributaries. 111. Ambloplites rupestris, (Raf.) Gill.* 112. Lepiopomus mystacalis, (Cope) Jordan. Attributed to Florida by Jordan. 113. Lepiopomus apiatus, Cope. — Cli'mquapin Perch. Arlington and Jacksonville. 114. Lepiopomus elongatus, (Ilolbrook) Gill & Jordan. Not seen. Described from St. John's by Holbrook. 115. Lepiopomus auritus, (Linn.) llaf.—Ped-leUkd Perch. St. John's and tributaries. 116. Lepiopomus incisor, (Cuv. & Val.) Goode & ^(^an.—Copjjerhcad Bream. St. John's and all fresh and brackish waters in Florida. 117. Xystroplites gillii, Jordan.* Described from Key West. 118. Xystroplites longimanus, Cope. Described from " Florida." 119. Xenotis marginatus, (HolVw.) Jordan. Not seen ; described from St. John's. 120. Eupomotis aureus, (Walbanni) Gill & Jordan.— J5rm7K, Common iu all fresh waters of Florida. 121. Eupomotis speciosus, (Holbrook) Gill & Jordan.— iJ/'cam. Common in St. John's. 122. Bnneacanthus obesus, (Girard) Gill. Not seen; identified by Jordan with Brijttus fasciatus Holbrook, described from the St. John's. 123. Enneacanthus gloriosus, (Ilolbr.) Jordan. Florida, Jido Jordan. 124. Enneacanthus milnerianus, Cope. Florida, _//>/(' Co] )e. 125. Pomoxys nigromaculatus, (Lcs.) Giiavd.— Speckled Perch. St. John's and tributaries. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 115 126. Micropterus pallidus, (Raf.) Gill & Jortlan.— Troiif. Common iu all fresh aud brackish water. SERRANID^. 127. Promicroptems maculatus, (Holbrook) Gill.* 128. Epiiiephekis morio, (C'uv. & Y;il.) Liilh—Urotcn Snapper. St. John's Bar, etc.; Indian Iliver. 129. Epiuephelus uigritus, (Holbrook) Gill.— i>/«cA-- Grouper; Warsmc (West Florida). Indian Iliver. 130. Epinephelus niveatas, Val.* 131. Epiiieplielus Biiimuiond-Hayi, Goodo & Beau. 132. Trisotropis bnuoiieus, Poey.* 133. Centropristis atrarius, (Limi.) Baruev. — Black-Jiiih. Entire eastern coast. 134. Promicrops guasa, (Pocy) Gill. New Berlin, etc. 135. Triloburus trifurcus, (Linn.) Gill.* Has this species been observed since the days of Linnceus aud Garden? 136. Diplectrtim fasciculare, (Cuv. & Yal.) Holbrook.* 137. Dules auriga, Cuv. & Val.* CENTROPOMIDJi:. 138. ? Centropomus undecimalis, Cuv. & Val. Jupiter Inlet. LABRACID^. 139. Roccus lineatus, (Block) GiW.—Hocl-f.sh. St. John's Eiver. EPHIPPIID^. 140. Parephippus quadratus, (Grael.) Gill.* 141. Parephippus faber, (Cuv.) Gill.* LOBOTID^.. 142. Lobotes surinamensis, (Block) Cuvier.— <7ro«jjer. St. John's Eiver, at Arlington. POMATOMID^. 143. Pomatomus saltatrix, (Linn.) Gill.— -SV./i^-^cZ.-; Snltwafer-jack. ELACATIB/E. 144. Elacate canadus, (Linu.) Gill.—Scraeauf-fsh (ludiau River); Cobio (Bnmswick, Ga.). Indian Pdver (S. C. Clarke). Brunswick, Ga. CHILODIPTERIDiE. 145. Apogonichthys americaiius, Casteluau.* 116 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. PRIACANTHID^. 146. Priacanthus macrophthalmus, Cuv.* ECHENEIDID^. 147. Echeneis naucrateoides, Zuicw.* 148. Echeneis naucrates, Liiiu. Mouth of St. John's. 149. Rhombochirus csteochir, (Cuv.) Gill.* 150. Reniora brachyptera, (Lcavc).* 151. Remora jacobeea, (Lowe) Gill.* SPHYR^NIDJ^. 152. Sphyraena picuda, Scliii.* South Florida (Blackford). MUGILIDiE. 153. Mugil albula, L,hm.— Si rijml 2Iidhf. St. John's liiver and coast. 154. Mugil brasilieusis, Agaiis\z.— While MiiUct. ATHERINID^ 155. Chirostoma peninsulae, Goode & Beau.* Lake Monroe. 156. Chirostoma vagrans, Goodo & Beau.* BELONID^. 157. Belone longirostris, (Mitcliill) Gill. St. John's Iiiver. 158. Belone liians, Cuv. & Yal.* 159. Belone latimanus, Poey.* 160. Belone notata, Poey." SCOMBERESOCID^. 161. Exocoetus, sp. 152. Hemorhamphns nnifasciatus, Ranzaui.* 163. EiUeptorhamphus longirostris, (Cuv. & Val.) Gill.** 164. Scombresox saurus, ("Walb.) Giiutlier.* The southern limit of this si^ecies shoidd be made out. * For descriiitious of the.se two species see paper following this, ''Catalogue of a Collection of Fishes sent from Pensacola, Florida, and Vicinity, by Mr. Silas Stearns, with Descriptions of Six New Species." PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 117 ESOCID^. 165. Esox phaleratus, Say. (Doubtful species.) Described from a locality between Tokoi and St. Augustine. 166. Esox reticulatus, Le Sueur? — Jack. 167. Esox Ravenelii, Holbrook.* CYPEINODONTID^. 168. Cyprinodon variegatus, Lac^pede. St. Augustine; Lake Monroe. 169. Jordanella floridas, gen. et sp. nov., Goode & Bean. Three specimens, of a remarkable type, allied to Cyprinodon^ were collected in Lake Monroe, Florida, by Professor Baird (No. 18062), associated with C. variegatus. The species appears to be generically distinct from Cyprinodon., and the genus, for which the name Jordanella is proposed, in honor of Prof. D. S. Jordan, is characterized by its long dorsal and anal fins, the dorsal having IG rays, preceded by a stout, thick spine, the anal I, 12 or 13, and by the position of the ventrals, which are situated in advance of the dorsal, and also by the advanced position of the anal, the posterior end of which is in advance of that of the dorsal. In other respects it agrees with Cyprinodon. The species may be characterized as follows: Diagnosis. — Height of body contained 2^^ to 2^ times in total length without caudal (2.J to 2^ times with caudal). Humeral scale behind gill- opening equal to or little larger than the others. Snout as in Cyprinodon variegatus. Diameter of eyes contained 3 J times in length of head, and equal to | of the width of the interorbital space. Origin of dorsal mid- way between end of snout and base of caudal, and above the ninth or tenth scale of the lateral line, and is behind the vertical from the root of the ventrals. Pectoral as long as the caudal, and § as long as the head. The ventral reaches to the vent, its length equal to half that of the head. The origin of the anal is under the fifth dorsal ray, and its posterior ray is in advance of the last dorsal ray. Mandible about as long as the eye. The sexual characters cannot be made out from the series of specimens studied by us. Color olivaceous above, yellowish brown below, with traces of vertical bands of blackish brown, and with longitudinal lines upon each series of scales, resembling those in Mol- lienesia, but less conspicuous. A blackish blotch upon the side, under the origin of the dorsal, and about as large as the eye; a sinaller one on the posterior limb of the dorsal. D. 1, 10; A. I, 12-13. L. lat. 25-20; L. transv. 12. 170. Zygonectes chrysotus, (Giiutlier) Jordan. St. Augustine; Arlington. 171. Fundulus seminolis, Girard. Lake Monroe. (Described from Palatka.) 118 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 172. Fuiidulus floridensis, Le Sueur. Described from "Charlotte Bay" {sic), Florida. 173. Fuudulus confluentus, sp. nov., Goode it. Boan. A single specimen (Xo. 18005) obtained by Professor Baird in Lake Monroe. Height of body a little less than four times in total length (without caudal) ; length of head two-sevenths. Head low, flat. Snout not pro- duced, its length equal to that of the eye. Mandible equal to the eye. Width of interorbital space half that of the head. Diameter of eye con- tained four times in length of head, and twice in width of interorbital space. Origin of the dorsal midway between the tip of the caudal and the middle of the eye. First anal ray under second dorsal ray. Anal higher than long. Yellowish gray, with longitudinal lines down the center of each dorsal and lateral row of scales, and with fourteen or more distinct, irregular, vertical bands. In general appearance it resembles Hydrargyra majalis. The scales are nmch crowded, there being at least 45 transverse rows of scales. There appear to be only five branchioste- gals, though this point is not certainly ascertained, the specimen being imi)erfect. D. 10; A. 10; Y. G. 174. Fundulus heteroclitus, (Linu.) Gill. And other species ? 175. Hydrargyra swampina, Lac* Described from Florida. 176. Hydrargyra majalis, (Walb.) Yal. Mouth of St. John's. 177. Gambusia arlingtonia, sp. nov., Gooile & Bean. Xumerous si)ecimens (Xo. 21308) obtained in the Arlington Eiver. Height of body contained four times in total length, without caudal; the length of the head three and one-third. Snout broad, lower jaw juojecting. Diameter of eye much greater than length of snout (double in young), one-third to two-fifths (in yoiTUg) of that of the head, and two-thirds the width of the interorbital space. My specimens appear to be both females. In them the origin of the dorsal is midway between the tip of the tail and the posterior margin of the eye and opposite the sixth anal ray. The pectoral fins extend to the vertical from the insertion of the ventrals, which terminate at the vent and in front of the anal ; length of base of anal equal to half its distance from the insertion of the caudal. Color iiniform brownish olive. In the smaller specimens two or three series of blackish dots on the dorsal and anal fins. D. ; A. 11 ; Y. G. L. lat. 33 ; L. transv. 11. 178. Gambusia Holbrooki, (Agassiz) Gii'ard. Described from Palatka. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 119 179. MoUinesia latipinna, Le Sueitr. St. Augustine. 180. Girardinus formosus, Agassiz. Specimens obtained in Florida by Mr. T. Glover. SYNODONTID^. 181. Trachinocephalus myops, (Schneider) Gill.* 182. Synodus foetens, (Linu.) Gill.* ALBULIDiE. 183. Albula vulpes, (Liun.) Goocle.* ELOPID^ 184. Megalops cyprinoides, (Bloch). — Tarpum; Jew-Jish. 185. Elops saiorus, Liuu.* CLUPEID^. 186. Brevoortia tyrannus, (Latrobe) Goode. — Fat-hack. St. John's and coast, 187. Alosa sapidissima, (Wilson) Liusley. — JFhite Shad. St. John's and coast. 188. Opisthonema thrissa, (Linn.) Gill.* 189. Pomolobus eestivalis, (Mitch.) Goode & Bean. — Herring. St. John's. 190. Pomolobus mediocris, (Mitchill) Gill.— Rklcori/ Shad. St. John's. 191. Dorosoma Cepedianum, (Laccpede) Gill. — Sthil Shad. St. John's. CYPRINID^. 192. Notemigonus americanus, (Linn.) Jordan. — Silver-fisTi, • 193. Erimyzon Goodei, Jordan, sp. nov. — " Goode' s Sucker." 194. Unknown species. Arlington. 195. Unknown species. Arlington. SILURIDiE. 196. Ichthaelurus punctatus, (Eaf.) Jordan. — Channtl Cat; Small-mouth Cat. St. John's. 197. Amiunis erebennus, Jordan. — " Goode's Cat-fish." St. John's and Arlington Eiver. 198. Amiurus nigricans, (Les.) GxW.—Mud Cat. St. John's. 199. iElui-ichthys marinus, (Mitchill) B. «fc G.-Sea Cat-fish; Gaff-top-sail. St. John's. 200. Ariopsis felis, (Linn. ) Gill & Jordan. Coast. 120 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ANGUILLID^. 201. Anguilla vulgaris, Turton. CONGRID^. 202. Conger oceanica, (Mitch.) Gill. ACIPENSERID.'E. 203. Acipenser, sp. Coiniuou iu St. John's. LEPIDOSTEID^. 204. Lepidosteus osseus, (Liun.) Ag.—Gar rile. St. Joliu's. 205. Lepidosteus platystomus, Raf. — AUUjator Gar. St. John's. AMIID^. 206. Aniia calva, lAan.— Mud-fish. CEPHALOPTERID^. 207. Ceratoptera birostris, ("Walbaum) Gooilc—JJivU-fish. Coasts. MYLIOBATID^. 208. MyUobatis Fremenvillei, (Les.) Stover. 209. Rhinoptera quadriloba, (Le Suenr) Cuvier. — Clam-a-acker, St. John's. 210. iEtobatis narinari, M. & H,* TRYGONID^. 211. Pteroplatea maclura, Miill. & 'Rqu^q.— Sun-fish. Indian Eiver. 212. Trygon sabina, Le Sueur. — Siingaree. St. John's Eiver. RAIID^. 213. Raia Desmarestia, Le Sueur, {=11. cylanterlnf). Described from Florida, PRISTID^. 214. Pristis antiquomm, (Liuu.) Lath, ALOPECIID^. 215. Alopiasvulpes, (Liun.) Bon,* PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 121 SPHYRNID^. 216. Sphyma zygaena, (Linn.) Miill. & Heule. Indian Eiver. 217. Reniceps tiburo, (Linn.) Gill. GALEORHINID^. 218. Isogomphodon mactilipiiinis, Poey.* 219. Galeocerdo tigrinus, Miill. & Henle.* 220. Eulamia MUberti, (Mull. & Henle) Gill. Indian Eiver. GINGLYMOSTOMATID^. 221. Gingly mo stoma cirratum, (Gmel.) M. & H. PETPtOMYZONTID^. 222. Petromyzon marinus, Linn. — Lamper-ed. BRANCHIOSTOMID^. 223. Branchiostoma lubricum, Costa. CATAI.OCrE OF A €OI.I.ECTaOX OF FDSHE!^ SEIVT FROIVI PEIVSACO- I.A, Ff.OESIDA, AIVD VBCUVBTY, BY MR. SH,AS STEAKIVS, WITH DESt'RSPTIOIV!^ OF .SBX NEAV SPECBES. By G. BROWN GOODE aead TARI.ETOIV II. BEAN. The pnblication of the following- list of fishes, collected by Mr. Stearns in the vicinity of Pensacola, Florida, is a preliminary step to the work of identifying and describing the large collections from the Gnlf of Mexico now in the possession of the National Musenm. The fishes enumerated below were obtained in the winters of 1877-8 and 1878-9 by Mr. Stearns in the leisure hours of an active business life. Many of the larger species were forwarded to Washington in ice, and casts of them have been made in plaster. Mr. Stearns has usually sent interesting notes with each specimen, relating to the life-history of the species. We have refrained from publishing these, hoping that he will himself give them to science in a more complete form. The common names published are those in use at Pensacola. The numbers in parentlieses following the Museum catalogue numbers refer to Mr. Stearns's collecting record. Smithsonian Institution, WasMngton, May 27, 1879. 1. MALTHEID^. 1. Malthe cubifrons Eichardson. A single specimen, IS'o. 22,833, was sent by Mr. Stearns. The Museum lias other specimens from West Florida — ^Nos. 21,407, 5,708, and 20,485. The radial formula in all is D. 4; A. 4; Y. I, 5; P. 13. No. 21,407 is 12^ inches long, an enormous size for this fish. 122 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 2. DIODONTIDJ^. 2. Chilomycterus geometricus (Linn.) Kaup.— P«.f-/(.s/(. Two specimens, No. 21,492 (01), in alcohol, each about 6 inches in length, were sent; also a beach-dried specimen, No. 21,331 (19), some- what longer. The coloration of the alcoholic specimen is peculiar, and it might at first sight be thought to belong to variety y as defined by Giinther. The groundcolor is very dark, but a close examination reveals the irregularly parallel longitudinal lines characteristic of the species in its typical form. 3. TETRODONTID^. 3. Cirrisomus ttirgidus (Mitch.) Jordan &c Gilbert.— Toad-fish. A single specimen, Xo. 21,195 (51), 5i| inches in length. 4. Lagocephalus laevigatas (Linn. )G ill. A single specimen, 19 inches in length, No. 22,807. D. 11; A. 12; P. 16. Caudal deeply forked. Spines 4-rooted. Length of head less than its distance from dorsal, and contained 3g times in length without caudal. 4. OSTRACIONTID^. 5. Ostracion quadricornis Linn. — Coic-fish. A single specimen, No. 21,310. 5. BALISTIDiE. 6. Alutera Schcspfii (Wall).) Gootle & Beau. A specimen, No. 0,008, 10 inches in length, was sent from Cedar Keys, ria., by Judge Steele, about 1804. D. 32; A. 35; P. 12; C. 12. 7. Monacauthus occideutalis Giinther, A bottle. No. 9,080, containing numerous specimens of this species, is labelled "Cedar Key, West Florida," and another. No. 5,808, contains two specimens from Charlotte Harbor, collected by C. B. Baker. This species doubtless occm-s at Pensacola. No. 5,808(^0. D. 31; A. 29. No. 5,808 (Z>). D. 35; A. 32. Monacmithm spilonotus, described by Cope* from the Gulf of Mexico, should also be looked for in this region. 8. Balistes capriscus Linn. — Leather Jacket. A fine specimen, No. 21,220 (4), 21 inches in length. ^ Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1870, p. 476. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 123 6. HIPPOCAMPIDJE. 9. Hippocampus aiitiquorum Liun. — Sea Horse. A single specimen was received from Mr. Steams, No. 21,335 (15). The Museum possesses another, Ko. 0,933, from Pensacohi, received from an unknown contributor. In Xo. 0,933, a female, the head is contained 5i times in total length. There are 12 body rings and 31 caudal rings. No. 21,335, a female, is a dried specimen in bad order, which appears to agree essentially with No. 0,933. It has 12 body rings and 33 caudal rings, and 19 rays in the dorsal. 7. SYNGNATHIDJE. 10. Syngnathus sp. A single individual, too young for identification, was sent by Mr. Stearns. 8. SOLEIDJE. 11. Achirus lineatus (Linn.) Cuvier. — "Flounder." Two specimens w^ere received. These are remarkable in the fact that the ventral surfaces are immaculate, while all specimens of this species from the Eastern and Middle States are strongly maculated with black or brown, exce^it a few from the Potomac River. Others from the Poto- mac are maculated. How is it with the species on the South Atlantic coast •? No. 21,490 (a). D. 54 ; A. 43 ; P. ; Y. 4 ; C. 10. L. lat. 78. No. 21,490 (h). D. 58 j A. 43 ; P. ; Y. 4. L. lat. 70. 9. PLEURONECTID^E. 12. Cithariclitliys spilopterus Giintlicr. fF CUliarlclithys mierostomus Gill, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila. 1864, ji. 223. An individu.d, No. 21,500, from Pensacola, Fla., Silas Stearns, 5 inches in length. D. 78 ; A. 54 : P. I, 10 ; C. 17 ; Y. 0. L. lat. 47 ; L. trans. i|. No. 18,054, an individual 3f inches long, was received from mouth of St. John's Eiver, Fla., through Pro£ S. F. Baird. D. 81 ; A. 04 ; P. I, 8; 0. 17 ; Y. 0. L. lat. 47 ; L. trans. f|. Giinther's types, from Babia, Santo Domingo, New Orleans, Jamaica, and West Africa, had the following radial formulie : D. 70-7S ; A. 00-03 ; L. lat. 47-50. Gill's type, from Beesley's Point, had the following : D. 81 ; A. 58 ; C. 18 ; P. 10 ; Y. 0. L. lat. 42 ; L. trans. \i ?1 Our specimens agree very satisfactorily with both diagnoses, except in the number of transverse rows of scales, as given by Gill. 13. Pseiidorhombus dentatus (Liun.) Giintlior. — Flounder. Two specimens. No. 21,340 (21), were received. That the Flounder of the South cannot be distinguished from the supx)osed different si^ecies 124 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. of the North {Ch(cnopsetfa ocelJaris aud C.mclanogaster of authors) is very evident to us after examiuiug specimens from Massachusetts, Vir- ginia, South Carolina, East Florida, West Florida, Texas, and Paraguay. In addition to the tables of measurements given below, wo note the following radial formuhc : No. 21,340 a. Pensacola. D. 88 ; A. G8. No. 21,340 h. Pensacola. B. 89 ; A. 08. No. 19,050. Florida. D. 85 ; A. 09. No. 18,347. Florida. D. 85 5 A. 63. No. 18,349. Florida. D. 92 ; A. 73. No. 18,348. Florida. D. 87 ; A. GO. No. 5,885. Hog Island, Ya. D. 89 ; A. 09. The detailed measurements of eighteen specimens are here inserted. Table of Measurements. Current number of specimen Locality \ 10,315. Wood's Holl, Massachusetts. 10,r.97. Wood's Holl, Massachusetts. 14,632. Wood's Holl, Massachusetts. 15,177. Norfolk, Virginia. Milli- metres. lOOths of length. Milli- metres. lOOths of length. Milli- ^'^^' metres. ^g^gtlj_ Milli- metres. lOOths of length. Extreme length (without caudal) . . 380 336 404 421 506 .34.'> 412 Bodv: Greatest heisrht Ileiabt atventrals 44 30 11 10 20 3 5 ,3 1.5 4 10^- 32 m 20 17 20 ]» 2.') At 42 31^ 31 10 LcBiitli of (taudal peduncle (cbcI of dorsal to origin of middle caudal rays) Head: Greatest leno-th 10 27 3 5J- 3 5 3 « 13 16 13 15i 13 10 4 Dorsal: 6 10 Anal: ° 32 lOi Caudal : 20 19 ' 17 Pectoral : 27 I'-JJ VentralT 8 8' 90 C9 11,10 98 84 65 89 69 85 67 Pectoral Number of scales in lateral line. . . - PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 125 Tahlc of Measurements — Continued. Current immber of specimen LocaUty 5 9,388 h. Indianola, Texas. 19,052. St. John's paver Florida. 19,049. St. John's Piver Florida. 21,279 b. Florida. Milli- metres lOOths of length. Milli. ioo!i^« "^•-'t^*^-^- length. Milli. metres lOOths of length. Milli- metres lOOths of length. Extreme length (without caudal) . . Body : Greatest height 236 44 10 156 170 237 Least height of tail Head: 1 28 28 Width of interorbital area 4 7 14 17 4 11 12 1 Length of snout i.3 1 16 14i 17 14 17 Diameter of orbit Dorsal: Distance from snout 1 12* 23 13 Anal: " " ^ Caudal: Dorsal.^ 87^ 66 67 85 68 86 Anal Current number of specimen Locality 5 9,388. Indianola-, Texas. 4,887. "albigutta," type. 19,476 a. Ea,stern Shore of Virginia. 19,476 b. Eastern Shore of Virginia. Milli- i lOOtl'^ °^^t'-'^«- length. Milli. l«Of « Milli. 100t^« '-^--|ie.:;;th. Milli. ^««ths Extreme length (without caudal) . . Length to end of middle caudal rays. 174 209 42 30 10 27 3 6 14 10 m 32 10 20 15 27 123 147 s n 29^ 6 15 IT 136 166 Ill Lodv : Greatest height 44 32 11 28 3 5i 13 15 43 Least height of tail Head: ■Width of iuterorbital area. ... . 1 _. Length uf sumit [ Length of iqiixr jaw Lcn'"tli of iiiiiiilililc^ ::::::::| if Diameter of orl)it ;::::::i ^6 ±u Dorsal: 7 12 33 13i 21 17 31 15 28 10 12 12^ Anal : Length of longest ray 12 22 13 Caudal : Pectoral : Distance from snout Length . Ventral : Distance from snout . .. "-, ....... 60 Length 8 1 Dorsal.? Anal 83 64 88 84 1 65 1 126 PEOCEEDIXGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Table of Measurements — Continued. 17,121. 17, 99.. 17,116. Charleston, South Carolina. Locality [ Charleston, South Caroliua. Charleston, South Caroliua. Milli- metres. lOOths of length. Milli- metres. lOOths of length. Milli- metres. lOOths of length. E\tieme leuiith (without caudal) 172 26 a 12 13 171 188 Ucad: 29^ 14 Leiwlh of upper jaw il' m Dorsal:" Lcu"th of lon"-est ray Aual : Lcnjrth of lou'^est ray Dorsal . " 88 67 90 70 Current number of specimen Locality 5 21,279. St.John'sRiver, 18,048. 8,436. Paraguay. ) Milli-^ metres. lOOths of length. MiUi- metres. lOOths of length. Milli- metres. lOOths of length. 405 486 11 10 28 r 13k ICi 1? 33 Hi 20 17i 27 13i 201 Si 178 218 '"'79' 60 44 33 12 lOJ 1 SI' 5 114 30 11 250 315 Body : Least lu-i,i;lit of tail LcHgth i>f caudal peduncle (end of dorsal to origin of middle caudal rays) 12 11 Head: Greatest length 28 f Len"th (if snout Len"th of iTie Len-th (iflouvtli spine . . 4 Leniit li ( if 1 i ft 1 1 sjiiue 42 Leniith of sixth s]iine Dorsal (soft) : Leniitli (if base ,n« Leniitli (if tirst rav Len.ut li ( if 1( m!;( 'st i-a v Leuiitli of last ray..l Anal: ■ il 3 Leniitb of base Lcngtli of lirst spino Lenuth (if third siiiuo Lenutli (if lirst ray / Lcnutli uf longest ray 5 Lenutb of last ray 51 20 Caudal :- Lenitth of middle rays rectoral: Lenctth 131 fi Ventral: Leuiith Branehiostesals '.. D(usal : Anal Pectoral Ventral Number of scales in lateral line Number of transyerse rows below lateral lino 31. Elagatis pinnulatus Poey. Scriola phmulata Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, II, p. 233. Deccqjterus pinnulatus FOEY, op. cit. p. 374. Elagatis puuiulatus Poey, Eep. Fis. Nat. Cuba, II, 1868, p. 378. Several speciraejis of tliis species were obtained by Mr. Wiirdemann in West Florida. 17. STEOMATEID^. 32. Pepriliis alepidotus (Linn.) Cn\\n:—JToo)i-fiiih. A single specimen, Xo. 21,475 (0), 7i inches in lengtli. D. lY, 42; A. IV, 42; P. 19, PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 131 is: LATILIDiE. 33. Caulolatilus microps Goode & Bean. The Smithsoniau lustitution received, Marcli 22, 1878, tliis fisli from Mr. Stearns. It was taken Marcli 18, 1878, on the Snapper Bauk, off PensacoLa, in 35 fathoms of water. It is now a fine alcoholic specimen, Xo. 20,971 of the Fish Catalogne. Caulolatilus microps is related to the Brazilian form Canlolatilus cliry- sops (Cu\ier and Valenciennes) Gill, and the Cnban form Caulolatilus cyanops Poey, described in 18G7.* Of the former, two specimens only are recorded: one, the type of the original description, one foot long, collected on the coast of Brazil by M. Gay, and probably now in the mnsenm in Paris; a second, in the British Mnsenm, a stnfi'ed specimen, pnrporting to have been collected in the West Indies. Of Poey's C. cyanops, the National Museum possesses a fine specimen (Cat. No. 4,750), 15 inches long, collected and presented by Professor Poey. The Pensacola specimen is 2 feet and 3 inches long, weighing 9^ pounds. Its color has faded, but a yellow blotch is still visible under the eye, similar to that mentioned in C. chrysops. A dark blotch is visible in and above the axilla of the pectoral. For diagnosis see Proceedings U. S. National Museum, I, 1879, p. 43. 19. SCI.ENID.E. 34. Cynoscion carolinensis (Cnv. & Yal.) Gill. — S]}oitc(l Trout. A single specimen, No. 22,811 (100), 12i inches in length. D. IX, 24; A. I, 9 ; P. IG ; V. I, 5 ; C. 9+8. L. h\t ca. 88. 35. Cynoscion nothus (H<)ll)roolv) Gill.— Tr7;(Yf Trout. A single individual. No. 21,480 (00), 9^- inches long. D. X, 27 ; A, II, 11 ; P. 10 ; V. I, 5 ; C. 1 + 9 + 8 + 2. L. lat. 57. 36. Pogonias cromis (Linn.) Cnvier. — Drum. An individual, No. 22,800, 20| inches long, weighing 4^ pounds. D. X, I, 21 ; A. II, ; P. 18 ; V. I, 5 ; C. 19. L. lat. 48 ; L. trans. 0, 15. 37. Liostomus philadelphicus (Linn.) Goode. — Spot; Chopa Blanca. Ferca i}liila(Mphka Lixx.eus, Syst. Nat. ed. x, 1758, i, p. 291 ; ed. xii, ITO'o, i, p. 484. Liostomus j^iiiJadclpliicus GooDE, Fishes of East Florida (ride sujjra). Liostomus ohliquus DeKay, and subsequent authors. A single specimen, No. 21,478 (38), OJ inches. D. X, I, 29 ; A. II, 12; P. 19 ; V. I, 5; C. 9+8. Transverse rows of scales about 54. 38. Bairdiella argyroleuca (Mitchill) Gill. — Mademoiselle. A speciuien. No. 21,490 (25), 7^ inches long. D. XI, 19| ; A. II, S]^; P. 15 ; V. I, 5 ; C. 9+8. L. lat. 50 ; L. trans. /_. A young individual. No. 22,849, 4J inches in length. D. XI, I, 21 ;. A. II, 9. L. lat. 49 ; L. trans, fi,. * Repertorio Fisico-Natural de la Isla de Cuba, i, p. 312. 132 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 39. Sciaenops oceUatus (Liuu.) Gill. — Bed Horse; CMnncl Bass. A single specimen, i^o. 21,774, 15^ inclies long. D. X, I, 24; A. II, 7 ; P. II, 14 ; V. I, 5 ; C. 17. L. lat. 46 ; L. trans, fo. Four black spots on the right side ; two on the left. 40. Menticirrus alburuus (Liuu.) Gill. — WhUiiu/. A single specimen, No. 21,332 (34), 15 inches long, in color silvery white immaculate, with bluish reflections upon back and body, white upon the belly. In coloration, this specimen agrees with the Menticirrus llttorcdis of Holbrook, but seems to have no definite characters by which it may be distinguished. D. X, I, 24; A. I, G|; P. 20; Y, G; C. 17. L. lat. about GO; L. trans. |^. Another specimen, Xo. 22,832, 9.} inches long, agrees in proportions with the above. Its coloris, however, very dusky, and the cloudings are blackish. D. IX, I, 24 ; A. I, 7 ; P. 10 ; Y. I, 5. L. lat. 70 ; L. trans. H. 41. Micropogon undulatus (Liim.) Cuv. &Ya\.—Croala: A single specimen, Xo. 21,479 (37), about 5 inches long. D. IX, I, 28 ; A. II, 7| ; P. 18 ; Y. I, 5 ; C. 9 + 8. L. lat. 72 or 73 ; L. trans. i§. 20. GERRIDzE. 42. Euciiiostomus harengulus sp. uov. Goode & Bean. There are in the collection two specimens of an undescribed Eucino- stomns collected in West Florida by Kaiser and Martin. The catalogue number of the specimens is 5145. The largest is 1 20 millimetres in len gth to the origin of the middle caudal rays ; the smaller, 87 millime- tres. The species may be briefly characterized as follows : D. IX, 10 ; A. Ill, 7 ; P. 15 ; Y. I, 5 ; C. +17+. L. lat. 44; L. trans. {%. The height of the body is contained 3 to 3^ times in the total length without caudal ; the length of the head, 3^^ to 3J times ; the diameter of the eye exceeds the length of the snout, and is contained 3 times in the length of the head, and equals the width of the interorbital si)ace. The groove for the processes of the intermaxillaries is naked, and ex- tends to the vertical through the anterior third of the eye. The free portion of the tail is longer than high. The least height of tail equals the length of the Gth dorsal spine. The 3d dorsal spine is the longest, its length being contained twice in the height of the body, and equals the length of the head without the postorbital portion ; the last dorsal spine equals in length the 2d anal, and about equals the length of the snout, and is about f as long as the 3d. The 1st dorsal ray is fully 1^ times as long as the 1st dorsal spine. The 2d anal spine is stronger and shorter than the 3d, its length being contained 3| times in the length of the head. The 3d anal spine is contained 3;V times in the length of the head. The caudal is forked, its length slightly less PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 133 than the length of tlie bead, and very little greater than the length of the pectoral. The pectoral reaches to the peqiendicnlar through the origin of the soft dorsal. The ventral is half as long as the head. The vent is under the 2d ray of the soft dorsal. 21. SPARID^E. 43. Lagodon rhoniboides (Liuu.) Holbrook. This species evidently breeds in the vicinity of Pensacola, as well as many other points on the Southern coast. Young specimens, No. 21,488, ranging from 2 to 4 inches in length, were received from IMr. Stearns. The Museum has also specimens, No. 3,112, collected at Charlotte Harbor, West Florida, by C. B. Baker. No. 21,344. D. XII, 11; A. Ill, 10; P. 10; V. I, o; C. 17. L. lat. 001; L. trans, y^. 44. Archosargus probatocephalus (Wnlbanni) Gill. — Sh^'^. The species is dedicated to our friend Mr. James W. Milner, for eight years Deputy U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries, whose important services to the United States in the depart- ment of Fish Culture have been supplemented by much thorough natural history exploration, and who at this time is collecting the fishes of West Florida. BiagnoHis. — The height of the body is 2| in total length, caudal in- cluded; 24 in its length Avithout caudal. Length of head 4^ times with caudal, 34- without, and equal to length of pectoral. Diameter of eyeequals length of operculum ; width of interorbital space equals least height of * To the abdominal outline ; there are IG to the median line of the belly. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 135 tail, Avliicli is half tlie lengtli of the ventral. Diameter of eye iu length of head almost 4 times, and less than 1^ times in snout. Preorbital nearly as high as it is long, with maxillary edge nearly straight. There are five series of scales between the preorbital and the angle of the pre- opercnlum. Three series of molars in upper Jaw, two in lower. Poste- rior nostril linear. In life this species is banded vertically with brown. In form of body it resembles the Scuppang {Steiwfomus aniyrops). Eadial formula: B. YI; D. XII, 12 5 A. Ill, 10; C. 5 + 8 + 7 + 5- P. I, 14; V. I, 5. L. lat. 47-48; L. trans. ^^. Table of Measurements. 0,134 a. Cliarlotte Harbor, Fla. 6,134 Charlotte Ha 6 •bor Fla. Millimetres. lOOthsof len-th. Millimetres. lOOthsof length. 14G luG Body: 45* 10 31 10 :r 13 '? 46 34 Broken. n 11 T eTQt Vifio-lit^nf till 10 Head: ' Giviitc'st Icntrth Widtli of int,ioibit:il nrca 31 10 ^ L«ii;th<.fr.]iiii'i-,ia\v Lcu"tli(it'iii mdililc 13 17 Diiiiicti-r of orbit 8 Dorsiil (Hiiiuoiis): Leii"lli of Irisc 33 4J Broken. 10+ Lcu".tli ol' second spiue I cn't II iii' third siiiiic Lcii" til of tiftli spiuo 12 Dors.il (self): 20 7 67 22 I f 13 29 28 32 31 39 20 10 20 Leniit h of lirst ray pi. Anal: 65 4 7 8 Caudal:" W Lengtli of external rays ^ inSr ' " ' 30' Pectoral: 31 31 Ventral: 37 "^ Brauchiost.-als ." Dors'il VI Xn, 12 III, 10 V+8 + 7+V 1,14 1,5 VI XII, 12 III, 10 VI+8i-7+V I,U 47 14 Anil Pectoral 48 14 Number of transrerso rows below lateral line 136 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 22. PEISTIPOMATID^. 47. Pristipoma fulvomaculatum (Mitch.) Gnnnmr.—rifj-Jish. A siiiinle speciinoii, Xo. 21,490, 8| inches iu length. Ill, Hi; P. 18; V. I, 5; C. + 8. L. lat. 55 or 5G; L. trans. U- Another specimen, No. 3,113, was sent from Charlotte Harbor in 18G4 by C. B. Baker. D. XII, 16; A. Ill, 13; P. 10; V. 1, 5; C. d + U. L. lat. 54; L. trans. ^J. 48. Rhomboplites aurorubens (Cuv. & Val.) Gill. — Badard Snapper. Several specimens of this beantifnl species were obtained in Charles- ton, S. C, in the spring of 1878. They are often brought to Charleston market, where they are called " :Mangrove Snappers." They are obtained chielly from the Savannah Bank. Another specimen, Xo. 21,338 (42), 15J inches long, was subsequently sent from Pensacola by Mr. Stearns. D. XII, 11; A. Ill, 8; P. 1, 10; V. I, 5; C. y + 8. L. lat. 52; L. trans, i^. Table of Mcasurcmoits. CuiTcnt number of .specimen Locality Siivannali Bank, Cliaiioston, S. C. Savannah Bank, Charleston, 8. O. 21,338. Pensacola, Fla. Milli- metres lOOths of length. Extreme lencth to origin of middle caudal rajs Length to end of middle caudal rays Body: Greatest lieight Greatest width Heiiiht at ventrals Least height of tuil Length of caudal peduncle Head : Greatest lensrth Greatest width Widtli of iMtciorl)ital area , LeULllll I'f MKMll Leniitli cif oiHiiuluui LeiiLtih (,|- upp.ijaw , Leiiut I)ist;il Ldiii; . Dorsiil (sji Distill Leiigl Length of lirst spine ... Lcnutli (if second spino Leiigtli .)f last spine ... Lcii^tli iif longest spine Dorsal (soft): Length of base Length of lirst ray Length of longest ray .. Length of last ray ..... Anal : Distance from snout Length of l)aso Length of first s].ine .. . Length of si-cnncl spine Lenuth of third spiue . . Length of first ray Length of longest; my. . Length of last ray iiumdible I mi snout to centre of orbit . ■ter of eve ^): ■I im snout 32.5 14.5 32.0 10. 5 17.2 31.8 14.0 18.5 8.0 9.8 7.5 7.2 7.6 10.7 10.7 Milli- metres. lOOths of length. 33.2 1.5.0 32.6 10.2 16.5 14. 5 9.5 10.8 'io.'s 14.0 14.0 6.7 36.7 34. 5 4.0 Milli- ^'-If^ 32 12.5 32 14 8.5 11 11 13 12.5 7.5 9.5 "l2.h 20 9.5 9.5 7 14.5 2.6 7 8 10.5 10.5 7 PROCEEDINaS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 137 Table of Measuremcnis — Continued. Current number of specimen 91 :>0ecinien Locality 21,403. Ponsacola, Fla. Extreme lenjrth Length to origin of middle caudal rays 15ody : Height at ventrals Least height of tail Head : Greatest l.'nsth Gi'catest width "Width (it intirorbitalarea Leu.utli (it .snout Length (it (i]icnulmu Length (if uiipcijaw Len-th (if mandible Di.stanec iioni sudut to orbit Diameter of orbit Dorsal (siiinons) : Distauee from snout Length of base Length of tirst spine Length of second spine Lenath of fourth or longest spine . Leni;thth. D. IX, I, C. + 17 +. L. lat. 05 J L. trans. 13; A. Ill, 10; P. II, 12; Y. I, 5 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 139 53. Lepiopomtis incisor (Cuv. & Y:i].).—nrim. Lcpiopomns palUduH (uot Mitchill) Gill & Joudax, Auuals N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist, ix, 1877, p. 316. A single mdivitliial, No. 21,471 (50), 8^ inclies in length. D. X, 12; A. Ill, 11; P. I, 12; V. I, 5 ; 0. Ill, 9. L. lat. 44; L. trans. ^-^.. The description of Bodiamis palUdus as given by Mitchill does not appear to us to apply to this species, and we cannot believe that our friend Prof. Jordan had the book before him when he made his linal decision in the matter. Indeed, this is quite evident from the fact that he habitually quotes it in synonymy as Labrus paUUJus ]\Iitchill. It seems to us quite evident that Mitchill's species was BairdieUa argi/roleuca { = B. punctata Gill), as was long ago demonstrated by Prof. Gill. It was a whitish, elongated fish, with " holes under the chin," yellow fins, 23 rays in the second dorsal fin, and 2 (uot 3) si)ines in the anal. See Transactions of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Xew York, I, 1875, p. 420. 54. Eupomotis speciosus (Holbrook) Jordan ? A species represented by a single specimen, distinguished from the Eupomotis speciosus of the St. John's Eiver solely by its slenderer body, slightly larger eyes, and the presence of only 9 dorsal spines. The markings are very similar to those of Eupomotis speciosus. The char- acters separating E. speciosus from E. pallid us appear to us of doubtful weight. 24 SERRANID^E. 55. Epinephelus morio (Cuv. & Vul.) Gill. A single specimen. No. 22,814 (75), 22 inches in length. D. XI, 17; A. Ill, 8; P. 17; V. I, 5; C. 10. L. lat. ca. 100. 56. Epinephelus Drummcnd-Hayi Goode & Bean.— //;«f/. Ephicpltdus Dnnninond-Huijl GoouK «fe Beax, rroc. U. S. Nat. Miis. i, 1879, p. 17:!. A single specimen, Xo. 21,255, lOJ inches in length, was received from Mr. Stearns, May, 1878, and was taken as one of the tyi)es of the descrip- tion of the species. D. XI, 10 ; A. Ill, 9 ; C. 14 ; P. 10 ; Y. I, 5 ; B. YII. L. lat. 125 ; L. trans, f f . The species occurs also in the waters of the Bermudas and South Florida. 57. Epinephelus nigritus (Holbrook) Gill. — Jew-fish. A specimen. No. 21,329, measuring 29 inches in length, and winghing 10 pounds, was received from j\Ir. Stearns in May, 1878. For full descrip- tion and measurements see Proceedings U. S. National Museum, 1, 1879, p. 182. B. X, 15; A. Ill, 9; C. 17; P. II, 10; Y. I, 5; B. YII. L. lat. 115 ; L. trans. 14. 140 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 58. Trisotropis falcatus Poey. — Scamj). The United States National Museum reeeived, March 24, 1879, from Mr. Sihis Stearns, of Pensacoki, Fla., a fresh individual, No. 22,230, of a species of Trisotropis, called " Scamp " by the tishermeu. The weight of the fisli is 7^ pounds. ]Mr. Stearns's collecting- number is 117. He states that it was captured in deep water, aiul is abundant "in spots." He has seen individuals three times as large as the present one. Diagnosis. — A. Trisotro^ns with the body moderately' compressed, its greatest depth nearly equal to J of its length ^ ithout caudal, and exactly equal to twice the length of the pectoral; the length of the head equal to f of the greatest depth of body, and to 4 times the length of the snout ; the lower jaw i)rojecting beyond the upper for a distance which equals i of the long diameter of the eye ; the 11th ray of the soft dorsal, the oth and 0th rays of the aual, the external and 5 of the internal caudal rays produced 5 the vent in the vertical from the 10th dorsal spine; the pectoral reaching the vertical let fall from the 7th dorsal spine; the ^'entrals as long as the pectorals, and reaching to the vertical let fall from the 8th dorsal spine ; the maxilla extending to and the mandible beyond the vertical through the posterior margin of the orbit ; the dis- tance of the eye from the upper profile of the head equal to J of its short diameter ; the long diameter of the eye contained tMice in the length of the snout, and Oi times in the length of the head ; the Oth dorsal spine longest, and equal to the distance from the border of the preoperculum to the end of the opercular Hap ; the 1st dorsal spine § as long as the last and half as long as the od and 4th ; the longest (11th) ray of the soft dor- sal equal to the 1st ray of the anal ; the longest (5th) anal ray slightly exceeding the length of the pectoral and ventral; 3 rays in the upper half, and 2 in the lower half of the caudal produced, the longest of these extending beyond the general outline of the rays for a distance equal to the 3d anal spine; the external caudal rays nearly twice as long as the middle rays ; the 1st dorsal consisting of 11 spines, the 2d dorsal of 17 rays ; the anal having 3 spines and 11 rays; the caudal, about 20 rays ; the pectoral, 1 undivided ray ; the ventral, 1 spine and 5 rays ; the uumber of rows of scales between the upper angle of the operculum and tlie origin of the middle caudal rays 120 ; about 25 scales in a trans- verse series from the beginning of the spinous dorsal to the lateral line, and al)out 43 from thence to the lower profile of the body ; the posterior nostril three times as long and tvvice as wide as the anterior, and scarcely its own length from the eye ; the 3 opercular s]uues broad, flat and cleft at the free ends. Teeth: Vomerines brush-like, in an angular patch; palatines similar and in a single series ; internuixillary teeth in a single series, with a short band at the symphysis; 4 canines; mandibulary teeth in two series ; several canines at the symphysis. PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 141 Table of Measurements. 22,320 Tensac Locality Ola, Fla. Millime- tres. lOOths of length. C04 Body : 32 \t^ Height iit vcntrals 14 Head: 36 Groatf'st wiiitli 14J I' 12 ^^^^ L(>Ii'"tli oT in;iu(lii>l(' '. ... . . Dorsal (siauouw) : 30* Leivth (if base 30 5.J 10 Len"tli lil'tliivd .siiiiui n Leii"! li i>l' lifili siiiiio . .... 12 Hi 10 Length ofninlh spine L(>n"tli (if 1 ■nth sjiiue .... Broken. 7A Dorsal (sclti: Len"^tli of base 25 i)h Len"th (if lou seat ray (eleventh) 13V 6 Anal : Distance from snout . . .... 65 IQi Lcn::i:. ..i ,i-' si.in,' 6 17 Li-ncfli of last ray 6i 17 Caudal r Leu "til of middle rays 30 Pectoral: 32 Length 16 Ventral: 36 16 Vent : 60 Distance fiom anal . . 5i Branchiosteaals Dorsal I VII XL 17 nLii 20 L16 L5 120 ca. 25 ca. 43 Caudal Ventral 59. Trisotropis niicrolepis sp. nov. Goode & Bean. Two iiidividuals of an apparently nndescribed species of Tn'sofropis were collected in West Florida in 1804 by Messrs. Kaiser and Martin. 142 PROCEEDIXGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. They are closely related to that groui^ of fishes known in Cuba by the common name "Al)a(lejo" ("Codlish"), and represented by Poey's species Trisofrojns intcrsfiiialis and T. dimidiatus. With the description of the former,* it corresponds except in the greater length of the head and the mnch greater number of the scales. Diagnosis. — The length of the head is contained 2h to 2f times in the length to origin of middle caudal rays. Eye contained to 0^ times in the head. The maxilla extends to the perpendicular through i)oste- rior margin of orbit; upper jaw equals length of anal base ; it is contained 2\ times in the length of the head. Tlie mandible extends beyond the perpeudicular through the jjosterior margin of the orbit, and is slightly more than one-half the length of tlie head. Each jaw has two canines. The iutermaxillaries have an inner band of villiform and an outer series of large, slender, conical teeth curved inward. At the sym])hysis are some long slender teeth pointing backwards and movable. The lower jaw has two series of sleiuler conical teeth, the inner being the larger and movable. The head of the vomer is supplied with very small villi- form teeth. A narrow ban/«e-_/?s/i. A specimen. No. 21,777, 19 inches long. D. VII, I, 26; A.I, 27; P. I, 16 ; V. I, 5 ; C. 10 + 9. L. lat. 105. A smaller specimen, No. 21,256, 9^ inches long, was also received. 28. ECHENEIDID^. 66. Echeueis naucrateoides Zuiew. — Sucker. A young individual, No. 21,482 (13), 6 mches in length, remarkable from the tact that the tip of the caudal fin is cuneate in outline. The coloration is much the same as in adult individuals of the species, except that the white on the dorsal, anal, and caud?il fins is more conspicuous and occupies a wider area. The dorsal and anal fins are essentially white, with the spaces at the base of the fins and between each pair of rays of the same color with the darkest portion of the body. The white areas upon the high anterior portions of the dorsal and anal occupy more than half of the height of these fins. Upon the posterior portion of these fins, the white area is reduced to a marginal line. The white patches on the outer angles of the caudal fin are so arranged that the dark jjortion of this fin is outlined upon the white in a lanceolate form. The pectoral fins are lightly margined with white posteriorly \ D..XXI, 35; A. 33. Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 10 ]Vov. 5. I 8-79. 146 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 29. SPHYR^NID^. 67. Sphyreena picuda. We have made a preliminary study of the specimens of Spliyrama in tlie National Museum, which has convinced us that the number of scales in the lateral line is very variable, and must be used with caution as a specific character. We recognize three species on our coast : 1. Sphym'na jncuda, with comparatively large scales, 81 or more in the lateral line, and the dorsal inserted far in advance of the middle of the body, and in front of the vertical from the tip of the pectoral. We have seen this species from Cuba, the Bermudas, from West Florida (collected by Dr. J. W. Velie), and from South Florida (sent by Mr. E. G. Black- ford), a large individual, 37^ inches long. 2. Sphyy(cna boreaUs. We have examined numerous specimens of young Sphyraenas from Wood's Holl, the largest of which do not ex- ceed inches in length. We refer them provisionally to aV. horealis. These specimens agree quite closely with specimens of Spliyrwna^ from the Mediterranean and the Bermudas, in sluipe of body, in position ot fins, and in coloration. Others from the Canaries and from Europe be- long to a totally different species. There are two European species which have been confused by recent writers, and united under the name 8. vuJ(/arts: We are not at present able to untangle the synonymy. 3. A species which we provisionally refer to *S'. guaguancho, which in the position of the fins resembles S.picnda, though the scales are much smaller, 107 to 115 in the lateral line. Besides the Peiisacola specimen already mentioned, we have seen this species from Cuba and from Wood's IIoll, where a specimen (No. 21,226) nearly 22 inches long was obtained by Vinal N. Edwards, in July, 1876. 68. Sphyreena guaguancho Poey. A single specimen, Xo. 21,468, 18 inches long. The height of the body is 7 times in the total length without cau- dal; length of head 3^ to 3^ times, greatest in young. Diameter of eye contained 6 times in adult, 5^ in young ; operculum with two points. Length of pectoral equal to the postorbital portion of the head, 8i times in total in young, 9 times in adult ; its length greater than that of the ventrals, which are contained 3^ in head. Spines of the ventrals almost as long as the rays and ^ as long as the head. Origin of dorsal is far in front of the middle of the body, and in adults slightly, and in the young considerably, in advance of the perpendicular from the tip of the pectoral. The 5th dorsal spine is inserted exactly midway between the tip of the snout and the base of the middle caudal rays. The ven- trals inserted in advance of the dorsal. The interspace between the dorsals is contained 5^ to 5| times in the total without caudal. L. lat. 107 to 112; L. transv. U + 17. D. V, I, 9; A. II, 8 ; P. 16; C. 9 -f 8. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 147 The identification of this species was made from one of the types of Prof. Poey's original descriptions now preserved* in the National Museum. Ta1)le of Measurements. Current number of specimen. Locality Wood's noil, Massachusetts. 21,468. Pensacola, Fla. 4,725 a. Cuba. 4,725 6. Cuba. MiUi- metres. 100"^» Milli. length. '"^*'^^"- of length. Milli- metres. lOOths of length. Extreme length Length to origin of middle caudal rays Body: Greatest height Greatest width Height at ventrals Least height of tail Lengtli of caudal peduncle. .. Head: Greatest length Greatest width Width of interorbital area Length of snout Length of operculum Length of upper jaw Length of mandible Distance from snout to orbit. Diameter of orbit Dorsal (spinous) : Distance from snout Length of base Length of first spine Length of second spine Length of last spine Dorsal (soft) : Distance from snout Length of base Length of antecedent spine . . Length of first ray Length of longest ray Length of last ray Anal : Distance from snout Length of base Length of first spine Length of second spine Length of first ray Length of longest ray Length of last ray Caudal: Length of middle rays Lenjjth of exter- < upper nalrays \ lower Pectoral: Distance from snout Length Ventral : Distance from snout Length Branchiostegals Dorsal Anal Caudal Pectoral Ventral Number of scales in lateral line . . Number of transverse rows above I lateral line Number of transverse rows below lateral line vn V,L9 11,8 IV, 17, IV L12 L5 112 15 4H- VII V,I,9 n,8 L12 L5 106 15 17 5.8 15.5 14.0 21.0 45.0 9.2 9.0 8.0 5.5 10.5 10.6 as 10.0 "'6.6' 7. 6§ 20J 20J 33J 12" 9i V,L9 n,8 L12 L5 115, 120 18 18 148 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 30. MUGILID^. 69. Mugil albula I^'mn.—MtdMt. A single specimen, No. 21,331 (36). D. IV, 8; A. Ill, 8; P. 16; V. I, 5; C. 7 + 7. L.lat.42; L. trans. 13. Several small individuals of this species, No. 21,491, were also received. The largest measiued 6 inches in length ; those of intermediate size, 4 inches; many others from an inch to an inch and a half. Bottle No. 5,151 contains several specimens of this species collected in West Florida by Kaiser and Martin. ' 70. MTjgil brasiliensis Agassiz. — Silver Mullet. A single specimen. No. 21,498 (28), 11| inches in lengtli. D. IV, 9; A. Ill, 8 ; P. 17 ; V. I, 5; C. 14. L. lat. 38; L. trans. 12. 31. ATHERINID^. 71. Chirostoma peuinsulae .sp. uov. Goode & Beau. Two specimens (Nos. 21,481 a and 21,481 b) were sent from Pensacola by Mr. Stearns. We also have numerous specimens, No. 21,870, collected in Lake Monroe, Fla., by Prof. Baird. Diagnosis. — The origin of the anterior dorsal fin is far in advance of the anal fin and slightly in advance of the vent. The height of the body is contained 5 times in total length without caudal (6 times in total length) ; it is slightly less than the length of the head, and precisely equal to the length of the pectoral. The diameter of the eye is contained 3 to 3i times in the length of the head; is about equal to the length of the snout and to the width of the interorbital space. Mouth very protractile. Lower jaw long, contained 11 times in length of body without caudal, more than one-third of the length of the head, which is contained in total length of body 4 to 4J times. Silvery streak occupying the fourth and upper half of the fifth series of scales. Caudal deeply forked; lobes equal. D. V-VI, I, 8-9; A. I, 15-16; C. + 17 + ; P.I, 12; V. I, 5. L. lat. 38-39; L. trans. 9 J. 72. Chirostoma vagrans sp. nov. Goode & Bean. One specimen of this undescribed species (No. 22,848) was sent from Pensacola by Mr. Stearns, and two (Nos. 22,864 a and 22,864 &) were sent from Virginia. Diagnosis. — The origin of the anterior dorsal fin is situated i)ehiud a point midway between the origins of the ventral and anal fin and oppo- site the middle of the interspace between the anal fin and the vent. Height of the body contained 5i to 6 times in length without caudal, and 6§ in total length, considerably less than length of head and length of pectoral. Diameter of the eye contained 3 times in length of head, greater than length of snout, and less than width of interorbital space. Mouth slightly protractile. Lower jaw contained 15J times in length PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 149 of body without caudal, and equal to diameter of eye, which is one- third the length of the head, which is contained in total length 4f times. Silvery streak occupying the lower two-thirds of the third and the upper third of the fourth series of scales. Caudal slightly forked ; lobes equal. Vertical fins excessively scaly. Scales of body large. D. Y, I, 7 5 A. I, 18; C. -f 17 + ; P. I, 13; V. 1-5. L. lat. 48; L. trans. 7. The measurements of both species are here given. Table of Measurements. Species : Chirostoma vagrans. 22,848. Pensacola, Fla. 22,864 a. Virginia. 22,864 &. Virginia. ivriiii- metres. lOOths of length. Milli- metres. lOOths of length. MHli- metres. lOOths of length. 117 100 :::::::: :;:::;:; ! 101 i Length to ongin of midiiie caudal rays Body: 90 85 17 10 17 8 1 9 a 60 7 76i 1 64 22 5 10+ 17 9 17 8 21 60 6 76 8 1 63 22 4i ? 23 20 44 10 18 Greatest width Least height of tail Head: Greatest width To Length of snout Len gth of mandible Diameter of orbit 6i 61 Dorsal (spinous) : Distance from snout Dorsal (soft) : Distance from snout 75 8 Len""th of first ray Length of last ray ' Anal: Distance from snout Lenii'th of base 23 Length of last ray Caudal: Length of middle rays 13 1" Length of external rays. . '>0 Pectoral: Distance from snout 21i 44 11 Length ^y Ventrall Distance from snout 10 VI V,L7 L18 48 7 Dorsal T T,I,_7 + 17+ 1,13 L5 48 7 V,L7 1,18 + 17 + Yl 48 7 Anal Caudal Pectoral Ventral Number of scales in lateral line 150 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Taile of Measurements — Coutinued. Species : Chirostoma peninsulce. 21,481 a. 21,481 b. Locality Pensacola, Ma. Pensacola, Pla. Mim- metres. lOOths of length. MiUi- metres. lOOths of length. 91 76 50 Leugth to origin of middle caudal rays Body: Grcatr^t lioin'ht . . 19 10 18 9 24 10 6 9 7 51 9 70 11 5 13 13 6 64 20 13 7 11 21 24 19 43 12 19 lOi ll.i-lit atv.utrals I fist hci'^lit of tail 18" 8 Head : 25 11 7i LenSth of niandi'ble 8 Dorsal (spinous) : Dorsal (soft) : Distance from snout 13 Anal : lien^th of first spine 14J 1 Caudal: 13 22 Pectoral : Length 19 YentralT V,I,'8' I, IG 38 9 1,15 1,5 39 9 13 Dorsal Caudal "Ventral 1 32. BELONIDiE. 73. Belone longirostris (Mitcliill) Gill. — Needle-fish. A single specimen, No. 21,409, 20^ inclies in length. D. 15 ; A. 18. A specimen, No. 21,288, from the St. John's Eiver, G. Brown Goode, has the following radial formula : D. 14 ; A. 18. Others from the same source have, No. 19,070: D. 10; A. 19; and No. 18,441: D. 10; A. 19. Dr. Giinther's statement that the number of dorsal and anal rays in southern specimens is less than in those from the north seems scarcely tenable. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 151 74. Belone notata Poey. Belone notata Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1860, p. 293. A single specimen of tliis species, not liitlierto recorded from the coast of the United States, collected by Kaiser and Martin in West Florida, in 3864 or earlier. This specimen, No. 5,147, is 15f inches in length. D. IS; A. 14 j P. 11; Y. C; C. 15. 33. CYPRINODONTID^. 75. Cypriiiodon variegatus Lac^iiede. — Minnoic. ^ Several very large specimens, No. 21,494 (49), were sent from Pensa- cola by Mr. Stearns. 76. Mollinesia latipinna Le Sueur. The Museum has a bottle, No. 22,845, containing several large speci- mens of this species from Pensacola, Fla. Donor unknown. The largest specimens measure 3^ inches in length, and one male has a dorsal fin one inch in length. 77. Fundulus grandis Baird & Girard. Fundulus (jrandis B. & G., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vi, 1853, p. 389. An individual. No. 22,847, 5-fu inches in length, was sent from Pensa- cola by Mr. Stearns. D. 13; A. I, 10; V. I, 5; P. II, IG; C. V, 18, V. L. lat. 3G; L. trans. 15. This Cyprinodont corresponds completely with the Fundulus grandis of Baird and Girard. Concerning the identity of this species with the Fun- dulus heteroclitus of Linnseus or the Fundulus xnsculentus of authors we are not prepared to express an opinion. 78. Hydrargyra similis Baird & Girard. — Minnow. Hijdrargyra similis B. & G., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1853, p. 389. A female. No. 21,484, sent by Mr. Stearns from Pensacola, 5J inches long, agrees sutficiently well with Baird and Girard's Hydrargyra similis. D. 13; A. 11. L. lat 33; L. trans. 13. A specimen. No. 22,850, D. 12; A. 8|; P. I, 18; V. I, 5. 34. CLUPEIDJE. 79. Brevoortia patronus Goode. — Alewife. Numerous specimens of this species were obtained, the largest of which did not exceed 7 inches in length. Four specimens are included under catalogue No. 21,341; eleven under original No. 93, No. 22,808; six under No. 22,809, original No. 103 ; seven under No. 22,810, original No. 8G. Specimens of this species were sent to the National Museum as early as 18G4 by Kaiser and Martin, who collected in West Florida. 80. Opisthonema thrissa (Linn.) Gill. • A single specimen, No. 21,4G2 (G3), 5J inches long. D. 12; A. 28. 152 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 81. Pomolobus chrysochloris Eafinesquc. — "Shad." One of the most interesting facts brought to notice by this collection is the occurrence in the Gulf of Mexico of this species, hitherto thought to live only in fresh waters. Three individuals, Nos. 21,778, 21,770, 21,780, were received, Decem- ber 0, 1878, from the Pensacola Ice Company, the largest 15J inches in length. 82. Harengula pensacolae sp. nov. Goode & Bean. — Aleivife. The species is by its form most closely associated with Harengula macrophthaJma, while in other respects it resembles Harengula cluj)eola and Harengula humeraUs. The head is very short, its length contained 4 times in the length of the fish without caudal, and nearly 5 times in its extreme length, to line drawn between the tips of the caudal lobes. In H. sardina Poey {=H macroi)hthaltna Eanz., Jide GUnther), the head is contained 3.J times in body-length; in H. clupeola Cuv. & Val. (as identified by Poey), a much more elongate species, oh to Sf; in H. callolejm sp. nov., Goode, MS., from the Bermudas, 3i to of times. The body is high, with projecting belly, the contour resembling that of the Common Shad, Alosa sajjidissima, its height at the posterior ex- tremity of the operculum being greater than the distance from the tip of the lower jaw to the posterior extremity of the operculum : in the other species it is less, notably so in H. ealloleim, in which the height at this point barely equals the distance from the tip of the lower jaw to the posterior edge of the preoperculnm. The height of the body is contained in its length (without caudal) 2^ to 3 times (in H. sardina 3 times; in H. elupeola 3i times; in H. callole- ])is 3| to 4 times, being equal to the length of the head). Scales of the back in front of dorsal with radiating strijie and sharply serrated edges, these features being less prominent in the one or two rows on each side next to the dorsal. Other scales smooth, with irregu- lar, but unarmed free margins. When detached they show from three to seven parallel vertical lines, these lines being most numerous posteri- orly ; upon the nuchal scales these are scarcely present, and they are not visible when attached to the skin, as they are in H. sardina (in H. clupeola the striations of the nuchal scales are very evident, though the edges are not armed, and the lateral scales exhibit vertical ridges, but in smaller number, ranging from one or more anteriorly to three posteriorly; in H. callolcpis the nuchal scales are smooth, unstriated, unarmed; the lateral scales from the anterior part of the body are marked with lines not even approximately parallel, and neither straight nor extending over the whole scale, as in the other : on the scales of the posterior part of the body, the markings are very irregular, some- tildes showing as many as nine or ten irregular waving, approximately parallel, undulating lines, at others with the vertical lines coalescing PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 153 with irregularly undulating horizontal lines, to form a graceful, irregular network). Scales arranged in 40 transverse and 11^ longitudinal rows. In H. sardina 40 (38-42 according to Giinther); in ^. callolepis 38, as nearly as can be ascertained from specimens partly denuded of scales, and 10^ longitudinal rows. Lower jaw moderately long, its length included nearly 3 times in distance from snout to origin of dorsal, and equal to half the distance from tip of snout to the posterior margin of the operculum (in H. clu- peola and in H. sardina equalling half length of head as measured above, in S. callolepis less than half; in H. calloJepis contained about 2§ times in distance from tip of snout to posterior margin of operculum, in H. sardina 2J^ times, in B. pensacohv nearly 3 times). The maxillary extends behind the front margin of the orbit, as in all species of the genus which have been examined. Teeth very small, inconspicuous in the jaws. A large patch of asper- ities on the tongue nearly covering its upper surface (iu 11. callolepis this patch is much smaller, lanceolate in form); cheeks and opercula veined prominently. Gill-rakers fine, closely set, shorter than the eye, about 50 on one side of the first arch (in H. callolepis they are thick, stiff', wiry, not closely set, about 40 in number; in R. sardina they are much the same as in H. callolepis iu shape and arrangement, and the number does not exceed 42 ; in S. clupeola they are somewhat shorter, and number at least 50). Eye large, its diameter longer than snout, contained about 3 times in the length of the head (in H. sardina the length of the snout nearly equals the eye, and in if. callolepis this is also the case, the diameter of the eye, however, being still about ^ of the length of the head). Dorsal fin inserted midway between snout and base of caudal, the ventral also originating at a point equidistant from snout and origin of upper caudal lobe (in R. cliqieola the ventral is placed midway, while the dorsal is very slightly nearer to the snout than to the base of the upper caudal lobe; in R. callolepis the ventral is midway, while the dorsal is nearer to the base of tlie upper caudal lobe by a distance nearly equal to the diameter of the pupil of the eye ; in R. sardina the ventral is nearer to the snout, the dorsal nearer to the base of the superior caudal ray by a distance nearly equal to the diameter of the orbit). There are 12 abdominal scutes behind the base of the ventral fin, as is the case also with R. callolepis and R. sardina, R. clupeola having 14. A high shield of scales enclosing the base of the dorsal and anal fins. D. 10; A. 17; V. 8; P. 15; C. 10 {R. callolepis ^vas D. 17; A. 17; P. 16: C. 15). Two specimens, :N'o. 22,831 (29), were obtained by Mr. Stearns. 154 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 35. CYPRINID^. 83. Notemigonus americanus (Linu.) Joitlaii. — Boach ; Sucker. A single specimen, Ko. 21,4G5 (55). D. II, 7; A. II, 1, 13; P. 1, 15; V. I, 7. L. lat. 47 ; L. trans. 15. 36. SILURID^. 84. Ariopsis felis (Linn.) Gill «Ss Jordan. — Salt-icater Catfish. A single specimen, i^o. 21,487 (58), 11 1 inclies in length. D I, 7 +1; A. 18; P. I, 10; V. G. 37. ANGUILLID^. 85. Anguilla wilgaris Turtou. — Eel. A single specimen. No. 22,813 (101), 22 inclies in length. A stont and short-headed form, agreeing essentially with A. hostoniensis as defined by Giinther, except that the distance between the origin of the dorsal and anal fins is considerably greater than the length of the head. The thick lips and shape of the body suggest Girard's Anguilla tyranmis from the Gulf of Mexico. 38. MUR^NID^. 86. Crotalopsis mordax (Pocy). Coi){/er mordax PoEY, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1860, j). 319. Macrodonoplm mordax Poey, Rept. Fis.-Nat. Cuba, ii, 1868, j). 252, plate ii, fig. 9 (head). This species is probably the Crotalopsis pumtifcr oi'K'A\\\)* and called by Giinther Ophichthys imnctifer. We have had no opportunity of exam- ining the original description by Kaup, and Dr. Giinther does not claim to have seen specimens of this species. We therefore provisionally adopt the name of Poey, being fully convinced that the specimen described by him is specifically identical with a specimen. No. 17,17G, 33 inches in length, sent to the National Museum from Pensacola, Fla., by r. B. Stevenson, U. S. N. A specimen, No. 22,844, was sent from West Florida by Kaiser and Martin in 18G4. 87. Gymnothorax ocellatus Agassiz. Gymnoihorax occUattis Agassiz, in Spix Pise. Bras. 1829, p. 91, pi. L. b. Miiraim occUata GCnth., Cat. Fishes Brit. Mas. viii, 1870, p. 102. Neomiira^na nUjromarejinata GiRAUD, Ichthyology, U. S. Geol. Survey, 1859, p. 76, pi. xli. The Museum has a bottle. No. 5,1G0, containing many specimens of this species, old and young, collected in West Florida by Kaiser and Martin. The largest measure 16 inches ; the smallest about 5. * Abhandl, naturwiss. Vereiu Hamburg, iv, 2, 1860, (1859), p. xii, Taf. i. Fig. 3. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 155 The coloration of these specimens is various and in general corre- sponds with the description given by Giinther. Agassiz's figure repre- sents a fish ornamented with fewer and larger spots than in these Florida specimens, which show the spots very closely contiguous, espe- cially on the head. Some of these specimens show narrow^ longitudinal brown lines upon the throat and posterior part of the head below the branchial opening. The markings on the dorsal fin are also somewhat, different from any heretofore described. We observe a regularlj" undu- lating line of white about as wide as the pupil of the eye, the upper undulations extendiug to the edges of the fin ; between these undula- tions are sub-triangular spots of blackish browu, which together form an interrupted black margin to the fin. These markings, and indeed the general appearance of the fish, are perhaps best represented bj' Girard's figure, which, however, fails to indicate the white undulating line already mentioned. The Museum has also a bottle, No. 5,997, containing old and young specimens of this species from Cedar Keys, Florida. We have examined a specimen, apparently of this species, catalogued "No. 7,004, St. Joseph's Island, Texas, Geo. Wiirdemann," which we believe to be the original type of Girard's Neonmrwna nigromarginata. 88. Herpetoichthys ocellatus (Les.)- MKrwnojyliis ocellatus Le Sueur, Joiirn. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pbila. vol. v, p. 108, pi. iv, fig. 3. A fine specimen, No. 22,289, measuring 575 millimetres. 89. Neoconger mucronatus Girard. An eel-like fish, No. 5,1G1, 15 inches in length, sent from West Florida in 18G3 or 18G4: by Messrs. Kaiser and Martin, appears to have been described by Girard under the name Neoconger mucronatus. 39. LEPIDOSTEID^. 90. Lepidosteus platystomus Ra&ncsqnc.—AWgator Gar; Gar Pike. A single specimen, 15 inches in length, No. 21,485. D. 8 j A. 8 j P. 10 ; V. 6; C. 12. L. lat. 57 ; L. trans. |. 40. CEPHALOPTERID^. 91. Ceratoptera birostris (Walbaiim) Goode & Bean. Said to be of frequent occurrence in the Gulf of Mexico. 41. MYLIOBATID^. 92. Rhinoptera quadriloba (Les.) Cuv. — Skate; Whijiperee; Corn-cracker. A large female specimen. No. 21,221. f 156 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 42. TRYGONID^. 93. Trygon sabina Le SvEVR.—Stingarce. A single specimen, No. 21,470 (40), length of body 6^^ inches ; width of body 6i inches ; length of tail 7f + inches. A specimen, No. 22,804, length of body 11 inches ; width 10 inches ; length of tail 11 ^\- inches. ? with tail of young protruding. A young male, No. 22,818, 3-,\- inches in length; width of body 3^ inches; length of tail 7 inches. 43. GALEORIIINID^. 94. Hypoprion brevirostris Poey. This Cuban species was collected in West Florida by Dr. J. W. Velie. 44. GINGLYMOSTOMATID^. 95. Ginglymostoma cirratum (Gmeliu) M. & H. A large indi^^dual was obtained in West Florida by Dr. J. W. VeUe. ISToTE. The following new species from the Gulf of Mexico are enu- merated in this paper. Those marked by asterisks have been described on previous pages of these Proceedings ; those in itahcs were first sent by Mr. Stearns. 29. Seriola Stearnsii, Goode & Beau.* 33. CaulolaMlus microps, Goode & Bean.* 42. Eucinostomus harengulus, Goode & Bean. 4G. Pagellus Milneri, Goode & Bean. 50. Lutjanus Stearnsii, Goode & Bean.* 51. Lutjanus Blackfordii, Goode & Bean.* 55. Epinephelus Drummond-Hayi, Goode & Bean.* 59. Trisotropis microlepis, Goode & Bean. 71. Chirostoma peninsulie, Goode & Bean. 72. Chirostoma vagrans, Goode & Bean. 79. Brevoortia i^atronus, Goode.* 82. Rarcngula pensacol(e, Goode & Bean. (82 a. Harengula callolepis, Goode, from Bermuda.) 9 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 157 NOTES OTS NEW ENGIiAND ISOPODA. By OSCAR KARC^ER. The marine Isopoda collected by the United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries having been placed in my hands by Professor Yer- rill, a report has been prepared including full descriptions, with figures of most of the species, except the Bopyridce. Besides the collections of the Fish Commission, I haA^e, through the kindness of Professor Yer- rill, had access to other extensive collections made principally hj him- self and Prof. S. I. Smith, at various points along the coast from Great Egg Harbor, Kew Jersey, to the Bay of Fundy, as is more fully detailed in the report now ready for publication. On account of unexpected delay in the publication of the report, it has been thought best to pre- pare the following brief summary of its contents, with especial reference to facts not hitherto published. Only such references are here given as are necessary to the understanding of the names adopted, and, in gen- eral, the distribution on the New England coast only is indicated. The Bopyridce have been identified by Professor S. I. Smith, who has also rendered other important assistance in the preparation of the re- port, of which the present paper may be regarded as an abstract. The Oniscidce, not being properlj^ marine, are in general not included in the report ; but three species, two of them as yet found only on the coast, are included as being commonly found by marine collectors. They are the first three of the following list, which embraces also all the marine Isopoda known to inhabit the waters of New England : Pbiloscia vittata Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. i, p. 429, 1818. A southern species found as far north as Barnstable, Mass. Scyphacella arenicola Sinitli, Eep. U. S. I'ish Com., part i, p. 568 (274), 1874. Sandy beaches, from Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, to Nantucket, Mass. Not yet found north of Cape Cod. Actoniscus ellipticus Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., Ill, yoI. xx, p. 373, 1878. Shores of Long Island Sound at Savin Eock, and Stony Creek, near New Haven. Collected by Professor Yerrill. Cepon distortus Leidy, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., II, vol. iii, p. 150, pi. si, figs. 20-32, 1855. " Branchial cavity of GelasiTmis piigllator, Atlantic City, New Jersey." Gyge Hippolytes Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sess. Crust., vol. 11, p. 230, 18&S.— i>o- 2>!irus Hippohjies Kroyer, Gronlauds Amfipoder, p. 306, pi. iv, fig. 22, " 1838." Parasitic on Hippolyte, etc., and found as far south as Massachusetts Bay. 158 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Phryxus abdominalis Lilljeborg, Ofvcrsigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps Akademiens Fih-h. Stockholm, 1852, p. ll.~Bopyrus aMominaUs Kroyer, Natnrhist. Tidssk. , Bind iii, p. 102, 289, pi. 1, 2, (1840); Gaimard's Voyage en Scandinavia, etc., Atlas, pi. xxix, fig. 1 a-u, "1849," Parasitic on Pandalus, Hippolyte, etc., and found as far south as Massachusetts Bay. Dajus mysidis Kroyer, Gaimard's Voyage en Scandinavie, etc.. Atlas, pi. xxviii, fig. 1, " 1849." — Bopijrns mysidum Packard, Mem. Soc. Nat. Hist. Boston, vol. 1, p. 295, pi. viii, fig. 5, 1867. Parasitic on 3fysis, but not hitherto found south of Labrador. Jgera albifrons Leach, Edinburgh Encyclopaedia, vol. vii, p. 434, " 181.3-14"; Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xi, p. 373, 1815.— Ja-ra copiosa Stinipson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p. 40, pi. iii, fig. 29, 1853. Common throughout the Kew England coast under sea-weed, in tide pools, etc. A comparison of specimens received from Oban, Scotland, through the kindness of Eev. A. M. Norman, indicates that our species must be regarded as identical with the well-known British species, and is therefore common to the two coasts. Janira alta=:^sf?/o(/('s alta Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p. 41, pi. iii, fig, 30, 1853. A northern species not as yet found south of Massachusetts Bay, oc- casionally collected in tide-pools, but usually dredged, and extending to a depth of 190 fathoms. This s])ecies is easily distinguished specifically from J. maculosa Leach, the type of the genus, but does not appear to differ by characters of generic importance, and I have therefore referred it to the older genus. Janira spinosa, n. sp. A second species of this genus was obtained in the summer of 1878, and on examination it appears to be as yet undescribed, although some- what resembling J. laciniata G. O. Sars, but distinguished by the double instead of single row of spines along the dorsal region of the thorax. The head is strongly rostrate, and has the antero-lateral angles acutely produced, but shorter than the median rostrum. The eyes are small and black, and placed a little behind the middle of the head, at about an equal distance from the median line and the lateral margin. The anteimuliP are slender, and slightly surpass the first four segments of the antenna^. The antenufe are about as long as the head and thorax togetlier, and the scale attached to the second peduncular segment is slender and pointed, surpassing the third segment. The flagellum forms about half the length of the antenna, and is slender, tapering, and multi-" articulate. The thoracic segments are all acutely produced at the sides into one or two salient angles, forming a row of acute serrations along the sides of the body. The first segment has a single angle produced somewhat PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 159 forward around the sides of the head ; the second, third, and fourth segments usually present two serrations, both the anterior and posterior angles being produced and acute, and the last three segments are pro- duced and directed more and more backward. In the dorsal region, each segment bears a pair of shaiTp tubercles or spines. Anteriorly these spines are near the front margins of the segments and directed forward, but become posteriorly more erect and nearer the middle of the segment, and the last three pairs are directed backward, the last pair being near the hinder margin of the seventh segment. The legs are slightly spiny, the first pair but little thickened in the females. The pleon tapers at the sides, where it is minntely serrulate. Its posterior angles are salient and acute, like the anterior angles of the head. The uropods are of moderate length, about as long as the pleon, and composed of a cylindrical basal segment, bearing two rami, of which the inner is somewhat the larger, and nearly as long as the basal segment. Both, together with the basal segment, are sparingly bristly. The color in alcohol is nearly white. Length S"""'. Two specimens of this species were collected at Banquereau by Cap- tain Collins, of the schooner Marion, August 25, 1878. They were found adhering to the cable of the schooner. Mimna Pabricii Krojer, Naturliist. Tidssk., II, Biutl ii, p. 380, 1847 ; Gaimard's Voyage en Scaudinavie, etc., Atlas, pi. 31, figs. 1 a-q, 1849. Casco Bay, near Portland, Me., Eastport and Western Bank, from low water to 150 fathoms. Munnopsis typica M. Sars, Cliristiania Vidensk. Selsk., 1860, p. 84, 1861; Bidrag til Kuudskab om Cliristiania Fjordens Fauna (Nyt Magaziu), p. 70, pi. vi, vii, figs. 101-138, 1868. This species has been taken in the Bay of Fundy in 60 fathoms; also, by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves, in the Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Eurycope robusta Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., Ill, vol. xv, p. 375, 1878. Not yet found south of the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, where it was taken by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves in 220 fathoms, muddy bottom. Chiridotea cceca Harger, Am. Jonr. Sci., Ill, vol. xv, p. 374,1878. — IdotcacoccaSaj, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Fliil., vol. i, p. 424, 1818. Common on the southern coast of New England, and taken as far north as Halifax in the summer of 1877. Chiridotea Tuftsii Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., Ill, vol. xv, p. 374,1878.— Idotca Tufisii Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p. 39, 1853. This species has been taken at various points along the coast from Long Island Sound to Halifax, but was regarded as rare until the sum- mer of 1878, when it was collected in abundance at Gloucester, Mass. 160 PKOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Idotea irrorata Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tomo iii, p. 132, 1840. — Stenosoma irro- rafa Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. i, p. 42.3, 1818. — Idoiea iricusjndata Desmarest, Diet, des Sci. nat., tome xx\'iii, ji. 373, 1823; ConsitL Crust., p. 289, 182o. This species is commoD throughout the coast of New Enghxiul, but is more abuudaut southward, being to a great extent rephiced toward the north by the next species. A comi^arison of English and European specimens with our own leaves no doubt of the identity of the species on the opposite coasts of the Atlantic. Being a common European species, it has been mentioned by many authors under a variety of names, which are more fully quoted and discussed in the report. Say's name appears to be the earliest that can be certainly connected with the species. Idotea phosphorea Harger, Rep. U. S. Fish Com., part i, p. 569 (275), 1874. Found throughout the coast, but more abundant northward. Idotea robusta Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidssk., II, Bind ii, p. 108, 1846; Gaimard's Voyage en Scaudiuavie, etc., Atlas, pi. xxvi, fig. 3 a-r, 1849. A pelagic species. Synidotea uodulosa Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., Ill, vol. xv, p. 374, 1878. — Idothea nodulosa Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidssk., II, Biud ii, p. 100, 1846; Gaimard's Voyage en Scaudiuavie, etc.. Atlas, pi. xxvi, fig. 2, 1849. A northern species, found at Halifax, JST. S., and 125 miles southward, in from 10 to 190 fathoms. Also from George's Bank. Synidotea bicuspida = /rfofm hicuspida Oweu, Voyage of the Blossom, Crustacea, p. 92, pi. xxvii, fig. 6, 1839. — Idotcea marmorata Packard, Mem. Soc. Nat. Hist. Boston, vol. i, p. 296, jd. viii, fig. 6, 1867. — Idotea pulchra Lockington, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. vii, p. 45, 1877. The determination of the synonymy of this species rests i^rincipally ui^on the work of Messrs. Streets and Kingsley in the Bulletin of the Essex Institute, vol. ix, p. 108, 1877. It has not yet been found south of the Grand Bank. Erichsonia filiformis Harger, Rep. U. S. Fish Com., part i, p. 570 (276), pi. vi, fig. SIG, 1-^74. — Stenosoma JiUformis Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. i, p. 424, 1818. A southern species, not yet found north of Cape Cod. Erichsonia attenuata Harger, Rep. U. S. Fish Com., part i, p. 570 (276), pi. vi, fig. 27, 1874. Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, and Noank, Conn. The species will probably be found at other localities, among eel -grass, on the southern shore of New England. Epelys trUobus Smith, Rep. U. S. Fish Com., parti, p. 571 (277), pi. vi, fig. 28, 1874.— Idotea triloba Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. i, p. 425, 1818. A southern species, rare north of Cape Cod, but extending, with some other southern species, to Quahog Bay, on the coast of Maine. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 161 Epelys montosus Harger, Eep. U. S. Fish Com., part i, p. 571 (277), 187i.—Idotca monlosa Stiiupsou, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p. 40, 1853. Eeplaces the preceding species for the most part at the north, but found also as far soutli as Long Island Sound. It has been obtained from a depth of 40 fathoms. Astacilla granulata=-Leac7(ia (jramdata G. 0. Sars, Arch. Math, og Naturvid. Chris- tiania, B. ii, p. 351 (proper paging 251), ISll .—Astacilla Americana Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., Ill, vol, xv, p. 374, 1878. St. George's Banks, 1877, and Banquereau, 1878. I have seen no specimens of Sars's species for comparison, but his description appears to apply perfectly to the specimens described by myself before seeing his paper. Sphaeroma quadridentatum Say, Jonr. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. i, p. 400, 1818. A southern species, scarcely passing north of Cape Cod, but occurring at Provincetown, Mass. Liranorla lignorum White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust., p. 227, 1857. — " Cymot1ioali{inorum Rathke, Skrivt. af Naturh. Selsk. v. 101, t. 3, f. 14, 1799."— Limnona terebrans Leach, Edinburgh Encyc, voL vii, p. "433, 1813-14"; Trans. Liuu. Soc. Lon- don, vol. xi, p. 371, 1815. This genus was associated with the Asellidce by Edwards without an examination of the specimens, and, so far as I know, he has been followed by recent authors. An examination of its structure appears to point unmistakably to affinity with the Sphccromidce. I have not, however, thought best to include it in that family, but liave placed it in a family by itself, the Limnoriida\ The species extends throughout the New England coast. Cirolana concharum = ConiZera conclmrum Harger, Rep. U. S. Fish Com., parti, p. 572 (278), 1874. — J£ga conclmrum Stimj)son, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p.. 42, 1853. Not found north of Cape Cod, but abundant at Vineyard Sound. Cirolana pdlita^Conilera polita Harger, in Smith and Harger, Trans. Conn. Acad.,, vol. iii, p. 3, 1874. — jEga polita Stimpsou, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p. 41,, 1853.. St. George's Banks, Salem, and Eastport (Stimpson), rare. psora Kroyer, Gronlands Amfipoder, p. 318, "1838." — Oniscm psora Liim<^, Syst. Nat., ed. x, torn, i, p. 636, 1758. — jEga emarf/inata Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xi, p. 370, 1818. Parasitic on the Cod, Halibut, etc. ; also dredged on St. George's. Banks. Nerocila munda Harger, Rep. U. S. Fish Com., part i, p. 571 (277), 1874. On dorsal fin of Ceratacanthus aurantiacus, Vineyard Sound.. .ffigathoa loliginea Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., Ill, vol. xv, p. 376, 1878. Mouth of Squid, New Haven, Conn. Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 11 ]^ov. S, 1879. 1G2 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Livoneca ovalis Wliite, List Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 109, 1847.— Cymothoa oralis Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. i, p. 394, 1818. "White and several other British carciuologists use the orthography Lironeca; but in the Dictionuaire des Sciences naturelles, tome sii, where the genus is established by Dr. Leach, the name occurs, in French and Latin, nine times on pages 352 and 353, spelled always with v as the third letter. I have, therefore, adhered to that orthography, although there is reason for supposing that Dr. Leach intended to use the form Lironeca. Parasitic on Bluefish, etc. ; not yet found north of Cape Cod. Anthura polita Stimpsou, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. vii, p. 393, 18o5.—Anthura hntnuea Hargcr, Rep. U. S. Fish Com., part i, p. 572 (278), 1874. A southern species, not found north of Cape Cod until the summer of 1878, when it was taken at Gloucester, Mass. Usually found among Eel-grass or mud in shallow water. Paranthura hrachiata. — Aiithum hrachiata Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p. 43, 1853. A northern species, but found as far south as Vineyard Sound, from 27 to 115 fathoms. Ptilanthura tenuis Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., Ill, vol. xv, p. 377, 1878. Eare, but found throughout the Xevv England coast. The remarkably elongate flagellum of the antennulse belongs to the males only. Gnathia cerina. = Praiiiza cerina Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p. 42, pi. iii, lig. 31, 1853; and, also, Anceus AmeHcanns Stimpsou, op. cit., p. 42, 1853; the former being the female form and the latter that of the adult male. A northern species, not yet found south of Cape Cod, occurring in from 10 to 220 fathoms, and, in the young stages, parasitic on fish. Tanais vittatus Lilljeborg, Bidrag til Kiinn. Crust. Tanaid., p. 29, 186^.— Crossiirus viffatHS Rathke, Fauna Norwcgeus, (Nova Acta Acad., vol. xx,)p. 39, pi. i, figs. 1-7, 1843. This species has been found at Noank Harbor, Conn., and will proba- bly be found at other locahties on our coast. I have had no European specimens for comparison, and, unfortunately, have not had access to some important European literature on the subject, but do not know of any character by which to distinguish it from Eathke's species, and have therefore regarded it as identical. This genus is well separated from the next by the pleon, which bears only three pairs of jdeopods and uniramous uropods, and by the remark- able incubatory sacs attached to the fifth thoracic segment of the females, and unlike anything else found among the Isopoda. They have been described by Eathke, Willemoes-Suhm, and others. LeptocheUa algicola.— Paratanais algicola Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., Ill, vol. xv, p. 377, 1878.— Lcptochclia Edwardsii Bate and Wostwood, Brit. Sess. Crust., vol. ii, p. 134, 1868, (males).— TflHflis fihimKaTger, Rep. U. S. Fish Com., part i, p. 573 (279), 1874, not of Stimpson. A male specimen, received from Guernsey, through the kindness of PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 163 Eev. A. M. IsTorman, appears to agree perfectly with tlie males of this species, though not with Kroyer's description of Tanais EdwardsU. I have not therefore united my species with his, though I think it possi- ble they may prove identical. The species occurs in considerable abundance at Noank Harbor, Conn., among algce, and also at Vineyard Sound, and will probably bo found at other localities on the southern shore of New England. It has also been collected by Professor Verrill, during the present summer, at Pro- vincetown, Mass., in company with Limnorla and Chelura, in old piles. The genus Leptoclielia has several years' priority over Paratanais, and, though founded on the male sex, ought, as I think, to be retained. Leptochelia limicola=r'rtmfa«flis?(m(co?aHarger, Am. Jour. Sci., Ill, vol. xv,p. 373, 1878. Massachusetts Bay, olf Salem, 48 fathoms, mud. Leptochelia rapax, u. s. Females of this species considerably resemble those of L. Umicola, but nuiy be distinguished by the following characters : The eyes are larger and more conspicuous; the last segment of the antennulje is scarcely longer than the preceding, instead of nearly twice as long, as in X. Umicola; the dactylus of the second pair of legs is somewhat shorter and the terminal spine less attenuated, and the external ramus of the uropods consists of a single very short and small segment, shorter than the basal segment of the inner ramus, which is not elongated. The inner ramus is live-jointed, instead of six-jointed, as in L. algicola. The males are remarkable for the long and slender prehensile hand terminating the first pair of legs. The body of the males is short and robust, with the segments well marked by constrictions. The head, with the united first thoracic segment, is short and rounded, bulging strongly at the sides just behind the eyes, which are conspicuous, some- what less in diameter than the bases of the antennulte, distinctly articu- lated, and coarsely faceted. The antennuhe are elongated, especially in the basal segment, which is more than one-third as long as the body, slightly swollen on the inner side, near the base, then tapering to the tip; the second segment is cylindrical, less than half as long as and more slender than the first ; the third is less than half the length of the second, and is followed by about eight short flagellar seg- ments, the last one tipped with seta". The antennje, when extended, do not attain the end of the basal antennular segment ; the first three seg- ments are short, the fourth longest, being longer than the first three together, the fifth slender and tipped with sette. The terminal seti^e of both antennuLTB and antennne arise in part fi*om minute or rudimen- tary terminal segments. The first pair of legs forms the most striking feature of this species. These legs, when extended, are in general longer than the body of the animal, though they vary considerably in size, being usually proportionally smaller in the smaller specimens. In these legs, the segments preceding the carpus are short and robust ; but the carpus is about half as long as the body, and the i^ropodus 164 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. is even somewhat longer than the carpus, and usually strongly flexed beneath it. More than half the length of the propodus is made up of the slender digital process, which bears a low tooth on the inner side, near the base, and a stouter one near the slender incurved tip. The dactylus is slender, curved, and pointed, and armed with a few weak spinules along the inner margin. The forceps thus formed are capable of seizing and closing around the body of another individual. The thoracic segments, except the first, are well separated ; the second (first free) segment is shortest ; the third, fourth, and fifth segments are of increasing length ; the sixth is as long as the fifth ; the seventh shorter. The first five segments of the pleon are of about equal length ; the sixth shorter and obtusely pomted in the middle. The uropods consist on each side of a robust basal segment, bearing two rami, the outer short, and composed of a single segment, the inner five-jointed and tapering. Both rami are sparingly bristly. The males vary in length from 2.G™°» to 3.8"^", and in breadth from O.G""" to CS™"". The females are more slender. Color in alcohol nearly white or marked in the males by a brownish transverse band along the posterior margin of each segment. This species was collected by Professor Hyatt and Messrs. Van ^^eck and Gardner at Annisquam, Mass., in the summer of 1878. Leptochelia filum= Tamisfilum Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manau, p. 43, 1853. " Bay of Fundy," Stimpson. Leptochelia ccsca — raratanais cccca Hargcr, Am. Jour. Sci., Ill, vol. xv, p. 378, 1878. Collected along with L. limicola in 48 fathoms, mud, Massachusetts Bay, oft' Salem, 1877. Of the forty-three species enumerated in the preceding list, the follow- ing eighteen have as yet been found only north of Cape Cod : Synidotea hictispida Harger. Astacilla granidata Harger. Cirolana polita Harger. Gyge Hlppohjics Bate and West- wood. Phryxus ahdominaUs Lilljeborg. Dajus mysidis Kroyer. Janira alta Harger. Janira spinosa Harger. Munna FabricU Kroyer. Munnopsis fypica M. Sars. Earycope robusta Harger. Synidotea nodulosa Harger. jEga psora Kroyer. Gnathia cerina Harger. Leptoclielia limicola Harger. Leptochelia rapax Harger. Leptoclielia filum Harger. Leptoclielia cceca Harger. The following ten have been found only south of Cape Cod : Cirolana concharum H^jger. Nerocila munda Harger. ^gathoa loliginea Harger. Livoneca ovalis White. Tanais vittatm Lilljeborg. Scyphacella arenlcola Smith. Actoniscus cllipticus Harger. Cepon distortus Leidy. Erichsonia filiformis Harger. Ericlisonia attenuata Harger. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 165 The following fifteen have been found both north and south of Cape Cod : Philoscia vittata Say. Jcera alhifrons Leach. Chiridotea coeca Harger. Chirklotea Tuftsii Harger. Idotea irrorata Edwards. Idotea phosphorea Harger. Idotea robusta I^'oyer. Upelys irilohus Smith. The following eleven species occur also on the coast of Europe : JEpelys montosus Harger. Sphwroma quadridentatum Say. Limnoria Ugnorum White. AntJmra polita Stimpson. Paranthura hmcMata Harger. Ptilanthura tenuis Harger. Leptoclielia algicola Harger. Gyge Rippohjtes Bate andWestwood. Phryxus abdominalis Lilljeborg. Jcira alhifrons Leach. Munna Fahricii Kroyer. Munnopsis typica M. Sars. Idotea irrorata Edwards. Astacilla granulata Harger. Limnoria Ugnorum White. ^ga psora Kroyer. Tanais vittatus Lilljeborg. Leptoclielia algicola Harger. NOTICE ©F BECEWT AODffTIONS TO THE MARIIVE INVEKTEBRATA, ©F TnaE IVOKTBBEASTE'RIV COAST OF AMEBECA, WITH MESCKQP- TI©]\S OF NEW <;EIVEBA AND SPECSES AND CBITICAt, BEITIABKS ON OTHFBS. PART I -ANNELIDA, GEPHYR^ A, NEMERTINA, NEMATODA, POLYZOA, TUNICATA, MOLLUSCA, ANTHOZOA, ECHINODERMATA, PORIFERA. By A. E. VERRILI.. Among the very extensive collections made during the past eight years by the U. S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries, under the direc- tion of Professor Baird, there are still many species not recorded as American in any of the re]wrts hitherto published ; most of these are well-known Arctic or Northern European species, but others are still undescribed. As the final reports on the different groups will require a long time for their completion, owing to the vast number of specimens to be examined from more than a thousand localities, it has been thought desh^able to record some of the more important additions to the fauna, without further delay.* More detailed descriptions and numerous fig- ures will be published in the final reports, together with the details of their geographical distribution. All the species included in the follow- ing list, unless otherwise stated, have been collected by the U. S. Fish Commission. ■"Many species have also been recorded in various articles in the American Journal of Science and Arts, during several years past. See, also, an important paper on the Podophthalmous Crustacea, by Professor S. I. Smith, and one on the Pycnogonida, by E. B. Wilson, in the Trans. Conn. Academy, vol. v, 1879, 166 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ANNELIDA. Sthenelais gracilis, sp. nov. A small, sleuder, delicate species. Scales white, smooth, outer edge vrith few (12-lG) very small, unequal, tapering papillte, which are not crowded, the longest about as long as the intervening spaces. Head short, broad, the posterior and lateral margins rounded, the front emar- ginate. Eyes black, conspicuous ; the posterior pair on the dorsal sur- face in advance of the middle of the head ; anterior pair nearer together, close to the anterior margin ; median antenna long, stout at base, tapering to a slender tip ; the palpi have about the same form and length as the median antenna. Dorsal sette longer than the ventral, extremely slender, tapering gradually toward the very tine tips, and very minutely serrulate. Upper ventral setra (2-4) simple, very slender, with the shaft smooth, the serrate portion broader, with rather long ascending spinules, the tips tapering to a long fine i)oint ; the median sette, above the acicula, have longer, much stouter, smooth shafts, expanded distally, with the terminal portion long, curved, divided into eight to twelve imperfect joints, taper- ing to very slender capillary tips, which are mostly acute, sometimes faintly hooked. Below the acicula there are others, similar in structure, but with the shaft not so stout, and with the terminal piece shorter, with fewer joints ; the lower portion of the liiscicle consists of numerous, much more slender, capillary seta3, with smooth shafts and very long, slender, tapering, terminal pieces, composed of ten to twelve or more imperfect joints. Harbor of Gloucester, Mass., 7 to 10 fathoms, sand, 1879 (U. S. Fish Commission). Described from alcoholic specimens. Sthenelais Emertoni, sp. uov. A small, slender species, with white, translucent scales, their outer edge with very small, nearly equal, slender papilhie, often slightly clavate at tip, and rather near together, their interspaces being mostly less than their length ; surface partially covered with minute rounded verrucae. Dorsal setse very slender, capillary, very minutely transversely serru- late. Few (about 4) upper ventral setae, simple, long, slender, with the terminal portion sharply serrulate, the tips fine and sharp; next to these are some slender compound setoB, the terminal piece slender, straight, of moderate length, acute, with six to eight imperfect joints ; the median setce have much stouter, smooth shafts, expanded distally, and a nearly straight, short, rapidly tapering, sharply pointed, terminal piece, of four to six joints ; below these are some with similar though smaller shafts, and a short, stout, terminal piece, hooked at the tip, and with a sharp ascending spine at about the distal third ; others of the same size have the terminal piece very acute, with six to eight or more joints 5 the lowest are very slender, with a longer, very fine, taper- ing, terminal piece, imperfectly divided into about four to six joints, at each of which there is a projecting acute augle like a tooth; the last of PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 167 these is not far from tlie minute curved tip, so that the t-ip often appears as if bifid. In this character it approaches the genus Eustlxendais of M'Intosh, the validity of which may be doubtful. Salem Ilarbor, Mass., on muddy bottoms (J. H. Emerton, 1879). Described from alcoholic specimens. Sthenelais picta Verrill. In this species, the scales are partially covered with very small, round, slightly prominent, obtuse verrucje, and the free margin bears a row of small, simple, rather slender, taperiag or fusiform, mostly acute papillce, which are of unequal lengths, and placed at irregular distances, but sometimes in small clusters. The seta3 of the dorsal ramus are numer- ous, long and slender, but varying in size and length, the median and lower ones being much the stoutest and rather strongly serrulate. In the superior group of the lower ramus are several ^ery acute setse, strongly spirally spiuulate toward the end; next to these are two or three, or more, slightly longer, compound sette, with slender shafts, serru- late near the joint, and bearing a long, slender, terminal piece, imper- fectly jointed in the middle and slightly bifid at tip ; below these are numerous, stout, compound setae, mostly shorter, with stouter, smooth shafts, enlarged distally, and bearing a short, thick, terminal piece, which is decidedly hooked and bifid at the tip ; some of the upper ones in this group have the terminal piece more than twice longer than broad, but most of them have it triangular and little longer than broad; the next series of setai are slender, some with smooth shafts and a slender, tapering, terminal portion, composed of two or three indistinct joints, and bifid at tip; others, among the most inferior setue, have a slender shaft, serrulate distally, witli a simple, slender, terminal piece, bifid at tip, or more properly with a slender spine-like process arising near to, and nearly as long as the sharp, incurved tip, which is opjiosed to it. Grows to the length of G to 8 inches or more. Barnstable and Provincetowu, Mass., to Virginia, in sand, at low- water. Sigalion arenicola, sp. nov. An elongated, moderately stout, depressed species, narrowed and tapered posteriorly, and bearing very numerous, large, thin, white, trans- lucent, smooth scales, which have large pinnate processes on their pos- terior edge. Head small, shield-shaped, widest anteriorly, with a broad, slightly rounded lobe in front, and with the anterior angles rounded; ocelli small, but distinct, forming a quadrangle on the top of the head, the two pairs near together. A pair of minute, obtuse antennae at the front, edge; no trace of a median antenna. Scales, except the smaller, rounded, anterior ones, large and somewhat quadrangular, with three of the angles; rounded; on the posterior border there are about eight to ten well- separated, large, deeply pinnate processes, borne on simple, slender 168 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. stems; the pinnate portion is broad-ovate, longer than the stems, ^th about four to six long, slender pinnie on each side. The setre are very numerous and comjilitjated. Those of the dorsal fascicle are long, slen- der, capillary, mostly curved inward over the back. In the lower fas- cicles there are several kinds: the upper (a) are two to four simple ones, with long, tapering, strongly spinulated, very acute tips; the next {b) are several compound sette, with the shaft stouter and strongly ser- rulated near the end, while the terminal piece, of variable length, is composed of many joints, and is minutely bifid at the tip ; the next (e) are about six to eight stout, compound setie, arising both above and below the supporting acicula?,, and having their shafts minutely and closely circularly serrulate toward the end, and with a short, stout, tapering, undi\ided, terminal piece, which has a hooked, claw-like tip, with a sharp secondary process opposed to it; below these are {d) numerous long, slender, compound setae, with shafts scarcely or not at all serrulate, and with the subdivided terminal piece minutely bifid at the tip, varying in length and number of joints, the middle ones being com- paratively stout, Avith the terminal piece tapering and not very slender, while the lower ones are very slender and capillary, with a very long, tapering, terminal piece, of many joints. Color nearly white or pale flesh-color. Length of largest, SO-^" to 100--. Vineyard Sound and off Nantucket Island, Mass., 10 to 20 fathoms, clean silieious sand, 1875. Shores of Cape Cod Bay, in sand, at low- water, at Barnstable (A. E. V.), and Provincetown (H. E. Webster). This elegant species is allied to S. BusJdi M'Intosh, and has similar appendages to the scales. In our species, however, the pinnate pro- cesses are less crowded and have longer stems and fewer and longer pinnte. Laetmatonice armata, sp. nov. Lu'tmatonice Jiliconiis Verrill, formerly, in Ainer. Jonr. Science (non Kiuberg). Body stout, depressed, broadest in the middle, tapered shghtly toward both ends, the posterior most obtuse. Back covered with large, thin, white, smooth scales, usually more or less concealed by a felt-like coat- ing, to which mud and dirt adhere. Lower surface granulous. Head small, but prominent, with two mhiute, rounded, tubercle-Uke antennoe in front and a median antenna arising between them, which has a stout, tapering base, but becomes very slender for most of its length; it is much shorter than in L. fiUcornis, its tip not reaching to the basal third of the palpi. The latter are large and long, regularly tapered to the end, three to four times as long as the median antenna and four or five times as thick. The first parapodia bear two slender cirri on the upper ramus, which are about as large as the median antenna. The scales are large, smooth, and translucent, without appendages, mostly broadly rounded on the inner and posterior edges, and deeply emarginate on the outer attached border. The upper rami of the parapodia bear, besides PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 169 several divergent clusters of capillary setee, a group, sometimes of six to eight, long, stout, spine-like, dark brown, acute and barbed setoe, liaving several short reciu'ved hooks on each edge of the flattened tips, near the end. The ventral rami of the parapodia are prominent and bear three, or more, stout, elongated, brown set^ne, with sharp, somewhat recurved tips, which are covered along the convex side with slender, sharp spinules; at the end of the straight shaft, and separated by a naked space from the spinulated portion, there is a strong, sharp, divergent spine. Length of a medium-sized specimen, 32'°'"; breadth, exclusive of seta^, IS"^'"} length of. palpi, T"^"". Common on muddy bottoms in the Bay of Fundy and Gulf of Maine, in 50 to 150 ftithoms. Collected first in 18G4, 1865, and 1868, by the writer and Professor S. I. Smith, and subsequently by the U. S. Fish Commission, in many localities. It differs from L. Jilicornis, with which it was formerly identified by me, not only in having a much smaller median antenna, but also in the character of the setce, especially those of the ventral fascicle. Whether the Gulf of St. Lawrence specimens, recorded by M'Intosh as L. fiU- cornis, belong to this species, is uncertain. Hunoa spinulosa, sp. nov. Body large, oblong, rather narrow, of nearly equal breadth through the greater j)art of its length. Head dark, deeply bilobed in front, the sides rounded ; each lobe terminates in an anterior, acute, white point. Eyes large, lateral, the anterior farther apart than the posterior. Median antenna rather small, about twice as long as the head, tapering to a slender point; lateral antenna smaller and about half as long as median; palpi moderate, smooth, much stouter and longer than the antennae; tentacular and dorsal cirri long, slender, covered with numerous slender papilla?. Scales large, broad, rounded-oblong, the posterior part being produced and broadly rounded, the surface covered with minute, rounded grains and toward the border with very small, elongated, tapering, acute spinules ; outer edge fringed mth numerous small, slender papillae. Setai yellow, very abundant, forming large, dense tufts. Those of the Tipper parapodia are in part as long as those of the lower, and much stouter; the upper ones are shortest, unequal, stout, curved, spine-like, acute, finely and closely transversely serrulate throughout most of their length, only a very small tip being smooth ; below these there is a group of longer and smoother spine-like setje, the serrulation less distinct and not extending so far toward the base nor so near to the tip. The ventral parapodia have very numerous setje, less than half as thick as the upper ones, but the longest about equal to or somewhat exceeding those of the upper fascicle ; they are all of one general form, decreasing much in length toward the lower side; the shaft is long and smooth, the distal portion enlarged, somewhat curved, closely spinulated, ending in a short, smooth, shghtly incurved, acute tip. Length (a few posterior segments 170 PEOCEEDIXGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. lacking), SS"'" ; breadtli, including setse, 16°^; breadth of body alone, Qmm. iengt,li of largest scales, S™'^; breadth, 5.5"^. One specimen, in alcohol. Sable Island Bank, off Xova Scotia, Cap- tain McPhee, schooner ••Carl Schm^z,'' November, 1878 (U. S. Tish Commission). Autclytus omatus, sp. no v. A small, slender species. The female form is easily distingiiishedby the bright red color of the ova and embryos, sho^^ing conspicuously through the pale yeUo^vish integuments of the body, or incubatory sac. The head is short, broad, shghtly emarginate in fi'ont ; eyes conspicuous, lateral, rounded; antennae nearly equal, the median one a little the lon- gest ; lateral ones about twice the length of the head. Dorsal cirri long, slender, about etiual to the diameter of the body. The three anterior segments bear only short seta?, but fascicles of long seta? comm«^nce on the fomth ; these are nearly as long as the breadth of the body. Length, about 5°^. Vineyai'd Sound, at surface, July 13 and August 28, 1875. Another form, possibly the male of this species, was taken July 21. This was bright gTcen in color. The lateral anteunie were of moderate length, tapered, swollen at base ; odd median antenna and upper tenta- cular cirri slender, very long, about equal to half the body. Dorsal cini long, more than half the diameter of the body. Fascicles of long setue commence on the fourth segment. Odontosyllis lucifera Yerrill. £usyUi8 lucifera Yerrill, Amer. Jour. Science, vol. s, p. 39, 1875. An examination of the armature of the oesophagus of this species shows that it belongs to the genus Odontosyllis. The chitinous rim is somewhat horseshoe-shaped, the exti-emities often angular or tooth- like, turning inward and downward, while the opposite side bears a row of about six small, sharp, inciu-ved denticles. Anal cirri two, rather long and slender, transversely liued. Pedophylax longiceps, sp. nov. A very slender species, allied to P. disjyar Webster, but with much longer head and palpi, and longer and stouter caudal cin-i. The head is nearly as long as broad, both the front and posterior edge a httle produced in the middle ; median antenna arising in advance of the cen- ter of the head, swoUen toward the. end, but with the tip acute, some- what longer than the head, but scarcely reaching beyond the middle of the palpi; lateral antennse very small, papiUiform, nearly in line with the odd one. OcelU four, the two pairs close together on the head, the anterior just outside of the lateral antennse, the others just behind them. Palpi very long, more than twice as long as the head, at the base as broad as the head, slightly swoUen, tapering gradually to the narrow end, the sides nearly straight or slightly incurved, shghtly PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 171 emarginate at the tip, with a distinct sutural line along the middle above. Tentacular cirri small, impilliform. Parapodia small, each with a small dorsal and ventral cirrus and a large, obtuse, setigerous lobe. Setos of several kinds, the usual arrangement being as follows : one or two aci- cula shorter than the other sette, tapering, straight, spine-lili;e, one usu- ally acute and the other blunt at tip ; one longer, slender, simple seta, cui'ved and slightly enlarged toward the end, which suddenly narrows to a small acute tip ; one, or sometimes two, of similar size and length, straight and abruptly expanded or spatulate near the end of the shaft, and bearing a long, very slender, acute, terminal piece ; two or three unequal compound setse, with the shaft spatulate at the end and bearing a short, acute-triangular, terminal piece. Posteriorly the lowest is a sim- ple, curved seta, with a short, sharp tip, similar to the upper one, but shorter, more tapered, and less curved. The pharynx occupies about four segments ; the median tooth is rather large. Stomach large, occupying two segments, oblong, with many circles of granules. Caudal cirri re- latively large, elongated, enlarged in the middle, tapering to acute tips, their length greater than the diameter of the body, much longer than the median antenna. Color, pale salmon. Length, 5""" to 7"™. Thimble Islands and Savin Eock, near iSTew Haven, Conn., 2 fathoms, among algce, and at low- water, among the debris attached to tubes of Diopatra, October, 1873, and October 15, 1875 (A. E. Verrill). A specimen, probably a sexual form of this species or P. dispar^ was taken in Vineyard Sound, at surface, July 10, 1875. It was similar an- teriorly, but on the segments behind the 11th there were fascicles of long, slender setae, twice as long as the diameter of the body. Color, yel- lowish green. Nereis alacris, sp. no v. Body rather slender, slightly enlarged behind the buccal segment. Autennse slender and pointed. First pair of superior tentacular cirri very long and slender, about equal to the first six segments ; those of the second pair more than one-third longer, reaching about to the tenth seg- ment ; ventral cirri also long and slender, about one-third as long as the corresponding superior ones. Caudal cirri remarkably long and slender, longer and more slender than the longest tentacular cirri. General color of head and anterior segments bright olive-green ; posterior segments and appendages tinged with orange-red; bases of antennae and cirri tinged with pm^^lish red ; anterior eyes dark green with a red center, posterior pale red with a dark red center; middle of head pale green ; a row of more or less connected and sometimes confluent light spots extends along the back, one to each segment ; these spots are usually greenish white anteriorly, yellowish posteriorly. Smaller specimens are plainer colored, mostly greenish or brownish, often without dorsal spots. Parapodia, in the middle region, of moderate size ; upper rami longest, having an inferior and superior branchial lobe, or liugula, of about equal 172 PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. length, the superior one somewhat gibbons and bearing the long, slen- der, dorsal cii-rus beyond its middle; beyond the origin of the latter the lingula is lanceolate, subacute at the end ; three conspicuous dark spots on the superior lingula, one terminal, one at the origin of the cirrus, the other midway between that and the body ; another spot on the body, at base of the appendage. The inferior lingula is also lanceolate, a little shorter than the superior. More than half the length of the dorsal cir- rus projects beyond the end of the lingula. The ventral lingula of the lower ramus is oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, considerably smaller than the dorsal one. Ventral cirrus small, slender, acute, not reaching to the end of the ventral lingula. SetsB in both the upper and lower rami of two kinds: in the superior fascicle of each they have slender, acute, terminal pieces ; in the inferior fascicle the terminal piece is short and hooked at the tip. It is very active in all its motions, and swims rapidly. It constructs a tenacious tube, attached to algre, and sup- ported by divergent silken threads. Length, 2 to 3 inches. Vineyard Sound, 8-10 fathoms, 1875. Described from life. Nereis megalops Verrill. Xcctonereis megalops Verrill, Eeport on Invert, of Vineyard Sd., etc., i). 293, [592], pi. xii, figs. 62, 63, 1873. The female of this form was taken in Vineyard Sound, at surface, in 1875. Although agreeing in general with the male, it departs less widely from the ordinary Heteronereis form, both in respect to its head, palpi, and the dorsal parapodial appendages. The male has a simple, median, tapering, caudal cirrus. There are two minute, dark spots on each seg- ment, along the middle of the ventral surface, posteriorly. It is so nearly related to the Heteronereis stage of Nereis BumeriU, and to the Heteronereis 2Ialmgreni described by Claparede, and to other related forms discovered on our coast by Professor Webster, that it seems probable that its Nereis stage, when known, will be closely aUied to N. BumeriU, and consequently should be referred to Nereis, or to Leontis, if the latter be regarded as a distinct genus. Ceratocephale Websteri, sp. nov. Head small, with the cephalic lobe emarginate in front, and with a median groove running back; sides slightly incurved; posterior margin slightly convex. No eyes. Antennae small, slender, tapering, coales- cent at base with the palpi. Pali^i small, slender, bent somewhat down- ward, not much larger than the antennte, the terminal joint small, sub- acute, about one-third the whole length. The four cephalic organs are similar in form, and all are directed forward. Tentacular cirri slender, acute ; the dorsal ones of the two anterior pairs are longer than the others, being nearly twice as long as the diameter of the body ; the ven- tral ones are bent downward and forward in life, and are less than half as long ; of the two posterior pairs, the dorsal are somewhat longer than the ventral. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 173 Buccal segment large, somewbat swollen. Jaws small, light brown, strongly curved, with slender, sharp tips, the edge moderately serrulate. Denticles (or paragnaths) not observed, the proboscis being retracted. Parapodia of anterior segments small, the two rami of nearly equal length, and with similar fascicles of setai, the lower ones most numerous, the upper hngula small, subtriangular, terminated by the slender, taper- ing, dorsal cirrus, which, at about the fifth segment, is more than twice as long as the lingula and reaches about to the end of the setse. Ventral cirrus short, tapering. Farther back, at the eleventh segment and beyond, the rami become more unequal, the ui)per lingula develops into a long, flat, narrow, tapering branchia, bearing the filiform dorsal cii*rus at its tip. At the fifteenth segment and beyond the branchia is decidedly longer than the parapodia, curved directly upward, and about eight times as long as its width in the middle, and more than half the diameter of the body, rather abuptly narrowed at tne tip, and terminated by the long, slender cirrus, which equals or exceeds the branchia. In the enlarged base of the branchice there is a circular, thickened, white, round spot, due to an internal organ. On the setigerous lobe of the upper ramus is a narrow-lanceolate, lingula-like process, extending from the setiger- ous lobe as far as the tips of the setae. On the lower ramus there are two similar lin guise, one of which is terminal, and the other is situated at about the distal third, on the lower side. Ventral cirrus small, slender, tapered, single on the first sixteen segments ; on the seventeenth and subsequent segments there are two equal ventral cirri, arising close to- gether. Setse in this region form a large fascicle in each ramus, with a single aciculum dividing each fascicle into two groups. The setie in the upper ramus have a very long, slender, smooth, nearly straight, terminal joint, flexible at tip, and not distinctly flattened, even toward the base. In the lower ramus, the terminal joint is not quite so long, slender, and nar- row, but distinctly flattened, and with the edge very finely serrulate ; these are very slightly curved, but not abruptly bent, near the base. Diameter of the anterior part of the body, G™'" to 7""". Color of body pale brownish or pinkish; branchia and bases of parapodia bright red; seti- gerous lobes greenish, the setae dark at base. Described from life. Dedicated to Professor H. E. Webster, who has largely contributed to the knowledge of American Annelids. Twenty-four miles east of Cape Cod, 122 fathoms, soft mud (U. S. Fish Commission). Only one specimen, which lacks the posterior por- tion of the body. Closely related to C. Loveni Malmgren, but the latter has the branchial organs cirriform and slender, and the double ventral cirri are figured upon the tenth segment; the setae of the lower ramus are also represented with the terminal joint abruptly bent at base, wider, and much more strongly serrulate than in our specimen. It is possible, however, that the two may be only sexual forms of one species. 174 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Lumbriuereis hebes VerriU. Lumbriconereis oMusa Verrill, Proc. Amer. Assoc, for 1873, p. 383, 1874. The name obtusa having been preoccupied in this genus, the above name is proposed as a substitute. Goniada gracilis Verrill. i:one gracilis Verrill, Eeport on Invert, of Vineyard Sound, etc., p. 302, 1873, (vol. i, Eep. of U. S. Com. of Fish and Fisheries, p. 596). This species has upon its proboscis the two rows of V-shaped denti- tles (in chevron) and also the jaws as in Goniada, to which genus it should, thereforCj be referred. Polydora gracilis, sp. nov. Small, 3""" to 4™™ long, very slender. Antennns stout, blunt, very long, six times as long as breadth of body, or even more, transversely wrinkled. Head with a long, narrow, oblong, central i:>ortion, acute behind, notched or bilobed in front, with the two anterior corners rounded and a little prominent ; side lobes of the head not broad, gradually narrowed toward the front ; eyes four, the front pair conspicuous, decidedly larger and but little wider apart than the others, which are small and but lit- tle farther back. The four anterior segments have small, rounded, dorsal papillte, with capillary setae ; on the fifth there are fascicles of about six large special setse, of which the posterior are shorter. On the sixth and following segments, there are, with the capillary sette, three or four uncini in the dorsal fascicles. Branchice elongated, commencing on the seventh seg- ment, absent on the twelve posterior segments. Caudal appendage sucker-like, with a smooth margin, surrounded by a marginal circle of dark specks. Color pale salmon or light flesh-color j antennae and head with dark specks. Off Block Island, 1873, gregarious in galleries in Pecten tenuicostatus, and ha\iug slender sand-tubes projecting from the orifices in the shell. Polydora concharum, sp. nov. A very long, slender species, having more than 200 segments, and often becoming four or five inches long. Head, or cephalic lobe, narrow in front, projecting considerably be- yond the wide lateral lobes (formed by the buccal segment), and deeply divided at the end into two lanceolate, acute, divergent lobes. Eyes four, small, but conspicuous, black, the anterior ones much wider apart than the posterior, and but little farther forward. In some specimens, the eyes are absent. Antennte very long and slender, fifteen to twenty times as long as the diameter of the body, or more, whitish or pale flesh- color, with a central red vessel, and usually with a fine dark line on each side. Buccal segment large and swollen below, witli longitudinal sulci extending back from tlie mouth. On the four anterior segments, the PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 175 parapodia, above and below, bear slender, very acute, bent setae, and a prominent, flat process, somewhat expanded and rounded at the end; on the first segment, these are smaller and less spatulate, and the sette are fewer and shorter. The fifth segment is about as long as the three preceding ones, not much swollen, and it bears three distinct groups of setsB, differing in form ; the upper and most anterior are fine, bent, capil- lary setae, with acute tips, similar to, but much smaller than, those of the preceding segments; below these there is a group of small, slender setse, abruptly bent backward and with blunt tips; then there is a row of five or six large, strong, dark-colored, nearly straight, blunt spines, which are nearly equal in diameter, the anterior and upper ones longer, and, when projected at right angles to the body, forming an oblique, somewhat curved, transverse row; finally, in a row below the last of these, are two or three lighter-colored and more slender, straight spines, with abruptly tapered, acute tips. On the succeeding segments, the lower fascicles consist of strong, elongated uncini, in rows of six or seven, with the tip bidentate, strongly curved, beak-like, and with a thin, spatulate border; near the posterior end, they are replaced by acute setiB and fine capillary ones. The upper fascicles, on the segments be- hind the fifth, consist of numerous, long, bent, very acute setre, like those of the anterior segments, the upper one in each fascicle with longer and more slender tips than the lower ; toward the posterior end they become longer and fewer, with straighter tii)S, equalling or exceeding the diameter of the segments. Branchiae appear in a rudimentary form as small papillae on the sixth segment; on the seventh they are short conical papillae ; on the eighth they become longer and more distinctly ligulate, and increase in length on the following segments, soon becom- ing long and slender, recurved, and meeting across the back. They exist on one hundred or more of the succeeding segments. After the branchiae cease the succeeding segments are very numerous, smaller, and rounder, so that the body is more slender and attenuated poste- riorly, and somewhat broader and a little flattened on the branchiferous portion. Anal segment small, terminating in four small, roundish, equal, flattened lobes. Color somewhat variable, usually pale flesh-color, or grayish or yel- lowish white anteriorly, and more or less tinged with dull greenish or brownish posteriorly, the red dorsal vessel showing plainly, and the branchiae red. Length, 100™™ to 140™™; breadth, 1™™ to 1.5™™; length of antennae, 20™™ to 30™™. Described from life. Very common all along the coast, from Cape Cod to ^N'ova Scotia, in 10 to 100 fathoms, in tortuous, narrow galleries excavated in shells, especially of Cyprina Islandica ; also in decayed wood dredged in 32 fathoms off Cape Cod. Collected by the writer in the Bay of Fundy in 18G3, 1864, 1868, 1870, and subsequently at various localities while dredg- 176 PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. A new genus, related to Sino, but with a i)air of brancliial append- ages behind tbe long antennae, and with a distinct collar on the front edge of the second setigerous segment, wasjdiscovered near New Haven, Conn., at low- water, in 1877, and had been briefly described in this arti- cle. But learning that Professor H. E. Webster had also discovered the same genus, and had described it in a forthcoming paper on the Anne- lids of Kew Jersey, with an abundance of good specimens, my descrip- tion has been withdrawn. Spio limicola, sp. nov. A small, slender species, with branchiae on all the segments, and usu- ally characterized by blackish, transverse lines and spots on the head and anterior segments. Body thickest anteriorly, tapering gradually to the end, somewhat depressed. Head flattened, obtusely rounded in front. Eyes four, small, nearly in a square. The anterior a little wider apart. Autennoe rather stout at base, tapered, blunt, about four or five times as long as breadth of body, whitish, with red vessels, and some- times with thin, dark lines along the edges. Branchiaj flat, shorter, broader, and blunt anteriorly; narrower, longer, and more tapering far- ther back, where they meet across the back; posteriorly they become small and i;)apilliform. The parapodia have anteriorly, in the upi)er ramus, two broad lingulne, of which the posterior is the longer and more acute; the cai^illary setie, arising between them, form large fascicles anteriorly; posteriorly they become longer, exceeding the diameter of the body, and form small fascicles. In the posterior region, the upper liugulfe become more unequal, the posterior one becoming elongated and the anterior one reduced to a mere pai)illa. The lower ramus is nearly the same on all the segments, consisting of a broadly rounded, flat, thick lobe, bearing a group of numerous uncini. Anal segment small, bear- ing four moderately long, blunt cirri, their length about twice the diam- eter of the anal segment. Color, iiale reddish white or light flesh-color, with bright red vessels and branchiae, and showing the greenish intestine posteriorly; head with two blackish spots in front and others on the sides and beneath j anterior segments with blackish, transverse spots or interrupted lines of blackish between the segments on the ventral side and laterally; liran- chi;Te and botli upper and lower lingulte usually with flake-white specks or a white line along their margins; anal segment and cirri greenish yellow. Length, 25"^°^ to 35"'"; breadth, 1"°» to 1.5™™. Described from life. Cape Cod Bay, IC to 25 fathoms, soft, foetid, sandy mud (U. S. Fish Commission, 1879). Some of the specimens were tilled with pink eggs, August 29. Spiophanes tenuis, sp. nov. A very delicate and slender species, thickest anteriorly at the bran- chial segments, gradually attenuated posteriorly. Head changeable, PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 177 depressed, narrow in middle, expanding laterally at the front, witli prom- inent, blunt, lateral angles, and with a broadly rounded or sometimes slightly emarginate front margin ; posteriorly the narrow head-lobe ex- tends back to the second setigerous segment. Eyes four, minute, in a quadrangle, the anterior pair wider apart. Antenna? slender, not very long, about three times as long as diameter of body. Buccal segment swollen, forming short, convex, lateral lobes along the posterior half of the head ; lielow the mouth is a prominent, strongly ciliated lobe. Bran- chiae in four pairs, on the 2d, 3d, 4th, and 5th setigerous segments; the anterior pair branched, the others apparently foliaceous and shorter.* The first setigerous segment has a small, prominent, rounded, upper ramus, with few short seta?. The 2d to 5th have a broad linguliform, or leaf-like, upper ramus, with the inner distal edge prolonged into an angle over the back, and a very broad, fan -shaped fascicle of long acute setse set transversely and protecting the gills ; a smaller lobe also exists in front of the setae ; lower ramus composed of a small, rounded lobe with a fascicle of slender sette, and with nncini in the fascicles beyond the 15th segment, and a cluster of acute settr. The parapodia increase rap- idly in size from the 1st to the 0th, and then graduaWy decrease to the 17th segment, beyond which they are rudimentary ; on the 5th to Sth the upper lingula is about half as long as the breadth of the body ; beyond the 5th they are more or less expanded distally, or wide, spatulate, bluntly terminated ; beyond the 10th small, not very prominent, rounded ; on 5th to 10th segments the upper seta? are slender, acute, longer than the lin- gula, and in large fascicles, though in much smaller ones t2ian those of the branchiferous segments ; on the posterior segments the uncini become longer, and the capillary setne mostly disappear in the lower fascicles. Color yellowish or greenish white, often decidedly greenish posteriorly, and with a dark greenish -yellow intestine. Some were filled with pale pink eggs, August 29. Cape Cod Bay, 10 to 21 fathoms, soft, foetid mud (U. S. Fish Commis- sion, 1870). Heterocirrus fimbriatus, sp. nov. A delicate species, remarkable for the great length and slenderness of its seta?, which form a wide fringe along the sides of the body. Head small, about twice as long as broad, not half as broad as the body, ob- tusely rounded in front, with a pair of sublateral ocelli at about the anterior third. Tentacular cirri short, usually absent in preserved speci- mens. The three to six anterior segments bear each a pair of slightly *A larger sitccimen was taken in 31 fathoms, off Cape Coil, wbicb maybe a distiDct species. In tbis the brancbiie are long, lanceolate, acute, and all are pectinately di- vided along tbe posterior margin, with slender papilL-e. The eyes are red. Proboscis urceolate, with tbe extended margin scolloped. The first eleven segments bear capil- lary seta-, above and below, in large fascicles ; on the 12tli to 16tli there arc also stouter acute spinules in the lower fascicles ; beyond the IGth segment therQ' are un- cini mingled with the capillary sette. Proc. :N^at. Mus. 79 12 IVov. 5. 1 87». 178 PROCEEDIXGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. clavate, inieqnal, branchial cirri, mostly less than four times as long as the diameter of the body. The two anterior segments have slender ca- pillary seta) in the upper fascicles, less long than the diameter of the body; they increase in length and numbers farther back, and on the seventh and forty to fifty succeeding segments they become very numerous and remarkably long, being from two to three times as long as the breadth of the body ; toward the posterior end of the body they again diminish in length, becoming comparatively short on the last twenty segments. The ventral set» are all capillary and fine-pointed on the anterior and median segments ; they somewhat exceed the diameter of the hody in the middle segments, but are shorter toward both ends. On the last twenty seg- ments there are, in each ventral tiiscicle, one or two short unciuiform sette with somewhat hooked but scarcely bidentate tips. Similar unciui- form setoe exist in some of the posterior dorsal fascicles. The setse are silvery white. Body dark olive-green, with lighter dorsal line ; branchiae with dark tips. Length, about 25"^'" 5 diameter, without appendages, l"""^ to 1.7o""". Off Campo Bello Island, Bay of Fundy, GO fathoms, burrowing in dead shells of Pecten temiicostatus, 1872. Dodecaceria coucharum Oersted. This species is nearly allied to the last, and occurred with it. It is very common, on our coast, in various shells. The genus Dodecaceria CErsted has not been distinctly distinguished from Heferocirrm Grube, to which it is closely related. The number of branchial cirri is variable in both, but their arrangement is the same. The seta), however, are different in their arrangement. In D. concliarum the 1st segment bears no seta) ; on the 2d to 7th there are short capillary setffi, above and below ; on the 8th there is a solitary, long, unciniform seta in the dorsal fascicle of capillary setoe, and four or five stouter ones, with bidentate tips in the ventral fascicles, and no capillary ones ; on the Otli and suc- ceedimg segments, the ventral seta) continue as on the 8th, and the dorsal fascicles usually contain four or five elongated, simple, hooked uncini, together with more or less numerous fine, acute, cajnllary set*, which are often absent, but they occur on some of the segments even to the posterior end, where they are often about one-third as long as the diameter of the body. Behind the middle of the body the uncini become smaller, shorter, and fewer, only two or three to a tascicle, but near the posterior end, on four or five segments, they become stouter, more hooked, and distinctly bidentate, especially on the ventral side. The color is usually dark green or greenish black, and no distinct ocelli were detected, but some obscure dark specks may represent them. Praxillura, geu. iiov. Body very long and composed of a larger number of segments than is usual in the MaldankJcv. Posterior segments very numerous, short, be- coming intlistinct posteriorly. Caudal segment subacute, destitute of PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 179 a funnel, and, in our specimens, of any other a])pendage. Anterior seg- ments numerous and short, eight or more (in the type), bearing, in the lower rami, one or Wo simj^le, acute sj)ines; in the middle and posterior regions bearing a row of uncini. Head gibbous posteriorly, without any well-marked lateral fold. Praxillura ornata, sp. uov. Body very long, slender, of nearly uniform diameter, composed of about forty setigerous segments; the eight anterior bear only one or two spines in the ventral rami, uncini appearing on the 9th. Head swollen and gibbous above, posteriorly, abruptly flattened in front, with the anterior edge bluntly rounded ; two rounded, lateral lobes beneath; front con- cave beneath; no distinct lateral lobes above; numerous small, red ocelli in several rows around the front margin. Buccal segment thick, coales- cent with the head, long, bianinilate, the head and buccal segment together about equal in length to the first two setigerous ones. The eight ante- rior, setigerous segments are short, scarcely longer than broad, with a well-marked suture between, and biannulate, the posterior half smaller, the anterior swollen in the middle, where the setai arise, and with a red band behind the setie. In the middle region, the segments are long and narrow. The seven or eight anterior segments have a small ui^per fas- cicle of slender acute setie, and one stout acute spine below (sometimes two). On the ninth segment * there are two uncini and a spine below them ; and on the tenth to the twelfth and several following there are four to eight uncini, and the number increases farther back. The last seventeen setigerous segments are very short. These are followed by several scarcely distinct segments at the posterior end, which is tapered and simple. Color pinkish white, with a bright red band ou each seg- ment anteriorly, a dark red spot on each side of the head, and two bands of red on the buccal segment. Ocelli red. On the middle region, the bands are less distinct, and the surface is covered with dark brown specks. Length, 125™"^ to 150'""\ Diameter, 1"^"" to LS-"™. Described from life. Olf IJace Point, Cape Cod, 25 fathoms, sandy rand, in long, round, rigid tubes, made of fine sand (U. S. Fish Commission, 1870). Casco Bay (U. S. Fish Commission, 1873). Maldane filifera, sp. uov. Yery slender, elongated, with twenty-one setigerous segments, of which fifteen elongated ones are included in the middle region, three short ones are anterior, and three short ones posterior. The head is swollen, convex, and gibbous at the posterior part, abruptly flattened in front, with the front edge bluntly rounded ; a low lateral fold ; buccal segment ccalescent with the head. The three anterior setigerous seg- ments are short, about as long as broad, with a fascicle of long, acute ■ *In one specimen there are four, somewhat unciniform, ventral spinules, in a row, ou the eighth segment, and more on the ninth, without the acute spiuule below. 180 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. setJB above, and a row of about three spines below ; on tbe fourtb and fiftb seg^ments there are six to nine uncini in the row, and more far- ther back, where they become prominent, strongly hooked, or claw-like uncini. The fourth and several succeeding segments are usually more than twice as long as broad, with an annulation in front of the middle; farther back, in the middle region, the segments are six to eight times as long as broad, very slender, swollen near the posterior end, where the sette arise. The last three setigerous segments are about as long as broad, swollen in the middle, and bear slender setse about one-half as long as the breadth of the body, and a row of uncini. Anal segment consolidated with the preceding, apparently single, uon-setigerous one, very obliquely truncated at the end, and surrounded by a well-developed, smooth border, interrupted dorsally, so that when expanded it has a spatulate form. The anal opening appears to be nearly central, within the border. The caudal membrane is filled with blood-vessels. In the middle region of the body, on the ninth to eighteenth segments, in the upper fascicles of acute setse, are two very long, slender, flexible, thread- like seta}, usually unequal, the longer six to eight times as long as the diameter of the segments; they are covered with sharp spinules, alter- nating on the two sides. Color of middle segments salmon, thickly specked with orange-brown and reticulated with red blood-vessels; anterior and posterior segments greenish or yellowish white. Oft' Cape Cod, 20 to 50 fathoms, in hard sand; tubes attached to valves of dead bivalves (U. S. Fish Commission, 1879). Notomastus gracilis, sp. uov. Very small and slender. Head moderately acute in extension. Six anteriop segments bear fascicles of capillary sette above and below ; the seventh and succeeding segments bear uncini above and below, but in the lower fascicles of the seventh segment there are often some capillary setie also. The fascicles are all small. The uncini are elongated, dis- tinctly constricted toward the end, and expanded in a blade-like form beyond, with the tip only slightly hooked. Color red. Length, 40""" or more; diameter, 0.05""". Noank, Conn., 4 to 5 fathoms, mud (U. S. Fish Commission, 1874). This species resembles N. _fiUformis Verrill, but differs in the form and arrangement of the setie. In the latter, the five anterior segments bear large groui)S of long, capillary, acute setffi; but on the fifth there are sometimes a few uncini mingled with the capilhiry ones in the lower fas- cicles. The uncini are numerous on the following segments, and are long aud somewhat bent, but show no constriction, the distal portion being regularly narrow, spatulate, or paddle-shaped, with the central shaft curved, blunt, and slightly hooked at the tip. In some specimens there are two well marked black eyes. The tip of the head is elongated and acute. The genus Ancistria Quatrefages would include both the above spe- cies, but it seems to be impossible to distinguish that genus by any defi- PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, 181 nite structural characters from Notomastus Sars. Therefore, the two species former!}^ described by me from Casco Bay as Ancistria capillaris aud A. acuta should be uamed j^otomastus cajnUaris and a\^. acutus. Polycirrus phosphoreus, sp. nov. A large, handsome, bright red species, remarkable for its brilliant violet-blue i)hosphorescence when disturbed. Body very changeable in form, soft and flaccid, usually swollen ante- riorly, narrowing somewhat near the head, and more attenuated poste- riorly. Tentacles very numerous, originating from an elongated and somewhat spatuliform cephalic process. Fascicles of acute, capillary setiiB exist on twenty-four segments. The unciui commence on the tenth setigerous segment. They are minute, strongly hooked, and form a linear row, consisting of about twenty on the tenth segment, and of thirty to forty on the succeeding ones. The posterior region not h'aviug capillary set?e consists of thirty or more segments, toward the end becoming very short and indistinct. Anal segment small, simple, with a minute papilla. Ventral glandular shields conspicuous on the nine anterior segments, covering the whole ventral siuface, becoming nar- rower backward, and bilobed; beyond the ninth segment the ventral shields are smaller and more distant, squarish, bilobed, and s. iiov. A small yellowish white or flesh-colored species. In extension the pro- boscis is usually slightly clavate, nearly as long as the body, and often somewhat greater in diameter. The proboscis is distinctly longitudinally marked with about twenty-five white, muscular lines, between which there are as many rows of small, prominent, conical papilkie, largest toward the mouth and disappearing on the posterior third. Body usu- ally cylindrical, changeable, abruptly tapered or subtruncate at the pos- terior end, distinctly anuulated, with fine circular and longitudinal lines on the annulations ; at the posterior end having very small conical pa- pillae on the annulations. Caudal appendage in length about equal to diameter of body, with a rather stout stem, bearing about twelve short, fusiform papilheor branches, which are changeable in form, and covered with small conical papillaj. The integument is so translucent that the corpusculated circulating fluid can be easily seen circulating in the hollow stem and tubercles. The corpuscles are minute and round. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 183 Pharynx provided with numerous teeth in longitudinal rows, each with a whitish, slightly curved, acute, central denticle. Intestine brown, scarcely longer than the body. Proboscis whitish or pale flesh-color; body and caudal appendage yellowish. Largest seen were about 15""^ long and 2"^"^ in diameter. Described from life. The form of the body and proboscis continually changes. Massachusetts Bay, off Plymouth, 27 fathoms, soft mud; Harbor do Luth, Campo Bello Island, Bay of Fimdy, 4 to 5 fathoms, soft mud (U. S. Fish Commission, July 30, 1872). Thalassenia viridis, sp. uov. A small bright green species with swollen body and long slender proboscis, somewhat spoon-shaped at the end. Body round, thick, about twice as long as broad, largest and obtusely rounded post(#iorly ; the surface is minutely grainilous in appearance, the granules in circu- lar lines ; anteriorly the body rapidl}^ narrows to the base of the probos- cis, where there are two small spines at the mouth. The proboscis is so infolded at the edge as to form a groove, like a spout, which expands near the end ; it is longer than the body. Color bright grass-green. Length of body, about C""^. Described from life. Off Head Harbor, Campo Bello Island, 77 fathoms, mud, 1872. Found in holes in hard nodules of blue clay. NEMERTINA. Amphiponis virescens, sp. uov. Body long, slender, tapering gradually to the tail, widest anteriorly in extension. Active in its movements. Head ordinarily obtusely rounded in front. Ocelli numerous, forming a very long lateral cluster on each side of the head ; anteriorly each cluster consists of several rows, but it narrows backward to a single row, which extends back beyond the head and neck. Color clear pale green, varying in tint. Length of largest specimens seen, about 40"^'". New Haven and Noank, Conn. ; Wood's Holl, Mass., etc. Common among hydroids on the piles of wharves. Amphiporas agOis Vcrrill {:^Opliioncmcrtcs o^tZ/s Verrill, Am. Jotir. Science, vii, p. 45, pi. 7, fig. 1). This species belongs to Amphlporus, as characterized by M'Intosh. It has only been taken in 20 to 00 fathoms, oft^ the coast of Maine. Amphiporas roseus Yerrill {—Planaria rosea Miiller). The species which I thus identify is common in Massachusetts Bay and the Gulf of Maine, on muddy bottoms, in 20 to 100 fathoms. It agrees well with the original figures and descriptions, but does not agree with A. jnilclier, to which JM'Intosh refers Miiller's species, erroneously it seems tome. The color above is usually deep cherry-red to reddish brown, varying toward orange aud chocolate-brown ; beneath, flesh color. 184 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Ocelli ill two large clusters ou each side of the head, the anterior groups largest, somewhat triangular, covering the antero-lateral margins and extending upward and backward on the head, where they terminate on each side in a small subdorsal group of ocelli, more distinct than the rest; just back of these are two distinct clusters of ocelli. Transverse fossne rnn up on each side, in line with the posterior groups of ocelli. Proboscis large, finely papillose, reddish. Length, 50""" or more. I have also met with another species, which agrees nearly with A. 2)nlehcr, as described by M'lutosh, and with which it is probably identical. Amphiporus Stimpsoni Vorrill (—Ommatojyha Stinn)soni Girard, in Stimpsou). This is very common in Massachusetts Bay and northward to the Bay §f Fundy and Labrador, from low-water mark, under stones, to 100 tathoms. It is easily recognized by its clear, dark purplish or cho- colate-brown color above, with pale margins and a squarish or triangu- lar white spot ou each side of the head, and usually with a narrow white band across the neck ; beneath, pinkish or flesh-color. Ocelli in two or more rows in an elongated group on each antero-lateral margin of the head, and a pair of small subdorsal clusters on the transverse white nuchal band. Often 150'"'" long and S'"-" to 10'""' broad. The Planaria amjuhita of Otho Fabricius was probably based on this species ; but his description is insuthcient to determine this with cer- tainty. Amphiporus lactifloreus M'Intosb. Common at Eastport, Me., under stones, at low- water mark. Its color there is usually pale flesh-color, or dull whitish or grayish. Length, SO-"™ to 100""". Amphiporus cruentatus. sp. uov. A species peculiarly characterized by ha\ing red blood, so that the vessels appear distinctly red through the translucent integument. Body flaccid, versatile, slender, tapering to both ends; head not very distinct ; snout strongly ciliated. Ocelli about 12 on each side of the head, in an interrupted longitudinal row, the most anterior one considerably larger. Two slight transverse grooves on each side of the head, appar- ently not extending across the dorsal side, but the anterior ones curve forward in front of the ganglia, and the posterior ones behind the ganglia. Proboscis long, densely covered with elongated, conical papil- lae. A simple central stylet and two small lateral ones on each side. Color light reddish salmon, with conspicuous bright red median and lateral blood-vessels, containing a corpusculated red fluid. Vineyard Sound, 4 to 5 fathoms, July 21, 1875. Tetrastemma vermiculus Elir. (?); M'lntosh. This species, as determined by M'Intosh, was common on the piles of wharves at Gloucester, Mass., in 1878. Color pale grayish or yellowish, PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 185 usually with more or less distiuct brownish. mottUngs along the sides, due to internal organs. The two pairs of ocelli are rather distant, and usually there is a dusky line extending between the two eyes of the same side. On the head, in front of the eyes, there are often tlake- white specks 5 and frequently others occur along the middle of the back. ISot before recorded from the American coast. Tetrastemma vittata Vorrill. American Journal of Science, vol. vii, ]}. 45, j)!. 7, figs. 3, a, h, 1874 ; Proc. Amer. Assoc, for Adv. of Science for 1873, p. 389, pi. 2, figs. 7, 8, 1874. Cosmocepliala (?) cordiceps (Sars, MSS. ), Jensen, Turbellaria ad Litora Norvegite, p. 82, tab. viii, figs. 13-16, 1879. The species described by Jensen from the coast of Norway agrees so •well, in form and color, with our T. vittata, as to render its identity highly probable. The eyes were not observed by Sars in the l^orwegian specimens, but they are often so obscured by the very dark color of the head, in our darkest examj^les, as to be almost invisible. This species was dredged in considerable numbers this season in Cape Cod Bay, 16 to 22 fathoms, mud, by the U. S. Fish Commission. Some of the specimens were 3 inches long. Liueus viridis Verrill (== Planaria viridis Fabr.). Liiicns Gesserensis M'Intosli. — Ncmcrtes viridis Verrill, Report on Invert, of Vineyard Sd., etc., p. 334 [628]. This species is exceedingly abundant on our coast, from the Arctic Ocean to Long Island Sound. It occurs gregariously under stones, be- tween tides, and also at the depth of several fiithoms. The most abund- ant variety is green, varying from dull olive-green to greenish black, the anterior end usually darkest, and the ventral surface paler than the back. The transverse Ught lines are usually indistinct. Length, often 150""" or more. Var. fusca (^ Planaria ftisca Fabr.). This variety occurs like the last, and is usually associated with it. The color varies from pale reddish brown to dark brown and greenish brown. Lineus communis Van Beueden. This species, accurately described and figured by Van Beueden, is very common, often occurring in large groups under stones and among muscles, on muddy shores, between tides (Eastport, Me., to Long Island Sound). It much resembles the preceding species in form and color, but is more slender, with a more elongated head, the mouth being farther back. The color is usually dark olive-green to greenish black, but varies to brownish and dull reddish. Ocelli black, often rather in- distinct in dark specimens, forming a single lateral row on each side of the head. It is probable that L. socialis (Leidy sp.) is not distiuct from this. 18G PEOCEEDIXGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Lineus dubius, sp. nov. Similar to the last in form and habits. Body very slender in exten- sion, and attenuated posteriorly. Head elongated, narrow. Ocelli ^cMte, inconspicnous, forming a simple lateral row of about twelve, extending back on each side of the head, beyond the lateral (nasal) fossa^.. Color light green to dark olive-green. Length of largest observed, 50'"'^ to to" Gloucester, Mass., under stones, between tides, 1878. Lmeus pallidiis, ^5p. nov. Long and very slender in extension, subterete, attenuated posteriorly. Lateral (nasal) fossai long and deep. Mouth situated far back. Head elongated, usually obtuse and wider than the body, but very changeable. Ocelli absent. Color usually whitish or pale ocher-yellow, becoming reddish toward the head, and with a rather indistinct paler dorsal line ; anteriorly there are usually two pale dorsal spots, in front of whit;h the head is yellowish. Length, in extension, 100'""^ ; breadth, 0.5'"™ to 0.75"^">. Off Cape Ann, Mass., 45 fathoms, mud, 1878. Micrura affinis Y. (=Po?irt affinis Girard, in Stimpsoii). This species is very common from Massachusetts Bay to the Bay of Fundy, in 10 to 100 fathoms, on hard bottom. It is usually bright clear red or reddish brown above, rarely varying toward dark olive-green ; beneath, pinkish white ; front of head with a white margin running back in a short median i)oint. Ocelli black, several in a single row on each margin of the head, the front one largest, variable in number. Caudal filament slender, acute, white. Length, often 125-» to 150-"; breadth, 2 -"^ to Micrura inornata, sp. nov. Body subterete, moderately elongated, thickest anteriorly, gradually tapered to the somewhat flattened tail; caudal filament white, very slender and acute, sometimes as long as the diameter of the body, but usually less. Head obtuse, often as wide as the body or wider. Lateral foss.T- deep, extending to opposite the mouth, the latter not being very far back. Ko ocelli. Color bright cherry-red, varying to dark red, the middle of the head brightest ; tail pale. Length of largest specimens observed, about 75'"-^^ ; breadth, 0.10"™ to 0.12""". Massachusetts Bay and Gulf of Maine, 45 to 110 fathoms, mud. Ee- sembles the young of Cerehratulus luridus V., which occur with it. Micrura albida, sp. nov. Body thickest and nearly round anteriorly, tapered and somewhat flat- tened posteriorly, with a small, slender, caudal filament. Head obtuse, narrower than the body. No ocelli. Lateral foss?e short, not conspicu- ous. Color whitish or pale yellowish, often becoming light red toward the head ; posteriorly often with grayish or clay -colored internal mottlings along the sides. Very sluggish in its motions. Two specimens from PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 187 140 fathoms, apparently of the same species, liad a narrow ring- of blue around the body, behind the head. Length, 50"'™ to 100™'"; diameter, 2.5™™ to 3""™. Common in the Gulf of Maine and Massachusetts Bay, on muddy bot- toms, in from 30 to 140 fathoms. NEMATODA ? Nectonema, gen. uov. Body long, slender, nearly round, smooth. Head without appendages, obtusely rounded or blunt-conical, apparently with the mouth on the under side. Along each side of a considerable part of the length of the body, posteriorly, there is a delicate fin, composed of very numerous, slender, hair-like processes, apparently in two close alternating rows (perhaps in life connected together by a delicate web). In the supposed male, the tail is more or less incurved, tapered to a small i)ai)illiform tip. Ko external sexual organ visible. In the larger form, regarded as female, the posterior end is subtruncate, with a small terminal papilla. Nectonema agilis, sp. uov. A long, slender, and exceedingly active, round worm, resembling a Gordins, found swimming at the surface with a rapid, eel-like, undula- tory motion. Integument firm, opaque, generally smooth, but with minute, oblong, brown verrucie posteriorly. Body, in hfe, nearly round, slightly flattened on two sides, of nearly uniform size throughout, but slightly tapered close to the somewhat smaller, depressed, obtusely coni- cal head, and somewhat more gradually tapered to the ijosterior end in the male. The peculiar fins are generally more or less injured, even in life, so that their real length is difficult to determine; but they appear to occuijy half the length of the body, and perhaps more. In lite they ai^pear to have a continuous web, binding the hair-like rays together, but whether it was anything more than mucus is uucertahi. The fin-rays, in length, are more than half the diameter of the body. Owing to the opacity of the integument, little could be seen of the internal structure without dissection or the i3reparation of transverse sections, for which no suit- able opportunity occurred. In the head, which is more translucent, there appeared to be four roundish bodies, visible by transmitted light, while a transverse whitish band behind tbese seemed to indicate the position of the mouth. At the posterior end there seemed to be an anal oi>euing, and a straight intestine leading to it. In some female specimens, a cen- tral whitish line, due to an internal organ (intestine f), could be traced from the head to the extreme posterior end, and a yellowish white organ (ovaries ?), with numerous transverse divisions, extending from near the head to the tail, could be indistinctly seen. Color, in life, grayish or yellowish white, with four narrow, double, longitudinal lines of dark slate-color. Length, 80™™ to 200™"'; diameter, O-S"""^ to 1™™. Vineyard Sound, Mass., swimming actively at the surfiice in the 188 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. eveuiiig. June aud Julj-, 1871, and Julj-, 1875. Fkst observed by Pro- fessor S. I. Smith. This species was referred to as an " Undetermined Genus " in my Eeport on the Invertebrata of Vineyard Sound, etc., p. 632, 1873. P6LY20A. Alcyouidium rubrum, sp. uov. An encrusting species, forming broad, smooth colonies, covering stones and hirge shells. Zocecia rather large, mostly hexagonal, but often pent- agonal, with their boundaries well-marked in alcoholic specimens by a distinct line. The retracted zooids in preserved specimens usually forni a small papUla in the middle of the zocecia. Color, in life, bright brick- red, or sometimes orange-red. Common all along the coast, from Long Island Sound to Nova Scotia, mostly in 10 to 50 fathoms, and especially on Fecien tenuieostatus. Bugtila cucullata Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., xviii, p. 52, July, 1879. Zoarium nuich branched, branches slender, tlichotomously divided, the branchlets diverging but little. Zo«cia in two alternating rows, rather *large, elongated, narrow, with tlie long, narrow, frontal area occupying most of the length. At the distal angles there are usually two rather long slender spines on each side, but often three on tlie outer angle. The •spines are unequal, divergent, more or less curved and diret^ted upward; the one farthest in front is usually longest, curved forward and upward at base. Avicularia large, elongated, the length greater than the width of the zocecia, situated rather in advance of the middle of the outer margin of the frontal area, the beak reaching beyond the distal end of the zocecia; the head is compressed, broad-oval, and tapers below at the posterior end into the pedicel, which is thick at first, but narrows to a slender base ; the beak is long, concave above, but strongly incurved or hooked at the tip. Ooecia short, but wide, nearly hemispherical, the front edge turned upward, showing a large opening in a front view, and giving them a hood-like appearance; surface more or less areolated, glistening. Jelirey's Ledge, off' Maine, 51 fathoms, taken by Dr. A. S. Packard and Mr. C.Cooke, while dredging on the "Bache," in 1871, for the Fish Commission. A second specimen of this fine species was dredged this season, oil Cape Cod, in 75 fathoms, mud. When placed in alcohol, it quickly bec^ame bright rose-red ; but the alcohol soon dissolved the color, becoming light pink, while the specimen became white. Bugiila decorata Verrill, Amcr. Jour. Sci., xviii, p. 52. Zoarium rather large, with thick, iinich branched stems, producing densely branched, somewhat plumose tiifts, two inches or more high. Branches uuecpially dichotomous, often somewhat spirally arranged. Zocecia in two alternating rows, large, broad, prolonged proximally. Frontal area large, elongated, sunken and wrinkled in the dry state. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 189 The distal angles are prolonged into a single, stout, often short spine on each side, frequently absent on the inner angle. Avicularia on the middle of the front side of the zooecia, toward the base ; they have a short, broad, swollen head, with a short, strongly curved beak ; the pedi- cels are short and thick, raj^idly enlarged from the base upward. Ooicia large, globose, brilliantly iridescent, elegantly sculptured, with a series of raised curved lines passing up over each side and converging to the middle of the front side, while their concave interspaces are covered with microscopic transverse lines. Dredged at Eastport, Me., by the writer, and also in the Gulf of Maine, 110 fathoms, near George's Bank, by Dr. A. S. Packard and Mr. C. Cooke, in 1872 (U. S. Fish Commission). The other species of Bugula found on the ^N^ew England coast are as follows : Bugula tnrriia (Desor) Yerrill. Florida to Casco Bay. Bugula avicularia (L.) Oken. Long Island Sound to Spitzbergen; Europe. Bugula Jlustroides (Lamx.) ( = B. fahellata Gray). Long Island Sound to Maine ; Euroi)e. Bugula fastigiafa (L.) Alder { = B. plnmom Busk). Massachusetts Bay to Labrador; Europe. Bugula Murrayana Busk. Long Island Sound to Spitzbergen ; Europe. B. Murragana, yar. fruUcosa (Packard). Massachusetts Bay to Spitz- bergen. Bugula flexilis Yerrill* and Bugula nmhclla Smitt belong to the genus Kinetoslias l)u\>. and Koren. Both occur in deej) water off ]\Iaine and Nova Scotia. Bugulella fragilis V<'iTill (Anu-r. .Jour. Sci., xvii, p. 472, Juno, 187'J). A peculiar genus, in which the branches are composed of a single series of cells, connected together by small and short joints. Zocecia with an oval frontal area, surrounded by spines. Off' George's Bank, 220 fathoms, on Acanella. CELLULARIDiE. Xotwirhstanding the very numerous restrictions which the ancient genus Ccllularia has undergone, it is still made to include heterogeneous species by several receiit writers, while others restrict it to groups not originally included by Pallas. In the excellent memoirs of Smitt on the Arctic Bryozoa, Ave species still remain in the genus CeUularia. These belong, however, to three well-marked groups, some of which have received several generic names, so that their synonymy is very compli- cated. Having had occasion to revise this family, I offer the following summary, so far as it concerns the Kew England species. *See American Jour. Science, ix, p. 415, pi. 7, fig. 1, 2, 1875: and vol. xvii, p. 259, 1879. 190 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. L CvUularia Pallas, 176S, (restricted). Zooecia unilateral, iu two alternatiug rows, mostly protected by lateral spines, either simple or dilated. Vibracula and lat- eral and median avicularia present. Ty^ie C. scruposa* a. Subgenus Cdhdaria ( = Scrupocellaria, pars, Gray, Busk). Lateral spines all simple. h. Subgenus Cellarina Van Ben. (incl. TriccHarla Flem., 1828). One of the lateral spines usually more or less dilated and often expanded in a shield-like form in front of the zooecia. Two New England species : C. scdbra Van Ben. and C. ternata (Sol.), with varieties gracilis and duplex (Smitt). The name Tricellaria (given to iernata) might have been adopted for this sub- genus, but it is very inapplicable to the grouj), and even to the type-species, as now known. n. Scruparia Oken (restricted) { = Scriqjoccllaria, jjrtcs, Gray; Cauda Busk, non Lamx.). Lateral avicularia and vibracula absent. A lateral spine develops into a pro- tective (often frondose) shield. Type S. reptans (Linn6), not yet found on the American coast. III. Buf/nlopsis VeiTill {=i Cellular ia, pars, Busk, non Pallas). Characterized by the simxile, unai'med zooecia, arranged iu alternatiug rows, and destitute of avicu- laria, vibracula, and shields. Type C. Peachii (Busk), Gulf of Maine and Bay of Fundy. European seas, north to Spitzbergcn. As no species of the last gTonp was originally included in Celhilaria, it is inadmissible to restrict that name to it. Either reptans or scruposa should be taken as the type of CclluJaria, both having been originally included by Pallas, as well as by most subsequent authors. Scruparia t Oken (1815) originally included not only the group that had previously been named Eucraiea by Lamouroux (1812), but also 8. reptans. There- fore there seems to be no good reason why it should not be restricted, as above, rather than be displaced by the much later and more objec- tionable name, Scrupocellaria. Menqyca, used by Busk and others for Cellarina, is inadmissible, in that sense, for the original group named Menipea by Lamouroux is a valid and very distinct genus. Ca nda (Lamx., ISIO), adopted by some for Cellularia reptans, cannot j^roperlj' be so used, for the original tyije is a distinct genus. Porellina stellata Yerrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., xviii, p. 53. A large species, forming radiating patches on shells, etc. Zocecia ar- ranged in quincunx, large, broad, moderately convex, white, shining, mostly imperforate and smooth, the marginal ones more or less perfo- rate iu front. Apertures nearly semicircular, the proximal edge straight or nearly so, often with two spines on the distal border; median pore, a short distance from the aperture, large, nearly circular, provided with numerous, slender, convergent spinules, which nearly i-eacli the center, giving the pore a stellate appearance. Avicularia near the lateral mar- gin, about opposite the median pore, varying in size and form ; in the same colony some are short triangular, others long triangular, while others with a long and acute erect tip show the transition toward vibra- * This species has been recorded from the Gulf of St. Lawrence by Packard and othe-s, but I have myself seen no American examples. tThis name has recently been given to a new genus, in a new sense, by Hincks, in accordance v.'ith a practice that is nearly always unsafe, as well as confusing. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 191 cula. Length of zooecia, O.GO"'" to 0.70™™ ; breadtli, 0.50™'" to O.GO™™ ; breadth of apertures, 0.12™™ to 0.15™™ ; of median pore, 0.05™™ to O.OG™™. The zooecia are about twice as hxrge as those of P. ciliata. Casco Bay, Maine (U. S. Fish Commission, 1873). In the nearly circular form of the median pore this species approaches the genus Porina, as restricted by Smitt (Florida Bryozoa); but in all other respects, except size, it agrees so closely with P. ciUafa, made the type of Porellina by Smitt, as to forbid a generic separation, although the latter has a crescent-shaped pore. TMc genus Porellina was, however, originally established by D'Or- bigny for erect fossil species, having the surface foveolated. In his sys- tem, the present species would belong to Rejytoporina, based on the encrusting forms with aperture and special pore as in Porina. Perhaps it may be desirable to separate generically the species having the hemi- spherical apertures, median ciliated pore, and sublateral avicularium, as in this species and P. ciliata, whatever be their mode of growth. Mr. Hincks has recently proposed a genus, Microporella, with P. ciliata as type, which might also, if adopted, include the present species. Dipoi'ula Hincks* seems scarcely worthy of generic separation from the latter. Smittia Hincks (=EschareJla Smiti, non Gray). The genus Pscharella, as defined by Smitt, still included somcAvhat heterogeneous species. The form of the zooecial aperture, chiefly relied upon by both Smitt and Hincks, proves to be a rather indefinite charac- ter, since it varies in the form and breadth of the siiuis, in the several species now known, from an ill-defined, broad, sballow sinus, nearly as in Lepralia, to a deep and narrow one, like that of Uscharina {Hippotlioa Smitt). It would appear best, therefore, to combine, with the form of the aperture, the presence of a median avicularium in front of the sinus, or within its margin. The mere form of growth, presence or ab- sence of pores in the zocecia and ocecia, are of no importance generically, as Smitt has well shown. This restriction would exclude E. sangui- nea Sm., P. Jacotini Sm., and some other species, most of which can be well referred to Escliarina {ScMzoporella Hincks), as here limited. The species first described in 1853, by Stimpson, as Flustra solida {=Esckara palmata Sars), and referred to Pscharella by Smitt, seems, however, worthy of generic separation, on account of the chitinous fibres strengthening the zoarium. It appears to belong to the genus Flusfri- morpha Gray, so far as can be determined by his description, in which the position of the avicularia is not mentioned, nor even the exact form of the zocecial apertures. As to the correct name for this natural and important genus, there is still room for diversity of opinion. Pscharella Gray, 1848, {non D'Or- bigny), certainly ought not to have been restricted to this division, for *Aiiiials and Magasiue of Natural History, vol. iii, p. 156, Feb., 1879. 192 PROCEEDINGS OF UiaXED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. it included only three species, neither of which belongs to the present group. Moreover, his first species {inwiersa) and third species {variolosa, in i^art) belong to the older genus Usckaroides, as restricted and adopted by him in the same work. The second is a Porina or PoreUlna. There- fore it would be better to regSiTd JEscharcUa as a synonym oH Eschar oides Edw. (1835), in Gray's restricted sense. Escharella D'Orbigny (1852) was established wholly independently of Gray's genus, and is a group entirely distinct from Gray's, and if the name is to be used at all, it should be used only in D'Orbiguy's sense. Smittia, recently proposed by Hinclcs (Ann. and Mag., Feb., 1879), may well be adopted, therefore, for the present group. The following species, from our coast, belong to this genus : Smittia porifGi-a (Smitt) Hincks. Massachusetts Bay to Labrador, common. Smittia Candida (Stimp.) Verrill. Gulf of Maine, Bay of Fundy, etc. Smittia glob if era (Packard) Verrill. CascoBay to Labrador, common. Smittia auriculata (Hassal?) Verrill. Gulf of Maine. Smittia Landsborovii (Johnst.) Hincks. Massachusetts Bay, north- ward, common. Smittia bella (Busk) Hincks. Gulf of St. Lawrence (WTiiteaves). The last species I have not seen from our coast; but I have at least two additional, undetermined species. Smittia Candida V . {^= Lcj)ralia Candida Stiuipsou). This species has been entirely misunderstood by Suiitt and others, owing doubtless to the imperfection of tlie original description. Stimp- son's figure, however, represents very well the form of the aperture and of the zooecia in young colonies, without ooecia and avicularia. The zooecia are rather large, and conspicuously perforated over the front; the aperture has a distinct rounded sinus. The avicularia, which are usually absent on many or most of the zooecia of a colony-, are large, obtusely rounded at the end, commonly placed transversely just in front of the sinus, or sometimes partially within it, but on some crowded colonies varying much in direction, some being direct, others oblique, others transverse. Ooecia large, globose, usually perforate, but some- times, wheti highly calcified, the pores mostly disappear, or become small, and the surface becomes rough and granulous. It is very closely related to S. 2>orifera, but has larger zooecia and avicularia, while the usual obliquity of the latter is generally distinctive. Smittia globifera V. [—-Lcpralia ijJohlJ'era Packard, Canadian Naturalist, vol. viii, p. 40S). This species is very closely related to S. auriculata, ydtli Avhichlhave, in former papers, united it. As compared with an authentic English specimen of S. auriculata, received from the Kev. A. M. Xorman, the zooecia and avicularia are about one-half larger, but of nearly the same form. The zooecia are less regularly i^erforated. In our species, tlie PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 193 ooecia are prominent, but scarcely globose, the front surface being more or less flattened, and perforated with rather large pores, which are mostly confined to the flattened front surface. The median avicularium is well-rounded, direct, and just in front of the well-defined sinus. This species occurs in the encrusting (Lepralian) form, and also in the various foliaceous (Hemescharine) states, sometimes cup-shaped, saucer-shaped, and hat-shaped, according to place of growth. It is very common in the Bay of Fuudy and on the Grand Banks. Escharina Edw., 1835, = HippofIwa (jjars) Smitt, = ScMzojm-cIla Hincks, 1879. Edwards, in estabhshing this generic group, assigned a definite spe- cies as its type {U. vulgaris Moll) ; and although he afterwards united with it several incongruous species, the name ought to be retained for the group including his specified type. The earlier name, Rippothoa Lamo- roux, adopted by Smitt for this group and the true Hippothoa, combined with it by him, should, of course, be retained for the group typified by H. divaricata, from which R. lujaUna (type of CcUeporcUa Gray) does not appear to me to be generically distinct. The name given by Edwards, being next in order,* and definitely applied, should, therefore, be retained for the present group. JMoreover, Gray, in 1848, when restricting the genus, retained the name for the typical group. The name Rerentia Gray, as restricted by Smitt, would also be available for this group, if Uscharina could properly be rejected. In any case, the new name pro- I)Osed by Hincks seems wholly unnecessary. Escliarina, as understood by me, includes those species which have the primary zooecial aperture more or less subcircular, with a distinct, often narrow, median sinus, and with the avicularia lateral, when devel- oped. Mode of growth various, but more generally encrusting in a sin- gle layer; sometimes, as in E. Isabelliana, forming thick masses, consist- ing of numerous layers of cells. Our species, so far as determined, are^ as follows: Escharina IsahelUana D'Orb. = ^. variabilis Leidy. Escharina reversa Verrill. Perhaps a variety of the preceding. Escharina linearis (Hassal). Escharina hiaperta (Mich.). Escharina secundaria (Smitt). Escharina ansata (Johnst.) Gray. Escharina porosa Verrill, sp. nov. One or two undetermined species are also in our collection. Escharina porosa Verrill, sp. nov. Escharella 2)ertusa Yerril[, Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. x, p. 41, 1875, (non Smitt). Zoarium encrusting sheUs and stones. Zooecia large, oblong, perfo- rated by numerous, rather large, round pores ; apertures large, roundish, * The name Escharina was used by Ehreuberg in 1834 as the name of the family, but in that sense-it was a synonym of Escharidw Fleming, 1828, and consequently might be used as a generic name in another sense. Proc. iTat. Mus. 79 13 Nov. 5,18 79. 194 PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. wit'li a broad, shallow, median sinus, and small, lateral, opercular denticles. Ooecia large, piomineut, globose, the surface rough with sharp gran- ules, and jierforated by small, inconspicuous pores. Avicularia scarce, often absent, when present lateral, opposite the side of the aperture, broad, obtusely rounded, the point directed toward the zooecial aper- ture. Color, when dry, reddish brown. Vineyard Sound and Long Island Sound, 8 to 12 fathoms, common. The species here described has a close resemblance to both S.porifera and 8. Candida, and when the avicularia and ocecia are wanting it will not be easy to distinguish them. The resemblance to 8. Candida is l^articularly close, and extends even to the ooecia, but these are rougher and less porous in E.porosa, The situation and form of the avicularium are, however, the best diagnostic characters. This species is closely related to E. sangmnea (Norman) of Europe. It also has a general resemblance to E.pcrtusa (Esper), as described by Smitt ; but there appears to be great confusion in regard to the identifi- cation of the latter, and doubtless several species have been confounded under that name. Hincks refers pertusa to Lepralia. American writers have referred several distinct species to pertusa, and I am not sure that the genuine pertusa inhabits our coast. The species thus named by pawson, on examination of specimens kindly furnished by him, proves to be Smittia par if era. Probably 8. Candida has also been identified as pertusa by some writers. The generic relations of the species, well described and figured by Smitt as Escharella Jacotini (Aud.), has been variously determined. In Gray's system, it appears to have been united with one of the forms of Escharoides coccinea, under the name of variolosa, and referred to Escharella. Smitt placed it under Escharella in a special subdivision. It seems to me, however, to have more definite relations to the genus Discopora, as defined by Smitt, aud more particularly to that subdivision of Discopora which includes D.pavonella, D. appensa, etc., characterized by having lateral avicularia, and with a median denticle at the proximal edge of the primary zocecial aperture, and to which the name Mncronella, given by Hincks to the group called Discopora by Smitt, may be prop- erly restricted. We may subdivide Discopora into three natural groups, easily de- fined, as follows : Discopora Lamarck {pars), restricted by Edw. {von Fleming; non Gray). Dincoporu {pars) Smitt, Skandiuaviens Hafs-Bryozoer, p. 25, 1868. Palmicellarta {pars) Hincks. The type of this genus, as restricted by Edwards, was D. verrucosa Lam. (710)1 Esper). As shown by Edwards, this species is very distinct from Esper's species, aud is closely allied to the well-known D. 81ienei of the I^orth Atlantic. Gray was, however, misled by the quotation of Esper's name in the synonymy, and erroneously took Esper's species as PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 195 the type of Biscopora. Hincks attributed the name to Fleming, who used it in a different sense, and, apparently overlooking the fact that the name originated with Lamarck, rejected it for the original gronp. Biscopora, as I propose to restrict it, is characterized by having both median and lateral avicularia, with the former (or both) oiieu raised on a prominence in front of the zooecial aperture. B. Sl-enei, with its Lepra- lian form described as L. crassispina by Stimpson, is the only known New England si)ecies. Escharoides Edw., in Lam., 1835; Gray (restr.), 1848, (noii Smitt). Mucronella {pars) Hincks, 1879, Type E. coccinea (Abildg.), as defined by Smitt,= jB. Feachii (Johnston). This group includes those species of Biscoporidcc having a prominent median denticle, but without avicularia. The zooecial aperture is usually somewhat raised, and is often armed with marginal spines. As E. coccinea was one of the species originally included by Milne Edwards, Gray's restriction was correctly made, and should be adopted. The typical species, with several varieties, abounds on our coast. Mucronella Hincks (restricted), Ann. & Mag., iii, p. 162, 1879. Discopora {pars) Smitt, Skandinaviens Hafs-Bryozoer, p. 25, 18G8. Characterized by having lateral avicularia on one or both sides of the zofficial aperture, but without the median avicularium. Median denti- cle of various forms, often small. Apertures armed or unarmed with spines. Growth various, most often encrusting, foliaceous, or lichen- like, sometimes forming thick crusts composed of many layers. Our species are as follows : Mucronella appensa (Hassal) Yerrill. Mucronella pavonella (Alder) Hincks. Mucronella nitida Yerrill = Biscopora nit i da V., 1875. Mucronella Jacotini (Aud.) V. = EscJiarella Jacotini Smitt. Mucronella scabra (Fabr.) V. = Biscopora scahra Smitt. M. scabra, var. lahiata (Stimj).) = Lepralia labiata Stimp. Mucronella ovata (Smitt) Y. = B. scabra, var. ovata Smitt. Mucronella nitida A-'errill. Discopora nitida Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sci., ix, p. 415, pi. Tii, fig. 3, 1875. This species is very abundant in Yiueyard - Sound and Long Island Sound. Although it is an encrusting species, when young often forming small, thin, radiating patches, when old it forms thick, irregular, cellular crusts, composed of numerous layers of cells. Some of these finally become large, subglobular masses, with an uneven surface, sometimes two inches or more in diameter. The color, when recently dried, is usually bright greenish yellow, sometimes brownish. The younger cells have the walls of both ocecia and zooecia uniformly perforated ; when older, the bounding walls become raised ; a marginal row of conspicuous pores remains, while those over the front mostly disappear, or are obscured by granules; the pores of the globose ooecia also mostly dis- 196 PKOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. appear and their surface becomes roughly granulous. The lateral avicu- laria are generally abundant, very few cells being without one or both ; they vary somewhat in size, form, and position, but are usually small and near the aperture. The zooecial apertiu-e is small, always with a smaU, squarish mucro in front, and with a slender lateral process on each side for the articulation of the operculum. In the secondary stages of calcification, a strong, prominent, flat process often rises up on each side of the aperture. Mucronella scabra Verrill. The relationship of M. scahra is not always obvious, owing to the fact that usually only one large lateral avicularium is developed, and this is crowded so far in front of the zooecial aperture as to appear like a large, rostriform, median avicularium, facing sidewise. A careful examination of the young cells will, however, usually show some cells with two lateral avicularia, with the small median denticle of the aperture between them. Escharopsis Ver!:iH = Escharoidcs Smitt (now Edw.). Bulletin National Museum, No. 15, p. 149, 1879. I proposed this name for a group, including two of our larger, northern, Eschara-like species. The zoa?cial aperture has a narrow median sinus, which in the later stages of growth includes within it a small laterally placed avicularium, facing sidewise. The genus is otherwise apparently closely related to EscJiarina, CeUeporariaj and Beiepora.* Smitt, in his Florida Bryozoa, even referred one of the species to Betepora {B. rosacea). The growth of both our species is often Leprahan and fohaceous as well as Escharine. Escharopsis lohata (Lamx.) Vemll = Escliaroides Sarsii Smitt = Lepra- Ua producta Packard. Escharopsis rosacea (Sars) Verrill = Escharoidcs rosacea Smitt. TUNICATA. Ascidia inomata, sp. nov. In expansion the body is upright cyhndro-conical, about twice as high as broatl ; the base is about the same in diameter as the middle portion, and but very little expanded. The oral tube is much longer than the other, subterminal, swollen at base, tapering, the upper part cylindrical, the opening surrounded by seven low, rounded, thin lobes or crenula- tions, between which are seven orange-colored ocelli; corresponding with the ocelli there are seven thickened, j)ointed lobes or folds of the test, which niu down from them along the tube as slightly prominent costiie, with transverse wrinkles between them. The anal tube is sub- terminal, shorter and smaller, situated to one side, and only about half * In a paper received from Dr. Smitt, since the above was -written, he has enlarged his genus Discoporu, so as to include the northern species of Eetepora (B. cellulosa and Jx. dongata), and also the species here called Escharopsis rosacea. (Ofversigt af Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forh., 1878, p. 30.) PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 197 as long as the oral. Its orifice is surrounded by six lobes and ocelli, like those of the other. Test moderately thick and firm, somewhat wrinkled, nearly glabrous, translucent, dull yellowish, blotched more or less with russet-brown. The internal organs show through faintly as yellow and dark markings. Height, in expansion, 32^""^; greatest diameter, IT™-^; length of oral tube, ll^i"; of anal, 4'"'» to 5""^. Johnson's Bay, near Eastport, Me., 12 fathoms, stony, August 8, 1872. Halocynthia Verrill= Cynthia Savigny (non Fabr., 1808). Bulletin National Museum, No. 15, p. 147, 1879. This name was proposed for the restricted genus Ci/nthia of Savigny, characterized by having both apertiu'es quadrangular, and ovaries de- veloped on both sides. The species now known from our northeast coast are as follows : Halocyntlda ijyriformis (Eathke) = Cyntliia pyriformis authors. Halocynthia rustica (Linne) = Ascidia monoceros Moller. Salocynthia tuberctdum (Fabr.) = Cynthia carnea (Ag.) Yerrill. Halocynthia pulchella Verrill = Cynthia jpulchella Yerrill. Halocynthia echinata (Linne) = Cynthia echinata authors. Halocynthia partita (Stimp.) = Cynthia partita Stimpson. MOLLUSCA. Xylophaga dorsalis (Turton). Many lining specimens of this species have been found in bits of old wood, dredged in Casco Bay; in 100 to 110 fathoms, about thirty miles oft' Cape Ann ; and in various parts of Massachusetts Bay and Cape Cod Bay. It has previously been recorded by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves from Gaspe Bay. Found on the European coast south to the Adriatic. Lunatia nana (Moller) G. O. Sars, Moll. Eeg. Arct. Norveg., p. 159, pi. 21, tig. 16. Xatica nana Moller, Kroyer's Tidds., vol. iv, p. 80, 1843. Three living specimens of this species were dredged on Stellwagen's Bank, north of Cape Cod, in 26 to 32 fathoms, sand, by the XJ. S. Fisli Commission, 1879. It has not previously been recorded from the Amer- ican coast; but it was dredged in 1872 by Messrs. Smith and Harger, in 45 fathoms, on Le Have Bank. It is easily distinguished from all oiu- other species of the group by its horny operculum and closed umbilicus. Except in the last character, it resembles L. immaculata. Its color is ivory-white, shining. Dendronotus robustus Verrill, Amer. Jonru. Science, vol. 1, p. 405, fig. 1, 1870. Bendronotns velifer G. O. Sars, Mollusca Reg. Arcticaj Norvegite, p. 315, tab. 28, fig. 2, tab. XV, fig. 4 (dentition), 1878. The species well-described and figured in the excellent work of Sars is identical with the American form. Our I), robustus was described from a specimen not fully grown ; but we have since dredged it of larger size, agreeing with 2). velifer, in numerous localities, from oft' Cape Cod 198 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. to Nova Scotia, iu 20 to 100 fatlioms. The dentition of our original specimen is like that figured by Sars for D. velifer. Idalia pulchella Alder and Hancock, Idalia jmlcheJla G. O. Sars, op. cit.,p. 313, tab. 28, fig. 1, a-c, tab. xiv, fig. 8 (dentition), 1878. This species has been found, for the first time, upon the American coast, by Mr. J. H. Emerton, who discovered it at Salem, Mass., tliis season. He has kindly sent me a specimen and a colored drawing of the species, which he liad already determined. The specimen agrees very closely with Sars's description and figures, both in external characters and in dentition, but not so well with those of Alder and Hancock. ANTHOZOA. Bolocera multicoriiis, sp. nov. A large, handsome species, broad and low, with a multitude of mod- erate-sized tentacles, crowded in many rows, and covering the greater part of the disk. Column smooth, very short ; in our specimen the disk was so expanded that the margin was on a level with the base ; a smooth rim below the bases of the tentacles. Tentacles very numerous (several hundred), crowded in twenty or more indistinct, close, concentric rows, which entirely cover and conceal the disk, except a narrow, naked zone around the mouth ; they are changeable iu form, often cylindrical and blunt at tip, at other times fusiform, clavate, or swollen in any part, their length nearly equal in extension, and mostly less than a fifth of the diameter of the disk, or 14""" to 18""". The disk, as expanded, is reg- ularly convex, and the specimen showed no inclination to contract or withdraw its tentacles. Mouth with a distinct, gonidial groove at each end, bordered by a large fold or lobe on each side; sides of mouth with numerous irregular lobes or folds and wrinkles. Color of body and tentacles nearly uniform bright red-lead color or orange-scarlet ; mouth- folds a deeper tint of the same color. Diameter of expanded disk, about 3.75 inches, or 194'"'" 5 height at center, 30""" to 33'""^. One specimen only, dredged off Cape Cod, in 45 fathoms, shelly bot- tom, 1879 (U. S. Fish Commission). Edwardsia pallida, sj). nov. A long, slender, soft, flaccid, whitish species. Column smooth, desti- tute of any investment, but sometimes with grains of sand, slightly adherent; surface faintly longitudinally sulcated, and sometimes finely wrinkled transversely. The form is somewhat changeable, usually much elongated, nearly cylindrical, but often tapered at the posterior end. Tentacles about twenty-four, slender, the length about twice the diameter of the body, of nearly uniform diameter to near the tip, translucent whitish, often with a pale olive-green central line, interrupted by a line of opaque white ?pots, often ten to twelve on a tentacle, or sometimes PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 199 by transverse lines of white; tbe central dark line is sometimes absent; column translucent, dull gray or grayish white, striped with narrow flake- white lines, between which the dark internal organs show through ; a circle of lunate si)ots of opaque yellowish white is situated just below the tentacles, corresponding with the broad longitudinal stripes. Disk often much protruded, yellowish white, radiated with opaque white. Provincetown, Mass., in sand, at low-water (U. S. Fish Commission, 1879). Anthothela, gen. nov. This generic division is proposed for the Briareum grandiflorum (Sars) and allied species. It is related to Briareum and Faragorgia in having a soft spiculose axis, but its polyp -cells are prominent and permaneutly exsert, and the polyps themselves are not entirely retractile. The ccen- enchyma is thin, and often spreads out irregularly over foreign bodies or around the base, as an encrustation. Anthothela grandiflora (Sara) Verrill. Briareum (jrandifloriim Sars, Fauna Litt. Norvegiae, p. 63, pi. 10, fig. 10-12. This species has been obtained in several instances by the Gloucester halibut fishermen in deep water, off Nova Scotia, and presented to the U. S. Fish Commission. It was first obtained by Capt. N. McPhee and crew, of the schooner " Carl Schurz," off Sable Island. Halipteris Christii (Koren and Dan.) Kolliker. A single specimen of a species of Halipteris, which is, perhaps, iden- tical with the above species, although difiering somewhat from the descriptions and figures of the Norwegian form, has been presented to the U. S. Fish Commission by Capt. Thos. F. Hodgdon and crew, of the schooner "Bessie W. Somes," from the Grand Bank. Alcyonium digitatum Linne (?). Two specimens, which I refer very doubtfully to this species, were taken by Captain Greenwood and crew, of the schooner "Sultana," in 80 fathoms, on Clark's Bank, east of Cape Cod. They form low, thick, lobular masses, with the polyps scattered over the entire surface, except at the very base, and everywhere showing the coenenchyma between them. The base is somewhat spreading, and there is no main trunk, for the division into rounded or flattened lobes takes place close to the base, and they again subdivide, so that a group of short, thick, obtuse lobes, jiartly rounded and partly flat, results. The polyps are rather larger than in A. carneum, and some are retracted into the cells that are scattered over the coenenchyma, and others more or less expanded; toward the summits of the lobes they are more numerous, but not crowded. The surface of the cceneucliyma, under a lens, shows a granular api^earance, due to the small white spicula. If not identical with A. digitatum of Europe, it is at least very closely 200 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. related, and belongs to the same section of the genus. A comparative study of the spicula has not yet been made. Alcyonium multiflorum, sp. nov, A hirge, upright species, with a tall bare trunk, which divides near the top into numerous divergent cylindrical branches, which are naked, except near the ends, where they again subdivide in the same way into secondary branches, which in turn divide again into a cluster of short, terminal branchlets. The ultimate branchlets bear at their ends an umbel-like cluster of crowded polyps, which in contraction form rounded groups. The whole forms a i^anicle-like structure, not unlike a cauli- flower — a resemblance noticed by the fishermen. The minute polyp- cells are closely crowded at the ends of the branchlets, so as to leave no naked coeuenchyma visible between them. They are apparently not retractile, but the tentacles are often contracted into eight rounded, mi- nute, rather rigid lobes at the summit of the polyps, which, in contrac- tion, have small, short bodies. The branches, branchlets, and trunk are usually sulcated in alcoholic specimens, and have a smooth, scarcely granular surface. The surface is smoother than in A. earnenm, though the structure of the ccenenchyma and interior is firmer and less flexible. Height, about 4 to 5 inches ; breadth, about 3 inches, in contraction. Some specimens are considerably larger. Color, in alcohol, yellowish white; in recently preserved specimens, bright red, stained with purple; Eeceived from Daniel McKinnon and crew, of the schooner "Mary F. Chisholm," i^. lat. 44° 06', W. long. 52° 54', 220 fathoms. Taken also by Captain John E. Wilson and crew, of the schooner " Polar Wave," in 200 fathoms, N. lat. 44° 30', W. long. 57° 08', and in various other localities, in deep water, by the fishermen. Called sea-cauliflower by the fishermen. Closely related to A. caniemn, but diflers in having smaller polyps, which are so crowded as to show no bare coeuenchyma between their bases. The naked branches are longer and more panicled. It resembles in general appearance the Gorgonia florida Midler (Zool. Danica) ; but the latter appears not to be known to modern Scandi- navian -wTiters, and its afiinities are doubtful. Alcyonium Liitkeni, sp. nov. Alcyonium glomeratum Liitken, MSS. (won Johnston). Several specimens of a species agreeing perfectly with Greenland specimens sent to me several years ago, under the above MSS. name, by Dr. Chr. Liitken, were dredged in 52 fathoms, off Halifax, K. S., by the U. S. Fish Commission, in 1877. It may be distinguished by having the integument, especially of the polyp-bodies and bases of the tentacles, filled and covered with spicula, so as to render them decidedly rigid and incapable of complete con- traction. The main stem is upright, without polyps, giving oft' cylin- drical branches along the sides ; from these small lateral branchlets arise all along their sides as well as at their ends, each bearing a cluster of PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 201 three to five, or more, polyp-cells, whicli are larger tlian in A. carneum, and, wlien contracted, are obovate, incurved, and sliow the bases of the eight tentacles as small terminal lobes. The spicnla are larger and rougher than in A. carneum and the two preceding species. Height, 3 inches, or more. ECHINODERMATA. Tremaster, gen. nov. Body thin, pentagonal, the rays united by a thin interradial web ex- tending to their tips. Five interradial openings, situated toward the center of the disk, pass directly through to the lower side, where they open at the aboral side of the jaw-plates. Ambulacral grooves wide toward the month. Suckers in four rows. Upper surface covered with imbricated flat plates, which may bear granules and marginal spinules. Lower surface with suiall imbedded plates, bearing spines. Tremaster mirabilis, sp. nov. Body thick in the central region, very thin at the margin, the ends of the rays extending but little beyond the interradial margin, while the interradial web extends in a rounded lobe a little beyond the proper end of the rays, so that there is at the tip a shght but evident emargina- tion. In all the specimens, the body is bent upward in a very convex form, with the rays and margin bent abruptly downward, so that the edges are in contact with the ground, or nearly so, all around, leaving a large concavity underneath. The margin is thrown into a broad fold or un- dulation between the rays. On the dorsal surface, the imbricated plates of the radial regions are more prominent, thicker, and with a broader fi^ee portion than those of the interradial regions, and they bear a row, sometimes of eight to ten small, acute, appressed spines (often but one or two in the young) along the free edge ; these plates form, therefore, a regular rosette or star on the dorsal surface, its rays broad at the base and rapidly narrowed toward the margin, where the plates become very small and lack the spinules ; all the dorsal plates are covered with small scattered granules, often with one or several larger central ones. In the interradial areas, the plates are thin, flat, the inner or free ends are oval and destitute of spines, and each plate is usually overlapped by only two, laterally placed, and not by theone directly behind it, asinthe radial areas ; these plates are large and somewhat rhomboidal toward the central area of the disk, but become very small and rounded toward and at the margin ; each minute lower marginal plate bears a small ovate spinule, which form a close row or fringe around the margin. The central area of the disk is covered by large granulated plates; four or five, somewhat irregular in form, surround the central opening, which is protected by a circle of about twelve to eighteen small, obtuse spines. Madreporic plate prom- inent, close to the central opening, surrounded by small spinules. The five disk-perforations are large and conspicuous, when distended ellip- tical in form, and bordered by a row of small spines, which often con- verge above it. The interradial areas of the lower surface are formed 202 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. by small, more or less oblong plates, which become very small toward the margin ; each bears a spine, which toward the mouth are rather long and acute, gradually becoming shorter, flatter, and blunter toward the margin, near which they are spatulate, but close to the margin they be- come very small and slender. The adambulacral plates are transversely elongated ; each usually bears four spines, the two inner small, slender, acute, the innermost the smaller, and two outer much larger and stouter ones, the outermost nsually the largest, flattened and often slit or chan- neled at the end. The disk-perforations are large, rounded, with a smooth rim, and not surrounded by special spines. Jaw-plates promi- nent, each bearing at the oral end two or three long, acute spines, and others on the npper surface, while on the lateral margin a row of six or eight smaller, slender spinules, usually with a second row behind them, of fewer spines. Ambulacral snckers and pores large, arranged in two alternating rows on each side of the median line ; the grooves are broad and deep. Color of specimens recently preserved in alcohol, deep orange-red above, yellowish -white beneath. The surface is covered with a soft, thin, mucous layer. Greatest diameter of the largest specimen, 112™™; lesser or interradial diameter, 100"""; breadth of larger dorsal plates, 9™-" to II'"'" ; length of longest adambulacral spines, 8""°" to O-"'". A smaller one has the greater radius Co™™ ; lesser, 55™™ ; breadth of larger dorsal plates, G™™; length of largest adambulacral spines, 4™™ to 5™™; of inner ones, 1™™. This remarkable new starfish has hitherto been obtained only by the Gloucester halibut fishermen, who have presented three specimens to the U. S. Fish Commission. The first specimen was taken by Capt. Charles Anderson and crew, of the schooner "Alice G. Wunson," in 250 fathoms, off George^s Bank, X. lat. 42° 08', W. long. 05° 31', April 28, 1879. The largest specimen was taken by Capt. Thomas Olson and crew, of the shooner " Epes Tarr," in 150 fathoms, N. lat. 47° 00', W. long. 580 15'. Another specimen was taken in 220 fathoms, by Captain Kilpatrick and crew, of the schooner "Polar Wave," in N. lat. 44° 32', W. long. 570 09'. Porania spinulosa, sp. uov. Greater radius, 40™™; lesser radius, 23™™. Whole upper surface cov- ered with fine, sharp spinules. Pores on the dorsal surface very nu- merous, arranged in irregular groups of 6 to 15 or more, over the whole upper surface of the disk and rays, and in a marginal series between the upper and lower marginal plates. Lower marginal plates with a group of ten to twelve sharp spinules, in two or more rows on each plate. Lower surface with large, oblong, flat i)late8, separated by rad- ial grooves, and bearing at their outer ends a row of two or three small, appressed spines ; their sui'face bearing scattered, small, sharp gran- ules. Adambulacral spines sharp, in several rows; two inner ones PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 203 side by side on each plate ; one, sou^what stouter, farther out, alteruat- iug with them ; outside of these are usually two, obliquely placed, di- vergent and usually pointing toward the end of the rays; jaw-plates bearing somewhat larger acute spines. Color, in life, orange-red, mottled with brighter red on the dorsal side ; beneath, light yellow. Two characteristic specimens of this species have been dredged by the U. S. Fish Commission, off Cape Cod, in 80 fathoms, mud, 15 miles N. 6oO E. from Eace Point ; the other in 130 fathoms, mud, 26 miles E. by i^. from Eace Point Light. Another specimen was taken by Capt. Thomas Goodwin and crew, of the schooner "Howard," in 170 fathoms, N. lat. 450 25', W. long. 57° 10'. This species differs so much from typical Forania that it might well form a new generic type. It has not the smooth, naked skin of typical Porania. Archaster tenuispinus Duben and Koren. Several specimens of this species have been recently presented to the U. S. Fish Commission by the Gloucester halibut fishermen, from deep water, off the j^ova Scotia coast. It is a new addition to the American fauna. They vary in size from about 35"™ in diameter up to 250'"™. The largest specimen was presented by Capt. Daniel McKinnon and crew, of the schooner " Mary F. Chisholm." It was from 130 to IGO fath- oms, ]Sr. lat. 450 02', W. long. 56° llf. Two smaller ones, one from 128 fathoms, N. lat. 40° 28', W. long. 55° 25', February, 1879, the other from 250 fathoms, N. lat. 42° 40', W. long. 03° OG', were presented by Capt. Daniel McEachern and crew, of the schooner '^ Guy Cunningham." With the latter were fine specimens of the rare simple-armed Ophiuran, As- trochele Lymani Y., much larger than the original type. Astrophyton Lamarckii Miiller and Troschel. IsTumerous specimens of this species have been obtained in deep water off George's Bank and off" the Kova Scotia coast by the Gloucester fisher- men, and presented to the U. S. J'ish Commission. They are found clinging to Faragorgia arborea, Frimnoa reseda^ Alcyonium carneum, and other Alcyonaria. Easily distinguished from ^. Agassizii and A. eucnemis, both of which also occur in the same region, by the granulation of the disk, which is entirely covered, both over the ribs and interradial spaces, by coarse granules. Ophiacantha millespina, sp. nov. A five-rayed species, allied to 0. bidentata Ljung. (= 0. spimtlosa M. & Tr.), but distinguished readily by the very numerous and minute three- pronged and four-pronged, slender spines which thickly cover the disk. The mouth-plates are four-lobed or somewhat cross-shaped, the outer lobe narrow and long, extending into the interbrachial spaces ; the inner lobe is nearly triangular; the side-lobes are nearly as long as the outer 204 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. lobe, but narrower. Mouth-papillae large, stout, subacute, usually three on each side of the jaw, the outermost thicker than the others, which are compressed. Arm-spines numerous, long, slender, tapered, sub- acute, translucent, rough with small acute spinules; the upper spines on the two or three joints just beyond the margin of the disk are longer than the rest, being considerably longer than the diameter of the arm; on the second joint beyond the disk the two rows nearly meet on the dorsal side, there being ten in each row; farther out the number is soon reduced to seven or eight, the upper ones longest, the lower ones short. Cnder arm-plates, near the base of the arms, short and broad, with a small central angle on the proximal edge; the distal edge curved. Far- ther out they rapidly become narrower and longer, the proximal angle becoming more prominent and the lateral edges being incurved, while the distal edge is convex. The ventral plates are separated by the side arm-plates. Diameter of disk, 11™™; length of arms, 45™™ to 50™™; of longest arm-spines, 4™™. Color, in alcohol, yellowish white. Taken on the eastern slope of George's Bank, in 220 fathoms, and pre- sented by Captain Anderson and crew, of the schooner "Alice G. Wun- son." PORIPERA. Cladorhiza grancfis, sp. nov. A large and remarkable species, with a strong, branched root, a long, stout, round, unbranched stem, and a very thick, elongated, club-shaped, compact body, from which a large number of lateral jirocesses diverge, on all sides, nearly at right angles, so as to resemble somewhat an In- dian warclub. The lateral processes are long, round, enlarged at base, and swollen or clavate toward the end, which terminates in a fascicle of Blender setae ; other clusters of setae project from and roughen the sur- face of the swollen end. These lateral processes are arranged irregu- larly, but rather uniformly, and often appear to form eight to ten or more irregular rows, but are more commonly without order, and about half an inch apart at base, diverging on all sides, more or less ciu'ved to one side or downward, the lowest and the uppermost somewhat shorter; their number, on the largest specimens, amounts to a hundred or more, while in the smallest observed there are about twenty; they are tubular, the small central tube connecting with larger cavities in the body of the sponge, at their bases ; the internal cavity is lined with long, slender, longitudinal spicula, and their external surface is roughened with small projecting spicula, while the surface of the sponge-body is compara- tively smooth. A large central bundle of long spicula runs through the whole length of the stem and body, and subdivides so as to go into all the branches of the root, which subdivides irregularly into numerous branches, differing in the different specimens. Color, in alcohol, yel- lowish white or clear white. Height of largest examples, about 18 inches; diameter of the stem, 0.5 inch; of body, 1.5 inches; length of lateral processes, 1.5 to 2 inches; their diameter in middle, about 0.15 to 0.20 mch. A moderate-sized specimen is 220""" high; the root (imperfect) is about PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 205 40""""; tlie stem, 70t; tlie body, llO""""; diameter of the stem, lO""""; of the body, 20"""" ; leugtli of lateral processes, 25"""" ; tlieii- diameter in mid- dle, 3"""" to 4"^"". The smallest specimen seen has the stem 40"""" long; the body, 30™" long; diameter of the stem, 5'""; of the body, 15"^""; length of lateral processes, up to 20""". Numei-ons specimens of this very remarkable sponge have been brought in by the halibut fishermen from the deep-water fishing grounds off IS^ova Scotia, during the past year, and presented to the U. S. Fish Commission. Two of the best were taken by Captain McCormick and crew, of the schooner "Wachusett," in 180 fathoms, N. lat. 43° 17', W. long. 00° 58'. Several specimens have been presented by Capt. J. W. lollins and crew, of the schooi New Haven, Coxn., October, 1879. »ESCR5PT50IV OF A IVE^V G-ENUS ANO SPECIES ©F FESEI, LOIPM©- l,A7rai.5JS CMAM^/El.EOIV'fflCEPS, FB®M TME SOtlTEt COAST OF IVEW EIVGI.ANI5. By G. BR01¥N GOODE and TABLETON H. BEAiV. A few days ago Captain William H. Kirby, of Gloucester, Massachu- setts, took 500 pounds of a remarkable new fish on a cod-fish trawl in lat. 40° N., Ion. 70^ W., at a depth of 84 fathoms, 80 miles south by east of Roman's Land. One of these was forwarded by him to the United States Xatioual Museum, and forms the type of a new genus and species. The single individual secured (jS'o. 22899, Earll 342) is 33 inches long. The largest one taken, according to Captain lurby, weighed 50 pounds. The species appears to be generically distinct from the already de- scribed species of the family LatiUdcc Gill. It is related by its few-rayed vertical fins and other characters to the genus Latilns as restricted by Gill, but is distinguished by the presence of a large adii)ose appendage upon the nape, resembling the adipose fin of the Salmonidcc, and by a fleshy x^rolongation upon each side of the labial fold extending back- ward beyond the angle of the mouth. For this genus we propose the name LopJiolatilus. Lopholatilus chamaeleonticeps sp. nov. Desceiption.— The greatest height of the body (.300), which is at the ventrals, is contained about 3J times in the length to the origin of the middle caudal rays, and 4 times in the extreme length. Its greatest width (.144) equals the length of the caudal peduncle (.144) ; this latter being measured from the end of the soft dorsal to the origin of the mid- dle caudal rays. The least height of the tail (.0807) is contained 4 times in the distance of the spinous dorsal from the snout. The greatest length of the head (.33) is contained 3 times in the length to the origin of the middle caudal rays. Its greatest width (.105) is slightly more than twice the width of the interorbital area (.08). The length of the snout (.122) is contained twice in the length of the pectoral of the right side (.244). The length of the operculum to end of flap 206 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. (.11) is i of total lengtli. The length of the upper jaw (.15) equals J the height of the body at the veutrals, and is contained 2^ times in the length of the head. The maxilla extends to the perpendicular through the anterior marghi of the orbit ; the mandible does not quite reach the perpendicular through the middle of the orbit ; the length of the labial appendage is slightly more than half the long diameter of the orbit and I the length of the 1st pectoral ray. The length of the mandible (.156) shghtly exceeds the distance from the snout to the orbit (.15), and equals 3 times the long diameter of the eye (.052). ^^hich is contained 6J times in the length of the head. The operculum and preoperculum are scaly ; the latter is finely denticulated on its posterior margin. The distance of the posterior nostril from the eye equals the length of the first anal spine ; the distance between the anterior nostril and the end of the snout is twice as great. The intermaxillaries are supplied with an outer series of about 19 canine teeth, and behind these a band of villiform teeth widest at the symphysis. The mandible has a few large canines and an inner series of small conical teeth continued from a patch of simi- lar teeth at the symphysis ; vomer and palatines toothless. The distance of the adipose dorsal from the snout (.200) equals nearly 3 times its height (.07) ; its length of base (.123) equals the length of the snout. The height of the adipose dorsal equals the distance from the tip of the ventral to the vent. The distance of the spinous dorsal from the snout (.347) equals the distance of the ventral from the snout (.347) ; its length of base (.144) equals the length of the caudal peduncle. The 1st spine is imperfect— what remains of it is ^ as long as the 3d spine (.00). The 2d spine (.082) is about equal to the width of the interorbital area. The 4th and the 6th spnie are equal in length (.097) and equal the distance from the end of the snout to the posterior nostril. The 5th spine (.095) is a little shorter than the 6th. The last spine (7th) is contained 10 times in the total length. The length of the first ray of the soft dorsal (.004) equals the distance between the anterior nostril and the end of the snout. The 13th, and longest ray (.147), about equals the length of the base of the spinous dorsal. The last ray (.07) is half as long as the 13th. The 13th ray of the soft dorsal extends to the origin of the ex- ternal caudal rays. The distance of the anal from the snout (.60) is about equal to twice the height of the body at the ventrals. The length of the anal base (.318) is slightly more than twice the length of the mandible. The 1st anal spine (.04) is half as long as the second dorsal spine. The 2d anal spine (.075) is half as long as the upper jaw. The 1st ray of the anal (.102) is as long as the last spine of the dorsal. The 11th, and longest anal ray (.134), is contained 7^ times in the total length, and nearly equals the length of the middle caudal rays. The last anal ray (.078) is half as long as the mandible. The 11th ray of the anal extends almost to the perpendicular through the origin of the middle caudal rays. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 207 The caudal is emarginate, the external rays being only 1^ times as long as the middle rays. The length of the superior external rays (.21G), measured from the origin of the middle rays, equals li times the length of the spinous dorsal base. * The distance of the pectoral from the snout (.32) very slightly exceeds the length of the anal base. The length of the pectoral of the right side (.244) equals twice that of the snout. The pectoral of the left side is probably imi)erfect; its length (.210) being equal to that of the supe- rior external caudal rays. The right pectoral can be made to reach the vent ; in its natural position it extends to the perpendicular let fall from the 4th ray of the 2d dorsal. The distance of the ventral from the snout (.347) equals 4 times the least height of the tail. The length of the ventral (.183) equals twice that of the 3d dorsal spine, and it extends to a point under the third dorsal ray. The distance from the tip of the ventral to the vent equals half the length of the middle caudal rays. The vent is under the inter- val between the fourth and fifth dorsal rays. Bad iaJ formula.— B. VI; D. VII, 15; A. Ill, 13; C. 18; P. II, 15; V. I, 5; L. Lat. 93; L. Trans. 8+30. Color. — The operculum, preoperculum, upper surface of head, and ma- jor portion of the body, have numerous greenish-yellow spots, the largest of which are about ^ as long as the eye. Upon the caudal rays are about eight stripes of the same color, some of them connected by cross blotches. The upper part of the body has a violaceous tint, and the lower parts are ^vhitish, with some areas of yellow. The anal and ventral fins are whitish. The pectorals have the tint of the upper surface of the body, with some yellow upon their posterior surfaces. The soft dorsal has an upper broad band of violaceous, and a narrow basal portion of whitish. Many of the rays have upon them a yellow stripe; there are some spots of the same color, especially upon the anterior portion of the fin. Note. — In the table of measurements, the unit of comparison is the length to the origin of the middle caudal rays. Tahle of Measurements. Current number of specimen Locality 9 miles S. by E. of Neman's Land. liUime- lOOthsof tres. length. Length to origin of middle candal rays. Lena:th to end of middle caudal rays . . . Body : Greatest height (at ventrals) Greatest wiAth Least height of tail Length of caudal peduncle Head: Greatest length Greatest width Width of interorbital area Length of snout Length of operculum Length of upper jaw Length of mandible Distance from snout to orbit Long diameter of eye 230 114 56 85 77 105 108 103 3C 1 30.6 14.4 8.C7 14.4 33 16.5 8 12.28 11 15 15.6 15 5.2 208 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Table of Measurements— Continned. Current number of specimen Locality , D miles S. by E. of Nomau's Land. Millime- lOOthsof tres. length. Dorsal (adipose) : Distance from snout Length of base Greatest height Dorsal (spinous) : Distance from snout Length of base Length of tirst spine (possibly broken) . Length of second spine Length of third spine Length of fourth spine Length of fifth spine (possibly broken) . Length of sixth spine Length of seventh spine Dorsal (soft) : Length of base Length of first ray Length of longest ray (thirteenth) Length of last ray Anal: Distance from snout Lengt h of base Length of lirst spine Length of second spine Length of first ray Length of longest ray (eleventh) Length of last^ray , Caudal : Length of middle rays Length of external rays Pectoral: Distance from snout Length Ventral : Distance from snout Length Branchiostegals Dorsal right side left side . Anal. Caudal Pectoral Ventral !N umber of scales in lateral line !Number of transverse rows above lateral line . Kumber of transverse rows below lateral line. 150 145 223 1G9 150 240 127 VI VII, 15 ll,Vi 18 n, 15 1,5 20.66 12. 28 7 34.68 14.4 3 8.24 9.1 9.68 9.54 9. 68 10 43.35 9.4 14.74 7 60 3L79 4.2 7.5 10.26 13.44 7.8 13.87 21.67 21 32.22 24. 42 21.67 34.68 18.35 Capt. William Dempsey, of Gloucester, lias since fiirnislied nine fresh specimens of this LopholatUus and the following information: " Tbe fish were caught with Menhaden bait in July, 1879, while ' try- ing' for cod 50 miles south by east of Neman's Land, in hit. 40° 10' K, Ion. 70° 55' W., 75 fathoms, on very hard clay bottom. Two miles inside of this bottom there is nothing but a green ooze, on which no fish will live. " Two of the 9 fish were spent females. The few remaining eggs of these 2 were not so large as those of the herring, and resemble the eggs of the Norway Haddock. The other 7 had nothing to determine whether they were male or female. "The liver is small, somewhat like that of the mackerel, and contains no oil. The flesh is oily and will soon rust after splitting and drying. " The stomach and intestines are small, the latter resembling those of an eel. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 209 " The swiin-bladder is similar to that of a cod. "Some of the fish 'blister' like cusk when taken on deck." " They were very abundant and bit freely." The largest of the individuals brought in by Captain Dempsey has a bifid nuchal crest. Smithsoniax Institutiox, July 30, 1879. ON THE 0€CUBRK1VCE OF liYCOOES VAHIill, KEIJVHABDT, ON I.A HAVE AND ORAND OANK!^. By O. BROWIV i: and TAKL.ETON H. BEA]\. The United States Fish Commission has received from Captain Z. Haw- kins and the crew of the schooner " Gwendolen," of Gloucester, Mass., a fine specimen of a species of Lycodes, obtained on La Have Bank in latitude 42° 43' north and between the meridians of 02° 20' and ()o° 30' west, at the depth of 300 to 400 fathoms, the schooner having changed position while fishing. A second specimen, 632 millimetres in length, was presented by Captain Wm. H. Greenleaf and the crew of the schooner " Chester R. Lawrence," who secured it on the Grand Banks. After a careful comparison of this species with that described by Rein- hardt under the name Lycodes Vahlii* and previously recorded only from Greenland, we are &iclined to believe the two identical. Reinhardt's description of Lycodes Valilii is very full, and is supple- mented by a long table of measurements, which has been very service- able in the study of the specimens before us. The dentition of the La Have specimen agrees exactly with that of L. Verrillii. The lower jaw has the teeth in two series, with an imper- fect series of smaller ones between. The upper jaw has a single series of teeth, with a few smaller ones behind the symphysis. There are about seven teeth on tlie vomer and a single row of about seven on each palatine. The teeth are obtuse-conic, not curved as m. L^ YerriUiL In the specimen of L. Valilii from La Have, the colors are somewhat less regular in distribution than those described and figured !by Rein- liardt ; instead of showing six light bands, the arrangement, of light color upon the dark ground of the body is as follows : one white spot on each side, above the posterior end of the opercular flap, the spots not meeting on the dorsal line. The first saddle-shaped marldng begins on the back, under the 8th ray of the dorsal fin, and extends on either side nearly to the middle of the body. The second isaddle-shaped mark- ing begins under the 27th dorsal ray and extends nearly to the; margin of the fin, involving the width of about two rays and 4:he connecting membrane, and extends also downward nearly to the middle line of tlie 1 >ody , increasing in width as it descends. The next begins under the .■)4th ray, and resembles the last in form and extent. The next begins under the 79th, and, though smaller, resembles the others. The individ- * Iclitliyologiske Bidrag til (leu Groenlandske Faiuia af Joliaunes Rtnuliardt, Professor. Vid. Selsk. Natiirvidensk. og Mathem. Alh. vii, pp. 86-228. Eight plates (p. 153, pi. v>. Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 14 Jl>ec. 6, 1^79. 210 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. iial from the Grand Banks is the largest yet recorded. The measure- ments are as follows: Table of Measurements. Current niunber of specimen Locality 22,491. Grand Banks 21,991. La Have Bank Measurements of Collett's meas- urements of a typc-specuuen.t MiUi- "Oths -*-• len^^h. Milli- metres. lOOths of length. Danish inches. lOOths of length. Milli- metres. lOOths of length. Extreme lennth 632 13 9 540 11 U 7 18 10 8 390 "Greatest height Greatest width Width at vent Height at ventrals If Height at vent 13 39 20i 4? 21 Snout to middle of vent . 43 Head: Greatest length 2H 14i 20i Width over eves i ]^ 9J 9 "Width of interorbital area . . . 4i 3i Heifrht over eyes 9 C 5i ■s» 9i ^[■'■■■■-■- Length of snout 7 55 g ......... Length of postorbital portion of head lOJ 0| ...... Length of mandible 11 4 Distance from snout to mid- dle of pupil 8 24i 26V 1 Long diameter of eye . . . 2 24 4 Dorsal (spinous) : Distance from snout 26J Lencrth of .l.vcuth rav 5 5s 5 2i 5J 42 ? 20 32 12 16 3 5 6i 6 2^^ 6i Jjcnn'th of fwcutv-fmirth ray Length of lift v-fourth ray Length of ninety-third rav Length of longest ray 41 Anal: Length of first ray 5i I. 00 Lensrth of sixtv-ifourth I'ay . .. Length of eiglitv-lifth ray 41 21J Pectoraf: " ^ ! 33i 18 2i 12 :;.;::. 1 1* Ventral: Luiiiim1 l',,ur Star. l'am:nii Jobu Cadoctc Lezedo BiiKountr Joseph Wabu James Wokasaka. David Simmons. .. [For report of procuring these yc luissiouer, 1878.] Gros Ventre . .. do Sioux Arrickaree . . Sioux ...do ....do .do Fort Berthold Agency . . do Yankton Agency Fort Berthold Agency . .1 Yankton Agency Crow Creek Agency Standing Kock Agency . Yankton Agency ...... Sioux - . . llandan Sioux . . . ...do ... Mandan Sioux ...do -. do Arrickaree Gros Ventre . AiTickaree . . Gros Ventre . Sioux . ...do . ...do. Yankton Agency Fort Berthold A'gency . . Lower Brule Agency . . . Yankton Agency Crow Creek Agency Fort Berthold Agency . . Cheyenne River Agency Lower Brule Agency . . . Crow Creek Agency Fort Berthold Agency . . Cheyenne Kiver Agency Fort Berthold Agency do do ...do ...do . ...do ...do ... Mandan Yankton Agency Cheyenne Kiver Agency Lower Brule Agency . . . | Crow Creek Agency — | Lower Brale Agency . ..| Crow Creek Agency 1 Yankton Agency j Fort Berthold Agency . . j Standing Rock Agency . | do .' .'-.1 ...do , ...do ...do .. do Arrickaree Sioux .. ...do ..do ...do ..do ...do , ...do ....do Cheyenne River Agency | Yankton Agency Cbeyenne River' Agency Fort Berthold Agency . . Yankton Agency do Crow Creek Agency Standing Rock Agency . Lower Brule Ageiicy ! . . Oow Creek Agency Lower Brule Agency . . . Yankton Agency Half white. Do. Do. Do. Full blood. Do. Half white. Sister to No. 37. Full blood. Full blood. Do. Do. Do. Do. One-fourth white. BrothertOiSV35. Full blood. Do. Do. Half Sioux. Son of Chief Little- no-heart. Full blood. Half white. Full blood. Son of Chirf Hard- horn. Full blood. Full blood. Do. Sou of White Bull. Brother to No. 29. Full blood. Sonof WliiteBull. Brother to Xo. 28. Full blood. Full blood. Do. One-fourth white. Full blood. Do. One-fourth white. Brothel' to No. 17. Full blood. Half white. Broth- er to No. 7. Full blood. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. One-fourth white. Half white. Full blood. Half white. ith to come east for education, see page 173, Report of Indian Com- R. H. PRATT, First Lieutenant, Tenth Cavalry. 212 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. l>ESCKIPTIO:V OF A IVEW FI^iH FROITI Ar,A.SKA (AIVARRHK IIA$« t.EE»TBJKi;S>, WBTSI NOTES lH»OIV OTHER SPECIES OF THE OEIVUS AI>rARRHI€HAS. By TARLETON H. BEAN. The United States National Museum lias received from Mr. Lucieii M. Turner a species of Aiiarrhichas, wliich I at first hoped would prove to be the orientaUs of Pallas.* It differs, however, widely from the de- scription of that species, and does not correspond with any other known to me. Two specimens of the Alaskan Anarrhichas were secured at St. Michael's in 187G. These are the first and only representatives of the genus from the Pacific in the Museum collection. One of them,:N^o. 21509, is GOO millimetres long; the other, No. 21510, is 495 millimetres. The lengths to the origin of the middle caudal rays are 555 and 455 respectively, and with these all the other measurements are compared. Description. — The greatest height of the body (.20) is contained 5 times in the unit of length, and equals the distance of the dorsal from the end of the snout (.20). Its height at the pectorals (.17^) is contained 3 times in the distance of the anal from the snout (.52.^). The least height of the tail (.04i) is contained twice in tlie length of the middle caudal rays (.09). The greatest length of the head (.24) equals 1 J times its greatest height (.10), and is contained in the unit of length 4 times. The distance from the nostril to the anterior margin of the orbit (.015) is contained 3 times in the distance between the eyes (.045). The greatest width of the head (.11) is a little less than half its length, and is contained 9 times in the unit of length. The width of the interorbital area (.045) is about equal to the length of the snout (.04-.045). The length of the upper jaw (.13) equals 3 times the width of the interorbital area, and a little more than one-half of the length of the head. The maxillary extends to the per- pendicular through the middle of the length of the head, the angle of the mouth being equally distant from the end of the snout and the end of the opercular flap. The length of the mandil>ie (.145) nearly equals that of the pectoral (.15), and is contained 7 times in the unit of length. The mandible ex- tends to a point about equally distant from the end of the snout and the origin of the dorsal. There are four large canines in the upper jaw and five in the k)wer, all of them strongly recurved. Behind the canines in each jaw are a few short, sharp, conical teeth, also recurved. The pala- tines are in two rows, 4 teeth in the outer and 5 in the inner series. The teeth of the outer series are much the longer. Vomerine teeth ten, in two series. The vomerine patch begins in advance of the palatines, and *Zoi3g. Eosso-Asiatica, iii, 1831, p. 77. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 213 extends farther back than the latter. The length of the palatine series is to that of the vomerine as 16 to 27. The distance from the snout to the orbit (.05 -.055) is contained, nearly or quite 4 times in that from the snout to the origin of the dorsaL The long diameter of the eye (.035) equals one-seventh, or slightly more than one-seventh, of the length of the head, and not quite one-fourth of the length of the lower jaw. The distance between the end of the snout and the origin of the dorsal (.20) is contained 5 times in the unit of length, and equals twice the length of the longest dorsal ray (.10). The distance of the anal from the snout (.52) equals 3 times the height of the body at the pectorals. The length of the first anal ray (.035) equals the long diameter of tlie eye (.035). The longest anal ray (.05 -.055) equals a little less than half of the width of the body, and less than one-fourth of the length of the head. The vent is about mid- way between the end of the snout and that of the dorsal, and under the 25th to the 27th dorsal rays. The length of the middle caudal rays (.085) is contained twice in the height of the body at the pectorals, and equals twice the least height of the tail. The caudal is rounded. The distance of the pectoral from the snout (.23) is contained 4=^ times in the unit of length, and the length of the pectoral (.15) is contained 6| times. The extended pectoral reaches to the perpendicular through the origin of the ICvh dorsal ray. Badial formula: D. 81; A. 50-53; C. 20-21; P. 21. Scales : Head and fins scaleless. The median line of the body and the whole of the tail are covered with small widely-separated scales, resem- bling those of Lota, but not depressed. Color: The prevailing color of the alcoholic specimens is dark brown, without bands and spots. The belly is light brown or gray, clouded with very dark brown. Anarrhichas lepturus needs to be contrasted only with. A. or ientalis and A. lupus. It seems to me improbable that any species of Anarrhi- chas can be safely identified with orientalis. The description of that species is certainly insufficient, and may be erroneous. The total length, for example, is stated to be 2 feet 2 inches, English measure ; the length of the head, 1 L inches — a proportion whi(;h is without a parallel in the other species of the genus. Assuming that the length of the head is not correctly given, and that it bears the same proportion to the total length as that of A. lepturus, it still differs from the latter in (1) the absence of scales, (2) the situation of the nostril midway between the eye and the mouth, (3) its radial formula — D. 84; C. 17 — (4) the presence of 6 ca- nines in the upper jaw. We must, however, accept the descrii)tion as it stands, for the measurements are evidently those intended by the author, in which event the length of the head alone will serve to dis- tinguish orientalis from all other species. 214 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. A. Jepturus is distinguished from A. lupus by (1) its uniform brown color, (2) its scanty squamation, (3) its slender tail, (4) its greater num- ber of dorsal and anal rays. It resembles A. Inims in many respects, but differs from it as widely as lupus does from latifrons. In the measurement tables which follow the hundredths of length are calculated from the total length without the caudal. A key to the species of Anarrliiclias is given. In this no reference is made to the denticulatus of Kroyer, because the slight descriptions which we have of this species do not serve to distinguish it from latifrons. The species known on the American coast as A. latifrons is evidently the latifrons of Steenstrup* & Collett,t and I cannot see that it diflers from the denticxilatus of Giinthert or of Ivroyer.§ TahU of Measurements. Species : Anarrhichag lepturus. Current number of specimei Locality St. Michael's, Alaska. Milli- metres Extreme length ; Length to orijriu of middle caudal rays Body : rht. ase of pectorals , it of tail Il.'iuiit ; Least h Head : Greatest length Distance from nostril to anterior margin of orbit Greatest width AVidth iif interorbital .trea Lni^t li of fiiiout t;n-afcHt lici-ht Liii'itli of u])per jaw Lnii^tli of iiiaiidible Distaiii (• from snout to orbit Hiamct.rof orbit DolS:ll : nistance from snout Greatest height Lt ugth of longest ray Anal : Distance from snout Lengt h of first ray Length of longest" ray Caudal : Length of middle rays Pectoral : Distance from snout Length Dorsal Anal . . . (Caudal . Pectoral lOOths of length. St. Michael's, Ahiska. MUli- metres, lOOths of length. 17 4 23 li 1 u 14i 23i 15 *Noo;et om SUegten Soiilv &c., 187(5, p. 43 (Vidcusk. Mcdd. fra den Datiirliistonsko Foreiung i Kjobenbavn, 1876, p. 201, tab. iii.figs. 3, 3', & 3"). rClira. Videusk.-Solsk. Forhandl. 1879, No. 1, p. 46, pi. ii, lig. 2. tCat. Fish. Brit. Mus. iii, l.-<61, p. 211. $Gairaard, Voy. eu Scaud. etc., Zool., Poiss., pi. xii, fig. 1 (uo description i PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 115 Tabic of Mcasurcmait'i— Continued. Species: Anarrhichas lupus. Current number of specimen. Locality Extreme length Length to origin of middle caudal rays. Body: Greatest height Greatest width. Height at base of pectorals . . Least height of tail Head: Greatest length (lii-afcst width WiIST OF MAKQIVE BNVEKTEBKATA FKOM TBIE NEW E1VGI.AIV1> C-OAS'JT, ©aSTRBBUTED BY TME V. S. COMMISSION OF FISH AN» FCSBIEKIES. Series I. [Distributed in fifty sets, put up by Mr. Eicliard Ratlibuu, under tlie direction of Professor A. E. Verrill, 1879.] EXPLANATION. The specimens included in the following list are preserved in alcohol, anless otherwise stated. The authority given for the name is usually the author who first used the comUned binomial name herein adopted, and is not necessarily that of the author who first described the species, or gave the siJecific name. (A name in parentheses is authority for the specific name only.) The species are not all included in each of the fifty sets, but those sent in each numbered set are checked on the list bearing the correspond- ing number. The species now distributed are not to be considered as tlie most common, but simply those which happen to be at present most abundantly represented in the collections of the Fish Commission, or those which, for other reasons, can be most conveniently distributed at this time, and have been so selected as to give representatives of most of the important groups. It will also be understood that the species included in this list form but a very small proportion (less than one- twelfth) of the total number of species contained in the collections made by the Fish Commission on the New England coast. PYCNOGONIDA. 1. Nymphon hirtum Fabr. U. S. F. C— OlfHalifax, N. S., 52fatli., 1877. 2. Phoxichilidium maxillare Stimp. U. S. F. C— Casco Bay, shore. MEROSTOMATA. 2a. Limulus Polyphemus Latr. Dry. U. S. F. C— Cape Cod Bay, shore, 1879. CRUSTACEA.— DECAPODA. 2h. Gelasimus pugnax Soiith. U. S. F. C— Cape Cod Bay, shore, 1879. 2c. Gelasimus pugnax Suiith. U. S. F. C— New Haven, Conn., shore. 3. Gelasimus pugilator Latr. U. S. F. C. — Vineyard Sound, Mass., shore. 3rt. Callinectes hastatus Ordway. U. S. F. C. — Ne\Y Haven, Conn. Zh. PlatyonichusocellatusLatr. Young. U. S. F. C— Cape Cod Bay, surface, 1879. 4. Platyonichus ocellatus Latr. U. S. F. C— Vineyard Sound, Mass. 4rt. Cancer borealis Stimpson. Dry U. S. F. C— Casco Bay, Maine, shore. 5. Cancer irroratus Say. U. S. F. C— Vineyard Sound, Mass. 5ft. Cancer iiToratus Say. Young. U. S. F. C. — Gloucester, Mass., shore. 6. Hyas coarctatus Leach. U. S. F. C— Gulf of Maine, 22 to 44 fath. 7. Libiuia emarginata Leach. U. S. F. C— Vineyard Sound, Mass. 8. Eupagunis pollicaris Stimp. U, S. F. C— Vineyard Sound, Mass. 9. Eupagunis pollicaris Stimp. U. S. F. C— Off Nantucket I. 9ft. Eupagurus poUicaris Stimp. U. S. F. C— Olf Noank, Conn. 10. Eupagurus pubescens Brandt. U. S. F. C— Coast of Maine, 20 to 34 fath. 11. Eupagurus bernliardus Brandt. U. S. F. C— Gloucester, Mass. lift. Homarus Americanus Edwards. U. S. F. C— New Haven, Conn. 228 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. lib. Homarus Americanus Edwards. U. S. F. C— Vineyard Sound, Mass. 12. Crangon vulgaris Fabr. U. S. F. C. — Massachusetts coast. 13. Pandalus borealis KriJyer. U. S. F. C— Mass. Bay, 40 to 55 fatli. 14. Pandalus Montagu! Leach. U. S. F. C— Mass. Bay, 42 to 50fath. 15. Hippolyte spina Leach. U. S. F. C— Bay ofFuudy, 10 to 20 fath. CRUSTACEA.— SCHIZOPOD A. 15«. Thysanopoda inerniis Kruyer. U. S. F. C. — Cape Cod, t'roui ^Yhale stomach. 16. Thysanopoda Norvegica M. Sars. U. S. F. C. — Bay of Fundy, surface. 17. My sis mixta Lilljehorg. U. S. F. C— Mass. Bay, 40 to 50 fath. CRUSTACEA— CUMACEA. 18. Diastylis quadrispinosus G. O. Sars. U. S.F. C— Oft'GraudMeuanL,8tol0fath. CRUSTACEA.— AMPHIPODA. 19. Ptilcclieirus pinguis Stimp. U. S. F. C.-LonRDAM. 1. BOLEOSOMA VEXILLARE, Sp. IIOV. Allied to Boleosoma cffnlgens. Body rather short and stout ; caudal peduncle not contracted; head moderate, the muzzle somewhat de- curved ; eye moderate ; gill membranes scarcely connected ; cheeks and breast naked; opercles scaly; a naked strip in front of the dorsal fin; opercular spine moderately developed ; second dorsal very short and high, higher than long ; x)ectorals and ventrals not reaching to anal. Coloration olivaceous, the sides with traces of vertical bars, probably greenish in life ; male with the first dorsal, ventral, and anal black ; sec- ond dorsal and caudal strongly barred with black and white in fine pattern; head black; female not seen, but probably without black. Lateral line complete. Scales very large, 4-35-6. Head 4 in length to base of caudal ; depth 4|. Fin rays. Dorsal VIII-10; A. I., 7. Length of type 2^ inches. This species differs from its relatives in the larger scales and the much shorter and higher second dorsal. (D. IX-13 in B. effulgem.) The type was taken in the Eappahannock Eiver at Warrentou. Va., by a correspondent of "Forest and Stream," and forwarded to me for identification by the editor of that journal, Mr. Charles Hallock, 236 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 2. iSTANOSTOMA VmCTiPES, Sp. IIOV. Allied to ytoiostoma zonule {Poecilichthys zoiudis, Cope). Body fusi- form, little compressed; head short, the suout strongly decurved ; eye 3 in head ; mouth small, horizontal, the I, not distinguishable on the vomer and palatines ; cheeks, opercles, neck, and throat closely scaled ; opercular spine well developed 5 gill membranes broadly connected across the breast. First dorsal rather low, with slender spines ; second dorsal shorter and rather higher; the two well separated. Anal si^ines high, the first much the higher. Caudal moderate, subtruncate. Ventrals pointed, not reaching to the vent. Pectorals moderate, reaching rather beyond tips of ventrals. Lateral line comjilete, with 45 scales in its course. Color olivaceous, with about 8 obscure darker lateral shades or bars, with narrow paler interspaces. These bars meet around the body be- hind the vent, but not anteriorly ; back with G darker quadrate shades. A dark streak downward and forward from eye, and some black mark- ings in front of opercle. Fins all strongly cross-barred with darker, the pectorals and ventrals especially so; spinous dorsal reddish at base, with a blackish edging. Fin rays, D. X-11 ; A. II, 7. Length of types about 2^ inches. This sjiecies diflers from N. zonule in its less compressed l)ody and in coloration. In the latter species the ventrals are plain and the lateral bars encircle the bellj'. The types of this species, five in number, were taken in a tributary of Illinois Eiver, at Naper%ille, 111., by Dr. Ernest E. Copeland. One of these is in the U. S. National Museum, numbered 23454. 3. PCECILICHTHYS VIRGATUS, Sp. nOV. A slender species, resembling an Mheosfoma, not closely related to any of the species thus far made known. Body moderately elongate, subfusiform, compressed ; the back some- what elevated, the caudal peduncle rather deep ; head long and rather pointed, little compressed, rather slender; the snout but little decurved; mouth rather large, somewhat oblique, the maxillary reaching to the l)upil, the lower jaw scarcely shorter than the upper; teeth small, even, in several rows; eye rather large; gill membranes not connected. Gheeli's, opercles, necl; and breast wholly nailed. Humeral region with an enlarged hlaclc scale-UJce process as in P. imnctulutvs, Ag,, and in the species of Etlieostoma. Posterior border of preopercle obtusely but distinctly crenate-dentate. Scales rather large — 53 in a longitudinal series, the lateral line distinct on about 20 of them. Color greenish, each scale with a small blackish spot, these forming conspicuous lateral stripes as in Etheostoma lineolatum. Back and sides PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 237 with cross-blotches. Vertical fins faintly barred. Humeral scale large and black. Head 3g in length without caudal ; depth 5. Fin rays, D. IX-10 ; A. II, 8. Length of types 2 to 2^ inches. This species differs from its congeners in its form and coloration. From all except P.lepidus, B. and G., it is separated by its naked head. From all but P. piuictulatus, Ag., by the black humeral process. The numerous typical examples were taken by me in the Rock Castle Eiver, at Livingston, Ky. Their resemblance to Etlieostoma flabellare caused them to be overlooked until lately. One of these is in the U. S. National Museum (iSlo. 2345G). Another has been forwarded to the British Museum. 4. Zygonectes kubeifrons, sp. nov. Body moderately stout, little compressed, not elevated, the caudal peduncle deep ; head rather long, broad between the eyes, flat above ; eyes large, 3^ in head, their range horizontal ; mouth rather large. Teeth smaU, nearly even, in a narroic hand. Scales moderate. Dorsal fin very short and small, placed a little behind the anal or about even with it, its position in the males rather more posterior ; anal short, high in the males; ventrals very small; pectorals small. Color, males dark olivaceous, with a dark, bronze-orange spot on each scale posteriorly^, much as in Xenkma catenatum. Below these spots are bright orange. Faint orange, narrow vertical bars along the lower and posterior part of the body. Vertical fins with orange spots. Jaws and space in front of eyes bright orange-red ; paired fins dusky. Females almost uniform brassy-olivaceous, without evident spots or red luarkiugs. Head 3^ in length to base of caudal; depth 3f. D. 7 or 8; A. 8 or 9; lat. 1. 32 ; L. transv. 11 or 12 ; B. 5 ; L. 2^ to 3 inches. St. Sebastian Eiver, Florida, the numerous types collected by Dr. J. A. Henshall. A larger species than most in the genus, and with the dorsal fin less posterior. Some of these in the U. S. National ]Museum are numbered 23150. 5. ZYGoarECTES hensiialli, sp. nov. Body rather stout, deep and compressed, the profile nearly straight, the back little elevated, and the caudal peduncle short and deep ; head moderate; mouth rather small; jaics each ivith a series of long and rather slender canine-like teeth, followed by a hand of small teeth; the canines larger in the lower jaw ; eye large ; scales rather large; dorsal fin short and high, inserted slightly behind the anal in the males, exactly oppo- site it in the females ; caudal large ; anal fin larger and rather lower than dorsal ; ventrals quite small ; pectorals moderate. General color olivaceous ; sides covered, especially posteriorly, with rather large, irregularly placed orange spots, which also extend on the 238 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. vertical fins ; dorsal dusky, with a dark bar ; head without red ; caudal and anal more or less yellow ; females obscurely marked ; youug with diffuse greenish vertical bars. Head 3i iu length to base of caudal; depth 3i. B. 5; D. 7 or 8; A. 10 or 11; iat. 1. 33; L. transv. 10; L. 3 to 3f. San Sebastian Eiver, Florida, where it is abundant, in company with Jordanella forklfc, Zi/gonectes ruhrifrons, and other Cyprinodonts, the nu- merous types collected by Dr. J. A. Henshall. Some of these in the U. 5. National Museum are numbered 23449. The largest species of the genus strongly resembling the preceding, from which it may be known by its dentition, its larger size, and the ditierent coloration. 6. Ceratichthys lucens, sp. nov. Allied to Ceraticliihys hUjnttatm (Kirt.). Body elongate, compressed, the back somewhat elevated from the oc- ciput to the base of dorsal, thence rapidly declined to the long and slender caudal peduncle. Head short, compressed, the cheeks nearly vertical; interorbital space rather broad and flat, somewhat grooved; eye very large, circular, high up, placed nearly midway of the length of the head ; its diameter about equal to the length of the snout, and scarcely greater than the width of the interorbital space. Preorbital bone large, oblong, conspicuous and silvery ; suborbital bones rather narrow. Mouth ratlier small, horizontal, the lower jaw included, the edge of the premaxillary below the level of the eye ; the maxillary not reaching to the vertical from the front of the orbit. Barbel quite small. Snout boldly and abruptly decurved much as in C. amhlops (Raf.), the tip of the snout thickened, forming a sort of pad. Scales moderate, thin, and brightly silvery. Lateral line decurved in front, theuce nearly straight; about 16 scales in front of the dorsal, 42 in the course of the lateral line ; 5 series above and 4 below. Eows of scales along the back converging behind the dorsal where the upper series run out, as in Luxilus conmtus. Fins rather higher and more falcate than in Ceratichthys hirpiffatus; the dorsal fin inserted well forward, directly over or slightly in advance of base of ventrals. Pectoral fins pointed, not reaching vent'rals, the ventrals not reaching the vent. Teeth 4-4, hooked, without grinding surface. Color translucent greenish above; sides and below brilliant!}" silvery; eye white; cheeks and oj^ercles with a bright silvery lustre; upper fins yellowish ; lower unspotted ; a slight i)lumbeous lateral shade, but no distinct markings anywhere either in large or small specimens. Length of bead contained 4^ times in total length to base of caudal ; greatest depth 4 times. Dorsal rays, I, 8 ; anal I, 8. Length of largest of typical examples 5J inches. PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 239 This species is described from tliree examples taken at the Falls of tlie Ohio. Two of these are now in my own collection ; the third in the U. S. J^ational Musenm is nnmbered 23462. This species is larger than the others of the genus except C. higuttatus and the Californian C. symmetricm, (Grd.). In coloration it differs widely from G. higuttatus, whicli species is wholly destitute of silvery lustre. Its head is likewise shorter and blunter, and the mouth smaller. The form of the body very different. From C. amhlops, C. rubrifrons, etc., it differs in the number of teeth and in the smaller scales. 7. LuxiLUS zoNiSTius, sp. nov. {Codoma eurystoma Jordan & Brayton, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. xii, 42, 52; not Fhotogenis eimjslomus Jordan, Ami. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., 356, 1877.) Allied to Luxilus coccogenis, Cope. Body rather stout, compressed, the back elevated at the base of the dorsal fin, thence rapidly declined, the caudal peduncle rather short and slender. Head short and rather thick 5 interorbital space broad and tlat; cheeks nearly vertical. Length of head about equal to greatest depth of body, about 4 times in length to base of caudal. Eye large, longer than snout, about 3 in head, its diameter about equal to the interorbital space. Mouth comparatively large, oblique; in size intermediate between L. coccogenis and L. cornu- tus. Jaws about equal in the closed mouth. Premaxillary on the level of the pupil ; maxillary reaching to opposite the front of the eye. Pre- orbital short and deep ; suborbitals narrow. Scales large, G-43-3, closely imbricated on the sides of the body where they are much higher than long. Lateral line strongly decurved. Fins moderate. Dorsal fin inserted somewhat behind the line of the ventrals, I, 8, not much elevated. Anal longer than in the related species, 1, 10. Pectorals scarcely reaching ventrals; the ventrals reach- ing past the vent. Teeth 2, 4-4, 2, hooked, with narrow grinding surface. Color steel-blue above; sides somewhat silvery; dorsal fin with a conspicuous jet black cross-bar about half way up ; a distinct round black spot at base of caudal, rather smaller than the eye, behind this a cream-colored area, a curved black bar at the shoulder behind and above the opercle ; top of head and base of pectorals with dusky ]>unc- tulatioua. Females and young specimens have these dark markings ob- scure. Males in spring have the dorsal cross-bar scarlet and more or less dull ferruginous ; red on the head and caudal fin. The snout is covered with small tubercles in spring. The types of this species, about 20 in number, ranging from 2 to 4J inches in length, were taken in Suwannee Creek, a tributary of the Chattahoochee Eiver in Northern Georgia. A few young specimens of this species were mixed with the types of "P/«ofo«, M. I>. Uuiformity in the dates of arrival of birds and laying eggs has usually been considered among the "constants of nature" in the temperate zone. Where the distinction of seasons is well marked, these events are among the most reliable phenomena connected with the climate, and exceptional dates are noted down with particular interest. It has, however, been ascertained that there is much less uniformity in the habits of the same species within the tropics. There being no changes of temperature, the division into wet and dry seasons, where existing, can alone influence them. It does so by regulating the How- ering and fruiting of trees, etc., on which the food of birds directly or indirectly depends (except in the case pf aquatic species), the rapacious kinds following the vegetivorons in their search for food. Even on the border of the temperate zone, in Arizona "and Florida (probably also in Texas), an approacu to the irregularity of tropical habits has been observed, some species laying-^ eggs in autumn, at the end of the rainy season, and many abandoning the migratory habits seen northward. In California we might e:^pectto tind similar conditions, because of the mildness of the winters in the less elevated regions, giving us an almost subtropical climate. But it can only have an efiect south of latitude 34°, in the lower part of the Colorado Valley, if anywhere, sufficiently marked to cause the birds to lay in autumn, though its influence is seen to some extent in the wintering of several species farther north than on the east coast. As fiir south as frost extends, v.isich is south of San Diego and perhaps to Fort Yuma, the habits of the temperate zone lirevail. At Tucson^ Arizona, however, where Ca])tain Benuire notice^ S-n 333 ^i ill. ai^ -i g^^l .31'^ = 1 :rj ^ S|g2 iisi 6^^ 1 > 11 2 1 il -Eg i. Si*- a 1 a 1. I; ill §11 |25 |Zi a ^ c4 a+i 1 S L •Sa = 11^ s 1 2 .1 Sis lil ^1 i •S 1 }i H III ^^ -St i = 1^ 246 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. g 1 fit! i 1 1 9 < £ p. o i 1 s i 2 3 et's Sound, W. T., , "N. Yukon IJ., " McDougall. Seen Oct. 30, '01. 5rt dry, and few seen season. A i'ew otobex. Eaise two } leave many young ill 3k o 5 cggM-3° 1 2?^ O 3 l«3 P {Mi m Irl III O ■^ - (^ m - M ' <5 .i§ "J CO [- t^ t-^ ci E: t-rt t- !r !~ -i s o § ^"cT gj- § 'g^ i, -1^ 1 < § 1 1 < ^ < 'A ■ < ^^ lii i- it .r^ .d o i^ .^ oc o- to'l w'l-o- g" ccS §§S g;?f S <1 ^ a III i ^ P S- p > ^ 1^^ ^^ -^ c!.|« : S>' t^« ai pM T-l 3 t;.'^'^ ^1 i & g^v- <)M ^ <3 ; !^ K 0~ ^ _o : sS § '• So as r4>2 cj ¥i ■<^J c-4 .- ? i 2 ii ' < <1 • 1 1 sog . j_- j: ^ ^ ^: •< < < r' 3 ^ e 111 1 JS J2 § J ,=^-2 B 1^^ ■s flii rA 248 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. •i ^^1 1:1 II ss4 -^1 3'^ 2 S "3 1 lilt g g e q 11 If ^^1 i o |2h <) M :x J . ^ h.; s t-rH r-F- t^ t- t- C5 t-- '- *" 00 t^ t^C-" ?5K 1 fe£-tS ;^ . ■^ . .1-3 w <)l^ "A"^ h) < -3 e.^^ ^ t: . -■ .B w < <^<)^ ^^'' «^ l^;^ <) <^<^ !^ 00 S in in rH .' lO rHlrf -P .- < ■ 1 1 = 1 ■5" < eg A h5 ;^ .5 «ga - ~ > a 3 5" .. C Si N.Apr. 14, '77 to June 24, '77. N.May 4, '77.... N. May 8, '77.. N. May 10, '78. Ar. Mar. 19, '77.. N. May 18, '77. Ar. Mar. 31, 78. N. May 28 to Juno 20, 78. N. Apr. 14, '77. 1 N. June 10, '78.. N. May 15 to June "23, '77. N. Apr. 3, '75.. 1 N. Apr. 5 to June 24, '76. N.Apr. 18, '75.. i N.May 7, '76.... Ar. Mar. 31, 75. . N. May 20, '7.5. Ar. Apr. 3, '76. N.Apr. 23, 76 to June 18, '76. N. May 20 to June '21, '76. Ar.?Apr.l2,'75.. N. May 22, '75. Ar. Mar. 26, '76. N. May 15, '76. N. Apr. 15, '76.. Ar.? May 20, '77.. : i :5 ^ ■ N.Mar.29 Lv. Sept. 28 3 < CO ft < < IT < i 52 ' 1 seen Mar. 1; most ar. Mar. 15. N. Apr. 16 to May 20. ( f ^ - « 1 ^5 ? f ^ "A < ' Ar. Apr.l N. Apr. 17. Ar.Apr.24 (A fewwinter).. Ar. Mar. 10. Lv.Mar.25 (None in siuu- Ax.1May20.... ■c:s i« •£3 .i *i 'Si Is is 250 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. a J ^ .5 1 ^ r.' ' 'f- J i <3 !z neys, or in towers. Ar. Columbia P., Mar. 10, '.54. "N. Columbia P., May 10, '56." Buckley. May raise two broods. N. Santa Barbara, May 8, '64. "Var. villosus has two broods in tho south." And. ]Sr. Monterey, May 12, '74. "Yoiinji', Santa Barbara, May 1, '43." GamOcl. N Santa Barbara, May 1, 'C3. "N. Florida at all seasons; in South Carolina, Sept. 1.5, '33." Aud. ! "N. Yukon P., Alaska, Apr. 10." Kcnnicott. "N.Mass., Feb." Jillsnn. "N. Penn., Feb." Jackson. N. Santa Barbara, Apr., '04. "K. in British Anieriea, Apr. to July, two broods." liloh- ardson. Haywood, 1877- "78; alt., 50-100 ft. ?3 . 1 f^ f^ F^ f^ _^S s s s 3- t t t t^ i:, \i. "A 'A'A 1"^ 1 1 :5 So i i 1 ^1" m i ■ : s 1 ii 1 4 4^ 4 -III IT f i m : 1 i a c •s g a 1 £ 1 1 i gli 1 ii . i J 1 1 ^ If 1 1 ^ 1 1 .? i i -i 1 ^ i « 1 i ^ i ! i 11 1 -i Ij Ii l| 1 % > i 1 -3 •s i PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 251 51 c m . 51 1 W g ►? ^1 1 1 i 1 s li" o 1 p §2-3 (2 s^f S gJ 111 § J 11^ all .l|e "2.9 252 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. DESCRIPTIOIVS OF NE%V SPECIES OF CAKBONIFEROUS INVERTE- BRATE FOSSIES. By C. A. WHITE. The fossils herein described are among the collections of the National Museniu. The coral was obtained by Prof. O. St. John in the Black- foot Eange of inonntains, sonthward from the Yellowstone National Park, in the snmmer of 1877, wliile prosecnting- his work as geologist of one of the parties of the snrvey then in charge of Dr. F. V. Hayden. The spines of Arelmocidaris are a part of a small collection of Upper Coal Measnre fossils sent by Mr. Frank M. Dininny from Tecnmseh, Nebraska. The fonr species of crinoids, here described as new, consti- tnte part of a collection which has been for several years in the cases of the Mnsenm, the donor of which collection is nnfortnnately unknown. The only label accompanying the fossils contained only the following inscription: "From thirty miles west of Humboldt, Kansas." The place thus indicated, as determined by a Land-Office map, is in the val- ley of one of the upper branches of Verdigris River, a tributary of Ar- kansas River. Besides the four new species just mentioned, those enu- merated with them in the following list constitute this interesting col- lection : 1. PlaUjcerm nebrascensis, Meek. 2. Flnna peracuta, Shumard ? 3. Terebratula millq)unctata, Hall. 4. Spirifer cameratus, INIorton. 5. Spirifer {Martinia) Uneatiis, Martin. 6. Sjriyifer [Martinia) plamconvexus^ Shumard. 7. Spiriferina l-cnfucl^oisis, Shumard. 8. Spirigera subfUita, Hall. 9. Eefzia mormonii, Marcou. 10. Hemipronites crassus. Meek and Hayden. 11. MceMIa striatocostata, Cox. 12. Prodiictus semireticulatiis, Martin. 13. Productus piinctatus, Martin. 11. Productus longifiinnus, Sowerby. 15. Productus nebrascensis^ Owen. 10. Cijathaxonia distorta, Worthen. 17. FistuJiiwra nodulifera, Meek. 18. Rhombipora lepidodendroides, Meek. 19. Glauconome ? 20. Lecythiocrinus olUculceformis, sp. nov. 21. Cyathocrinus stillativus, sp. nov. 22. Erisocrinus typus, Meek and Worthen. 23. Erisocrinus planus^ sp. nov. 21. Rhodocrinus resperalis, sp. nov. Besides these there v/ere fragments of three other species of crinoids PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 253 belonging to tlie Cyafhocn'mdcv. Altliough all, or nearly all, the cri noids hitherto published from the Upper Coal Measures of the United States, belong to the Ci/athocrinidw, the species ^o. 21 of the foregoing list is the first one known from that formation which presents exactly the calycular formula of true Cyathocrinus. Besides this two of the other new species of crinoids belong- to genera that have hitherto been unknown in North American strata above the Subcarbouiferous, one of them, indeed, being never before known to exist. Such facts demanded rigid inquiry as to whether these strange forms might not have been derived from some older formation, and become accidentally mixed with those from the Upper Coal Measures, especially as the package was not, when first examined by me, securely closed, and the record was defective as before indicated. All the specimens were therefore subjected to care fid examination under the lens, which disclosed the fact that some one or more of these new forms had adhering to its surface a greater or less num- ber of minute fragments of Polyzoans, which were not only recognized as Upper Coal Measure species, but fragments of the same were found adher- ing to many of the well-known Upper Coal Measure brachiopods asso- ciated with them in the collection. In addition to this, the character and as])ect of the imbedding matrix, so far as it remained with the fossils, were found to be essentially the same upon both the new and well-known forms. There appears, therefore, to be no room for reasonable doubt that these new forms, as well as the others which are associated with them in the collection, came from Upper Coal Measure strata at the locality indi- cated by the label as before mentioned -, and that they are all from sub- stantially the same local horizon. The loss of the record of the donor's name is to be regretted, but it was no doubt occasioned by the confusion into which a part of the collections of the Museum fell at the time of the fire which a few years ago damaged the building of the Smith- sonian Institution. The discovery of these new crinoidal forms is not only interesting in itself, but it is imjiortant as showing a persistence of certain paleozoic crinoidal types up to almost the closing epoch of Paleozoic time as it is represented by North American strata. The intimate relationship of at least the brachiopodal fauna of the Subcarbouiferous series of tlie Mississippi Valley (especially that of the Chester limestone member of that series) with that of the Upper Coal Measure limestone and shales is well known. Indeed, quite a number of the brachiopods of these two formations we must consider as specifically identical. The case is different, however, with the crinoidal fauuie of the two formations as re- gards specific identity, for they afford no exception to the rule tliat fos- sil crinoids have a narrowly limited vertical range. But in the case of these fossils there is shown by this collection to be a recurrence of formerly existing types, or, more properly speaking, these newly dis- covered types indicate the continuation through preceding ei>ochs of 254 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. certain g-oneric and family- types, tbat liave heretofore been discovered only in the strata representing the earher of those epochs. Thns Rho- docrinus vesperalis and Cyathocrimts stiUaiivus have their nearest known representatives in the Burlington limestone of the Subcarboniferons series. This is interesting because the crinoidal fiiuna of the Upper Coal IMeasures had hitherto presented a good degree of contrast with corresponding faunjie of the diiferent divisions of the Subcarboniferons group as well as with that of the group as a whole. For example, as has been already mentioned, there is a great preponderance of the Cijatho- crinidcc in the Upper Coal Measure strata. These are mostly of peculiar types, and their bodies are mostly also composed of massive pieces. Erisocrinus is peculiar to this latest of the Carboniferous epochs, as rep- resented by the strata of the great Mississippi Valley, and it is interest- ing- to note that the new genus LccijtMocrinus agrees with it in excluding the whole of the anal series of its pieces from participating in the struct- ure of the calyx. The other species of crinoids which are named in the list as associ- ated with these new forms bel<)ng to types, either generic or interge- neric, which have been hitherto found only in Upper Coal Measure strata. The spines of the species here described as Arcluvocidaris dininnn give a very inadequate idea of the characteristics of the wliole animal, and such a description has very little value in zoological classification; but for the convenience of geological study it is thought best to give systematic names even to such zoologically imperfect objects as these, that they may be used in the classification of all the recognizable fos- sils which characterize different formations respectively. The species represented by these spines has quite a wide geological range in the Upper Coal Measures of the valleys of the Lower Missouri and Upper Mississippi Eivers, and their characteristics are such that the species may be readily recognized. Tlie full Carboniferous series of the great Eocky Mountain region is several thousand feet in thickness ; and the horizon within this limit, from which the coral herein described as Acervularia adjunctiva comes, is not accurately known. This discrepancy, however, is apparently of less importance than it otherwise would be, from the fact that not only is the great Carboniferous series of that region not marked off into epochal groups in the same manner that it is in the Mississippi Valley, but it is there everywhere difficult to find any recognizable planes, either paleontological or stratigraphical, for the separation of the series into any well-defined groups. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 255 ACTIXOZOA. Genus Aceevulaeia, Scliweijjfger. Acenrularia adjunctiva (sp. nov.)- Plate 1, figs. 1, 2, and 3. Corallum massive or subdiscoidal, composed of compactly united corallites of somewhat unequal size ; corallites approximately straight, irregularly polygonal, averaging about live millimeters in diameter, their outer surfaces faintly marked by vertical lines which indicate the places of the septa within, but they are not sufficiently distinct to give a crenulated border to the calyx ; these surfaces also present more or less distinct irregular transverse wrinkles or undulations ; outer wall of the corallites distinct but not thick ; inner wall well develoi)ed ; di- ameter of the space inclosed by the inner wall equal to about one-half the full diameter of the corallite; the transverse tabulae of this central space well developed, distinctly separate from each other, their number being about ten to each centimeter of length of the corallite. The space between the outer and inner walls is occupied by numerous more or less complete shallow infundibuliform plates, which are not quite so numerous as the central tabular. These i^lates spring from the inner wall, which they successively help to form, and arch ui)ward and outward to the outer wall ; being the successively abandoned floors of the outer portion of the calyces. They appear to have been not always complete, either as regards their extension to the outer wall or their construction of a symmetrical cup, but they are apparently no more imperfect in these respects than the calyces of such corals often are. The condition of the onl^^ specimens discovered is not such as to show any of the calyces in their natural condition, and the structure of the corallites has therefore been determined by the examination of polished sections, both longitudinal and transverse. While the parts already described are thus distinctly shown, the rays are discovered Avith dif- ficulty, and they were evidently only slightly developed 5 their number, as near as it can be ascertained, is about 16 or 17. The genus Acervularia has been regarded as peculiarly a Devonian form, but as related corals are common to both Devonian and Carbo- niferous strata, there appears no good reason why Acervularia may not exist in the latter. This form seems to differ from the typical species of that genus, at least to such an extent as might be naturally expected of it, when found in strata of so much later date than those which con- tain the typical forms. This is an interesting form, not only as regards its structure, but also in consequence of the marked difference which it presents from anj^ Actinozoan yet described from American Carbonifer- ous strata. Pofiition and local if j/.—Cahoniferons strata, Blackfoot Eange, south of the Yellowstone National Park, where it was discovered by Prof. O. St. John. 256 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ECHIXODERMATA. Genus Lecythiocrinus {gen. no v.). Etym. At/kvOiov, a small oil flask. Generic formula. — Basal pieces, 3; subradial pieces, 5; first radial pieces, 5 ; aual and iiiterradial pieces, 0. Generic diagnosis. — The basal, subradial, and first radial pieces are all well developed, none of them being minute. The dome is not known, but it was very small in comparison with the size of the body. The facet for the attachment of the column is small and round, but the col- umn is not known. The facets for the attachment of the arms are small ; the arms are not known, but they were five in number, and evi- dently small and delicate. Tlie character, shapes, and arrangement of the three basal pieces are precisely as in Platycrinus, and the arrange- ment of the five subradial pieces upon them is the same as that of the first radials upon the basals in Flatycrinns. The arrangement of the first radial i)ieces upon the subradials is essentially the same as that of Urisocrimis ; that is, they alternate regularly with each other and have no anal or interradial pieces intervening. The body, which is the only portion of the animal yet known, is therefore composed of thirteen pieces, the arrangement of which is essentially that of five first radials, all in close contact with each other, superimposed upon the calyx-struc- ture of Platycrinus. Or, if it be assumed that the basal cycle of pieces in the body of every true crinoid contains the elements of five pieces, and that hi case there are only three apparent in the adult state, as in Actinocrinns and many species of Platijcrinns, there has been an early ancylosis of two adjacent pieces in two cases, we may regard Lecythio- crinus as a Cyathocrinid thus modified. I am disposed to adopt this view, and I therefore refer the new genus to the Cyathocrinidw. It is thought to be not improbable tliat if other species of this genus should be discovered the base may be found to be composed of five separate pieces instead of three, but no trace of a fourth and fifth suture can be discovered in tlie base of the form here described. In case other exam- ples should prove to possess a base composed of five pie(!es, the other chara(;teristics which it possesses are still sufflcient to hold it as a new generic form among the Crinoidea. Only one example of this interesting crinoid, consisting of the body alone, has been discovered. It is small and delicate in structure, the delicacy of the pieces com])osing it being similar to that of certain species of Platycrinus and Dichocrinus found in the Burlington lime- stone. In this respect it differs from all the hitherto known crinoids of the Upper Coal Measures, the pieces composing tiie bodies of which are PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. JD ( thick and often massive. This delicacy of structure is probably a ge- neric characteristic. Lecythiocrinus oUiculaeformis (sp. nov.). Plate 1, figs. 4 aud 5. Body small, subovoid or pot-shaped, higher than broad, broadest a little below the middle, composed of thin pieces ; base convex ; basal pieces rather small but not minute; subradial pieces larger than any of the others, higher than wide, their height equal to a little more than half the full height of the body, not materially varying in size or shape ; first radial pieces smaller than the subradials but larger than the basals, broader below than above, height and greatest breadth about equal ; at top, on both sides of the small prominent arm -facet, the border of each first radial is bent inward, constricting the already nar- row interbrachial space at the top of the body, which space was prob- ably covered by a dome of minute pieces. Sutures not impressed or otherwise specially marked. Surface, to ordinary vision, apparently smooth, but a good lens shows it to be very finely granular. Height, 9 millimeters ; breadth, 7^ millimeters. Position and locality. — Upper Coal Measure strata, thirty miles west of Humljoldt, Kansas. See introductory remarks. Genus Erisocrinus, Meek and Worthen. Erisocrinus planus (sp. nov.). Plate 1, figs. 6 aud 7. Body rather small, subcircular or obscurely pentahedral as viewed from above or below, shallow convex-basin-shaped from the top of the first radials downward ; base somewhat deeply impressed at the center, the depression gradually rounding outwaril to the sides; basal pieces very small, occupying the bottom of the depression of the base and al- most covered by the first joint of the column ; subradial pieces mod- erately large, their inner ends bent inwardly by the depression of the base to meet the small basal pieces there, their outer ends extending outward and upward so as to be more or less plainly visible by side Anew of the body ; first radial pieces comparatively large, convex verti- cally, their upper edges rounded inward to the suture between them aud the second radials, their lower angles extending downward almost to the lowest portion of tlie body visible by side view. The other charac- ters are those common to the genus. One minute piece remains attached to the upper border of the calyx of one of the specimens, at the junction of two of the first radial pieces. This is no doubt an anal piece, its outer surface being in the plane of the outer surface of the calyx, but it does not in any degree enter betwe^^n the two first radials upon which it rests. Transverse diameter of the calyx, 14 millimeters ; height of the same, 5 millimeters. Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 17 Jan. 27, 1 880.. 258 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. This species differs from U. typiis in having a shallower and more ronnded basin-shaped calyx, proportionally smaller basal, and larger snbradial pieces, and a more deeply impressed base. It very closely re- sembles the Poterlocrinus hemisphericus of Shnmard, examx)les of wliicli are associated with it in the collection. Indeed, so far as the character- istics of the calyx alone are concerned, there appears to be no essential difference except in the relative position of the small anal i^iece. In Erisocrinus no anal X)iece is recognized as entering into the strnctnre of the calyx, at least none that is visible npon the outer surface, as a greater or less number of such pieces do in Cyathocrinus and Foterio- crinus, but I am not without suspicion that this form which I have, according to the recognized usage in the limitation of genera, here described as new, really belongs to the same species with P. liemisplieri- ciis, Shumard, and that the displacement of the small anal piece from the rim of the calyx is an individual variation only. If this should prove to be the case it is clear that a revision of the generic formula of Erisocrinus will be necessary ; and it will doubtless also be necessary to assign the type of this proposed species to P. hemisphericus, Shumard. It is clear tbat the last-named species does not strictly belong to either Poteriocrinus or Cyathocrinus, but it is not my purpose to discuss the generic relations of these forms at this time. Figure 8, plate 1, repre- sents an example of the P. hemisphericus of Shumard, which is introduced for comparison witli those of E. planvs. Position and locality. — Upper Coal Measures, thirty miles west of Humboldt, Kansas. See introductory remarks. Genus Cyathocrinus, Miller. Cyathocrinus stillativus (sp. nov.). Plate 1, figs. 9 and. 10. Body below the upper border of the first radial pieces shallow basin- shaped, much wider than high, having a narrow, moderately deep, abrupt, five-sided depression at the center of the base, at the bottom of which is the facet for the attachment of the column; composed of eighteen moderately thick and strong pieces, all of which, except the basals, are more or less tumid in their middle portion, some of them I)resenting an irregular, uneven surface, which, with the imx)ressed sutures and the still more deeply impressed corners of the pieces, gives the surface of the body a decidedly rugose aspect; basal pieces very small, occupying the bottom of the depression at the base, the greater part of each being covered Ijy the first joint of the column; snbradial pieces having their height and width about eqnal, four of them pen- tagonal, and one, that which is next below the first anal piece, hex- agonal, there being no appreciable angle upon that side of any of them whi(;h adjoins the basal pieces; first radial pieces much larger than the snbradial, wider than their full height including the arm facet ; the two PKOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 259 wliicli are adjacent to the anal series being very little if any narrower than the others ; arm facets large, about one-third wider than high, their plane being nearly vertical, notched at the upper border and marked transversely by the double ridge or raised lines which are com- mon to the arm facets of many of the Cj/athocrinidw; anal pieces three known, nearly equal in size, or the first a little larger than the two second, each with a prominent tubercle at the center ; first anal piece five-sided, abutting against one subradial, two first radials and two second anal pieces ; the two second anal pieces abut against the first anal, against each other, and each abuts against a first radial. Diameter of calyx, 14 millimeters; height of the same, G millimeters. This is the first and only species of true Cijatliocrinus that has to my knowledge yet been discovered in Upper Coal Measure strata; G. in- flexus, Geinitz, and C. hemisphericns, Shumard, sp., not being regarded as typical species of that genus. It belongs to a type that is more char- acteristic of the Burlington limestone division of the Subcarboniferous than of any other division of the great Carboniferous series, and to- gether with the next described form it shows the crinoidal fauna of the Upper Coal Measures to be more intimately related to that of the Sub- carboniferous than it has before been known to be. Position and locality. — Upper Coal Measure strata, thirty miles west of Humboldt, Kansas. See introductory remarks. Genus Ehodgcrinus, Miller. Rliodocriiius vesperalis (sp. uov.). Plate 1, figs. 11 and 19. Body subglobose, the sides and outer portion of the base continuously convex ; the base having a deep, sharjily defined, five-sided pit which contains the whole of the five basal pieces, and also the sharply in- flexed inner ends of the five subradial pieces ; the latter pieces moder- ately large, but not much larger than some of the radials and inter- radials ; first radial pieces varying a little in size in the different rays, the larger ones nearly or quite as large as the subradial ; second radials much smaller than the first, and the third radials still much smaller than the second, the difference in size being greater in their A^ertical than in their transverse diameter. The third radial in each ray, which is very narrow vertically, supports two brachial pieces, and they in turn each support another brachial piece, beyond which the structure is un- known ; interradial pieces up to a line with the center of the arm bases, three for four of the interradial spaces, and four for that of the anal . side; the first or lower interradials are of about equal size in each of the spaces, and a little larger than the two next above ; dome moder- ately convex, prominent opposite the arms and somewhat depressed be- tween them, composed of numerous small pieces ; proboscis subcentral, its length unknown. All the iDieces of the body, except those of the 260 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. base, are sliglitly tumid, their surfaces being rugose or wrinkled, and in some if not all cases marked by obscure lines which radiate from the center of each piece in groups of threes, and become continuous with similar lines on adjoining pieces. Height from the base of the body to the base of the proboscis, 32 millimeters ; breadth of the same, ] 6 millimeters. Although this species serves as a very suggestive link between the crinoidal fauna of the Upper Coal Measures and that of the Subcarbo- niferous, especially that of the Burlington limestone division of that series, it differs too much specifically from any described form embraced by that genus to need detailed comparisons. Position and locality. — Upper Coal Measure, thirty miles west of Hum- boldt, Kansas. See introductory remarks. Genus Aech^ocidaeis, McCoy. Archaeocidaris dininnii. Plate 1, figs. I'.i, 14, and 15. Principal spines fusiform, moderately strong, 50 or 60 millimeters long, the greatest diameter being about the middle, which is there about 5 millimeters. The diameter of the basal ring of such a specimen is about 3J millimeters, and the short neck or j^lain space above it is scarcely 2i millimeters in thickness. Above the short plain neck the whole spine is studded with irregularly disposed spinules, 1 to 2 millime- ters in length, which stand out at nearly right angles with the axis of the spine, except near its point, where they are directed upward. The spi- nules are usually more numerous and stronger upon the lower portion of the spine than elsewhere, and upon the middle portion of the large spines they are sometimes obsolete, apparently from some other cause than accidental removal. The smaller spines are often not so thickly studded with spinules as the larger ones, and they are usually more slender or less fusiform than the larger; and some of them seem to have been without a basal ring. A marked peculiarity of this species is the abundance of spinules upon the spine, especially its lower portion, and the general position of most of them at nearly right angles to its axis. Position aiid locality. — Uj^per Coal Measures, near Tecumseh, Nebras- ka, whence it was sent with other Upper Coal Measure fossils by Mr. Frank M. Dininny, in whose honor the specific name is given. This species has also been recognized by me in rocks of that formation iu other portions of Nebraska and also in Western Iowa. . Washington, Novemher 8, 1879. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1. ACERVULARIA ADJUNCTIVA. Fig. 1, ii small cluster of corallites, natural size. Fig. 2, transversf shcuou of the Bime. Fig. 3, vertical section of a single corallite. LECYTHIOCRINUS OLLICUL^FORMIS. / Fig. 4, .'♦ide view of body enlarged to 1^ diameters. Fig. o, diagram of the same, in the same proportions. ERISOCRINUS PLANUS. Fig. (i, bawal view of body, uatnral size. Fig. 7, view of oval side of the .same. Fig. 8, similar view of the Poieriocrimis hemisphericus Shnmard, for comparLsou. CYATHOCRINUS STILI.ATIVUS. ^ Fig. 9, side view of calyx, natural size. Fig. 10, basal view of the same. UIIODOCRINUS VESPERAXIS. *' Fig. 11, side view of the body, natural size. Fig. \2', basal view of the s;aue. ARCH^OCIDARIS DLNINNII. •^ Figs, 13, 14, and 15, views of different spines. Proceedings Nat. Mu8., 1879. C. A. White. Plate 1. ^-, ^\^- 1, 2, and 3. — Acf.rvularia adjunctiva. ■1 and .5.— Lkcythiocrixus ollicul^fokmis. fl and 7.— Erisockinus planus. S.— POTERIOCRINUS HEMISPHF.RICU8. 9 and :0. — Cyathocrinus stillativus. 11 and 12 — Rhodocrinus vesperalis. 13, 14, and 15.— Arch^Ocidaris bininnii. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 261 A STrWY OF THE TRnVK-FISHES (OSTRACIOlVTIDyE), IVITII NOTES UPON THE AIYIERICAN SPECIES OF THE FAIUI1.V. By G. ISnOWX OOODS. The fishes of the order PlectognatJd have afforded a knotty problem to writers on systematic ichthyology. Many genera have been estab- lished, and, between them, the several species have been buffeted to and fro until their synonymy is tangled like a spider's web. The following historical sketch of the progress of opinion in the classification of the Ostracionts was drawn up as an aid in determining what generic names should be used for the common West Indian forms. Artedi and Linnteus were acquainted only with those which have the carapace closed behind the anal fin, now included by Giinther in the subgeiuis Ostracion. The first of the other type, with carapace open behind the aual fin, was described by Houttuyn in 1782,* and again by Thunberg, under another name, eight years subsequently .t Schneider, Shaw^, Lacepede, and their contemporaries recognized only the old genus, and it was not until 1838 that Dr. Gray separated certain species under the name Aracana.\ Lacepede was the first to propose a division of the genus Ostracion, though he did not advocate the use of names for his subgenera, nor indeed propose any. His divisions were based upon the arrangement of the spiues on the carapace, as given below. He knew no representa- tives of the Aracana type. FIRST SUBGENUS. No spines before the eyes nor under the tail. 1. L'osTRACiOX TRiANGULAiRE ( =. 0. triqueter). 2. L'osTRACiON MAILL15 (= 0. triqueter). 3. L'OSTRACION PoiNTiLLli; (= 0. punctatus). 4. L'osTRACiON QUATRE-TUBERCULES (affinities uuknown). 5. L'OSTRACION MUSEAU-ALLOXGE (= 0. CUUCUS). 6. L'OSTRACION DEUx-TUiiERCULES (= 0. cuhicus). 7. L'OSTRACION MOUCHETE {= CUMCUS). 8. L'OSTRACION BOSSU (= 0. ncisus). SECOND SUBGENUS. Spines in front of the eyes but none under the tail. 9. L'OSTRACION TROIS-AIGUILLONS (mythical ?). *17C2. Houttuyn, M. Besckrijving van Eeuige Japansche Vissclien eu andere Zeeschepseleu. < Verliaiul. d. Holland. Maatscb, Weteuschappeu, Haarlem, xx, 2, 1782, pp. 311-350. Ostracion acuUutus, p. 346. 1 1790. TiiUNBERG, C. p. Beskrifuiug pii tvanne fiskar iufriin Japan <. Veten- skaps Acad. Nya. Handl. xi, 1790, p. 100 +. Ostracion hexagonus, p. 107. X 1838. Gray, J. E. < Ann. Nat. Hist. 1, p. 110. 262 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. THIRD SUBGENUS. Seniles under the tail but none in front of the eyes. 10. L'OSTRACIOX TRIGOXE (= 0. tngoHHs). 11. L'OSTRACIOX D0U13LE-AIGUILLON (= 0. hicaiiclalis), FOURTH SUBGENUS. Spines in front of the eyes and under the tail. 12. L'OSTRACIOX QUATRE-AIGUILLOXS (= 0. quadricomis). 13. L'OSTRACIOX LISTER (= 0. quadricomis). 14. L'OSTRACIOX QUADRANGULAIRE (= 0. COmutum). 15. L'OSTRACIOX DROMADAIRE (= 0. turritus). The next attempt at a subdivision was by Swainson in 1839,* and was based entirely upon the shape of the carapace. The peculiar features of this arrangement can most easily be shown by quoting in full from the preliminary synopsis (p. 194). 1. Sub-family OstraciXzE. Body mailed witli angular jjlates. OsTRACiOX'^. 'Body qfladrangular, destitute of spines. Tetrosomus. Body (xuadi-angular ; sjiines on the back and belly. *Body triangular. Platycanthus. Body -witli several flattened bony obtuse spines. Lactophrys. Front and vent witli two liorn-Iike, acute spines. Ilhincsomus. Body without spmcs, often scored as in the Balistinw. In the main body of the "Classification of Fishes, etc." (pp. 323-324), the definitions of genera and subgenera were expanded as follows : I. Sub-fam. Ostracix^. Body smooth, quadrangular in the typical and triangular in the aberrant groups, covered by auguiated bony plates, soldered at their sutures; dorsal fin one; no ven- tral fin ; caudal rounded. OsTRACiox, Linn. Body quadrangular ; destitute of spinal iirocesses. 0. cul)icus, Bloch. pi. 137. nasus, lb. pi. 138. Tetrosomus, Sw. Body quadrangular ; armed with spines on the back and belly. T. turritus, Bl. pi. 136. Lactophrys, Sw. (fig. 102). Body triangular, armed with strong spines, curved backward just before the anal fin, and generally with two others, resem- bling horns. L. trigonus, Bl. pi. 135. cornutus, Bl. 133. hicaudalis, lb. 132. qUadricornis, lb. 134. Ehinesomus, Sw. Body triangular, entirely destitute of spines, and often scored or reticulated as in Balistes. E. triqueter, Bloch. pi. 130. concatenatus, lb. i>l. 131. , Platycanthus, Sw. {Acarana, Gray). Compressed, subtriangular, with broad ob- tuse plates or spines scattered over the body and eyes. P. auratus, Shaw. Nat. Miss. pi. 338. It would be interesting to know what relations are indicated by the diflerent kinds of type employed by the- author. But for the direct * 1839. SwAixsox, William. The Natural History | of | Fishes, Amphibians, and Eeptiles | or | Monocardian Animals. | By "William Swainson, F. R. S., F.L. S., &c., &c. j I in two volumes. | | Vol. I (II). (Vignette.) | London : | Printed for Longman, Ormc, Brown, Green, and Longmans, Paternoster Row, | and John Taylor, Upper Gower St., | 1839. Vol. ii, pp. 193, 323. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 263 statement of a qiiadraugular character for Tctrosomus it would appear certain that the three following divisions were intended as suhgenera, subordinated to Tetrosomus. As it is, it seems to he more than probable that an omission was made by the author, and that the diagnosis should read " triangular or quadrangular," for the species chosen as type of TctroHomus is in fact pentagonal. This, however, would throw out RJdnesomus and certain species in Lactopltnjs. Be this as it may, we have no right to guess at the real meaning of the author ; these divis- ions are treated as genera in every particular except that their names are in italics instead of capitals, and as genera they must be quoted, charging discrepancies to the account of carelessness and bad workman- ship. In 1855 the group underwent another revision at the hands of Dr. Kaup.* Besides forming several new subgenera for the Ac«rrt>- ^queter. 11. Form triagonal, with two ventral spines 0. irigonus, 0. hicamlalis. III. a. Form triagonal, with two ventral and two horizontal frontal spines, the posterior extension of whose base gives in young individuals a semblance to a tetragonal, in adults to a pentagonal shape 0. qnairicornis. h. Lik-e the last in every respect except that there is a median dorsal spine. (This is frequently seen in the young of 0. qmdricornis, disappearing at different stages of growth in different individuals, hut in others persist- gjj|\ 0. quadricornis, subspecies notacanthus. IV. a. Form subtriagonal, approaching to pentagonal, the posterior extension of the orbital crest being more pronounced than in III. Frontal spines smaU, vertical, frequently double, two small spines upon the dorsal ridge and two on each ventral keel, all the spines obsolescent with age. . . . 0. concatenatus. b. (Aside-shoot from a.) Like the last, but with all characters exaggerated and more persistent, the dorsal spine single and high, the spines on each lateral keel four in number. 0. turrltus (by GUnther considered to bo probably identical with 0. con- catenatus). V. a. Form subtetragonal, approaching pentagonal, but with a dorsal surface clearly defined, though the affinity to the triagoual forms is indicated by a pronounced elevation of the dorsum, surmounted by a high spine. Frontal spines horizontal, stronger. The fullness of the anterior part of the body observed in the forms already studied is suggested by a bulging of the ventral surface 0. Fornastni, 0. cornutus, Linn. =0. dlaplianus, Schn. In 0. diaphamis the dorsal surface is flatter than in 0. Foniasini, but there are small spines on the dorsal and ventral keels, obsolescent in age, which suggest the preceding form. The two forms together, or an average between them, form a needed link in the series. h. (A side-shoot with great development of frontal and ventral spines.) Forms similar to the last but approximating still more closely to the tetragonal, particularly in adult age ; without dorsal spine, though with a trace of its presence in an elevated dorsal ridge. Horizontal spines very prominent. 0. arciis, Schn. = 0. cornutus, Bloch. VI. Form tetragonal, spineless, similar to the last, but with squarer angles. "A more or less sharp protuberance in front of the dorsal tin, from which several pointed lines radiate." Horizontal spines absent. This is the transition from the subpeutagonal and subtetragonal to the truly tetragonal forms. 0. ornatus. VII. a. Form tetragonal, spineless, similar to the last, but with lower though still very distinct dorsal ridge, A trace of rostral prominence 0. rmsus. h. (Side-shoot from a.) Similar to a, but with prominent rostral hump. 0. rhinorhynchus. c. Form truly tetragonal, back convex, not ridged, dorsal and ventral keels blunt . . .' r. 0. cuMcus, 0. punctatiis, 0. sehcp. VIII. Form tetragonal, spineless, back flat, ridges sharp 0. Benardl, O. solorensis. Such is the continuity of the gradation in this series that it is ahnost impossible to distribute the species into subgenera, though the extreme forms wouhl be considered by many writers as belonging to well-marked genera were the hitermediate forms not known. The transition is pe;r- fect, without a break from 0. triqueter to 0. Eenardi and 0. solorensis. Even the size, abundance, tfnd distribution of the spines are seen to be correlated to the shape of the body, for these are to be regarded, as 268 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. was suggested by Hollard, merely as exaggerations of the crests aud ridges which define the lateral, dorsal, and ventral surfaces of the caraT pace, occurring in those parts of the body and in that part of the above series where these crests aud ridges are most emi)hasized, and their ab- sence coinciding with the absence of prominent lines of demarcation. They are most numerous in the middle portion of the above series, in the forms transitional between the triagonal and tetragonal sections of the genus, and are alike also at both extremes. The geographical distribution of the species is interesting in the light of this gradation. The triagonal forms (I and II) occur only in the West Indies. The next in order (III) occur not only in the West Indies but in the southeastern Atlantic. The subtriagoual form {IV) is represented in the southeastern Atlantic (at the Cape of Good Hope), in the west- ern Pacific (China), in Australia and the East Indian Archipelago. The subtetragonal forms (V) are represented in the Indian Ocean, west to the Cape of Good Hope, in Japan and Australia, and in the East Indian Archipelago, while the tetragonal forms (YI, VII, and YIII) almost ex- clusively in the Indian Archipelago and the Indian Ocean. There is no dearth of names for the sections of this group, but as has been remarked, it is impossible to assign them or subdivide the genus by any but arbitrary methods. Swainson's Ostracion corresponds to Divisions VI, VII, and VIII; his Tetrosomus to Divisions IV and V, although he assigns 0. cornutus to the following genus; his Lactophrys to Divisions II aud HI, aud his Ehinesomus to Division I. Kaup's Ostracion would include Divisions I, II, HI, and IV ; his Lac- tophrys, Division V; and his Cihotion, Divisions VI, VII, and VIII. Bleeker's Ostracion includes I, VI, VII, aud VIII; his Tetrosomus, IV; his Acanthostracion, II, HI, and V. Dr. Bleeker by assuming Division V, instead of Division I, as one ex- treme of the series, made his division of the group into subgenera more plausible. This arrangement does not, however, allow as com2)lete a gradation of form. SuBOEDER OSTRACODERMI,* Gill. Synonym as family name. <^ Sclerodennes, Cu\^er, Regne Animal. 1st cd ii, 1817, p. 153; 2(1. ert. ii, 1829, p. 375. < Sclerodermi, Gunther, Cat. Fisli. Brit. Mus. viii, 1870, p. 207. (Sjuonym as sub- ordinal name.) < Sclerodermcs, Hollakd, Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) xiii, 1860, p. 31. Synonyms as ordinal names. < Sclerodermi, Boxapakte, Giorn. Accad. di Scienze, lii, 1832 (Saggio Distrib. Metod. Animali Vertebr. a Sangue Freddo, ji. 39). » ** The synonymy of tbis suborder is in substance quoted from Gill. MS. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, 269 = Ostraciones, Bleeker, Eunm. Sp. Pise. Archip. Indico, xiv, 1859 , Atlas Ichthyo- logique, v, 1865, p. 25. = Ostracodermi, Gill, Arrangement of the Families of the Fishes, 1872 (November), pp. xii, i. = Cataphracti, Fitzinger, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wiss. (Wien), Ixvii, Abth. 1, 1873, p. 47. Family OSTRACIONTIDJE. Osfracidi, Rafinesque, Indice d'lttiolog. Siciliana, 1810, p. 39 (Gill). Ostracidia, Rafinesque, Analyse de la Nature, 1815 (as subfamily, fide Gill). Subfam. Ostracinw, Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fish. Amphib. and Rept. 1839, ii, pp. 194, 323. OsiracionHm, Bonaparte, Nuovi Annali d. Sci. Nat. ii, 1838, p. 131 ; iv, 1840, p. 186 (as subfamily, fide Gill) ; Nardo, 1. c. inf. p. 71. Ostracmitidcv, Nardo, Atti Congressi Scienz. Ital. rac. et ord. i (1842), 1844, p. 70 (Gill). Ostraciones, Bleeker, Bijdrage; Balist. en Ostraciones van den Ind. Archip. 1852, pp. 28-36. (Family) Ostraciontidce, Gill, Arrangement of the Families of Fishes, 1872, p. 1. (Family) Ostracionidw, Kaup, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 1855, pp. 215-221. Famille des Ostracionides, Hollaed, Annales des Sciences Naturelles, vii, 1856, pp. 121- 170, pi. xiii. Familia Ostraciotioidei, Bleeker, "Enum. sp. Pise. Archipel. Ind. xiv, 1859;" Atlas Ichthyologique, v, 1865, pp. 24-42, ppl. cci-cciv. Group Ostraciontina, GtJNTHER, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, -v-iii, 1870, pp. 255-268. Osiracudo', Cope, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. xx, 1872, p. 340 ; Goode, Cat. Fish Bermu- das, 1876, p. 53 (name only) ; Gill, Bibliog. Fish Pacific Coast (unpublished). Ostracionteii, Fitzinger, I.e. sup. DIAGNOSIS OF FAMILY. Plectognatli fishes with short, anguhir bodies, covered by a modified integument consisting of numerous closely juxtaposed polygonal osse- ous plates. Caudal peduncle, bases of fins, and snout covered with flexible skin. Maxillary and intermaxillary bones anchylosed. A sin- gle row of short teeth in each jaw. A single dorsal fin opposite the anal ; no ventrals. Vertebr;© 14, the first 9 elongate. No ribs. synopsis of genera. Carapace forming a continuous bridge behind anal fin, ventral surface acariuate, cau- dal with 10 rays Ostracion (Art. ) Linn. Carapace open behind anal fin, ventral surface carinate, caudal with 11 rays or more. Aracana, Gray. Genus OSTRACION. > Ostracion, Artedi, Gen. Pise. 1738, p. 55, = Ostraciones polyodontes, Artedi, 1. c. = Ostracion, Linn.eus, Syst. Nat. ed. x, 1758, 1, p. 330; ed. xii, 1766, p. 407. Les Ostracions, Lacepede. Les Coffres {Ostracion L.), Cuvier, R^igne Animal, ed. 1, 1817, p. 154; ed. ii, 1829, p. 375. Ostracion, Gray, Annal. Nat. Hist. 1, 1838, p. 110. Ostracion + Tetrosonms -\- Lactophrys -\- Bhinesomus, Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fish. Amphib. and Rept. 1839, ii, pp. 193-194, 323-324. Ostracion, Bleeker, Verhaudelingen van het Bataviasch Genootschap van Kuusten en Weteuschapen, xsiv, 1852, Bijdrage tot de Kenuis der Balistiui en Ostra- ciones van den Indische Archipel. p. 28; Atlas Ichthyologique, v, 1865, pp. 25-42. 270 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Osfrac'ion -(- C'lhotion -\- Lwtopliri/s, KAUr, Arcli. Ivir Naturgeschichte, 1855, pp. 215-219. Ostracioii ( — Aracana), GtJNTHER, Cat. Fish Brit. Mns. viii, 1870. Osiraclon, PoEY, Rep. Fis. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1838, pp. 439-442. Osiradon, Hollard, Annales des Sciences Naturelles, vi, 1856, p. 140. Ostracion -\- Lactophrys -{- Acavihostracion -\- Bhinc8omus -{- &c., Poey, Emim. Pis. Cii- bens. 1876, pp. 174-176. DIAGNOSIS OF GENUS. O.stracionts with triagonal, tetragonal, or pentagonal carapaces, the ventral surface always flat or concave, acariuate. Carai)ace continuous behind anal fin. Yentral spines always associated with frontal spines, if the latter are present. Dorsal fin with 9, occasionally 10 rays. Cau- dal fin with 10 (1 I 8 I 1) rays.* As liiaited by Linnteus iii the t^uth edition of the Systema Xaturcc the diagnosis stood as follows : 164. OsTiJACiON Caput: Denies titriuqnc 10 porrecti, teretes, obtnsiuscnli Apertura Corpus osse iutegro obtectum. rinncc ventrales niillse. SahUat. — Tropical and temperate seas, the triagonal species confined to the western Atlantic. SYNOPSIS OF AMERICAN SPECIES. Carapace triagona l. Carapace spineless O. triqueter, L. Carapace with ventral spines — *continnons behind dorsal O. bicaudalis, L. **open behind dorsal O.trigonus, L. Carapace with ventral and frontal spines — * dorsal spine not present in adult age, seldom in young O. quadricornis, L. * * dorsal spine persistent O. quadricorxis snbsp. xotacaxthus. (* * * dorsal siiine large, associated with four or more ventral spines. O. TURRiTUS, Forslv.,L.) * The following is as nearly as possible a fac-simile of the original generic description of Artodi : XXXIX. OSTRACION. Membrana Branchiostega nulla. FUjura Corporis insolens, nempe vel glo- bosa sen sphfcrica, vel subrotunda, vel ovata sen oblougo rotunda, vel oblongo quadrangulata, vel conica fere. Cu- tis dura stepe spinis sen aculeis magnis vel in toto corpore, vel in aliqua ejus parte, armata ; interdum vero glabra. rUnrxe Vcntraies desunt Niimerus Pin- uarum qninarius, ueuipo duae Pecto- rales sen laterales ; una dorsi ; una Aui una Caudtt. Osexiguum: Dcntes magni. Oculi cute commune tecti. Foramina narium utrinque duo ante ocu- los Labia reductabilia dentes ad partem toKunt. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 271 Carapace tetragonal. (Carapace witli ventral and. frontal spines O. arcus, L. ) NOTES ON AMERICAN SPECIES. OSTRACION TRIQUETER, Linn. Ostradon triqueter, LiNNiEUS, Syst. Nat. ed. x, 1758, 1, p. 330, No. 1, ed. xii, 1766, 1, p. 407.— Block, Ichtliyologie, iv, 1787, p. 106, taf. cxxx.— Gmelix, Linn. Syst. Nat. i, 1788, p. 1441.— Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss. etc., i, 1798, p. 444 ; ed. ii, 1819, 11, p. 331, pi. xlv, iig. 1.— Schneider, Bloch, Syst. Ichth. 1801, p. 498.— Shaw, Gen. Zool. v, 1804, p. 420.— Cuvier, R^gne Animal, ed. 1, 1817, p. 154 ; ed. li, 1829, ii, p. 376, note. — Muller & Groschel In Sclioniburgk's Hist. Karbados, 1848, p. 677.— Kaup, Arch, fiir Naturg. 1855, p. 217.— Hollard, Ann. Sci. Nat. Til, 1858, p. 154.— Bleeker, Atl. Icbtli. v, 1865, p. 26.— Guxther, Cat. Fish Brit. Mus. vlil, 1870, p. 256. Ostradon iriqustrum, Poey, Mem. Sob. Hist. Nat. Cuba, li, 1861, p. 361 ; Rep. Fis. Nat. Cuba, 11, 186S, p. 442; Ennm. Pise. Cubens. 1876, p. 176. Osiradum triquetrum, Cope, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1870, p. 475.— Goode, Cat. Fish Ber- mudas, 1876, p. 23 ; Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 1877 (Oct.), p. 290. BMnesomus triqueter, Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fish. Rept. and Amphib. 1839, 11, p. 323. Pisds triangularis ex toto cornihus earens, Lister in App. Willughby Hist. Pise. 1686, p. 20.— Rat, Syn. Method. Pise. p. 45, No. 9. Ostradon triangulus, tuberculis exigids innumeris, aculeis earens, Artedi, Gen. Pise. 1738, p. 57, No. 10 ; Syn. Plsc. 1738, p. 85, No. 14. Ostradon polyodoninermis triqueter, LiNNiEUS, Mus. Adolphl Frederlcl, 1, 1754, p. 60. L'Oslracion maille, Lac6pJ;de, 1. c. Cuckold, Bermudas. Chapin, Cuba. Brunken-fisli, Trunk fish, Plate-fish, or Fair Maid, Barbados. distribution. Bermudas (Goode). Jamaica (Giiuther). Cayenne (Giinther). Cuba (Poey). Gulf of Mexico (Hollard). Bahia (Castelnau). St. Martins (Cope). Tortugas (National Museum). Trinidad (Giinther). Barbados (Schomburgk). St. Croix (Cope). Mexico (Hollard). Brazil (Cope). Vera Cruz (Cope). Ostracious with triagoiial carapace, without spines. Height slightly- greater than half the length of the body without the caudal, breadth equal to half the length of the body in adults, greater in young. Ven- tral surface of carapace convex anteriorly, concave posteriorly. Back elevated compressed, sides joining at an angle of about thirty degrees.^ Carapace continuous behind dorsal fin. Head contained three times in length of body. Interorbital space concave. Upper surface of snout concave. Diameter of eye contained eight to nine times in total length, four to four and one-half in height of side. Teeth long, spike-like, eight to ten in upper jaw -, eight to ten in lower jaw. Scales of the sides hexagonal, in young with striae radiating from 272 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. centre to angles of each scale, in adult armed simply with tubercles, nine to ten, in longitudinal series from gill-opening- to tail, eight in median line of ventral surface, eight between ventral keel and angle of back. Posterior dorsal scute unarmed. Branchial aperture oblique, its length greater than the diameter of the eye, descending before the base of the pectoral. Fins obtusety rounded. Pectoral equaling in length. Caudal of moderate length and rounded. Radial formula D, 10, A. 10, P. 12. Color : The color of living individuals is thus recorded in ray Bermuda note-book: — "Dark-brown, thickly studded with circular spots of yel- lowish white, each about two lines in diameter ; the position of these spots appears to have no relation to the shape of the plates of the carapace. Ventral surface lighter and spotless. The epidermis is often abraded leaving the shell uniform tawny-white. The lips, bases of the fins, and tail-stem are brown like the ground color of the body." In dried speci- mens the epidermis dries and loses its color, and the shell shows through with a lighter shade. Giinther states that the lips, roots of the tins, root of the tail, and tip of the caudal are black. * This I have not ob- served. The largest individuals seen by me measured about 205 millimetres in length, but these were quite unusual in size. The Cuckold is common throughout the West Indies, and has been found south to Bahia, while, to the north, it is carried by the Gulf Stream as far as the Bermudas. Its limits of distribution are more closely restricted to the Caribbean Sea and the neighboring waters than those of any other species in the genus. It is recorded that the crew of Columbus, on their first voyage, in 1492, while at anchor on the coast of Cuba, captiu-ed a fish which "was like a swine, all covered with a very hard skin, no part whereof was soft but the tail," which was probably one of the Ostracious. Little can be said in reference to its habits, except that it is sluggish and lives close to the bottom, where it probably feeds ni^on hydroids ascidians, and other soft-bodied animals. This is somewhat conjectural for no one has ever taken the pains to examine the stomach contents of any member of the genus, but it is not very hazardous to make this sur- mise, for the sluggish movements of the Trunk-fish would not permit it to pursue active living prey, while its small, weak teeth are thoroughlj- unsuitable for feeding upon shells and barnacles. The method of locomotion in this and other members of the genus Ostracion is very ijeculiar. When in Bermuda, in 1872, I had two of them for a time in my aquarium, and had an excellent opportunity of observing the movements of their fins. The rigid shell prevents any flexure of the body, the only parts with l)Ower of independent motion being the lips, the dorsal and aual fins, and the stem of the tail. These protrude through openings in the cara- PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 273 pace, and the bases of the fins as weU as the lips are eucased in tough skin, leathery and flexible. Even the gill-openings are Incapable of inde- pendent motion, for they are only straight, narrow, vertical slits in the carapace just in front of the pectoral fins. The sinuous muscular movement of the posterior half or two-thirds of the body, which plays so important a part in the movement of the ordinary fish, is of course impossible, and the rotary, sculling motion so noticeable in the caudal fin of a fish, like a minnow or a trout, seems equally unknown. The power of propulsion appears to be vested chiefly in the dorsal and anal fins. These are broad and round, pro- vided apparently with strong muscles, and the anal is placed almost directly beneath the dorsal. When the fish moves it is solely by the eftect of a strong, slow, regular half-rotary movement of these two ver- tical fins, much resembling that of the screw-wheel of a propeller-en- gine. The caudal fin is kept vertical, and, moved from side to side, plays the part of a rudder, except when needed for an unusually rapid move- ment, and then it adds its strength with long, strenuous side-strokes. There are no ventral fins, nor do they seem to be needed, for the fish is balanced upon its centre of gravity and well under the control of its propulsive fins. The pectorals probably perform a certain part in balancing, but seem to be most useful in keeping up a circulating cur- rent through the gill-apertures. Their movements are sluggish, and they do not seem to require a rapid aeration of the blood, for I have known them to live for two or three hours out of water, and when restored seem none the worse for the change of element, save that for a time they were prevented from sinking to the bottom by the air which they had swallowed and which kept them awkwardly suspended at the surface. I have rarely seen them swimming among the reefs. They appear to spend most of the time resting on the bottom, on the broad nether surface of the carapace. They never take the hook, but often enter the fish-pots set at a depth of two to ten fathoms. Ko one has been so fortunate as to observe the breeding habits of the Ostracions ; even the time of spawning is unknown. In the Bermudas they are sometimes eaten, though not held in high estimation. I was unable to learn that evil effects ever follow their use for food at this locality. Hollard states that its flesh is said to be pal- atable and wholesome, but cites no authority for this observation, which is probably taken second-hand from Lacepede, who gives an en- thusiastic eulogy of its good qualities. "Its flesh," wrote the fluent Gaul, "is more sought after than that of almost any other fish in the seas of America where it makes its home." And then he continued with a most amusing proposition for acclimating the species in the waters of France, and which is a good example of the theories of the would-be fish-culturists of eighty years ago. "Although it appears to thrive only in tro])ical regions we might endeavor to acclimate it in Proc. ^at. Mus. 79- — 18 JUarcli 35, 1880. 274 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSi'.UM. waters more remotci liora the equator, since the differences of teini)era- ture presented by the water at different decrees of hititude are far less marked than those of the atmosphere. On the one liand we know with what facility fishes found only in the sea can be habituated to life iu fresh water. The exquisite flavor and exceedingly wholesome nature of tlie flesh of the 'trianoulaire' should encourage us to make persever- ing and well considered experiments in this direction ; we might accom- plish this acclimation, Avhich would be imi)ortant from more than one point of view, by gradual steps ; we should gradually accaistom the species to temperatures successively less warm ; we should even con- tinue the experiment through many gener.itions of the animal before abandoning it com])letely, without artificial i)rotection, to the climate in which it is to be naturalized. We should do lor the 'triangulaire' what has been done for many species of plants; we should bring individuals of this species, and we should care for them through a long period in water, which we should keep at a temperature closely resembling that of the equatorial seas iu their surface strata; then we should lower the temperature of the little i)ools in which the 'triangulaires' are kept by almost insensible degrees and by very geutle variations. In the regions of Euro])e and other parts of the globe, far removed from the tropics, where the thermal currents flow, we might at least profit by these naturally heated waters to give to the triangulaires that degree of heat which is to them absolutely necessary, or to accustom them by insensi- ble degrees to endnring the ordinary temperature of the fresh waters or of the seas of those various regions." — (Lacepede, 1. c.) OSTRACION BICAUDALI8, Linu. Ostracion hicandaUs, Linx.eus, Syst. Nat. ed. x, 1758, i, p. 330, No. 3; ecT. xii, i. 17(10, p. 408.— Bloch, Ichtliyologic, iv, 1787, p. 109, p. cxxxii.— Gmelix, Linn. Syst. Nat. i, 1788, p. 1441.— Lacep£:de, Hist. Nat. Poiss. etc., i, 1798, pp. 4U5-466; ed. ii, 1819, pp. 342-343.— Schneider, Bloch, Syst. Iclitli.' 1801, p. 499.— Shaw, CuviER, Regne Animal, ed. i, p. 154 ; ed. ii, 1829, ii,p. 375. — Kaup, Archiv fiir Naturg. 1855, p. 217.— Hollard, Ann. Sci. Nat. vii, 1856, p. 153.— Poey, Rep. Fis. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1868, p. 442.— GiJXTHER, Cat. Fish Brit. Mus. viii, 1870, p. 257. Ostracion Ucaudale, Poey, Mem. sob. Hist. Nat. Cuba, vi, 1861, p. 362. Ostraeium Ucaudale, Cope, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1870, p. 474 (St. Martins). Laciophrys McaudaUs, Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fish, Rept. audAmphib. 1839, ii, p. 323.— Poey, Enum. Pise. Cubens. 1876, p. 176. Piscis triaiifinlaris, jjaj-'rus non nisi imo ventre cornutus, Lister, iu App. Willugliby Hist. Pise. 1686, xiv, p. 20.— Ray, Syu. Method. Pise. 1713, p. 45. Piscis mcdiocns triaugiilaris, ad imum vent rem prope candam fantiini cornntns, etc., hlS- TER, 1. c. p. 20. —Ray, 1. c. p. 45. Ostvacion triangulatus, tuberculis hexagonis radiatis, acideis duobus in imo ventre, Artedi, Geu. Pise. 1738, p. 57, No. 9 ; Syn. Pise. p. 85, No. 13. Ostracion trianf/nlatus totiiis maculosus ac tuberculosus, aculeis duohus in imo ventre, Artedi, Gen. Pise. p. 57, No. 8 ; Syn. Pise. 85, No. 12. Chapino, Parra. rrttJ?t-/s/(, Jamaica Chapin, Cuba. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 275 DisxraiiUTioN. Barbados (Scliomburgk). Jamaica (National MiiseuDi). Belize, Ilondiiras (Giiutlier). Island of Ascension (Giiutlier). Jamaica (Giiutlier). Antilles (Ilollard). ^ St. Martins (Cope). Cuba (Poey). Ostracioiis with triagoiial (-arapace and with flat prominent .spine on each ventral ridge. Breadth of body less than half its length without caudal. Space between eyes concave. From the jnedian dorsal line the sides of the back descend rapidly, curving outward slightly. Caudal fin rounded. Color yellowish, with numerous small round brown spots on carapace, tail, and caudal fin. D. 10, A. 10, P. 12. The Brown-spotted Trunk-fish has a wider distribution to the south than the Cuckold, having been recorded by Dr. Giinther from the Island of Ascension, where a young individual was taken by Mr. J. Eobinson. It is also in Mr. Osbert Salvin's Honduras collections. It has not yet been recorded from the coast of Florida, or to the north of Cuba. It attains a much larger size than the preceding. HoUard gives the following dimensions for one of the largest in the Museum d'llistoire Naturelle : M. Length 0.440 Maximum heiglit 0.143 Length <^f head 0.090 Tail-stem ^ 0.080 CavKhil 0.080 Breadth of al)domen 0.110 The Trunk-fishes appear to ha^e been objects of curiosity in the early days of American exploration, and were evidently among the choicest treasures of the primitive museums of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Their strange shapes naturally attracted the attention of travellers, and then, as now, the ease with which their shells could be preserved made them fa\'orites of curiosity hunters. No group of trop- ical fishes is so thoroughly worked out in the writings of "the fathers" as the Plectognaths, and none more so than the Ostracions. Over two hundred years ago every species of Ostracion now known from the western Atlantic had been named and described by the naturalists of northern Europe, and it is a well-deserved tribute to their discrimina- tion as zoologists to say that none of the many eftbrts which have since been made to subdivide these species have been at all successful. Artedi in his notes upon the different forms of Ostracion mentions the various collections in which he observed specimens. The "Naggs' head," "White Bear," and the "Green Dragon in Stepney," to which he very often alludes, seem to have been London taverns where cmiosities were kept. He also speaks of seeing them in the museum of Hans Sloane, the nucleus of the British Museum ; also in the collections of D. 276 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Seba, in Amsterdam, of Mr. Lillja, in Loudou, of Mr. (Don) Saltcros, in Chelsey, and of seeing various specimens at Stratford, and "in spring- garden." No otlier kinds of lislies appear to have been preserved except " the monli- or Angel-fish Anglis, aliis Mermaid fiah,''^ probably a species of Squatinu, which he saw in London at the Naggshead and in the town of Chelsey. The art of taxidermy was evidently not thoroughly established in 1738. Of Ostraeion hlcaudalis, he remarks, "Vidi Loiidiui, in the White Bear," and "Apud D'" Sebam vidi." Ostraeion trigonus he saw "Apud Sir Hans Sloane et in ]S"aggshead"; Ostraeion friqiieter and 0. qiiadri- cornis, "Londiui in the ISTaggshead et apud Mr. Lillia." The speciaieus were all said to have come from India. OSTRACION TRIGONUS, Linu. Ostraeion tr'ujonm, Linn/eus, Syst. N.at. eel. s, 1758, i, j). 330, No. 2: ed. xii,17G6, i, p. 408. — Block, Ichtbyologie, iv, 1787, p. 115, pi. cxxxv {coffre a perles). — Gmelin, Linu. Syst. Nat. 1788, i, p. 1441 (assiguing erroneously 14 rays to first'dorsal). — LACfcPEDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., etc. i, 1798, pp. 465-466; ed.ii, 1819, p. 842.— Schneider, Blocli Syst. Ichtb. 1801, p. 499 (erroneously described with orbital spines). -Shaw, Gen. Zool. v, 1804, p. 422.— Cuvier, Regne Anim. ed. 1, 1817, p. 154 : ed. ii, 1829, p. 375, note.— Kaup, Ai'cb. fiir Naturg. 1855, p. 218 (a quoted name: Kaup did not profess. to have examjiles). — Hollard, Ann. Sci. Nat. vii, 1856, p. 150.— Gunther, Cat. Fisb Brit. Mus. viii, 1870, p. 256. Ostraeion trigonum, Poey, Mem. sob. Hist. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1861, p. 362. Lactophrys trigonus, Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fisb,Rept. and Ampbib. 1839, ii, p. 324, fig. 102.— Poev, Euum. Pise. Cubcns. 1876, p. 174. Ostraeion Yalei, Storer, Bost. Jouru. Nat. Hist, i, 1837, p. 353, pi. viii. Lactoplirys Yalei, Dekay, Zool. N. Y. Fisbes, 1842, p. 362.— Storer, Mem. Am. Acad. Sci. viii, 1861, p. 429, pi. xxxv, fig. 3 ; Hist. Fisb Mass. 1867, p. 429, pi. xxv, fig. 3. Laetophrgs ovice2)s, Kaup, 1. c. Ostraeion (Lwtojihrys) unduJatiis, Poey, Rep. Fis. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1868, p. 441 (a specific name founded solely on color). Lactopkrys undulatus, Poey, Euum. Pise. Cubeus. 1876, p. 176. Ostracium expansum, Cope, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1870, j). 474, figs. 9, 10. Piseis triangularis clusii, cornihus earens, Lister, in App. Willugbby, Hist. Pise. 1686, p. 156.— Ray, Syn. Method. Pise. 1713, p. 44. Ostraeion triangulatus, limhis figurarum hcxagonarum eminentibus, aeuleis diiohus in imo ventre, Artedi, Gen. Pise. 1738, p. 56, No. 7. Ostraeion triangulatus, linibis figuram hexagonam eminentibus, aeuleis duobus in imo ventre, Artedi, Syn. Pise. 1738, p. 85, No. 11. Ostraeion polyodon tetragonus, abdomine pone fticorHJ, Linn^us, Iter Scand. j). 160. Speeies duhia an Lcetophrys trigo7iusf Poey, Rej). Fis. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1868, p. 441. Chapin, Parra, Desc. Dif. Piez. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1787, p. 31, pl.xvii.fig. i, vide POEY, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila. 1863, p. 183. V Ostraeion iriangulo-iubereule, Bonnaterre, Encyc. Method. 1788, p. 21,pl. xiii. Chapin, Cuba. Trunk-fish, Jamaica. distribution. Barbados (Schomburgk). St. Croix (Gunther). Jamaica (Gilnther). Bermuda (Goodo). Cuba (Poey, National Museum). Holmes Hole, Mass. (Storer). Chesapeake Bay, October, 1877 (Lugger). St. Martins (Cope). Tortugas (National Museum). Bahia (Gilnther). Bahamas (National MusQum). PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 277 Osti'acions, with triagoual carapace, provided with a iiat, conspicuous spine on eacli abdominal ridge, which i.s itself sharp and prominent. Hollard claims that Ostracion trigonus is one of the largest, if not the largest, as was claimed" by Artedi,* of the triangular species, and gives the following measurements of one of the specimens studied by him : M. Total leugth 0.4C0 Greatest height 0. 150 Greatest width (in abclomiual region) 0. 135 Length of cephalic region 0.180 Length of tail-stem 0.100 Caudal 0.060 Largest diameter of lateral scutes 0.028 The largest specimen obtained by me in the Bermudas did not exceed 350 millimetres in length. Linn fens in his Systema Naturw, edition tenth, atti'ibuted to this spe- cies Jburteen dorsal rays, an error which, as Hollard has pointed out, has been copied and recopied by ichthyological writers down to the present day. Kaup (1. c.) described the species anew under the name Ostracion oviceps. He appears not to have recognized any of the specimens studied by him as belonging to 0. trigomis, the characters of which were totally misapprehended by him. His description of 0. oviceps cor- responds to the characters of 0. trigonus,^ w^hile the radial formulae, the only characters given by him for 0. trigomis, are imaginary and do not ajiply to any fish known to exist. The formula for the dorsal perpetu- ates the Linntean error already referred to; that for the caudal was prob- ably made out from mutilated specimens. Hollard, who Avorked over the collections in the Paris ]Museum the j^ear subsequent to tlie i^ublica- tion of Kaup's Memoir, states that he found certain specimens of 0. trigomis which had been labeled with the name 0. oviceps by Dr. Kaup, while others precisely like them had been left with the identification 0. trigomis. This signifies little, however, for no good characters have ever been given for the jjroposed new species. The color of living individuals of Ostracion trigomis is a uniform brown, with numerous irregularly grouped whitish spots, more abundant on the caudal stem than elsewhere. The fins are lighter than the body. Young specimens have a subcircular blackish blotch upon the side be- hind the gill-opening. This species probably breeds in the Bermudas. I obtained three specimens ranging in length from 1 inch to 12 inches, though I was not so fortunate as to secure young of any other species of the genus. * "Maximus est ex triangulatis," Artedi, Gen. Pise. p. 57. t Profil des Kopfes convex und plotzlich herabsteigend. Der lange Schwauz blau gefleckt Oder einfarbig mit eiuem Hornschild auf dor Wurzel niichst dem Pauzer. Der Riicken hinter den erhohten Augeukreisen begumend- ScliAyanzflosse gegabelt : Triffonus, P. 10, D. 14, A. 9, C. 7. • OviceiJS, P. 12, D. 10, A. 10, C. 10. Kanp, 1- c. 278 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Lac^pede and HoUard speak of the power of makiug audible sounds attributed to this species by travellers, and which had gained for it the name coclion de mer. I have never had one of them in captivity, but have often observed the same liabit in Ostracion triqueter, which utters frequent and audible grunting sounds when taken from the water. These sounds are similar to those made by several members of the family Tetrodontidt^, familiar to every collector of fishes on the Atlantic coast of the United States. OSTEACION QUADEICORNIS, Liunteus. Ostracion quadricornis, Lixn. Syst. Nat. ed. s, 17r)8, i, p. 331; ed. xii, 1760, i,p. 408. — Bloch, Aiisl. Fische Iclith. iv, 1787, p. 113, pi. cxxxiv. — Gmelix, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1788, i, p. 144-i.— Lacepede, op. cit. i, 1798, pp. 442, 468; ed. ii, 1819, ii, p. 343, pi. XV, fig. 2.— Schneider, Blocli Syst. Iclith. 1801, p. 499.— Shaw, Gen. Zool. V, 1804, p. 424.— CuviER, Eegne Animal, ed.i, 1817, p. 154; ed. ii, 1829, p. 375.— Kaup, Arch, fiir Naturg. xxi, 1855, p. 218.— Hollard, Ann. Sci. Nat. 1857, p. 148. — Bleeker, Poiss. Guin<^e, 18G3, p. 20. — Gunther, Cat. Fish Brit. Mus. viii, 1870, p. 258. Ostracion quadricorne, Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1861, p. .302. Ostracium quadricorne, COPE, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1870, p. 474.— Goode, Cat. Fish Bermudas, 1876, p. 24 ; Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 1877, p. 290. Ostracion (Acanthosiracion) quadricornis, Bleeker, Atlas Ichthyologique, 1865, p. 32. Ostracion (Acanthontraeion) quadricorne, Poey, Rep. Fis. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1868, p. 439. AcantliOHlracion quadricorne, PoEY, Enum. Pise. Cubeusium, 1876, p. 174. Lactophrys quadricnrnis, SWAIXSOX, Hist. Nat. Fish and Rept. 1839, ii, p. 324. Ostracion tricornis. LiNX. fide Bleeker, Ned. Tyds. Dierk. ii, p. 298. — Lacepi^de, oj). cit. i, 1798, p. 465 ; ed. ii, 1819, ii, p. 342, pi. xv, fig. 1. Ostracion Listeri, Lacepi^de, Hist. Nat. Poiss. i, 1798, p. 468, pi. xxiii,fig. 2 (''cop. Wil- lughby") ed. ii, 1819, ii, p. 343. Ostracion Hcx-cornutus, Mitchill, Amer. Month. Mag. ii, 1818, j). 328 (desc. of spec, from Gulf of Mexico near mouth of Mississipi)i River). Lactophrys sex-cornutus, Storer, Mem. Amer. Acad, ii, p. 498; Syu. 1840, p. 246. Ostracion cornutus (not Bl. or Linn.), Mull, and Trosch. in Schomburgk, Hist. Barba- dos, 1848, p. 677. Ostracion guineensis, Bleeker, Ned. Tyds. Dierk. ii, p. 298 (on young individual). Ostracion Crronovii, Bleeker, 1. c. Ostracion maculatus, Hollard, op. cit. p. 149. Species duhia an Acanthostracion maculatum, PoEY, Rep. Fis. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1868, p. 439. Sjyecies duhia an Acanth. quadricorne mas, POEY, Rep. Fis. Nat. Cuba, ii, ]). 439. Acanthostracion pohjgoniun, Poey, Enum. Pise. Cubens. 1876, p. 175. Quamajacee ap^, Marcgrave, Hist, de Brasil, 1648, iv. p. 142 (fide Ca.stelxau, 1. c. p. 99). " Guamaiacu, JoxSTOX^, Pise. tab. xxxvi. fig. 3, tab. xlv, suj). fig. 6," fide Bleeker. "Piscis trianfjularis cornutus clusii, Willughby, Hist. Pise. 1686, xiv, tab. J." Piscis triangulus clusii cornutus, Ray, Syn. Method. Pise. 1713, p. 44. Ostracion triangulatus 2 aculeis in f route et totidem in imo ventre, Artedi, Syn. Pise. 1738, p. 85, No. 9 ; Genera Piscium, 1738, p. 56, No. 5. Toro, Parra, Desc. Dif. Piez. Hist. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1787, p. 81, pi. xvii, fig. 2. Piscis triangularis capite cornutus cui e media cauda cutacea aculeus lon'gus erigitus. Lister, in App. Wilhighby, oi). cit. p. 19. — Ray, 1. c. Ostracion triangulatus, aculeis duohus in capite et unico longiore su^yernc ad caudam, Artedi, 1. c. No. 10, Gen. Pise. p. 56, No. 6. "Piscis triangularis maximc cornutus squaniis hcxagonis et radiatis donatus. Lister, I.e. p. 15," fide Bleeker. Cape Florida (National Museum). Charlotte Harbor (National Museum). Pensacola (National Museum). Mississippi (National Museum). South Carolina (National Museum). PROCEEDINGS OF UXITEl) STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 279 Craiiracion trUuKjulartH cluobus conmbus ctirtis in f route, etc. Klkin, Misc. iii, p. 21. Coffre triauniiluire a qtiatre ('phics, BOXNATERRE, p. 21, pi. xiii, fig. 43. To^-n, Cuba (Anglice "Bnll"). Coiv-fisli, IJernuxdas. CucImJcI, .Ianiai( m. rnclohl-JiKh, Block, Ausl. Fiscbe, p. 21, pi. xiii, fig. 43. DISTRIBUTION. St. Croix (Cope). Tortugas (National Museum). St. Martins (Cope). Bahamas (Cox^e). Barbados (Scbombnrgk). .Jamaica (Giinther, National Museum). Santo Domingo (Gliuthor). Bahia (Giinther, Castelnau). West Africa (Bleeker). Cuba (Poey, National Museum). ] Indian Archipelago (Bleeker). Near mouth of Miss. E. (Mitchill, 1818). | Capo of Good Hope (Bleeker). Chesapeake Bay (Lugger). | Ostracions, with triagoiial carapace approaching to j^eiitagonal form in adults, to tetragonal in young, by reason of extension of base of frontal spines, ventral surface plane, angles obtusely carinate, and with two ventral and two horizontal frontal spines. Color brown, yellow, blue or green, the centres of the scutes often lighter than the margins. The range of the Cow-fish is much more extended than that of any of the preceding species, including St. Helena, Guinea, the Cape of Good Hope, and Charleston, S. C. A specimen was obtained October 11, 1877, near Gwyn's Island, Chesai)eake Bay, by Mr. Otto Lugger. These local- lities are well authenticated, and the species is also claimed as a mem- ber of the fauna of the Indian Ocean. A sketch of Ostracion quadri- corne by Burkhardt, marked " Mobile, 1853," is in the Agassiz collection. The sketch is also endorsed with a memorandum to the effect that a speci- men from Florida was living in Aquarial Garden, Boston, 1860. Bleeker admits this species to the fauna of the Dutch East Indies, but states expressly that he has never found it, and that he follows the au- thority of Bennett and Raffles, and that it is uncertain whether it really inhabits the Indian Archipelago. I have never seen more than one species of this type, and the syn- onymy at the head of this notice expresses the views of the majority of ichthyologists as well as my own. It seems only faii", however, to quote the opinion of Di-. Bleeker. "It appears to me very evident," wrote he, "that there are at least five species of triangular (or rather pentag- onal) Ostracions with frontal and preanal spines. Of these this (0. quadricornis) is the one longest known, and may be easily distinguished by the nearly vertical i)rofile of the head as well as by the strong si)ine which terminates the postero-superior dorsal plate. The other species resembling quadricornis are Ostracion notacanthus, Bleeker, Ostracion tri- coniis, L. (= Ostracion mactdatus, Hollard), Ostracion GronorH, Bleeker, and Ostracion gui7ieensis, Bleeker, but none of these exhibits the re- markable character of the T)Ostero-superior dorsal angle developed into a spine. Ostracion notacanthus is characterized by the presence of a 280 PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. spine upon the dorsal crest, by its oblique profile, and by the hexagonal or irregular black ring with large yellowish centre which is plainly visi- ble upon each ])late of the back and the flanks ; while Ostracion Grono- vii is easily recognized by the greater length of the frontal and preanal spines, by the absence of the median dorsal spine, and by the very oblique profile of the snout. Ostracion tricornis, Linn., which appears to be identical with the species described by Hollard as Ostracion maculatus, is marked by its nearly vertical profile and by longitudinal brown bands upon the cheeks. Ostracion (juineensis is marked by the subvertical profile of 0. tricornis, but has cheeks without bands, and the plates of the carapace ornamented with a central ocella of pearl color or blue." The largest specimens, or the two types 0. quadricornis and " 0. macu- latus,^^ in the Paris Museum, had, according to Hollard, the following dimensions : O. quadricornis. O. maculatus. M. M. Total leugth 0.400 0.390 Height 0.1.-)0* 0.1-20 Cephalic region 0.063 0.050 Tail-stem 0.060 0.080 Caudal 0.080 0.080 Abdomiual width 0.090 The presence of plates upon the caudal peduncle is apparently acci- dental. They may possibly have some relation to sex, but certainly none to age. Out of fourteen specimens examined five had plates above and below, one had two above, and six had none. In none of the speci- mens can I distinguish traces of the spine in the middle of the dorsal ridge mentioned by Dr. Giiuther. The color of young* specimens is well described by Glinther ; the bands on the cheek are, however, of a bright blue. Adult specimens are colored in a rich bright blue or green, lighter in the centre of each hexagonal plate, giving the appearance of annular markings, which quickly vanishes after death. In some individuals the color is worn from the ridges of the carapace, leaving patches of light brown. Bleeker claimed for his species Ostracion notacantlms a pecuhar system of coloration, but it is in nowise different from that of the ordi- nary type of 0. quadricornis.] The largest specimens are 21 inches long. In the Bermudas the Cow-fish is, I was told, much esteemed for food, and is frequently baked whole in its shell. The popular name, like the Cuban "toro" and the Jamaican "cuckold," refers to the two horn-like supraorbital spines. * Misprinted 0.015. t "Mais en outi-e le systfeme de coloration de I'espece que je crois nouvelle est tr^s dif- ferent, chaque bouclier de la tcte, du dos et des flaucs dtant omd d'un anneau violet ou noiratre d'une forme hexagoue, j)entagone, quadrangulaire ou meme ronde, et a centre large orange ou rougeiitre. On ne voit rien de pareil sur le corps du quadricornis. Puis encore, la queue est brunatre et a taches jauuatres et les pectorales ont un rayon de plus. Je nomme cette espece nouvelle Ostracion notacanthus." — M^moire sur 1© Poissons de la Cote de Guin^e par P. Bleeker, p. 21. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 281 OSTRACION QUADRICORNIS, LINN., subsp. notacanthus, (Blekker.) Ostradon notacanthus, Bleeker, Poiss. Guin^e, 1863, p. -21 (St. Helena); Ned. Tyds. Dierk., ii, p. 298, et alibi. This form, whose relations to 0. quadricornis are discussed above, p. 267, p. 270, and p. 280, is recorded only from St. Helena. It will only be entitled to subspecific rank if in future it be shown that the dorsal median spine, sometimes observed in the young, remains persistent in the adult. OSTRACION TURRITUS, Forskaol. ? OstracioH (jihbosus, LiNN^US, Syst. Nat. ed. s, 1758, p. :«1 ; cd. xii, 176G,p. 409. (No description.) Ostradon turritus, Forskal, Desc. Anim. Av. Arapliib. Piscium. cet. quae iu itinereOri- eutali observavit, 1775, p. 75, No. 113.— Bloch, ''Ausl. Fische i, p. 113, pL cxsxvi."— Icbth. p. 117,pl. csxxvi.— Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1788, p. 1442.— Walbaum, Artedi, Gen. Pise. .1792, p. 476.— Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss. ed.i, 1, 1798, p. 470.— Schneider, Bloch Syst. Icbth. 1801, p. .500.— Bonnaterre, Encyc. Method. Iclith., 1788, p. 22.— CuviER, Regne Anim. ed.i, 1817, ii, p. 154. note; ed. ii, 1829, ii, p. 376, note ; ''ed.iii, Poiss. p. 346."— Ruppell, "Reis. F. R. M. p. 5."— SWAINSON, Nat. Hist. Fish. Amphib. Rept. 1839, ii, p. 323.— HOL- lard, Ann. Sci. Nat. vii, 1856, p. 156.— Bleeker, "V. Bat. Gen. xxiv, Bal. Ostr. p. 31 ; Act. Soc. Sc. Ind. N. vii, Zesde bijds. visclif. Jap. p. 13." Ostradon (Tetrosomus) turritus, Bleeker, Atl. Ichth. v, 1865, p. 31, pi. cciii, fig. 3. Lactophrys camelinus, Dekay, Zool. N. Y. Fish, 1842, p. 341, p. Iviu, fig. 190. Ostradon gibbosus, ICaup, Arch, fiir Naturg. Berlin, 1855, p. 218.— GtJNTiiER, Cat. Fish Brit. Mus. viii, 1870, p. 258. " Ostradon prior (or alter), Aldrovandus, De Piscibus, etc. (1638), iv, p. 561 " ( " copied by JoNSTON, tab. xxv, fig. 6"). " Ostradon alter gibbosus, Ray, Synopsis, 1713, p. 44." Ostradon alter gibbosus aldrovandl, Willughby. Hist. Pise. 1686, tab. J, 9, fig. 1. "Crayradon triangularis gibbosus, Klein, Miss. Pise, iii, p. 20, No. 17." Ostradon oblongo-quaclrangulus gibbosus, Artedi, Gen. Pise. 1738, p. 55. Ostradon oblongus quadrangulus gibbosus, Artedi, Syn. Pise. 1738, p. 83. L'Ostracion dromadaire, Lacep^ide, op. cit. ; ed. ii, 1819, p. 344. distribution. Indian Ocean and Archipelago (Giinther). I cannot follow Dr. Giinther in accepting for this species the Linnaean name Ostradon gihhosus, since no description of this species was pub- lished by Linnaeus. The first intelligible description was that by Foskaol, and although the indirect references to the figures published by Johnston, Willughby, and others, render it probable that this was the fish referred to by Linnaeus, still there is no way of definitely ascer- taining the meaning. "Je crois reconnaitre," wrote Bleeker,* "I'espece actuelle dans les figures citees de Jonston, de Willughby, de Valentyn et de Eenard. Celles de Jonston et de Willughby, copiees sur le meme modele, ne montrent ni Fepine frontale, ni celles de la carene ventrale, mais la grande 6pine dorsale y est assez bien rendus. Celles de Valentyn et de Eenard, quoique grossieres, ne laissent aucun doute pdr rapport ^ * Atlas Ichthyologique, v, p. 32. 282 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. I'espece qu'elles doivent repr^senter. Cependant c'est a Forskaol qu'on en doit la premiere description tolerable." The diagnosis of Linnaeus in the twelfth edition of the Systema Natura) is as follows : "(Ostiacioii) gibbosus, 8. 0. tctragonus muticus, gib- bosus. Art. gen. 55, syn. 83. O- straoJou quadiangulus, gib- bosus. Habitat in Africa. Varietatem speciei 1 credit Groiioviiis.^' This species surely has no just claim to a place in the fauna of the United States. De Kay inserted it in his work on the fishes of :N'ew York on very slight evidence. I quote the paragraph relating to the single specimen on which he based his description and figure : "I know nothing of the origin of this species, except that it is said to have been taken on the shore of Long Island. It is possibly the species named triqueter by l>r. Smith, and which he represents as 'inhabiting the vicinity of Long Island, New York, but rarely makes its appearance so far to the north as Massachusetts, unless driven on shore by the vio- lence of storms.' The triqueter of Artedi, however, has no spines. It bears n considerable resemblance to the 0. turritus of Forskaol, from the Red Sea ; but that species is (piadraugular." oj). cit. p. 342. There cau be little doubt that the fish in De Kay's possession was a dried specimen of 0. turritKs, probably from a Chinese insect box. Dr. Gilnther remarks that this species is "very closely allied to and probably identical with 0. gihbosus^^ (viii, p. 250), but in his diagnosis he does not refer to any specimens intermediate in form between the two typical forms. OSTRACION AKCUS, Schneider. Ostracioti arcns, Schxeider, Bloch Syst. Ichth. 1801, p. 502 (citing Seba's iigure). Ostracion (Acanthostravion) areas, Bleeker, Atlas Ichtliyologiqiie, v, 1865, pp. 35-36, tab. ccii, fig. 3 (adult) ; cciv, fig. 4 (young), et alibi. Ostracion cornutus, Bloch (nee Linnteus), Ausl. Fisclie, i, p. 105, pi. cxxxix. — Bonna- TERRE, Tabl. Encyclop. et Method, etc. Ichth. 1788, p. 22, pi. xiv, fig. 44.— Lace- PEDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss. i, 1798, p. 470.— Schneider, 1. c. p. 500 (?).— Shaw, Gen. Zool. V, 1803, p. 223, pi. clxx.— Cuvier, Eegue Auim. 1 ed. 1817, ii, p. 154; 2d ed. 1829, p. 376, note ; "3d ed. Poiss. p. 346."— "Bennett, Life of Eaffles, 1830, p. 693."— Richardson, Rep. 15th Meeting Brit. Assoc. ; Rep. Ichth. China and Japan, 1846, p. 200. DISTRIBUTION. Indian Ocean and Archipelago (Giinther). Micronesia (Giinther). Professor Gill, in his unpublished Bibliography of the Fishes of the West Coast of Korth America (p. 17), remarks that " a young specimen PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 283 (3^ iuclies loug) of this species, dried, was sent (to him for identification) by Dr. Cooper, in behalf of the Geological Survey of the State of Cali- fornia, as having been given to thein with the information that it had been obtained in the State." He notes that the appearance of the specimen led him to believe that it came from China, and in this opinion I would fully coincide, having carefully examined it. The species is provisionally included in this list. At some future time individuals may stray into our Paicific waters.. NovEivrBER 11, 1879. OI\ THE HABITS OF THE RO€K¥ ITIOIJNTAIIV OOAT. By I>R. JAMES C. MERRILL, U. S. A. Fort Shaw, Montana, October 21, 1879. Professor S. F. Baird, My Dear Sir : Since I last wrote to you I have passed two months at Fort Missoula, on the eastern limit of the Bitter-Eoot Eange, and while there, finding that the wild goat was comparatively abundant, I made several attempts to obtain a skin and skeleton for the Smith- sonian. I hunted them myself for two weeks, but unsuccessfully, only seeing one, and that I did not obtain. At that season they are in the highest and roughest peaks near and among snow, but in the winter come down to the lower slopes and valleys. You may be interested in the following items concerning this species, which I obtained from trustworthy sources : Accounts vary as to the rutting season and time of dropping the kids, but agree in the latter being two in number. During the summer the male, female, and kids keep together and until the appearance of the next young, though during the winter two or three of these fiimilies unite. At this season it is unusual to see more than a dozen together, though large bands are said to have been seen. The goats in all their movements are heavy and slow. They are most successfully hunted with dogs ; when started by them they generally climb up the nearest rock and stand them ofit'; and while so doing are easily approached and shot. When wounded and in close quarters they are rather dangerous, and are apt to use their horns with effect. They feed at sunrise and sunset, passing the day on some smooth flat rock in the sun, from which they can keep a good lookout, but rarely start until closely approached. The one I saw was among large masses of rock above snow-line. He got up within thirty yards of me, stood in full view for a moment, and then walked slowly off, almost hidden by the rocks. At first, though so near, I took him for an albino bear (and several old hunters told me they had made the same mistake! !) ; his large size, slow, heavy move- ments, and manner of looking back over the shoulder, with the absence of fear, being very different from my j)reconceived notions of the " white 284 PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. goat." I very soon saw 1113- error, but not liking to risk a snap shot, tried to head the animal off, but without success. The tracks are enor- mous for the size of the animal. I found many of their dusting places. The earth is pawed up until quite a depression is formed, in which they roll and lie by the hoitr. They are somewhat like those of the bighorn, but the numerous very long white hairs left in the dust show the presence of the goat. I spoke to my guide (Charles McWhirk, Corval- Es, near Missoula, Montana,) about getting some skins and skeletons this winter, and he said he would do so if any one "made it worth his while." If you desire them I think you had better write to him per- sonally about it. I tried to explain to him how the skins should be prepared. According to the recent order of the War Department he can turn them over to the quartermaster at Fort Missoula, forty-five miles distant, for shipment to the National Museum. This account is not so complete as I could wish, but I send it as bet- ter than none, as the goat is so little known. What I have written ap- phes to their habits in the Bitter-Koot Eange. They are also found rather plentifully in the main range of the Eockies near Flathead Lake. Several have been caught alive, and the Indians sometimes bring in the kids, but the latter soon die. Nothing of special ornithological interest here now, but the winter fauna in this latitude will be worthy of §tudy. Very truly, yours, JAMES C. MEREILL. IVOTES OIV A COLiIiECTIOIV OF FISHES FROITI EASTER'V OEOROIA. By TARLETOiV H. BEAIV. The United States National Museum received, December 15, 1879, from Mr. A. Graves, postmaster at McBean, Ga., five species of fresh-water fishes, one of which is here described as new to science. Mr. Graves writes that the fishes were collected in McBean Creek, which " is the dividing line between Burke and Eichmond Counties, and is within two hundred yards of McBean Station, on Augusta and Savannah Eailroad. It empties into the Savannah Eiver, about seven miles from this sta- tion." The local names are those transmitted by Mr. Graves. The species of Centrarchidcv have all been previously recorded by Prof D. S. Jordan, from Georgia. 1. Chasnobryttus gulosiis (C. & V.) GiU.— "Warm Mouth Perch"; "Yaw Mouth Perch". 23509 a. D. IX, 11 ; A. Ill, 9. 23509 h. D. X, 10 ; A. Ill, 9. The first ventral ray, the tips of the anal, caudal, and dorsal rays, and of the membranes between the dorsal spines are crimson. Sped- PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 285 men 23509 a has a crimson spot half as long as the eye on the sheath under the last four dorsal rays. The pectorals of both examples are yellow. 2. Xystroplites heros (B. & G.) Jor.— "Bream". 23510 a. D. X, 10 ; A. Ill, 10. (Soft dorsal injured.) 23510 h. D. X, 12 ; A. Ill, 11. 23510 c. D. X, 12 ; A. Ill, 12. 23510 (?. D. X, 12; A. Ill, 12. These agree with the types of Pomotis heros B. & G. 3. Xenotis sanguinolentus (Ag.) Jor.—" Red-belly Perch". 23511 a. D. X, 11 ; A. Ill, 10. 23511 1). D. X, 11 ; A. Ill, 10. 23511 c. D. X, 12 ; A. Ill, 11. 23511 (/. D. X, 11 ; A. Ill, 10. The throat, the breast, and the belly are orange red ; the soft dorsal and the anal have a narrow margin of the same color; the external caudal rays are tipped with the same. The pectorals are yellow. The sides are indistinctly banded with black. 4. Esox americanus Gmel. — "Pike". 23512. B. XII ; D. Ill, 12 ; A. IV, 10. Length, 7-i% inches (186 millimeters). All the fins are yellow. The skin covering the dorsal and caudal rays, however, is blackish. 5. Hudsonius etiryopa sp. nov. Teeth 1, 1-1, 1, with a narrow grinding surface on the first two of the long series. 23513 a. D. Ill, 7 ; A. II, 7 ; V. I, 7; P. I, 13; C. +, 19, +; L. lat. 38; L. trans. 6 + 5. 23513 h. D. Ill, 7; A. II, 6; V. I, 7; P. I, 13; C. +, 19, +; L. lat. 38 ; L. trans. 6 + 5. The greatest height of the body equals the length of the longest dorsal ray; it is slightly less than the length of the head, and is con- tained in the length of body, without caudal, 5 times. The length of the head is contained 4 to 4.^ times in the same. In specimen 23513 a the length of the pectoral equals the greatest height of the body; in specimen 235136 it equals the length of the head without the snout. The long diameter of the eye equals J- of the length of the head. The length of the ventral is contained 6 to 6.J times in length of body with- out caudal. The distance of the origin of the dorsal from the snout equals twice the length of the head, and equals the distance of the ventral from the snout. The longest anal ray equals in length the longest ventral ray. The length of the anal basis equals ^ the greatest height of the body. The length of the upper jaw equals the short 286 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. diameter of the eye. The length of the lower jaw and that of the post- orbital portion of the head are eqnal. There is a black lateral band following the course of the lateral line and continued around the nose, most distinct in the young specimen. United States National Museuji, WashingtoUj December 18, 1879. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF ATIIUfSUS (A. PONDEKOSIJS) FROi^I THE JTIISSISSIPPI RIVER. By TAKLETO.\ H. BEAIV. The United States National Museum received from Dr. J. G. W. Steedman, of Saint Louis, Mo., chairman of the Missouri Fish Commis- sion, on the 8th of November, 1879, a Catfish which weighed 150 pounds at the time of shipment. After comparing this with the other described species of Aminrus I am unable to identify it with any of them. The most distinguishing character of the species is its many-rayed anal, in which it resembles Ichthcclurus rather than Amiurus, though it has the skull-structure of the latter. The specimen Avhich forms the tyi^e of the present description was sent at the recpiest of Prof. Spencer F. Baird, United States Commis- sioner of Fish and Fisheries, to whom Dr. Steedman wrote the follow- ing information : "Your letter requesting the shipment to you of a large Mississippi Catfish Avas received this morniug. T'pon visiting our market this P. M. I luckily found two— one of 144 lbs., the other 150 lbs. The latter I shi]) to you to-night by express, ... 1 purchased it from an old fish-dealer of 30 years' experience in our market -, and he assures me that the largest Mississippi Catfish he has met in that time weighed 198 pounds. (He says he has heard of Cattish weighing 250 and 300 pounds, but he does not believe the stories.) This is the only variety, he says, which reaches 100 lbs. There is another species which sometimes attains 05 lbs. in weight. My informant (and he is practical authority among us) enumerates six well-marked varieties of Catfish in the Mississippi waters " The admission of this s]iecies into the genus Amiurus Avill necessitate a modification of the definition of the genus so far as the limits of varia- tion in the anal rays are concerned; and will leave only the lack of con- tiguity between the suj)ra-occipital and the second interspinal to dis- tinguish Amiurus from Ichthcvlurus. A plaster cast and the skeleton of the type are preserved. Description.— The catalogue number of the type is 23388; its length, to the origin of the middle caudal rays, is 57.2 inches, to the end of the same rays, 61 inches. The distance from the middle of the base of the caudal to the end of the upper caudal lobe is 8 inches. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 287 The shape of the body resembles that of A. nigricans; the caudal, however, is emargiuate and not deeply forked as in that species. In the description and table of measurements the length of body is to be understood to mean the length to the origin of the middle caudal rays — 57.2 inches. The greatest height of the body (.29) is contained 3. J times in its length, and equals twice the length of the external caudal rays (.14). Its greatest width (.18) is contained 5i times in length of body, and equals § of the length of the head (.27). The height of the body at the ventrals (.29) equals the greatest height. The least height of the tail (.084) equals the length of the snont (.084), which is contained 3J times in the length of the head. The length of the caudal peduncle (.16) equals twice its least height. The length of the head (.27) is contained 2§ times in length of body, and equals 3 times that of the ventral (.09). The width of the mouth (.168) equals twice the length of the snout (.084), and is contained 6 times in length of body. The extent of the intermaxillary band of teeth (.106) nearly equals the distance from the snout to the orbit (.108). The greatest width of the head (.22) equals | of its greatest length. The distance between the eyes (.15) is slightly more than half the length of the head, and equals the length of the mandible (.15). The length of the intermaxillary (.108) equals the distance from the snout to the orbit (.108), and is contained 2i times in the length of the head. The length of the maxillary barbel of the right side (.16) equals that of the caudal peduncle, and nearly equals the width of the mouth. The remaining barbels except the nasal are too imperfect to admit of description. The distance from the lower nostril to the eye (.06) equals 4 times the long diameter of the eye (.015). The distance from the ux)per nostril to the eye (.056) is contained slightly more than 4 J times in the length of the head. The distance of the fir.st dorsal from the snout (.365) is contained 2| times in length of body, and equals 3 times the length of its first ray (.122). The length of the first dorsal base (.082) nearly equals that of the snout. The length of the dorsal spine (.105) is contained 2J times in that of the head. The length of the last dorsal ray (.05) equals ^ of the distance between the eyes. The distance of the adipose dorsal from the snout (.81) equals nearly 3 times the length of the head. Its length of base (.043) is contained 6 times in the distance of the pectoral from the snout (.20). Its greatest height (.06) equals the distance between the lower nostril and the eye (.06), and is contained 4| times in the length of the head. The distance of the anal from the snout (.67) is contained IJ times in length of body, and equals 3 times the greatest width of the head ; its distance from the anus (.035) is contained 3 times in the length of the dorsal spine, and 8 times in that of the head. The length of the anal base (.26) equals the distance of the pectoral from the snout (.26), and 288 PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. is contained 3f times in length of body. The length of the first anal ray (.01) is contained 8 times in the least height of tail. The ninth and longest anal ray (.077) is nearly as long as the base of the first dorsal (.08). The length of the last anal ray (.()3;3) eqnals ^ that of the middle caudal rays (.OGG), which is contained 15 times in the length of body. The proportion between the middle and external caudal rays (.14) is as 34- to 8, both being measured from the middle of the origin of the middle caudal rays. The length of the external caudal rays is contained 7 times, and of the middle caudal rays, 15 times in the length of body. The distance of the pectoral from the snout (.26) is somewhat more than twice the length of the pectoral (.125). The distance of the ventral from the snout (.56) equals 4 times the length of the external caudal rays. The length of the ventral eqnals ^ of the length of the head and -jL of the length of body. Badial formula: B. VIII; D. II, 6; A. Ill, 32; P. I, 11; V. I, 7. Color: — Upper part of body and head bluish slate; lower parts whitish. The length of the ovaries is 17 inches, and the weight 5 pounds avoir- dupois. The diameter of the eggs is from -^ to -^ of an inch. They are not readily separable and are apparently far from maturity. Amiurus imnderosus differs considerably from A. nigricans as will be seen in the measurement tables. A. ponderosus has (1) a deeper body ; (2) a much wider mouth ; (3) a wider interorbital space ; (4) the inter- maxillary and the intermaxillary baud of teeth longer ; (5) the maxillary barbel only § as long as the head instead of f as in nigricans; (6) the long diameter of the eye contained 17^ times in the length of the head instead of 9 to 11 as in nigricans; (7) the first ray of the dorsal less than ^ as long as the head ; (8) the longest anal ray less than ^ as long as the head ; (9) the caudal rays shorter and the caudal not forked ; (10) the pectoral considerably less than h as long as the head (more than ^ in A. nigricans)', (11) the ventral contained 3 times in length of head (24 in A. nigricans) ; (12) anal rays, III, 32. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATED NATIONAL MUSEUM. 289' TaMe of measurements. Si^eciea: Amiurus ponder ottte. > Current namber of specimen . Locality Length to origin of middle caudal rays Length to end of middle caudal rays Body: (jreatest height Greatest width Height at ventrals Least height of tail Length of caudal peduncle Head: Greatest length "Width of mouth Greatest width Width of interorhital area Length of snout Extent of intermaxillary band of teeth Extent of intermaxillai ies Length of right maxillary barbel Length of mandible Distance from lower nostril to eye Distance from snout to orbit Distance from upper nostril to eye Diameter of orbit Dorsal (first) : Distance from snout Length of base Length of first spine Leneth of first ray Length of last ray Dorsal (adipose) : Length of base Distance from snout Greatest height Anal : Distance from snout Distance from anus Length of base. .» Length of first ray Length of longest ray (9th) Length of last ray Caudal : Length of middle rays Leugthof external rays Pectoral : Distance from snout Length Ventral : Distance from snout Length Branchiostegals Dorsal - Anal .' Pectoral Ventral 23388 9 ilississippi River, near Saint Louis, Mo. Inches lOOthsof length without caudal. Times in and lOths. W' •' 57 2 6L0 16.7 29.00 3i 10.5 18.00 5i 16.6 29.00 3* 4.8 8.39 12 9.3 16.00 Si 15.7 27.44 3| 9.6 16.78 6 12.5 21.85 4i 8.6 15.00 61 4.8 8.39 12 6.1 10.66 9 6.2 10.84 9; 9.3 16.00 6 8.5 15.00 6 3.5 6.11 4 (in head). 6.2 1U.84 9: 3.2 5.59 4 (in head). .9 L57 17 (in head). 20.9 36.54 2J 4.7 8.21 12i 6.0 10.49 9^ 7.0 12.23 8 2.8 5.00 20 2.5 4.37 23 46.4 81.11 U 3.5 6.11 4i (in head). 38.4 67.00 li 2.0 3.49 8 (in head). 15.0 26.22 3J .6 1.05 26 (in head). 4.4 7.69 13 1.9 3.32 8i (in head). 3.8 6.64 15 8.0 14.00 7 15.0 26.22 3« 7.2 12.58 8 32.0 56.00 li 5.2 9.09 11 VIII 11,6 in, 32 W Proc. Nat. Mus. 79- -19 march 35, 1880. 290 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Taile of measurements. Species: Amiums nigricans. Current number of specimen Locality f 19092. Saint John's Eiver, Florida. G. B. Goode. 20802. (Skin.) 2formal, Illi- nois. 11116. (Skin.) Sandusky, Ohio. 11117. (Skin.) Sandusky, Ohio. Inches and lOths. lOOths of length without caudal. Inches and lOths. lOOths of length without caudal. Inches and lOths. lOOths of length without caudal. Inches and lOths. lOOths of length without caudal Length to origin of middle caudal rays 18.5 20 Length to end of middle caudal Bod.V: Greatest height .25 .24 .09 ICi 27 a» 10 1 7 5 3 63 4 20 1* 11 4; 2? 24 52 12 ■ Least height of tail Head: Greatest length ... 7.7 7.3 7.8 Width of mouth Greatest width Width of interorbital area Extent of mtermaxillary band of teeth 2.5 2.3 2.5 Length of left maxillary barbel. Length of mandible Distance from lower nostrU to eye 6.6 6.4 6.3 Distance from snout to orbit . . . Distance from upper nostril to .7 .75 .8 Dorsal (first) : Distance from snout Length of base Length of first spine Length of first ray 4 4 4 Dorsal (adipose) : Length of base Distance from snout Greatest height Anal: Distance from snout Length of base 3.3 3.5 . Leusrth of last rav Caudal:" '^ Len gth of middle rays Length of external rays Pectoral: Distance from snout 3.6 Length 4.1 4.1 4.3 Ventral : Distance from snout Length Branchiostegals vm n.6 m,23 Dorsal T 11,6 in, 24 J:? Anal rn,23 111,25 Pectoral .... Ventral * Extends beyond end of head. United States National Museum, Washington, December 4, 1879. PKOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 291 NOTE OIV EIVDOTIIY^RA ORIVATA. By C. A. WHITE. Among the fossils obtained by Prof. O. St. John from the Carbonifer- ous strata of the region of the T6ton Mountains, southward from the Yellowstone National Park, are some fragments of a dark silicious lime- stone, adhering to the weathered surfaces of which are some small glob- ular foraminifera. ISTone of them are in an entirely satisfactory con- dition of preservation, but their internal structure is very well shown. in some cases. Samples of these objects have been submitted to Mr. Henry B. Brady, F. E. S., whose labors with the foraminifera are so well known. He mentions in reply the difficulty of being absolutely sure in the determination of weathered specimens, but still thinks, without any doubt, they are samples of Endothyra ornata Brady. (See Brady's Monog. Garb, and Perm. Foram. p. 99, pi. vi, flgs. 1-4.) The discovery of this form in that far- western region is interesting since it has hith- erto been found only in England, Ireland, and Scotland. Another form of Endothyra, however, E. baileiji {=RotaUa haileyi Hall) is found in the lower Carboniferous strata of Indiana. NOTE ON CRIOCARDltJITI AND ETHJYIOCARRIUiTI. By C. A. ^VHITE. The subgenus Criocardium was proposed by Conrad to receive the shells of that section of the genus Cardium which bear spines upon the interspaces between the ribs. Besides the type indicated by him (C. dumosum) which has "long slender spines between the ribs," there are several European forms which are plainly referable to this section, among which are G. productum Sowerby ; C. nioutoniamm d'Orb., and G. caroli- num d'Orb. All these shells have distinct spines or tubercles, or both, occupying all the interspaces between the ribs ; those upon the anterior and posterior i^ortions of the valves being longer and more conspicuous than those upon the middle portion. In adopting this subgenus Mr. Meek (U. S, Geol. Sur. Terr. vol. ix, 4to ser., p. 169) referred to Griocardium the Gardium speciosum of Meek & Hayden, supposing it to bear spines or tubercles upon its intercostal spaces. In the An. Eep. U. S. Geol. Sur. Terr, for 1877, p. 183, I took occasion to state that among numerous examples of this shell which I had examined, no trace of either spines or nodes was detected, but that in place of them the test was perforated with minute holes. Subsequent examination of portions of the shell of authentic examples, having the natural surface in a better state of preservation than any before exam- ined, shows that tliese small perforations are perfect apertures through the whole substance of the test, the border of each one being distinctly 292 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. defined upon botli the inner and outer surface ; the margin of the aper- tures not being- even everted or raised upon the outer surface. More- over, these perforations exist upon the middle portion of the valve only, the greater part of the rows extending from the umbo to the basal border. In the young state, as shown on the umbo of adult shells, a lesser part of the median interspaces were thus perforated, but as the shell grew perforations were introduced into the next outer adjoining interspaces, so that fully one half of the surface of the adult shell was occupied by them. Both the anterior and posterior portions of the sm^fiice, compris- ing a considerable proportion of the ribs which mark the surface, are entirely without either holes or spines, and besides the ribs, the surface is marked only by the ordinary lines and imbrications of growth. This shell therefore differs from the typical forms of Criocardium in having perforations only instead of spines or nodes upon the intercostal interspaces ; and in having neither spines nor perforations upon either the anterior or posterior portions of the valves, upon which portions in. Criocardium the spines are more conspicuous than upon the median por- tion. These differences from Criocardium are certainly as great as those which separate any of the other recognized subgenera of Cardium, and this shell is therefore as worthy as they of subgeneric designation. I therefore propose for a section of the genus Cardium, of which C. specie- sum Meek & Hay den is the type, the subgeneric name of Etimiocardium, Washington, December 2, 1879. DESCRIPTIOIVS OF NEW CKETACEOU8 IIVVERTEBKATE FOS$9ICi8 FROM ICAIVSAS AJSn TEXAS. By C. A. TIHITE. Of the fossils described in this paper the two Aviculids were discov- ered by Prof. B. F. Mudge,* in strata of the Dakota Group, in Saline County, Kansas, and sent by him to the National Museum. The locality of these fossils is only about three miles distant from that at which he obtained a series of fossils which were described and figured in vol. ix, IT. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. (4to ser.). They are all from the Dakota Group, and all evidently from the same local horizon, because at least two of the associated species are identical with two which were among those described by Mr. Meek, and just referred to. All the remainder are from Texas, having been sent respectively by Mr. G. W. Marnoch, from Bexar County ; Mr. D. H. Walker from Bell County, and Mr. S. W. Black, from Collin County. The types of all these species are now in the collections of the iSTational Museum. * While these pages are passing through the press the sad iutelligeuce comes that Professor Mudge is dead. He was a sincere devotee iiud an intelligent interpreter of nature, and, better still, an honest man. Peace to liis ashes.— C. A. W. PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 293 MOLLUSCA. Genus OSTEEA Liuuaeius. Subgenus Alectryonia Fischer. Ostrea (Alectryonia) blackii (sp. nov.). Plate 4, figs. 1 and 2. Shell irregularly subovate in marginal outline, moderatelj'^ capacious, beaks small, sometimes obscure and sometimes moderately prominent. Lower valve usually moderately deep and capacious, its convexity being more prominent about the middle than elsewhere, often snbalate, but this latter feature is usually obscure ; scar of attachment at the beak usually present and often moderately large; ligament-area usually short and rather small, but sometimes comparatively large and laterally ex- tended; ligament-furrow well defined and having the usual (;haracter- istics of the genus. Upper valve nearly flat and corresponding with the lower in other respects, except that it is not so broad along the hinge-bor- der and never has there the subalations which sometimes mark the lower valve. The aroducing a somewhat prominent posterior alation which is not distinctly defined from the body of the shell ; cartilage-pits in tlie area of each valve six or seven, as indicated by undulations upon the cast ; beaks placed A'ery near the ante- rior end, beyond which there appears to have been no distinct anterior ear ; beak of the right valve more prominent than that of the other, although the right valve is less convex transv^ersely than the left ; right valve having a somewhat regular and strong longitudinal convexity ; but its transverse convexity is very little in the anterior half, while its posterior half is nearly flat ; left valve nearly straight, or even slightly concave longitudinally along the axis, but very strongly convex trans- versely in all i)arts of the shell, this convexity being more abruj)t along the axis than elsewhere ; and there is also between the axis and the hinge-margin a slightly raised, rounded fold which extends from behind the beak to the posterior margin; adductor muscular imj^ression large and distinct in each valve. A few fragments show the surface to have been marked by the ordinary concentric lines of growth, and also that the test although firm was not massive. The dimensions cannot be definitely given, but the largest example dis- covered indicates a length of at least 80 millimeters. This shell differs too much from any of the few known Cretaceous species of the genus to need detailed comparison, but it is related to G. subtortuosa Meek & Hay den, which it resembles in being tortuous. It differs, however, in being a proportionally^ much shorter shell, in the 296 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. shape and position of the adductor scars, and in the relative position and arrangement of the cartilage-pits. It is less tortuous than G. tor- tuosa Sowerby, and its proportions are different. The relation of this species with G. subtortuosa is doubtless genetic, and it presentA. \\ Ily CHELLI. Proceedings Kat. ilus., 1879. C. A. White. Plate 3, Proceedings Xat. Mus., 1879. C. A. TVhite. Plate 4. 1 and 2.— OSTEEA BLACKTI. 3 and 4.— Exogyka forniculata. Proceedings Xat. Mus., 1879. C. A. White. Plate 5. ^^m; 1 and 2.— Pteria salinensis. 3 and 4.— Gekvillia mudgeana. Proceedinga Nat. Mns., 1879. C. A. "White. Plate 6. 1 and 2.— Thkacia my^formis. 3 and 4.— Pachymya ? comi-acta. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 297 Kansas, where it was discovered by Prof. B. F. Mudge associated witk the preceding species, and also with Gyrena DaJcotensis Meek & Hayden and Cardium f kansasense Meek. Genus PACHYMYA Sowerby. Pachymya ? compacta (sp. nov.). Plate 6, figs. 3 and 4. Shell small, narrower posteriorly than anteriorly, slightly gaping be- hind ; beaks depressed, approximate, incurved, directed forward, their position being very near the front ; basal margin broadly convex; pos- terior margin narrowly rounded; postero-dorsal margin forming an oblique downward and backward truncation of that part pf the shell ; cardinal margin nearly straight, subparallel with the basal margin, much shorter than the full length of the shell ; ligament short, its area depressed and sharply defined ; front very short, depressed beneath the beaks and narrowly rounded below ; umbonal ridges prominent and an- gular or subangular; the space above and behind them moderately broad and flattened ; the remainder of each valve somewhat regularly convex. Hinge and interior markings unknown. Surface marked by the ordinary concentric lines of growth. Length, 29 millimeters ; height, 18 milUmeters ; thickness, both valves together, 14 millimeters. This species is evidently congeneric with the shell which in the An. Eep. U. S. Geol. Sur. Terr, for 1877, p. 298, I described as Pachymya f Jierseiji, and also with the Cypricardia f texana of Eoemer, but knowing nothing of the hinge of either of these forms, I am not satisfied that they are properly referable to Pachymya; yet in all their external char- acters they seem to agree. Position and locality. — Cretaceous strata. Bell County, Texas, where it was collected by Mr. D. H. Walker. Genus THRACIA Leach. Thracia myaeformis (sp. uov.). Plate G, figs. 1 and 2. Shell transversely subov ate in marginal outline; valves nearly equal; anterior end regularly rounded; wider and thicker anteriorly than posteriorly ; posterior portion narrowed vertically and somewhat com- pressed but gaping at the extremity; basal border broadly convex; posterior border abruptly rounded; cardinal margin slightly convex, but the prominent umbones give the shell a concave appearance behind the beaks ; a distinct linear depression is seen in the natm^al cast upon each side of the ligament; beaks prominent, incurved and directed a little forward; muscular impressions not distinctly shown in our ex- amples, which are natural casts in chalky limestone, but the pallial sinus appears to have been large and subangular at its anterior end. Surface marked by the ordinary lines of growth, and also by more or less distinct irregular concentric wrinkles. 298 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Length, 57 millimeters; height from base to umbo, thickness, both valves together, 24 millimeters. In general aspect this shell approaches T, prouti Meek & Hayden, from the Upper Fox Hills Group of the Upper Missouri Eiver region^ but it differs in being proportionally narrower and more produced be- hind the beaks, and in the greater prominence of the umbones. Position and locality. — Cretaceous strata, Bell County, Texas, where it was collected by Mr. D. H. Walker. Washington, Becemher 4, 1879. NOTES ON ACOtiliECTIOlV OF FISHES OBTAIIVED I!V THE STREAinS OF GUAIVAJtATO AND IN CHAPAI.A I^AKE, 9IEXI€0, BY PROF. A DUOES. By DATID S. JORDAIV.^ The collection which forms the subject of this paper was obtained by Prof. A. Duges in the streams of the province of Guanajuato in Mexico, and by him forwarded to the Smithsonian Institution. Many of them are extremely interesting as rei)resenting the ordinary North American fish fauna at a point near its southern limit, before it gives place to the Central and South American forms. Chirostoma estor Jordan, sp. uov. Allied to Chirostoma humholdtianum (C. & Y.). Body elongate but rather robust for the genus, the depth about one- sixth the length to the base of the caudal. Head very large, pike-like, forming more than one-fourth (two- sevenths) the length to base of caudal. Mouth very large, the maxillary reaching to past the front of the eye. Intermaxillaries forming the edge of the jaw strongly curved, their pos- terior portions broadly dilated as in Chirostoma menidium. Teeth strong, in several series in each jaw. Two small fang-like teeth on the front of the vomer. Lower jaw considerably projecting beyond the upper. Eye large, anterior, 5 in length of head, shorter than snout, and a little nar- rower than the interorbital space, which is nearly flat. Head covered with scales, which are smallest bn the occipital region, and largest on the lower part of the cheeks. Smaller scales on the inter- opercle. Sides of head vertical, a conspicuous ridge along the edge of the top of the head above and behind the eye. Scales small, anteriorly crowded, about 72 in a longitudinal series, and 18 in a cross series. Posterior margin of scales strongly crenate, so that the fish feels rough to the touch. * As Professor Jordan is far distant while this paper is going through the press, the proof has been compared with his manuscript by the editor of these Proceedings. In the de8crij)tion of Zoj)hendum australe two verbal additions are indicated in pareu- PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 299 Pectorals moderate, nearly half as long as head, reaching slightly past the base of the ventrals. Yeutrals rather short, reaching nearly two-thirds the distance to the base of the anal. Anal moderate, beginning considerably in front of the dorsal and end- ing a little behind it. Anal rays I, 18. Dorsal rays Y-I, 12. Spinous dorsal beginning nearly midway between insertion of ventrals and anal, separated from the soft dorsal by a distance equal to about two-thirds the length of the base of that fin. Caudal somewhat forked. Coloration uniform in spirits, the silvery lateral band but faintly indi- cated. The type of this species, 10| inches long, was obtained by Professor Duges in Lake Chapal a, Mexico ; it is known as Pesce bianco di Cha- pala ("poisson blanc de Chapala") in Guanajuato, according to Profes- sor Duges. It is one of the very largest of the Atherinidce, resembling a pike in its form, and in the large head and mouth. Its nearest relative is ap- parently CMrostoma Jmmboldticmum, also from Mexico, from which it differs in the much smaller scales, as well as in other characters. In Dr, Girard's arrangement of the AtJiermidw, this species would be likewise a Hetcrognatlius. The type of CMrostoma estor is numbered 23124 in the register of the TJ. S. ISTatioual ]Museum. Chirostoma humboldtianum (C & V.) Jor. iAtherina vomerina C. & V.). With the i)receding is a single specimen of another Chirostoma^ which seems to be the kumholdtiana of Cuv. & Val., with which the vomerina is doubtless identical. This specimen (No. 2313G) has the usual silvery band, D. IV-I, 10 ; A. I, 15 or 16 ; lat. 1. 50, the scales with entire edges. The long head is 4^ in length to base of caudal, and the body is rather slender. This example is 3^- inches in length. ? Chirostoma brasiliensis (Quoy & Gaiuitiid) Jor. Nuuierous specimens (catalogue number 23135) of a small Chirostoma allied to brasiliensis and honanensis are in the collection. The body is short and compressed, the mouth small and oblique. Lat. 1. 36; L. trans. 1). D. IV-I, 9 ; A. I, 17. Silvery lateral streak very narrow. It does not fully agree with descriptions of either of the above species, and its habitat is remote from both. I do not, however, think it advisable at present to give it a separate name. Goodea atripinnis Jordan, gen. 9, IIV COIV:VE«JTIOIV WITH OPERATIONS OF THE riVITED STATES FISH COlUiniSSIOiX. By J. H. KIDDER, Surg^eon, IT. S. IVAVY. Sir : The investigation of the manifestation of animal heat by fishes, with which you intrusted me last summer, having been brought to a pause for the time being by the close of the Fish Commission's summer work, I submit the following report of my experiments, so far as they have gone, with a description of the instruments used and the mode of observation. But little in the way of actual experiment relating to this interesting question seems to have been done by other observers than those con- nected with the Fish Commission, although numerous allusions to the remarkable adaptability of fishes to extremes of temperature, and occa- sional records of more or less incomplete experiments, are to be found scattered through scientific literature. A complete bibliography of these fragmentary notes would be voluminous and of questionable value, but a short account of such observations as I have been able to find a record of, either interesting in themselves or of incidental value as throwing light upon the investigation, is appended to this report. So far as I have been able to learn, all of the observations made hitherto upon the temperature of fishes have been confined to the intes- tinal canal, the thermometer being passed into the rectum or oesophagus, as is the usual practice in observations upon the body temperature of mammals. But the conditions are by no means the same. The intesti- nal canal of a fish is thin and scarcely muscular 5 the walls of the abdo- men are also thin, and so sparingly vascular that no blood flows when they are cut through; and consequently, always surrounded as they are by water, against the chilling effect of which there is no sufficient pro- tection, it is by no means in the rectum or stomach that we should reasonably look for the body temperature of a fish. In point of fact, the experiments to be hereinafter detailed show clearly enough that the rectum temperature of a freshly-taken fish rarely exceeds that of the water in which it swims by so much as a degree (Fahrenheit). So that it may be quite safely taken as an index to the latter temperature when there is no deep-sea thermometer at hand. Another point to be considered is the fact that the gills of most fishes float freely in the surrounding water, and that all of the blood in each individual nuist, in passing through these organs, be spread out so as to expose the greatest possible surface to the chilling effect of the water quite long enough to reduce it to the same temperature. From the low organization of fishes, and from the simplicity of their digestive and circidatory functions, considered together with the fact PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 307 that their blood itself is chilled by close proximity with the surrounding water at least once in each circuit, and that thus the oxidation of the blood, so important a source of animal heat in mammals, is quite neu- tralized, we ought not to expect so great a difference in temperature between the blood of a fish and the water in which it swims as obtains between the blood of mammals and the surrounding medium, nor that the limits within which its normal temperature must be confined should be so narrow. And, while it is difficult to believe that the chemical changes neces- sary to the nutrition, waste, and repair of the body of a fish, taken together with its active muscular movements, can go on without the evolution of a large amount of animal heat ; it is also plain that we are not to expect to find the manifestation of this heat either in the intesti- nal canal, a mere osmotic tube for the passage and absorption of the food, scarcely vascular and barely separated from the surrounding water by the thin bloodless walls of the abdomen ; nor in the arterial blood re- turning from the gills, chilled down to the temperature of the water with which it has just been in intimate contact. We should expect to find the blood of a fish at its warmest after hav- ing been distributed to the substance of the body, having furnished the material for nutrition, taken up the results of waste, and received the heat developed by these processes and by the conversion of muscular motion ; that is to say, in the heart and branchial artery. The experiments to be described have been tentative for the most part, and accordingly temperatures have been taken in the rectum, the stomach, various parts of the muscular tissue, the large venous trunks, the cavity of the "thorax"* after opening the heart, the interior of the heart and branchial artery, and the young fish in the ovary (of a dog- fish). When the heart was large enough to admit the bulb of the ther- mometer, the greatest differences between the temperatures of the fish and of the surrounding water were found in that locality. INSTRUMENTS. The thermometers used in these experiments were made expressly for the purpose by Mr. John Tagliabue, of No. 66 Fulton street, New York j and have proved to be very satisfactory. They are fifteen in number, viz : 1. Two long thermometers, graduated in fifths of a degree, and cover- ing the range from 32° to 100° F., for use as standards. 2. A set of five short thermometers, graduated in fifths, marking 10° each, and covering all together the range from 40° to 90° F. 3. A second set of six short thermometers, similar to those last named, marking from 7° to 15° each, and covering the range from 30° to lOO^F. 4. A short thermometer with the end carrying the bulb curved upon *The term "thorax" is used for conTenience' sake, as indicating the anterior part of the body cavity, in the neighborhood of the heart. 308 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. itself like a crook, graduated in fifths and marking from 55° to 74P F. (self-registering). 5. A Negretti-Zambra deep-sea thermometer, graduated in degrees only, and ranging from about 25° to 100° F. All of these excepting the Negretti-Zambra are graduated upon the stems. The three highest in range of lot 2, one of the long standards, and the crooked instrument were made at first self-registering, on the principle of clinical thermometers, by a break in the column of mer- cury. They were so ordered in the hope that it would be possible to make some of the experiments upon living fish in tanks where the water could be artificially warmed above the temperature of the air. Such experiments not being possible (for reasons known to you) the self- registration was destroyed by reuniting the broken mercury column, and the necessary small correction applied. The curved thermometer was intended for use in a living fish, the bulb to be inserted either into the rectum or into an incision in the muscular tissue, and the stem to be secured to the body of the fish, wbich was then to swim free in the water. The highest temperature reached would be registered by the thermom- eter. This instrument, hke the other self registering thermometers oper- ating on the same principle, can only be made available when the tem- perature of the water is above that of the air, aud there has, therefore, as yet been no opportunity to make use of it. Owing to the curious molecular change which occurs in the glass of which thermometers are made, whereby, after from six months to a year, the instruments show an error of excess of from half a degree to a degree, these thermometers, which were necessarily "pointed" as soon as made, are not strictly accurate. They should be returned to the maker and rated again before being used next summer, so that the necessary cor- rection may be applied. For the time beiug the error has been to some extent met by Mr. Tagliabue, who has " overpointed " the scale about half a degree. I would also suggest the propriety, in case you conclude to continue temi^erature-observations, of ordering in advance one or two long thermometers, marking from 30° to 100° F., to be " pointed" after six months and used as absolute standards. Since, however, in these observations, absolute temperature is less important than relative accu- racy, I have taken much pains to rate all the instruments together, comparing them with the standard, and applying such corrections as will reduce all the readings to its scale. The same error, if any, will then be present in all observations, and relative accuracy will be pre- served. In Table A, which contains the corrections deduced from more than three hundred separate comparisons taken at nearly every degree on the scale, the small thermometers in daily use are numbered from 1 to 5 for the first set, and from G to 12 for the second set (which has not yet been used), No. 1 being the thermometer of lowest scale. The com- parisons were made by immersing the thermometers in water, artificially cooled or heated. Only the means of each 10° are given in the table. PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 309 No. 1 of the small thermometers and Negretti & Zambra's Nos. 43230 (between 70° aud 80°), 38982, 40007, 42CGG, and 43227 (between 70° and 90°), are the only ones to which it is worth while to apply a correction in pra(*tice. The other differences, being less than half a degree, may be disregarded as not likely to exceed the ordinary errors of observation. Table A. — Thermometer corrections. Thermometer. 300-40° 40°-50° 500-60° 60O-70O 700-80° 80°-90° 900-100° No 1 Add 0.88° C Subtract \ 0.05° C Subtract I 0.125° Correct. f Subtract \ 0.13° Correct. Correct. Correct. Add 0.-5° Add 0.5° No 2 No 3 No. 4 No 5 No. 6 Correct. Correct. Correct. Correct.^ C Subtract i 0.1° No 7 No 8 No. 9 No 10 No. 11 "::::::: :;::::;:::::::: Correct. N & Z 38982 Add 0.86° Add 0.5° Add 0.5° Add 0.125° Add 0.35° Add 1° Add 0.5° Add 1° Add 0.07° Add 0.05° Add 0.7° Add 0.5° Add 1° Add 0.366° Add 0.236O Add 0.5° Add 0.50 Add 0.425° Add 0.5° N. & Z., 40007 . . N. & Z., 42666 . . N & Z 43'>30 Correct. Correct. Add 1° Add 1° There are some practical difficulties in the use of these delicate instru- ments, which it is well to mention. 1. The bulbs are long and large compared to the diameter of the column of mercury. Hence the latter is Very sensitive and responds quickly to the heat of the hand, even throngh the walls of the heart, or, in small fishes, of the abdomen. Thus in a small living blue-fish {Ponia- tomus saltatriv (Linn,), trill), observed September 8, in an aquarium- tank, the water being at 07° F., a thermometer passed into the stomach by way of tbe gullet showed 68.8° ; but, holding the fish in my left hand, I observed that the mercury was slowly rising and had reached 73° in two minutes. This accession of heat was communicated through the thin Avails of the abdomen from my hand. 2. Owing to the extreme fineness of the mercurial column it is quite difficult to distinguish it at all from the empty part of the tube, unless the light falls upon it at exactly the proper angle. When taking the temperature of a struggling fish on the deck of a vessel, in the full glare of the sun, and with the thermometer perhaps smeared with blood, it is impossible to be too careful in guarding against errors of observa- tions. 3. A difference of several tenths may be apparent in the reading- according to the position of the observer. Looking down upon the column he reads too low -, looking up, too high. His eye should be exactly opposite the top of the mercurial column. After use, the thermometer should be wiped perfectly clean and laid back in its proper bed in the case, lest in the hurry of the next observation the wrong oue be taken ui), and time lost. 310 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 4. The Negretti-Zambra deep-sea tliermometers, which depend for their self-registration upon the breaking of the mercurial column at a certain place when the instrument is overset in pulling it up, have some- times a trick of breaking the column in the wrong place, and so giving a false indication. In one instance I noticed that the break was diago- nal, instead of being directly horizontal, as it should have been. Pro- fessor Hind, of Halifax, informs me that he has noticed the same defect and has brought it to the notice of the makers, who have assured him that it has been corrected in their more recent form of instrument. It should also be always remembered that the temperature recorded by these instruments is not that of the bottom, but of about a fathom above it, owing to the play of line required in attaching them to the sounding-line so that they may overset easily and not strike against the lead. MODE OF OBSERVATION. The circumstances of the summer's work are too well known to you to require repetition here. In explanation of the smaU number of observations (ninety-seven for the whole summer) it will be sufficient to refer to the unusual inclemency of the season, permitting not more than an average of two excursions a week ; and to the remarkable scarcity of fish, which made a large proportion of the excursions blank as to results. Many fishes were brouglit up in the trawl-net of the Speedwell (the naval steamer used by the Fish Commission), but had been so long in the net, pressed upon by each others' weight, as to come up for the most part dead; and always showing by their rectum temperature (which should be near that of the bottom) that they were not in their normal condition as to animal heat. Such observations as were taken from these specimens are entered in the table (B), but arc not trustworthy for the purposes of this investigation. On one occasion I set a trawl-line fur- nished with some four hundred hooks, and took it in as soon as set. Although not more than twenty minutes had elapsed between setting and hauling, however, most of the fishes taken were already drowned, and all had lost a large proportion of their animal heat. Since, therefore, no tanks of sufiicient size for keeping fishes alive under observation were available, there remained only line fishing, which was carried on during the latter part of the summer as actively as the weather would permit, from the yacht Phantom, belonging to the Engineer Corps of the United States Army, and lent to tlie Fish Comuiission for the suuimer. The fish were all taken in Cape Cod Bay, and witliin ten miles of Provincetown, the two favorite localities being the steep edge of a shoal known as "Shank-Painter Bar," between Wood End and Pace Point lights, and a ledge in 15 fathoms of water some seven miles southwest of Wood End light. The rectum temperatures indicate, and I have no reason to doubt, that a fish caugiit with a line and hauled rapidly from the bottom to the PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 311 vessel's deck has not bad time to materially change its temperature. The rectum usually showed from half a degree to a degree above the temperature near the bottom as indicated by a deep-sea thermometer. Having arrived on the ground and anchored, the first proceeding was to sound and take the temperature of the water near the bottom by means of a Negretti-Zambra thermometer attached to the sounding-line, about half a fathom above the lead. The temperatures of the surface water and of the air were then taken with the same thermometer, and, where the depth exceeded 20 fathoms, another observation was made at 15 fathoms for subsequent comparison. As soon as a fish had been taken it was seized and held firmly by an assistant, his right hand grasping the throat under the gill-covers and his left holdiug the narrowest part of the tail, while I passed a thermometer into the rectum and observed the temperature of that part. I then cut the fish open from the isthmus between the gills toward the belly, exposing the heart, through the walls of which the thermometer was passed into the branchial artery and the temperature taken agaiu. In this last manoeuvre the heart should not be field between the finger and thumb of the left hand any longer than necessary to pass the thermometer-bulb into the artery, lest heat be communicated from the hand through the walls of the heart and give too high a reading. Then followed observations upon the tempera- ture of the muscular tissue or other parts, when such were taken. When the fish was too small to admit the bulb of the instrument within the heart an effort was made to take the temperature of the blood as it flowed from it, or the temperature of the liver was taken, or, in very small fishes, the thermometer was passed into the stomach, through the oesophagus. The above procedure is that finally adopted, after refiection upon the unsatisfactory results following observations made in the ordinary way (in the rectum). As to the cruelty of the operation, I am inclined to believe that it is more apparent than real, the fish showing no conscious- ness of pain, by struggling, i&c, after the first incision. BESULTS. This summer's work must be considered to be, as I have said, only experimental. The subject had to be studied from the beginning, with no records of previous similar experiments to go by, and many observations were wasted in learning how to proceed. Enough has been ascertained, I think, to show that fishes do develop animal heat by their own vital processes in the same manner as, but to a less degree than, other verte- brate animals. In other words, it appears from these experiments that when proper precautions have been observed in making the experiments all living freshly-caught fishes will be found to manifest a body temper- ature differing considerably from that of the water in which they swim ; the degree of difference varying with the perfection of the organization of the fish (and hence the activity of its nutrition), and ^viththe temper- 312 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. atnre of the water iu which it swims. Thus the dogfish {Squalus acan- thias, LinuiEus) possessing a far more perfect digestive and circuhitory system than the cod, shows a much greater excess of blood temperature above that of the surrounding water ; and cod taken at the depth of 15 fathoms in water at 52° F., show a less excess than others taken in 25 fathoms at 41°, but a greater excess than blue-fish {Pomatonms saltatrix (Linn.) Gill) taken at the surface, at 69° and 70°, which is presumably nearer the normal temi)erature of the last named fish. Upon this question of normal temperature, my observations have not thrown much light, oAving to the fact that nearly all the fishes observed have come from water at about the same temperature, and that blue- fish, from which the most valuable results were to be expected on account of their activity and the warmth of the water which they inhabit, could not be taken with a line after the two days of their first appearance. It is reasonable to suppose, from the fact that the cod, for instance, shows a less difference when taken from warmer than from^ cold water, that a point would soon be reached at which the tempera- ture of the blood of the fish would coincide with that of the surrounding water, and that this point would be near the "normal" for that family, or in other words the limit above which it could not live.* The experiments are set forth at length in Table B, but some of the conclusions for which they furnish a reasonable basis may be con- veniently stated here, considering each species separately. 1. Cod {Gadits morrJma, Jjiiniiens). Twelve observations. The fishes were taken with a hand-line, either at the edge of " Shank-Painter Bar," a sand-bank about half a mile wide which makes out along the end of Cape Cod from Eace Point to Wood End light-house, in 22-25 fathoms of water, or on the " Ledge," a small rocky shoal lying about seven miles WSW. from Wood End light, where there are from 13 to 15 fathoms of water, according to the state of the tide. The rectum showed an average excess of 0.97° above the temperature of the water near the bottom. In the bloody fluid resulting from the mixture of water with the blood escaping from the heart into the "thorax," the average excess of temperature was 3°, and in the heart itself 4.63°. In one instance an incision was made into the side of a very large cod, from which arterial blood gushed forth. A thermometer i)lunged into this incision showed only 1.5° excess over the temperature of the water near the bottom. It was this observation which suggested the thought that the venous blood might be warmer than the arterial. * Prof. G. Bro-vvne Goode, wlio has been investigating the question of the tempera- tures prefenert by iliflerent fishes, conchides that the cod and its congeners seek water at 38° to 42° F. ; that the temperature range of menhaden lies between 50° and 75° ; that blue-fish are rarely to be found in Avater below 40°, or mackerel below 45° ; while black bass (Micropierus) thrive in the water of the northern lakes, frozen over for three months in the year and never rising above 65°. as well as in that of the Florida rivers, which becomes as warm as 90° in summer. Different families, as thus appears, show very different powers of adaptation to extremes of temperature. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 313 2. Haddock {Melanogramrmis ceglefinis (Linn.), Gill). Eight observa- tions. The rectum showed an average excess of 1.3° over the temper- ature of the water near the bottom, and the circulation an average of 5.3°. One fish, after ten minutes spent in a tub of water at 64.2°, showed an increase of temperature in the rectum of 7°. Another, which had been tied by the tail and allowed to swim 15 minutes at the surface (at 69.5°) showed an increase (in the rectum) of 1(5.8°; still 11.5° below the temi)erature of the water. On the 6th September, fishing on the "Ledge," the temperature of the water near the bottom at 15i ftithoms was 51.5°, while the recta of the first two or three fishes caught showed as low a temperature as 45°. Those caught later, after fishing in the 8ame place for an hour or more, showed a rectum temperature of 51°. I suppose that the individuals first taken (the tide having just turned to flood) came up on the ledge from deeper water, the ledge being of small extent, and showed the low temperature of the water from which they had come, gradually approximating that of the shallower water as they remained longer in it. These first temperatures are left out of the account in determining the above averages, as untrustworthy, owing to the un- certainty of the temperature of the water by which they had been sur- rounded. Haddock were spawning as early as the first observations (July 30), which fact may account for their somewhat higher tempera- tures than those of cod taken at the same time. 3. Pollack {Pollachius carbonarius (Lmw.), Bonaparte). Asingle full- grown specimen, weighing about 25 pouuds, was taken on the " Ledge" in 15 fathoms. The rectum temperature was 2.4° above that of the water near the bottom (42°), and that of the fluid in the thorax after opening the heart, 4.5°. Several of the youug of this species were taken from the wharves of Prcvincetown at different times and examined. Seven specimens taken from a depth of 8 feet (temperature of water 60°), and measuring about 8 inches in length, showed an excess of 0.5° in the rectum, 0.6° in the stomach (passing the thermometer through the gul- let), and 3.12° by the thermometer in the mass of intestines, &c., next the liver. They were in company with "tinker mackerel" {Scomber BeMyi, Storer), of a species not observed in this harbor for more than thirty years. 4. Hake {Phycis chuss (Walb.), Gill). This fish was often taken at the same time with cod and haddock. Specimens were frequently brought up, dead, in the trawl-net. Those taken with a line were often too small for trustworthy experiment, but a very large individual, weigh- ing over 35 pounds, taken August 11, in 25 fathoms of water, at 42°, furnished the most satisfactory obser\ation of the season, owing to the large size of the heart and the sluggishness of the fish, which made it much easier than usual to be sure of the readings. In this instance the difference in temperature of the water near the bottom and that of the rectum was 2.4°, and between the bottom water and the heart, 9.8°. There was an ulcerated patch about 2 inches square on the side of the 314 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. head. Could this liave been the cause of the unusually high tempera- ture ? The presence of spawn in the abdomen protected the rectum to some extent, no doubt, from the chilling- effect of the water. Another specimen taken in 15 fathoms on the " Ledge" gave a difference of 3^* between the temperatures of the rectum and heart, the bottom tempera- ture being uncertain for reasons already stated. (See page 313.) 5. Blue-fish {Pomatomus saltatrLv {Linn.), Gill). These were caught on only two occasions, although often fished for unsuccessfully. Four specimens on the first day and one on the second were taken by trolling, and brought in after \iolent resistance. The average rectum tempera- ture of the first four was 0.25o higher, and the temperature obtained by an incision into the muscles of the side 1.55° lotver than that of the surface water from which the fish came (73.2°). The surface water was unusually warm on this occasion, and the fishes may have come from a deeper and colder stratum. Otherwise the indication would ap- pear to be that they resisted in some way the higher temperature than that to which they were accustomed. They Avere taken from different schools and at different times. The single fish taken on the following day showed a rectum temperature of 0.5°, and in the muscles of the side 1.7° above that of the surface water (70.5°). The muscles of the side of this last fish, however, were only 0.5° warmer than the average (71.5°) of the four taken the day before. At this time I had not yet begun to observe the temperature of the blood in the heart and branchial artery. Young blue-fish, 3 or 4 inches long, have been caught from the wharves at different times, but have been too small to afford trustworthy obser- vations. 6. "Tinker mackerel" (young of iSeomher .scomber, Linnteus, and Scomber Dekayi, Storer). No fully-grown mackerel have been taken with the line in the neighborhood of Province town for several years. The "tinkers," however, from to 8 inches long, abounded toward the last of the season, and upon these several observations were made at different times, the temperature of the surrounding water being taken at 6 feet below the surface, the length of line required in fishing. The anus was too small to admit the bulb of my thermometers, and tempera- tures were therefore taken in the stomach through the gullet, and in the immediate neighborhood of the liver after dividing the larger blood- vessels. The average of twelve observations gives an excess of tem- perature over that of the surrounding water of 4.1° in the stomach, and 5.25° in the neighborhood of the liver. The individual temperatures were surprisingly uniform. Three specimens of young Scomber DeJcayij taken from the wharf in 8 feet of water at (>0°, showed an average excess of 2,3° in the neighborhood of the liver. 7. Chogset {Tautogalabrus adspersus (Walb.), Gill). Two observa- tions were made upon a single small specimen in an aquarium-tank, the water being at 65.9°, and the thermometer passed into the stomach through the gullet. The excess of temperature over that of the water was 1.2°. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 315 8. ScuLPiN {CoUus octodecimspinosus, Mitchill). A single specimen showed an excess in the rectum of 0.8°, and in the neighborhood of the liver of 3.2° over the temi)erature of the surrounding water. 9. Sea-raven {Hemitripterus americanus (Gmel.), Storer). A speci- men kept alive in a tub on board of the Speedwell for three-quarters of an hour (the water marking 70.Go) showed an excess in the temperature of its circulation over that of the water of 4.4°. Another specimen brought up in the beam-trawl-net showed an excess in the rectum of 17.7° and in the heart of 18.9° over the temperature of the bottom water, but had been half an hour in the trawl, pressed closely on every side by a mass of fishes and sponges. So that the observation is valueless ex- cepting in that it shows that even under abnormal conditions, so long as the fish lives, there is a difference between the temperature of the rectum and of the venous blood. 10. GoosEFiSH (LopMus piscatorius, Linnsens). This fish is admirably constructed for temperature experiments, being provided with a very large heart and branchial artery, and, moreover, with a highly organized digestive system. Unfortunately the only two specimens observed were brought up in the trawl-net with the above-named sea-raven, and had their body temperatures abnormally raised in the same manner. The dif- ference in temperature between the rectum and the cu"culation was 4.4°. , 11. Eel-pout [Zoarces anguillaris (Peck), Storer). Two specimens taken in the trawl-net at the same time and under the same circum- stances as the preceding showed a difference between the temperatures of the rectam and the circulation of only 0.5°, the fishes being almost dead. A single specimen taken afterwards with the hand-line showed an excess in the rectum of 3°, and in the neighborhood of the liver of C°, over that of the surrounding water. 12. Flounder {Hippoglossoides platessoides (Fabricius), GiU). In a sin- gle specimen taken on a trawl-line the temperature of the circulation was 3° above that of the water near the bottom. 13. DociPiSH [Squahis acantJiias, Linnaeus). This species was much the most abundant of any near Provincetown. Owing to the high or- ganization of the digestive system of the order to which this fish belongs, it was to be expected that the heat resulting from the processes of nu- trition would be found in it to be highest. Accordingly, as the table shows, the differences between the body temperatures and those of the surrounding water are here greater than tbose manifested by other fishes. In a series of five taken from cold water (40.4°) the average rectum tem- perature was 4.4° and that of the circidatiou 12° above that of the water near the bottom. The greatest difference occurred in a female, the ova- ries of which contained well-developed young, in which case the circu- lation was 10.0° warmer than the surrounding water. A young dogfish about 9 inches long, with umbilical vesicle still attached, taken from this specimen, gave an excess of 20.0° in the heart above the temperature of the water, the greatest difference observed during the summer. In this young fish there was of course no cooling of the blood during its 316 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. passage throiigli the gills (those organs not having yet come into use), nor otherwise than mediately through contact with the body of its mother. Another adult female with young in her ovisac showed an ex- cess of 9.4P in the rectum (oviduct!) and 15.6° in the heart over the tem- perature of the water. In another series of fourteen observations upon specimens taken with a trawl-line, and half drowned when drawn up, the body temperatures had approximated that of the surrounding water. In this observation, too, the Negretti-Zambra thermometer failed to act, the column breaking in the wrong j^lace, so that the temperature of the bottom water had to be guessed at from that of the recta of the fishes and from previous observations in the same neighborhood. It was prob- ably not higher than 4:2'^. Above this supposed bottom temperature the fourteen half-drowned dogfish gave an excess of 2.2° in the rectum and of 4.8° in the heart and "thorax." The greatest excess was 0.7°. Still another series of seven taken with a line on the "Ledge," when the indicated bottom temperature could not be relied on, for reasons already given (see p. 313), showed an average difference between the rectum and heart temperatures of 6.7°, while in another specimen the difference be- tween the rectum and muscles was only l.G°. 14. Skate {Raia eriuacea and R. Iwvis, Mitchill). Three individuals of the former species, which had been half an hour with a number of other fish in the trawl-net, and were therefore useless for comparison with the bottom water, showed an excess in the temperature of the blood over that of the rectum of 3.1°. Four individuals of the latter species {R. Icevis) taken on the "Ledge," when the temperature of the water from which the fish came was unknown, gave a difference between rectum and circulation of 2.9°. SUMMARY. Throwing out doubtful and imperfect observations, the results of those experiments in which the circumstances were most favorable to accuracy, may be summed up as follows : Fisli. Temperature of surrounding water. Temperature of rectum above ■water. Temperature of circulation above water. Kemarks. Cod 39°-42o 0.25° 0.5° 4.1° 4.63° 5.3° 4.5° 9.8° 1. 5.5° below. ].7° above. 5.25° 2.3° 3.2° 4.4° 6.° 3.° 12.° 20.6° Haddock PoUack 420 42° 73.2° 70.5° 65° 60° 60° 70.6° Hake Spawning. Blue-fish Do "Tinker" mackerel "Tinker," S. Dekayi Sculpin "Thorax." Do. 0.8° Do. Stomach. 3.° 42° 42° 42° Dogfish Dogfish, young in ovai-y 4.4° Mnety-seven fishes have been observed during the summer, but many of the observations are of doubtful value, as has been explained in the foregoing pages. Such as the experiments are they appear to me to point to the following conclusions: PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 317 First. All fishes develope animal heat, its quantity varying according to the organization rather than the habits of the family. Second. This heat results from the processes of nutrition (chemical) and from the conversion of muscular motion (mechanical). That result- ing from the oxidation of the blood is lost in the gills ; hence the venous blood is decidedly warmer than the arterial. , Third. Spawning and breeding fishes develope more heat than those not carrying on these processes. Fourth. Elasmobranchs and, generally, fishes with a highly differen- tiated digestive apparatus develope more heat than those of simpler organization, and (probably) very active surface fishes more than slug- gish bottom fishes. Fifth. The intestinal canal and arterial blood do not correctly indicate the animal heat of fishes. Sixth. The question of "normal range of temperature" remains un- answered. SUGGESTIONS. Shoukl you think it desirable to continue this investigation I would suggest that the inquiry include the following details, indicated by last summer's experiments : First. The range of temperature through which living fishes may be carried. This might be observed by subjecting different species in tanks to varying temperatures produced by ice or steam introduced into the water, and noting the body temperature of the fish when it begins to show signs of distress. Each experiment would expend a fish, but the importance and practical bearing of this question of " normal range" of temperature might justify the expense. Much could be learned by observing the temperature of the water at which the fish begins to show signs of distress. In such a harbor as that of Proviucetowu a consider- able difference in the temperature of the water can be got by towing a wooden-latticed tank into shallow water at ebb-tide and into suitable positions at flood-tide. Second. Amount of oxygen required by different fishes. This may be approximated by keeping different species under observation in separate tanks without a fresh supply of water. Third. Length of life after being withdrawn from the water, and sub- sequent duration of muscular irritability. Also the number of respira- tions per minute in different species when at rest. Fourth. Influence of muscular movements on temperature. This may be observed by tying a fish by the tail, in the water, until it exhausts itself by struggling, and then taking the temperature, to be compared with an observation upon another individual of the same species under similar circumstances, but at rest. Fifth. Comparative activity of nutrition as indicated by the percent- age of nitrogenous matter in the excreta. Sixth. The repetition of similar observations on the plan of those made last summer. 318 PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. •uopBinojp ■25 .9"*- ,•1 li a 1= af^ * >-5i Jcea 1 1 mi ri ft 3 g ■S 8 o rt o o :2£a I si H l>w<)H HH !>^c-(H - -' r r r « . S^j-, 6 6 d o d d ^ = 5 H s BfS.« (N.HO • «« • X CO ocoovnoc •' ■*■ id irf i> CO J ■ to -> .TjH^O 0»«li 'ejttjBjbdniax ' 5CW 00»0 •OD-Bjjns '9jn!H5J9dni9X u^ir^ifliisooi^irso L-5 lo in u-; 1.-5 o c •uio:j^oq '9Jii:)Bjadui9x ooo oooo o ooo< •q^dacE O OOIMN O O in O »!5 lO IS 13 a : : : :a : : : : :a : :3 : :a •ijuannu^B ■irtjojaqranj^ mi.'5-<(, B n en at 6 feet bel lich depth is g re." Thermom ich through ce ter division of "temperature re of circulation ©'3 |gS55? |^5S=S§5 1^ II S o O c3 S 44.4 45 47 45.2 46.8 44.8 47 47.9 47.3 44 050>lOt-rHCOrHr1030eOCOrt 70.1 70.1 46.9 51.9 48.4 48.7 48.5 48.3 48.5 48.9 52 52.9 51.9 51.5 49.9 49.1 50.5 48.5 50.9 49.9 52.9 53 53.2 42.4 42.2 42.4 ■ '42' ■ ■ ■ 44 45.7 44.5 46.5 42.7 45.9 68.1 68.9 69.1 69.3 69.3 6819 6913 45.3 45.9 iiS3 g ggggggssssg gggg«g§»gg«g§g§§§§S iOioirtwii^iomoiooicoioiowino •*-*-*-*'*-*^-*-*-*-*-*^-*.*-iico«o«DOi»co«o»«0!0«Dfflioinioiraioinin'fflininioin>ooinifflioir3inmi»ii:> ■JSOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO'OOOOOOOOOOO OtS ooooooooooooooooooooo ^ ;::::::: : ::::: :^ :::::::::: :-^ :::::::::::::::::::: : >oioioioiainininL'3inio>nioir5ini--5cocoeococo!i5eiseoeoMcocoiou5ioi«ioioioiaifflioir5ioir5ininininioio-^-*'* OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOXOOOOOOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCCCOCOCDOCOCDOCDCOCOCOCDCD5D50COCOCOCOCOOCO 320 PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. •nnno9j 'ejujBiadniax '9jn:jBj'adni9x '9jn:jT3j9dni9x •niowoq 'ejTUBjadniax •q!»d9a: •!^^^I^ITu:^9 •mjoaaqora^ Mooj-^ddoooodod© o -^-oS-^OOOOOOOOOOC 3 '^ §^ o § o ® o o »!e< s'g.s's.g JlZl'O'S'S'S'S'g OWoHflnH :Ph <2oo-gj Tleratures at 20 fathoms is frequently as great as 30^ F. At the time of Yarrell's writing but little was known of the temperature <»f the water at consid- erable depths, the deep-sea thermometer being an instrument of com- paratively recent use. The quotation illustrates sufficiently well the mistaken theory which underlies the universal belief in the cold-blood- edness of fishes, and which looks to the consumption of oxygen only for the source of animal heat. As has already been shown, whatever heat is developed by this process in fishes is quite lost to its body tem- perature by the contact of water with the aerated blood in the gills. The attention of this excellent observer ( Yarrell ) was strongly attracted to the question of the animal heat of fishes, and he has collected a large number of quotations bearing upon the adaptive power of fishes to ex- tremes of heat and cold, which will be referred to later on. He attached a great deal of importance to the correlation of muscular irritability and "quantity of respiration" in this connection, npon which subject he says : t " Physiologists have shown that the quantity of respiration is inversely as the degree of muscular irritability. It may be considered as a law that those fish which swim near the surface of the water have a higher standard of respiration, a low degree of muscular irritability, great necessity for oxygen, die soon, almost immediately when taken out of the water, and have liesh prone to rapid decomposition. Mackerel, salmon, trout, and berring are exaaiples. On the contrary those fish which live near the bottom of the water have a low stanihird of respira- tion, a high degree of muscular irritability and less necessity for oxy- gen 5 they sustain life long after they are taken out of the water, and then flesh remains good for several days. Oarp, (cod I), tench, eels, the diflerent sorts of skate, and all the flat fish may be quoted." As against * History of British Fishes. London, John Van Vorst, I84I. Introduction, p. xx. t Yarrell, oj). cit. pp. xv and xvi. Proc. ISTat. Mus. 79 21 IVIarcll 25, 1 880. 322 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES ~ NATIONAL MUSEUM. the above statemeut respectiug the speedy death of surface swimmers is the fact observed by myself, that a bhie-fish [Pomatomiis saltatrix (Linn.) Gill), taken August 5, showed distinct sic not so very ol)vions. And no one appears to liave tried the experiment of subjecting- the same iiidivirluals to great differences of temperature, whereby tlie immense effect of inherited adaptation would Imve been thrown out of the account. With the exception of the often-quoted paragraph from Humboldt and Bonpland, none of the foregoing observations attest a higher tem- perature than 1130 F., noted by Saussure as endured by eels in the hot s])rings of Aise. This is but little above the temperature ol>served at r\)rt Yuma, in California, which is occupied as a military post. I have not yet found the original passage. from which the statement credited to Humboldt and Bonplaud, as to living fish in water at a tem- ])erature of 210° Fahr., is quoted. Yarrell gives no indication of the pi-ecise ])lace from which he cites. In an essay* ^^ iSur toie nouvelle r.sjUTe (k pimelodm''^ {P. cijclopnm), however, Humboldt writes: "L'ha- sard a voulu que ces inondations voh;aniques n'eussent pas lieu l'ann6e (|ue j'ai passee dans les Andes de Quito; mats les poissons vomis par les volcans sont un phenoinene si comnmn et si generalement (*onnu de tons les habitans de ce pays, qu'il ne pent pas rester le moindre doute sur son authenticite." From which it appears that, on the occasion re- ferred to at least, he was obliged to rely uj)on second-hand testimony ; especially upon that of M. de Larrea, of Quito, who had collected a cab- inet of minerals, was instructed in chemistry, and had looked into the records of many villages around Cotopaxi. From this gentleman he learned that in 1(391 myriads of the fishes in question were vomited up from the volcano of Imbabarri, causing a fever among the neighboring people. Some Indians assured him ("quelques Indiens m'ont assure ") that the fishes were living as they came down the side of the mountain, " mais ce fait ne me paroit assez arcrc:'' Very few of the specimens that he saw were suflSciently disfigured, in his opinion, to indicate ex- posure to very great heat, and the specimens came out of the mountain mixed with an argillaceous mud. Humboldt conjectures the existence of subterranean lakes whence he supposes the fishes to have come. ]S"ot having found the original passage, I cannot, of course, say how lar its context might modify the inferences which have been drawn from it as (pioted, but it is evident that at the time here referred to, at least, he had no idea that the fishes were alive when thrown out from the moun- tain, nor did he make any record of the temperature (210° Fahr.) named in the citation. The instances of frozen fishes thawed into life again differ in kind rather than in degree from familiar experiences with frozen fingers, toes, and ears restored to their integrity by gradual thawing, irhoi they have not heen frozen too lomj. In no case, so fiir as I know, has any attempt been made to ascertain whether the frozen fish retains in its interior parts a temperature above the freezing-point ; nor is it stated that */?ecHfi7 (Vobsvrfcitiom de zoologieet (Vaiiatomie comparee, Paris, 1811, tonic 1'', ]). 22. 326 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. fislies have been thawed iuto life after having been frozen for any great length of time. * Dr. Eichardson's remarks in a recent commnnication to Wature, upon '' Suspended Animation," are pertinent to this inquiry. " It is hard to say whether an animal, like a fish, frozen equally through all its structure, is actually deatl in the strict sense of the word, seeing that if it be equally and uniformly thawed it may recover from a perfect glacial state. In like manner it may be doubted whether a healthy, warm- blooded animal suddenly and equally frozen through all its • parts is dead, although it is not recoverable, because in the very act of trying to restore it some inequality in the direction is almost certain to de- termine a fatal issue, owing to the transition of some vital centre into the pectous state of colloidal matter. I do not, consequently, see that cold can be of itself and alone utilized for maintaining suspended ani- mation in the larger warm-blooded animals of full growth. * * * It is worthy of note that cold is antiseptic, as though whatever suspended living action, suspended also by some necessity or correlative influence the process of putrefactive decay." Kespectfullv submitted. J. H. KIDDER. Hon. Spencek F. Baikd, United States Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, Washington, I). C. February 10. 1880. DEStiRIPTlOIVS OF NEW GENERA AND MFEC'IE!!! OF FISHES FROIH THE COAST OF €AI>IFORNIA. By W. M. I.OCKI]\€iTO]>f. 1. Leiirynuis paucidens, j;<'n. ft sp. uov. Generic characters. — Family Zoarcidw, allied to Lycodes. Ventral fins present, short ; no teeth on vomer and palatines ; dorsal and anal fins continued without interruption around the tail. Scales small, but evi- dent. The name is from Xeoiu,^ — smooth; N>vr? — vomer, in allusion to the character which chiefly distinguishes the genus from Lycodes. Specific characters. — Body elongate, eel-like ; extremity of snout subtruncate; profile of remainder of snout and head conic, slightly convex over the eyes ; highest part of the dorsal outline and deepest part of the fish perpendicular to a, j^oint about midway between the pos- terior end of the lower jaw and the base of the pectoral ; from this point to the slightly rounded end of the caudal the body tapers regularly both above and below. Head broad, the sides (viewed from above) almost straight from the opercula to about half-way between the eye and the tip of the snout, thence rapidly approaching and meeting in an obtuse point. Greatest depth of body from a little more than ten to a little less than eleven times ; length of head ^—^ times in the total length ; snout 2|| * Quoted from Forest and Stream, September 4, 1879. PR0CEEDIN(i8 OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 827 — 3 times; eye5| — 0| times in the leiigtli of the head; lower jaw r^—M of the head. Pectoral fiu -^ — I- the length of the head, and 4^ to almost times the length of the ventrals ; amis sitnated at the end of the second tifth of the total length. Nostrils mnch nearer to the extremity of the snout than to the eye and below the horizon of the lower margin of the orbit ; pro^ ided with a. short tube. Eyes elliptical, directed obliquely n^jwards and outwards; the inter- ocular [jpace only about ^ of the total width of the head, the sides of which continue to shelve outwards at the same angle with the eye-balls as far as the lower margin of the suborbital ring. Interorbital space concave to about the center of the orbit, at which point the two ridges bordering the eyes unite with the central ridge, separating again pos- teriorly. Mouth large, slightly oblique, the cleft straight, its angle reaching about to a vertical from the center of the pupil ; internuixillaries and maxillaries very slender; lower Jaw received within the upper; lower margin of mandible straight, with a small sym]>hysial knob, and a prominent articulation. In the females the mouth is smaller; maxillary with its i)OSterior extremity enveloped in the skin of the ongle of the mouth. Tongue large and thick. Teeth small, slender, bluntly pointed, those of the maiulible in about four irregular rows in front, those of the inner row largest and farthest apart. The outer row disappears at about } of the length of the cleft of the mouth from the tip of the mandible, but the inner row continues to about h the length of the cleft of the mouth. The outer row slopes out- ward, but the inner is much recurved, and the three or four posterior teeth of the inner row on each side are the largest and strongest in the jaws. Teeth of the intermaxillary in a single row, extending about half-way along the sides of the mouth, the largest in front, gradually diminishing posteriorly. oSTo vomerine or palatine teeth. Gill-openings narrow, inclined forwards, and broadly attached to the isthmus; branchiostegals six, sometimes only live. Pseudobranchiae. Operculum very small, with radiating ridges; cheeks fleshy, very long, so that the eye is nearly midway between front of oi)ercle and tip of snout. Upper and lower pharyngeal bones covered with villiform teeth; the posterior upper pharyngeal smallest ; the lower pharyngeals sei>arate, subtri angular. Gill-rakers quite short, pointed, flexible. Vertical flns continuous, long and low, and formed of soft rays throughout, dorsal connnencing at a vertical from a little before the center of the length of the pectoral, caudal somewhat rounded, anal commencing very near to the anus. Dorsal with aV)Out 90 rays ; anal with about 70. Ventrals very small, jugular, consisting of two rays; their insertion slightly posterior to the lower extremity of the branchial opening. Upper axil of pectorals below the center of the height of the body, 328 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. their base vertical, aud extending' to tbe abdominal ontline ; the fin con- si8tin<>- of 18 rays, the fifth or sixth lonj>est, the lowest about f as long as the fifth; first three or four rays simple, the others bifurcate. ISTo lateral line. Scales roundish, smooth, separate, embedded in the skin, uniform over the whole of the body, except upon an area on the upper surface in front of the dorsal, \\iiere they are smaller, and region near base of pectorals scaleless. Head sealeless, the ridges somewliat prominent. Color olivaceous, the scales lighter than the skin ; tlie color formed by numerous dark points, Avliich are continued also upon the head. TJl^per surfsxce of liead darker, abdominal surface lighter than other portions. Vertical fins margined with black. This species is not uncommon in the markets at San Francisco. Two specimens, 10 to 12 inches in length, have been forwarded to the United States National Museum, where they are numbered 23502. They may be considered as the types of tlie species. 2. Odontopyxis trispinosus, ,u,eii. utkI s]i. nov. Generic characters. — Family Agoinda', allied to AyonuH {cata- phractiis), from which it differs chiefly in the presence of teeth on the vomer and palatines. It is distinguislieper and lower surfaces; posterior to the second dorsal the lateral surfaces are narrowest. Greatest depth, above ])ectoraI, 10-12 times in length; greatest width, at gill-covers, 7f-8; length of head, 5|-5i times in the total length ; eye, 3^-3|; snf^-7 times in length of head. Head triangular, depressed. A sharp, rather long, movable spine upon the tip of the snout, its trianguhir base projecting beyond the Jaws; behind this central spine, on the highest point of the snout, is a pair of similar, but recurved, fixed spines. Snout posterior to these spines nearly level to orbital region. A prominent supra-orbital ri til, to tip of caudal Total length, without caudal Length of head, to tip of operculum Greatest depth of body at origin of 1st dorsal Greatest width at preopercles Depth of caudal peduncle Tip of snout to insertion of ventrals Tip of snout to origin of 1st dorsal Tip of snout to origin of 1st dorsal along dorsal outline Tip of snout to origin of 2nd dorsal Tip of snout to origin of anal Height of longest ray of 1st dorsal Height of longest ray of 2nd dorsal .4;') Length of base of 1st dorsal .50 .58 Length of base of 2nd dorsal .85 .85 Length of base of anal .OS .08 Width of pectoral base 28 .30 Length of ]iectoral, from center of base .80 .80 Length of ventrals .31 .31 Longitudinal diameter of orbit .20 .26 Length of snout .24 .26 Interocular width 065 .08 Tip of snout to end of maxillary .31 .32 Length of i)reopercular process .21 .22 San Francisco, December^ 1879. Inches. Inches. 3. 36 3.50 2.80 2.90 .95 .99 .47 .55 .49 .55 .14 .10 . 75 .&2 .80 .63 .90 .95 1.44 1..54 1.40 l.i)6 .40 .41 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. o33 CATALOGUE OF A €OI>.IiECTIOI\ OF FISHES OBTAIIVFD IN THE OUI>F OF ilIEXI€0, BV I>K. J. W. VELIE, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF SEVEN IVE\%^ SPECIES. By G. BROWJV t^OODE and TARLETOJV H. BEAIV. MALTHEID^. 1. Halieiitichthys aculeatus (Mitcliill), Goode. Loplilus aculeatus, Mitchili,. Amer. Monthly Mag-. II, 1878, p. 325 (Straits of Bahama). Halieutichthns rctimhitufi. Poky. Pro(\ Acad. Nat. Sci., Phil., 1863, p. 91 (Ciiha). Hulieuiiehtlii/s aculeatus, Goode. Proc. U. S. N. M., II, 1879, p. 109 (calling atten- tion to Mitchill's description). A single specimeii, No. 23552, 5 centimeters long, was collected by Dr. Velie, at Key West. DIODONTID^. 2. Chilomycterus geometricus (Linn.), Kaup. Two specimens {^o. 23542) collected at Key West. They belong to Giinther's var. «, bnt are mnch lighter than any specimens among the hundreds we have seen from the ISTorth Atlantic coast, the width of the brown longitudinal stripes being comparatively small in relation to those of light color. ostracio:n"tid^. 3. Ostracion trigonus. lASS.KVs.—Shell-Jinh. A single specimen in salt (No. 23G45) from the west coast of the pen- insula. BALISTIDiE. 4. Monacanthus occidentalis, Giinther. A single spechnen (No. 23551), 03 millimeters long, from Key West. The specimen has the scales upon the posterior portion of the body hispidate, also a pair of strong recurved spines on each side of the caudal peduncle. Four indistincflongitudinal brown bands upon the side, and a fifth much deeper in color at the base of the ventral flap, triangular in form, the base of the triangle extending from base of the ventral spine to the vent. The outer half of the ventral flap is white with a submarginal stripe and three or four lines of ocelhe of light brownish gray. D. 30, A. 30. SYNGNATHID^. 5. °l Syugnathus louisiaude, Giinther. A single specimen (No. 23549), G4 millimeters long, was collected by Dr. Velie at San Marco Island, Florida. 334 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. I). 32 (?). Osseous rings 17 + 32. The specimen corresponds closely with Giiuther's description. Its prin- cipal points of distincMon from »S'. fuscus are the low, somewhat short dorsal fin and the short snout. BATRAOHID^. 6. Batrachus tau, IJiuuimis. suhsp. beta, (iiinthcr. A specimen (]S'o. 23541), 22 centimeters hmg. was collected by Dr. Velie at Punta Russa, the most southern locality on record for this spe- cies.* This fish, like all other (iulf of Mexico specimens inspected by us, agrees closely with var. fj, as defined by Giinther,t in the tendency to expansion of the dark areas; the presence of small whitish spol« upon the body; the greater average number of bands on the anal, approximating in number those of the dorsal, and the marking of the pectorals and caudal in white spots upon dark ground, lather than in brown upon whit(\ The coloration of the southern specimens api)ears to be due to a tendency toward melanism, the dark arCJs being intensi- fied as well as exi)anded. In the Punta Russa specimen (No. 23511) the main color is nearly black, the lines and marblings being of light shades of brown and brownish white, sharply and beautifully defined against the dark body-color. In the Pensacola specmien, No. 21477, he me- lanistic tendency is l^ss evident. We consider the Gulf specimens as, for the present, constituting a distinct subspecies, founded entirely upon color. Radial formula of No. 23541, D. Ill, 24. A. II, 10. The first and second dorsal fins are continuous in 23541, but this is evidently' acci- dental. That the number of bands on the finsandtheir tendency to confluence is a character of little importance is shown in the following color notes: No. 4637 fi. Beesley's Point. S. F. Baird. Light brown, finely marbled with darker, and not white spotted (a and b). Dorsal with eight bands. Anal w^ith seven bauds. Caudal ■with six bands. Pectorals irregularly brown spotted. 4637 h. Beesley's Point. S. F. Bakd. Light brown, coarsely marbled with darker. Dorsal with six bands, anal with six bauds, caudal with four bands, pectorals with the brown spots arranged in four bands. * The National Museum has a specimen from Pensacola, Fla., collected by Silas Steams in 1878 (No. 21477) ; another from West Florida, collected by Kaiser and Martin (No. 5149), and two collected at Indiauola, Tex., by J. H. Clark (No. 746), No species of Bati-achus is now recognized from the eastern coast of South America, though it seems certain that some species, closely allied to B. tau, or perhajts even this very species, oc- curs in Brazil. Compare Batrachus Gronovii, Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss., xii, 1837, p. 482. — Batrachus cryptoccntrus, Cuv. & Vai-., 1. c, p. 485, from Bahia, rejected by Giinther as incompletely described. t Cat. Fish Brit. Mus., iii, 1861, p. 167. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 33'5 4637 c. Beesley's Point. S. F. Baird. Dorsal mth eight, anal with seven, caudal with five, pectoral with five bands. 4637 d. Beesley's Point. S. F. Baird. Dorsal with eight, anal ^ath six, caudal with four, pectoral with spots arranged in irregular, almost complete, bands. 4637 e. Dorsal with nine bands, the second and third and sixth and seventh confluent. Anal with nine bands. Pectoral with irregularly arranged quadrangular spots of brown and white, in a sort of checkerboard ar- rangement. 3441. Norfolk, Va. Dr. Jeffries. Body as usual. Dorsal with seven, anal with eight, caudal with four bands. Pectorals irregularly spotted with brown, arranged approxi- mately in five bands. 23541. Punta Eussa, Fla. Dr. J. W. Velie. Body brown, marbled with very dark brown, and spotted with whitish. Dorsal with nine very regular blackish bands of uniform width, sharply separated by white. Anal with nine regular bands. Caudal with five. Pectoral brownish black dotted with white. 20632. Wood's Holl, Mass. U. S. F. C. Young specimen. White, with sides coarsely reticulated with brown. Dorsal with seven irregular confluent bands. Anal with nine irregular bands. Caudal irregularly marbled with broad penciling of brown. Pectoral with three or four very irregular lines of brown blotches. D 26. A 21. Others in the same bottle correspond in markings and radial formulae. 746. Indianola, Texas. J. H. Clark. Faded alcoholic specimens show a general agreement with the other Gidf specimens in the presence of seven to nine bands in both dorsal and anal, and in the white spots on pectoral and caudal. D. III. 25; A. 20 (in two specimens). 21477. Pensacola, Fla. Silas Stearns. Body nearly black, but agreeing in general with the descriptions, and with tendency to white maculation on body, pectoral, and caudal. Three bands on dorsal, eight on anal, not clearly separated as in the Key West specimen. iJcib' PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. TaiJc of measurements. Batrachus tau, siibsp. beta. Curient urnubw of specimen. Locality 21477 PeDsacola, Fla. Extreme length Leng-.ii to origin of middle caudal rays Head: Greatest lensth, obliquely to gill-openins Greatest wi(ith Widtli of iiitridiliital bone Lenjitli ct snout KiUlique) Len^ulli 111 (ipciruliiui to end of longest spine. Lengtli of upper .jaw Lengtb of mandible Diami'tei- of orbit Dorsal (.spinous) ; Distance from .s]U)ut Length of base Height at first spine Height at second spine Dorsal fsoft) : Length of base Anal : Distance fiom snout Length of base Caudal: Length of middle rays I'ectorai: Distance from snout Length (without peduncle) A'entral: Distance fiom snout Length Dorsal Anal Pectoral Ventral Millime- ters. lOOths of length. ni, 24 22 18 42 29J 4 20i 26 5 37 9 ? 31 17J 7. Batrachus tau, snlKsp. pardus Goode & Bean. Two jspecimeiis of a very remarkable form of Batrachus were collected in l*ensacola in 1878 by Mr. Silas Stearns. They are mentioned on p. 127, m our pai)er on the flshes of Pensacola, September 19, 1879. Our suspicions as to their specilic individuality then expressed have not been confii-med by more careful study. The characters by which they are so]t;ii;it('d from typical ^«trac7i**,s tow are extremely difficult to define. Yet, unless other specimens are obtained which shall bridge the chasm between the two Pensacola specimens and all others of B. tau from Pensacola and elsewhere in the Museum, we cannot but consider them as representing two distinct subspecies. The melanistic tendency of the typical B. tau in the South, as observed by Giinther and illustrated by all our Gulf specimens, shouhl be taken into consideration, for the types of B. pardus are lighter in cohn- than any specimens of B. tau in the Museum. The vertebrfe number 12-22 (the modified vertebra at the base of the caudal fin not being included). These fish were called in Pensacola by the names "Sea Eobin" and "Sarpo"; the latter being doubtless a cor- ruption of the Spanish "Sapo", meaning "toad". PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 337 Color. — Body very light yellowish browu, gray beneath, thickly spot- ted with dark brown. Tlie spots on the head are smaller than those on the body. Those on the under side of the body are numerous, circular, the largest equalling the eye in size. On the upper part of the back are many large oblong blotches of brown, interspersed with numerous smaller circular spots. The markings of the dorsal and anal fins remotely resemble those in Batrachus tau, subsp. a and /?. In Ko. 22337a there are nine interrupted bands on the dorsal and six on the anal., two dis- tinct bands on the anterior half of the caudal, and on its posterior half numerous blotches of the body color or dark brown grayish. Pectorals grayish at the base, yellowish brown elsewhere, and thickly blotched with dark brown. In No. 223376 the oblique bands on the dorsal fin are obsolete, replaced by irregular blotches and an irregular marginal band of black. The anal exhibits obsolescent bands, perhaps eight in number. Caudal dark brown with a few light blotches. Pectoral as in 22337a, but with, a wide brownish black margin. Table of measurements. Batrachus tau, subsp. pardtis. Cxirrent number of specimen . Locality 22337 a. Pensacola, Fla. Pensacola, Fla. Millime ters. lOOths of length. lOOths of length. Extreme length Length to origin middle caudal rays Head: Greatest length, obliquely to gill-opening... Greatest width Width of interorbital bone Lennth of snout (oblique) Length of operculum to end of largest spine Length of upper jaw Length of mandible Diameter of orbit Dorsal (spinous) : Distance from snout Length of base Length of first spine Length of second spine Dorsal (soft) : Distance from snout Length of base Anal: Distance from snout Length of base Caudal:'^ Length of middle rays Pectoral: Distance from snout Length (without peduncle) "Ventral : Distance from snout Length Dorsal* " Pectoral Ventral - in,26 22 21 L2 m m in,26 37J ]9i 1» * Fin injured ; some of the rays are missing— HI, 26 present. Proc. Fat. Mus. 79 22 Iflarch 35, 1 880. 338 PROCEEDINGS OP UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. TRIGLID^. 8. Prionotus punctatus (Block), Cuvier. A siugle young specimen (No. 23550), 01 millimeters in length, was collected by Dr. J. W. Velie, at Clear Water Harbor, Fla. D. X, 13; A. I, 11. SCORP^NID^. 9. Scorpaena wp. A small si)ecimen in bad condition (No. 23556), 45 millimeters loug^ from Clear Water Harbor, Fla. It agrees in most particulars with Scorpcvna jdidnieri, Sehn., but appears to have much larger scales. The scales Am rubbed oft' from the posterior part of the body, but the indi- cations are that they did not exceed 30 or 35 in number, while S. plu- mieri has 45. The count is not sufticiently (pertain to be of value, but the occurrence of the genus at this locality should be noted. D. XI, I, 10; A. Ill, 5. LABKID^. 10. Choerojulis humeralis (Poey). A single young specimen (No. 23(J2()), 00 millimeters long, collected at Clear Water Harbor, Fla. It agrees with Poey's type of JuMs humer- alis except in the absence of the nuchal band, the band upon the dorsal fin, and the dark corners of the caudal fin. These may possibly be acquired with age. The three Cuban specimens examined all exceeded 120 millimeters in length. D. IX, 11 ; A. Ill, 12. L. lat. 2 | 27 | 9. POMACEXTRID^. 11. Pomacentrus leucostictus M. & T. Three specimens (No. 23027), 40 nullimeters to 55 millimeters long, were collected by Dr. J. W. Vt'lie, at Clear Water Harbor, Fla. The species is a strongly-marked one, and the specimens before us agree in every particular with Dr. Glinther's excellent description. They are of the brown type of coloration, and aie sufficiently young to show traces of the black ocella on the tail, though the blue ring is not very distinct, and of the convergent blue lines on the snout. Specimens of the same size from the Bermudas show them nuich more clearly. D. XII, 15; A. 11, 13; L. Lat. 3 | 28 | 0. 12. Glyphidodon concolor (Gill), Giinther. A single specimen (No. 23052), 38 millimeters long, was taken at Mar- quesas Keys, Florida. The radial formula is as follows: D. XII, 12; A. II, 8 i; V. I, 5; Scales 2^— 25— 9 J. Thefe are six dark bands on the body and tail. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 339 CAEANGID^. 13. Oligoplites occidentalis (Linn.), Gill. — Herring. Two or three specimens (No. 23646) in salt from " West Florida." 14. Trachynotus ovatus (Linn.), Giintlier. Six young specimens (No. 23638), 22 millimeters to 32 millimeters long, were obtained at Marquesas Keys, Florida. The radial formulae are as follows : (a.) D. vi, i, 18. A. ii, i, 17. (&.) D. vi, i, 18. A. ii, i, 17. (e.) D. vi, i, 19. A. ii, i, 18. ((?.) D. vi, i, 18. A. ii, i, 17. (e.) D. vi, i, 18. A. ii, i, 17. (/.) D. vi, i, 19. A. ii, i, 17. 15. Trachynotus goreensis, Cuv. and Val. Permit; Crevall6. A large specimen (No. 23647), in salt, about 20 inches long, was sent from West Florida by Dr. Velie. It agrees with the form which we at present call Trachynotnti goreensis. Several small specimens (No. 23637), 27 millimeters to 50 millimeters long, apparently of the same species, were obtained at Marquesas Keys. (a.) D. VI, 1, 19: A. TI, 1, 17. (b.) D. YI, 1, 19: A, II, 1, 17. (c.) D. VI, 1,17; A. II, 1, 17. The figure given by Girard in the Ichthyology of the Mexican Bound- ary, plate xi, fig. 4, under the name DoUodoncarolinus, is pretty certainly taken from a young specimen of this species, though the number of rays in the dorsal has perhaps been changed to make the figure correspond with the description on page 22. The young T. f/oreensis is distinguished from T. carolmus of the same size by the greater height of the spinous dorsal, the smaller number of dorsal and anal rays, and the stronger black blotch upon the lobe of the dorsal. 16. Carangus pisquetus (Cuv. and Val.), Girard.— Leather Jacket. Caranx pisquetos, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., ix, p. 97. Carawjus pisquetus, Girard. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., x, 1858, p. 168. Paratrarius 2)isquetus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 432. Three si)ecimens (No. 23642), in salt, from West Florida, apparently belonging to this species. 17. Selene argentea (Lac^p.), BTewoort.—Mooufish. A single specimen in salt (No. 23641), from West Florida. GEREID^. 18. Diapterus hareiigulus, Goode & Bean. Eucinostomufi harengulus, GooDE &, Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., II, p. 132. Two specimens (No. 23630), 65 and 66 millimeters long, from Clear Water Harbor, Fla. 340 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. D. IX, 10; A. Ill, 7; P. 15; V.I, 5; C. + 17 +. L. lat. 44; L. transv. -,§0. The back has a slight tawny hue, iuterriipted as it blends with the white of the sides by five or six indistinct, scollopy incursions of the body color, giving the npper part of the side of the fish a marbled appearance. 19. Diapterus honionymus, n. sp. Gootle & Beau. J-:Hc'nio>itomiis <(r(iinieus, GlHARD, U. S. & Mex. Bound. Surv., Vol. II, Part II, 1859. Iclitli. 1). 17, pi. IX, figs. 9-1-i (uot Baird & Girard, 1854). Gerres anjenleus, Guxther, Cat. Fi.sh Brit. Mus., IV, 1862, p. 25G. Three specimens (No. 23639), 57-70 millimeters long, from Clear Water Harbor. D. IX, 10 ; A. Ill, 7 . L. lat. 47 ; L. transv. ^^-. This species is distinct from Diapterus argenteus {Eucinostomus argen- tens of Professor Baird's Eeport on Fishes of New Jersey coast), though specifically identical with the forms credited to Gerres argenteus by Giinther, on the testimony of specimens distributed, under the name Eucinostomus argenteus, hj the Smithsonian Institution. SPARID.^. 20. Sparus, sp. — Sheepshead. A large specimen in salt (No. 23041), from "West Florida," too dilapi- dated for identification. D. XII, 10 1; A. Ill, 9. L. lat. 55. PRISTIPOMATID^. 21. Haemulon fremebundum, ii. sp. Goode & Bean. Two specimens (No. 23G28), GO millimeters and G2 millimeters long, were collected by Dr. J. W. Velie, at Clear Water Harbor, Fla. Their general appearance is similar to that of Hccmulon trivittatum (Schu.) Goode {H. capeuna of the Bermuda catalogue), but the body is higher, the number of spines and rays in the dorsal fin is different, and the scales are much larger, particularly upon the sides, and the second anal spine much stronger. The form may possibly correspond to that called by Cuvier, H. caudimacula, but the description of this species is so vague that it does not seem justifiable to thus sanction the use of the name ; particularly since Cuvier's species came from Brazil. The diag- nosis here presented is uot a complete one, but none better could be pre- pared from our specimens. Diagnosis. — Height of body contained 3 times in total length without caudal, 3J in length of fish, caudal included. Length of head equals height of body. Length of snout less than diameter of eye (the speci- mens being young), and contained about four times in the length of the head, and equalling length of operculum. Eye contained in length of head less than three times. Posterior extremity of maxillary extends beyond the vertical through the anterior margin of the orbit, but uot PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 341 to that tliioiigli the luiddle. Preoperciihim with iiunierous shaip denti- cuhitions upon its posterior margiu and around the angle, the latter the largest. Dorsal fin moderately notched, the fourth spines the longest, contained twice in the length of the head. Second anal spine very strong, and longer than the fourth dorsal spine ; longer also than third anal spine. Pectoral flu reaches to vertical from lltli spine of dorsal, its length contained 4^ in length of body without caudal, 5^- in total length. Length of ventral equal to that of caudal peduncle, and extending as fiir back as does the pectoral. Scales very large, and so irregularly arranged that it is impossible to make a close enumeration of them ; there are about forty-eight to fifty-two rows. Color. — Pale, with a pair of bands as broad as the pupil extending from the snout, where they unite, following the dorsal line at a distance about equal to their own width and connecting with the same at the end of the base of the second dorsal where they reunite ; a second broad pair of bands, extending from the snout through the middle of the eye, in a stiaight line below the lateral line to the base of the caudal ; traces, on the head, of a pair of narrower bands between the two pairs already mentione millimeters long, were obtained by Dr. Velie from jMarco Ishuid near Ca])e Romano, Fla. The und)ilical sacs are still attached, and are 13 millimeters in diam- eter. MUII.F.NID^. 31. Spliagebranchus scuticaris, n. sj). (ioodc &. Beau. A specunen (No. 23636), 750 millimeters long, from Cedar Key, Fla. It appears to belong to the group Sphaf/cbranchus as limited by Giinther in his key to the species in the genus Ophichfhi/.s. The occurrence of this genus in the Gulf of Mexico, or indeed in the Atlantic is noteworthy. All the species recognized by Giinther are from Eastern seas, except two from the Mediterraueaii. 344 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Diagnosis. — Teeth small, conical ; gill-opeiiiiigs close together. The dorsal fin commences far in advance of the gill-opening, a little nearer to the top of the snont than to the gill-opening, at a distance from the former equal to three times the length of the snont. The length of the head is contained 8h times in distance between gill-opening and vent, and 8 times in length of tail. Snont pointed, contained G times in length of head. Teeth biserial in jaws and on vomer. Pectorals extremely .small. Color, brownish, lighter below. Measurements. Millimeters. Leugth of body 750 Length of tail 345 Length of head 43 Width of interorbital area 5 Length of snout 6^ Angle of mouth from tip of upper jaw 10^ Angle of mouth from tip of lower jaw 8 Diameter of orbit li Distance of dorsal from snout 21 Width of gill-opening 5^ Leugth of pectoral (right side) 2 Length of pectoral (left side) IJ 32. Gymnothorax ocellatus, Agassiz. A single specimen (]S"o. 2.3634), .325 millimeters long, was sent fromi Clear Water Harbor. The markings are of the typical character. 33. Crotalopsis mordax (Poey), Goode & Bean. Two specimens (Xo. 23635), 265 and 232 millimeters, were sent by Br. J. W. Velie from Clear Water Harl^or, Fla. They are young, and have the eye contained about H times in the length of the snout. The spots are large, the longest with diameter less than half the length of the head. TRYGONID^. 34. Dasybatis sabiua (Lesueur). — Sting Ray. Three specimens (iSro. 23648) in salt, each about two feet long, tail included, were sent by Dr. Velie; also, a large skin ot a Sting Ray, probably D. tuberculatus, or i^erhaps D. hastatus or Z>. Sayi. GALEORHINID^. 35. Hypoprion brevirostris, Foey.—ilaii-eater Shark. A large specimen (No. 23649) in salt was sent by Dr. Velie. This species was incorrectly cited by us, lapso calami, in the American Journal of Science and Arts, October, 1877, under the name Hypoprion longirostris. SPHYRNID^E. 36. Reniceps tiburo (Linn.), Gill. — Shuvcl-nose Shark. A single small specimen in salt (No. 23650) was sent by Dr. Velie. PllOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 345 GINGLYMOSTOMATID^. 37. Ginglymostoma cirratum.— -V(/**s« Sharl: A large specimen (iSTo. 23651), about nine feet long-, in salt, was sent by Dr. Velie. :S"oTE. — The following new species are described in this paper: Diapterus homoni/mus^ Goode &. Bean. Batrachus tmi (Linn.), Cuv., subsp. pardus, Goohthalmic lobe (figure 1, c). On the inner side of this sinus the frontal margin pro- jects in a small sinniform tooth, but outside, the margin is unarmed and curves regularly to the lateral angle. Just behind the orbital sinus there is a smooth and evenly curved depression in the surface of the carapax exposing a small area on the i)osterior part of the ophthalmic lobe, more fully described beyond. The cervical suture divides the dorsal surface of the carapax into two pretty nearly equal portions, and is deep and cons]»icuons, but is indicated in the lateral margin, each side, by a slight emargination only, which is scarcely deeper than the emargination be- tween the anterior and posterior lobes of the hepatic region. The lateral margin is armed, on the anterior lobe of the hepatic region, with (including the anterior angle) six small and slender spiuifom teeth di- rected forward, and on the posterior lobe with three more. The lateral margin, behind the cervical suture, is armed with seven similar teeth * Norman.— "On the Willemoe&ia Group of Crustacea." < Annals and Magazine Nat. Hist., Y, ii, pp. 382-;i85, 1878. Bate.— On the Willenioesia Group of Crustacea. < Annals and Magazine Nat. Hist., V, ii, pp. 484-489, 1878. Norman.— Eeniarks on recent Eryontidie. < Aunals and Magazine Nat. Hist., V, iv, pp. 173-182, 1879. tBeitrlige zur naheren Kenntniss der Macroureu. < Sitzungsberichte Akad. der Wisscnschafteu, Wien, math.-nat. Classe, xlv, Abth. i,pp. 389-393, pi. 1, figs. 1-6, 1862. Die Crustaceen d(!S siidlichen Em opa, pp. 209-212, pi. 7, figs. 1, 2, 1863. t On some Atlantic Crustacea from the Challenger Expedition. < Trans. Lijinoau Soc. London, II, i, pp. 50-56, pis. 12, 13, 1875. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 347 which become successively more remote posteriorly. There is a slight median carina extending the whole'length of the carapax, and armed, behind the two rostral si)ines, first with a single small spine du^ected forward, then with two, side by side and very close together, then with one, then with two on the posterior edge of the cervical suture, then with two more, and finally with two somewhat larger and more widely separated spines projecting forward from the anterior edge of the broad and prominently raised posterior margin. In front of the cervical suture there is an irregular longitudinal dorsolateral line of five minute spines each side, and back of these a single spine each side on the pos- terior edge of the cervical suture. Extending from the posterior margin nearly to the cervical suture, there is a sharp sublateral carina parallel to the lateral margin, about a third of the way from it to the median carina, and armed with five small spines on one side and six on the other. The extra spine is on the left side, and next to the last in the series, but is accidentally omitted in figure 5, The ventral regions of the carapax are inflected each side at a very jicute angle with the dorsal surface, and, the sternum being narrow in front, the ventral regions are very broad in the middle, being broadest opposite the bases of the first and second perteopods. The ventral region each side is divided longitudinally into three approximately equal parts by two prominent cariuip ; the outer carina (marking the pleuro- tergal suture?) extends from the anterior margin at the base of the an- tenna, in a slightly sinuous line, toward the postero-lateral margin of thecnra])ax; the anterior half is very prominent and armed with nu- merous small spines directed outward, while the posterior half is much less conspicuous, unarmed, and disappears entirely l)efore reaching the posterior angle of the carapax. The inner carina extends along the branchial region from near the base of the first peneopod quite to the postero-lateral angle of the carapax ; the extreme anterior portion is not prominent, but from opposite the third per;eopo(l posteriorly it is very iiromineut, acute, and armed with ten to fifteen sharp spines. The outer of the tliree longitudinal regions thus marked out is divided trans- versely b;\' the cervical suture, and the anterior portion (subhepatic region) is divided transversely into an anterior and a posterior lobe by a groove nearly or quite as conspicuous as the cervical. In the frontal margin of this anterior lol)e (figure 2), and near its inner side, there is a deep sinus corresponding to the orbital sinus of the dorsal surface, but not quite as wide, and open nearly to the dorsal surface, except where it is crossed by a protuberance from the ventral portion of the ophthalmic lobe (c, figure 2). On the upper surface of the carapax, the orbital sinus, each side, is completely tilled by the dorsal part of the ophthalmic lobe, of which the iinterior margin is slightly concave in outline and continuous with the anterior margin of the carapax, but has a small tubercle near the mid- dle. The dorsal surface of the lobe is smooth, calcareous and opaque, 348 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. and on a level Avitli the adjacent surface of the carapax except poste- riorly, where a small oval area of the extremity of the lobe is exposed by a dei^ression in the carapax. This oval area is thin, semitransluceut, and not calcareous, and has every appearance of being a true corneal area, although I am unable to detect any evidence of facets. The cara- pax along the margins of the sinus is in close contact with the ophthal- mic lobe bat is not really connected with it. From the lower portion of each ophthalmic lobe there is an elongated, cylindrical and somewhat conical, but obtuse and pointed, protuberance, of which the base rests^ in a transverse groove in the base of the antenna, whiJe the terminal Ijortion extends well across the open, ventral side of the orbital sinus. Upon the obtuse extremity of this protuberance there is a nearly circu- lar area similar to the cornea-like area at the posterior extremity of the dorsal part of the lobe. Unfortunately the specimen is not in sufficiently good condition to enable me to determine positively in regard to the structure of these cornea-like areas, but that they are connected with the optic nerves and are sensitive to light there is, I think, no chance for reasonable doubt. While it seems probable that all four of these areas are really faceted like the eyes of ordinary Podophthalmia, it is possible that they may be large, simple, or nearly simple eyes, like the eyes of some Aui- phipoda and Cumacea. The division of the ophthalmic lobe each side into two or more "eyes" has not, 1 think, before been noticed among the Decapoda, and is certainly an interesting fac': in morphology, but it is apparently not a character of much systematic or phylogenetic value. Among the Schizopoda, the lamellar expansion of the ophthalmic lobes in Amhlyops, and their broad expansion and partial union in Pseudom- nia, are quite as remarkable and apparently somewhat similar modifica- tions ; and Ampelisca and Biblijs, among the Amphii)oda, are cases in which there are two simple eyes each side, while in the closely allied Saploops the number aj)parently varies in the different species. The peduncles of the antennuhie (figures 1, 2) are very stout, being stouter even than the peduncles of the antennie. The basal portion of the proximal segment is longer than the two distal segments, is armed on the distal portion of the outer margin with two spiniform teeth, and the inner side is broadly expanded and j^rolouged into an acute scale- like appendage upturned and densely ciliated along the inner margin, anrl extending considerably beyond the distal segment and nearly as far as the tip of the antenna! scale {h, figure 2). The second and third segments are subcylindrical, and, as seen from above, are each about as broad as long, the second being somewhat larger than the third. The inner or major flagellum is about as long as the carapax. The minor flagellum is about as long as the peduncle of the antenna, about half as thick as the base of the ma/jor flagellum, of nearly uniform tliickness for two-thirds its length, then tapers rapidly to a very slender tip, and is thickly ciliated along the inner margin distally. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 349 The three first segments of the peduncle of the antenna are very short, the three together being scarcely longer than the fifth segment. The first segment is loosely articulated with the sternum of the anten- nal segment, so as to he freely movable upon it ; it is very short upon the outside, but expands somewhat on the inner side, which terminates distally in a thin tubular process («, figure 2) arising from tlie oral side of the segment and directed upward to a level with the dorsal side so that, ill the ordinary position of the appendages, its orifice is closed by contact with the first segment of the peduncle of the anteuDula. This tubulai- process readily admits a large bristle which can be pushed through it round into the cavity of the segment itself. It undoubtedly contains the canal of the green gland. The second segment is small, closely united with the third, and bears upon its outer side a slender scale-like appendage {a, figure 1) Avhich reaches nearly to the tip of the peduncle, is about five times as long as broad, and thickly ciliated along both edges. The third segment, as seen from below, is almost wholly internal to the second, and is armed on the distal part of the inner mar- gin with a small spiniform tubercle. The fourth and fifth segments are subcylindrical, the fourth is slightly longer than the fifth, and both are ciliated each side. The flagellum is about as thick at base as the major flagellum of the antennula, but tapers rather more rapidly and is prob- ably considerably shorter. The buccal opening is nearly square. The bninchiostergites extend forward quite over the sternum of the antennary somite, and their an- terior extremities are applied to the basal segments of the anteunse, which, however, are freely movable upon the antennary somite. The epistome is short, not extending at all in front of the bases of the an- tenna^, is nearly on a level with the dorsal wall of the efferent passages from the branchial chambers and on a plane above the bases of the an- teniiiie, so that the efferent passages terminate in the space between the upturned edges of the squamiform processes of the inner sides of the basal segments of the antennulse and just beneath the short two-spined rostrum. In the middle of the slightly raised and regularly arcuate posterior edge of tht^ epistome there is a slight elevation with a tuft of hairs, as described and figured by Willemoes-Suhm in Willemoesia lepto- dactyJa. The anterior part of the endostome is on a plane somewhat above the plane of the epistome, but the space below is filled by the soft and fleshy labrum which projects considerably below the raised posterior edge of the epistome, and does not differ essentially from the labrum in Astacidaj or Scyllaridte. The mandibles are apparently wholly without molar areas, and ex- pand into very broad and thin lamella? sharply serrated along the cut- ting edges. The mandibular palpus is short and apparently composed of only two segments, the distal being shorter than the i^roximal. There may be an additional short basal segment, which I am unable to dis- cover without injuring the specimen, so that the palpus may prove to be triarticulate. 350 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The lobes of the metastome (hibium) are very narrow and widely separated at base. The two lobes of the tirst maxilla are very much as des('ril)ed and figured by Willemoes-Suhm in WiUemoesia leptodacfi/la, the two lobes being very slender and strongly incurved, the anterior being the larger and having at its base a minute rudimentary a])pendage. The second maxilla has two small and very slender cudognathal lobes and a very large scaphognath, the anterior, or exogimthal, portion of which reaches nearly forward to the base of the antenna. The inner or endognathal lobes of the niaxillii)e()""" long, is smooth and ccmqtressed like the ischium, is of equal width with the ischium where it articulates with it, but is slightly expanded for about half its length, then slightly narrowed distally, and is armed near the middle of the outer edge with two small spines. The second peraeopods (figure 3) are slender, densely ciliated along the edges, and reach to the tips of the peduncles of the antenufe. The basis is anchylosed with the rather short ischium. The merus is con- siderably longer than the iscio-basis and reaches to the edge of the carapax. The carpus is a little shorter than the merus. The basal part of the propodus is a very little longer than the carpus, and is flattened PKOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 351 and somewhat expanded distally, where it is fnlly a third as broad as long ; the digital portion is very slender, nearly as long as the basal portion, nearly straight to the slender, acnte, and chitinous tip which is strongly eurved, and the prehensile edge is thin and very minntely ser- rate. The dactylus is almost exactly of the same form as the digital portion of the propodns, and its prehensile edge is armed in the same way, bnt the cilia npon the onter edge are much longer than on the cor- responding part of the propodns. The third and fourth ])airs of pera^opoils are successively a very little shorter than the second and have very nearly the same form. From the coxal to the meral segment they are very nearly as stout as in the second pair, but the three distal segments are much more slender. The basal part of the i^ropodus is subcylindrical and only very slightly expanded and tlattened distall,^•, while the digital part and the dactylus are equal in length, very slender and weak, straight throughout, without incurved or chitinous tips, and densely ciliated along the i:)rehensile edges. The fifth or last pair of perteoi)ods (figure 4) are considerably shorter and more slender than the fourth, aud all the segments except the pro- podns and dactylus have very nearly the same relative proi)()rtions as in that pair. The basal i)ortion of the propodns is a little longer than the cari)us, subcylindrical a>nd slightly tapering distally ; the digital portion is about as long as the proximal thickness of the proixxlus, very slender, and tapers to a rounded tii>. The dactylus is fnll^^ twice as long as and much stouter than the odus, and straight and subcylindrical. As seen from above tlie sides of the pleon are nearty straight, and form, with the telson, a regular acute triangle. The first five segments are carinated dorsally, aud the carina projects forward from cacli seg- ment in an acute tooth, but the carina and tooth are small and low on the first segment, increase rapidly to the fourth, wl)ile on the fifth they are scarcely as prominent as on the fourth, and on the sixth the carina is inconspicuous and there is no tooth, but the top of the carina is traversed by a narrow longitudinal sulcus. On the first segment there are, in addition, two slender si)ines each side projecting forward above the articulations with the carapax. The dorsal surfixce of tlie i)leon, «nther side of the median carina, is smooth and scarcely at all sculptured, bur ah)ng the lateral margin, where the pleura bend abruptly and nearly perpendicularly downward, there is a series of deep longitudinal sulci, except upon the narrow first segment, which is unsculptured, and upon the sixth, where the sulcus is replaced by a simple carina. Of the pleura themselves, the first is nearly obsolete, the second is broader than deep, projecting back over the third with a broadly rounded mar- gin, and forward in a prominent but rounded angle, and has a central circular depressed area ; the succeeding pleura decrease regularly in size posteriorly, scarcely overlap when the abdomen is extended, are convex in outline posteriorly but straight or slightly concave anteriorly, '652 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. carina extending two-thirds of the lengtli, but not well marked upon the fifth. The telson is pretty regularly triangular, about twice as long as broad, is convex and slightly grooved longitudinally above, and terminates in an acutely rounded tiji unarmed with spines. The lamelUe of the uro- pods scarcely reach the tip of the telson ; the outer is nearly as broad as long, regularly rounded in outline, and stiffened by two shghtly di- verging ribs in addition to the thickening of the outer margin ; the in- ner lamella is stiffened by a single median rib, is nearly twice as long as broad, tbe lateral margins are approximately straight and parallel, and the tip is regularly rounded in outline. The first pair of pleopods are about 15""" long with an imperfect arti- culation at about a third of the way from the base to the tip ; the basal portion is somewhat triquetral, and the terminal portion expands into a smooth, naked, and thin lanceolate lamella slightly concave posteriorly. The second pair of pleopods are about 24'"'" long, and the base and lamellfc are of about equal lengths. The lamellae are narrow, lanceo- late, and thickly ciliated along the edges ; the inner lamella is slightly broader than the outer, and bears the two styliform processes usually chara(5teristic of males among the Macrura. These styliform processes are about 3""" long, and arise together at about a third of the way from the base to the tip of the lamella ; the inner, like that upon the three succeeding pairs of pleopods, arises from the slightly thickened inner edge of the lamella, is ridged, of nearly equal width to the rounded tip, and nearly naked except a line of cilia along the posterior margin. The outer process arises just in front of the inner, and its base is at a right angle to that of the outer ; it is more slender than the outer, tapers dis- tally, and is ciliated on both edges and on the anterior surface. The three succeeding pairs of pleopods are similar to those of the second pair, but are successively a little shorter, and they want the outer of the two styliform processes on the inner margin of inner lamella. The single specimen examined affords the following measurements: mm. Length IVoui fiout of carapax to tip of telsou 92 Lengtli of carapax along median line 39 Length of carapax between extremities of lateral margin 45 Breadth between lateral spines of anterior margin 20 Breadth between postero-lateral angles (abont) 22 Greatest breadth (in front of cervical sntirre) 30 Length of first perteopod to near distal end of merus 40 Length of second perteopod 33 Length of fifth, or last, perieopod 20 Length of peduncle of antennula 9 Length of major fiagellum 45 Length of minor flagellnm 13 Length of peduncle of antenna 12 Length of antennal scale 9 Length of fiagellum (at least) 30 Length of pleon 53 Length of telson > 16 PLATE VII. POLYCHELES SCULPTUS. Fig. 1, dorsal view of the anterior portion of tlie right side of the carapax : a, auteunal scale; h, proximal segment of auteunula; v, opthalmic lobe. Fig. 2, ventral view of the anterior portion of the right side of the carapax : a, tubu- lar process containing the canal from the gTeen gland ; b, ijrocess of the ophthalmic lobe ; c. base of tlic lirst peraeopod. Fig. 3, terminal portion of the second peraeopod of the right side. Fig. 4, terminal portion of the fifth jjeraeopod of ihe left side. Fig. .5, dorsal view of the entire specimen. Fig. (), lateral view of the pleon. (Figs. 1 to 4 from drawings by S. I. Smith; Figs. 5 and G from drawings by J. H. Emertou.) \ \ Proceedings Nat. Mus., 1879. S. I. Smith.— Willemoesia Group of Crustacea. Plate 7. '^K X PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 3f)3 Owing- to the imperfectioDS of the descriptions of the species of the '< WiUemoesia group," tdready known, it is useless to attempt to point out which of the characters above alhided to are common to all the species |or only specifically or generically (if there be more than one genus among- the species now known) characteristic. In regard to the openings of the green glands it may be well to notice that Willemoes-Suhm was unable to discover them in Willemoesia lepto- dactyla. He might easily have overlooked them, however, if they were, as is probable, situt^.ted as in our species. One of Bate's figures of Fentacheles anthrax (Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., V, ii, pi. 13, fig. 2,, 1878) apparently shows the tubular process just as it exists in our species, although I find no reference to it in the accompanying text. Bate subsequently, however, appears to allude to this same process as " the olfactory tubercle of the second or outer antenna," though I can- not find that he anywhere alludes to Willemoes-Suhm's inability to dis- cover the openings of the green glands. New Haven, Conn., Becemher 30, 1879. DESCRIPTIONS OF SOIVIC: GENERA AND SPECIES OF AI.ASKAN FISHES. By TARtETON H. BEAN. The collections of the United States National Museum contain many Alaskan fishes, two of which are here described as new to science. Cottus polyacanthocephalus Pallas. This species has some points in common with Boreocottus axillaris Gill. I cannot find, in the description of the genus Boreocottus, any- thing to separate it from Cottus. The specimens here described are numbered 23499 in the Museum register. They were collected at TJnalaska, by Mr. William H. Dall, and were catalogued in his note- book at No. 900. LIST OF SPECIMENS. 23499 a. Length 185 millimeters without caudal. D. X, i, 14; A. 13; V. I, 3; P. 18. 23499 b. Length 138 millimeters without caudal. D. X, i, 13; A. 11; V.I, 3; P. 18. 23499 e. Length 142 millimeters without caudal. D. X, i, 14; A. 12; V. I, 3; P. (right) 18, (left) 16. » DIAGNOSIS. B. VL D. X. I, 13 to 14. A. 11-13. Y. I, 3. P. 18. Two small spines above the snout; one above each orbit, with four obscure ones behind it. A pair of small spines on the occiput. Three Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 23 March 99, 1880. 354 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. preo])ercular spines, two of" which are at the angle; the longer of these is half as long as the npper jaw, and extends nearly as far back as the opercular spine. The distance between the eyes equals their long diam- eter. The fourth spine of the first dorsal is as long as the intermaxillary band of teeth of either side, and is nearly i as long as the head. The ventral terminates at a distance from the vent, and is e(pial in length to the maxillary bone. The pectoral reaches to the end of the spinous dorsal, and to the vent. The length of the head is contained 2^ to 2 J times in the total length without caudal. The length of the upper jaw ^equals half the length of the head; the lower jaw is sHghtly longer, but is received within the upper. The ground color is dark brown ; the sides and tail are more or less distinctly mottled and banded with yellowish. The spinous dorsal has two and the soft dorsal three oblique dark bands. The anal has four oblique dark bands, the first and last being very narrow. The pectoral has three irregular bauds of dark brown intermingled with yellowish. The caudal is indistinctly banded with dark brown and tipped with yellowish. Melletes" gcii. nov. Coilichc. GeneIik! ciiAiiACTERS. — Head broad, depressed, rounded in front ; body subcylindrical, compressed posteriorly ; head naked, with a small number of cutaneous flaps, the two on the chin simulating barbels ; a nar- row band of scales following the dorsal outline of the body and uniting with its fellow around the origin of the spinous dorsal ; body elsewhere naked with the exception of a. few prickles on its anterior part below the lateral line ; sides between the anal fin and the lateral line furnished ivith numerous small, pointed flaps covering minute depressions in the skin ; lateral line as in Cottus. Two contiguous dorsals separated by a notch, the spinous dorsal being the higher ; the membrane behind the second, third, and fourth spines deei)ly cleft; membrane extending liigher than the spines. Pectorals siibelliptical when fully expanded, the rays all single. Ventrals thoracic, immediately behind the pecto- rals, elongate, furnished with stiff setai on their inner surfiice along the course of the rays. Jaws, vomer, and palatines armed with villiform teeth. Air-bladder absent. Stomach ccecal. Pyloric appendages in moderate number (G in the type species). Branchiostegals 0. Melletes papilio sp. nov. The only specimen of this species in the Museum collection is the type of the present description ; it is catalogued at number 23751 of the Museum Fish Eegister. The length of the example, measured to the origin of the middle caudal rays, is 185 millimeters. It is an alcoholic specimen in excellent condition. Description.— By length of the body is to be understood its length from the tip of the snout to the origin of the middle caudal rays. The ' Mn?i/.i]Tjjg, a loiterer, from its liabit of remaining in shalloAV pools when the tido recedes, -where it is taken by hand in great quantities by the natives {fide Elliott). PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 355 body is iiioderately elonjiate, rather sleuder, somewliat compressed posteriorly, has a narrow band of scales close to it« dorsal outline, and is otherwise naked with the exception of a few prickles on the sides. The head is naked; it has two small cutaneous appendages on the chin, one near the end of each maxillary, two above the eyes, two on the vertex, and one near the upper angle of each gill-opening. The bran- chiostegal membrane is fi*ee from the isthmus posteriorly. The greatest height of the body (.25) is one-fourth of its length, and equals the length of the external caudal rays (.25) ; its height at the ventrals (.23) is contained 4^ times in the length. The least height of the tail (.07), equals the distance between the eyes (.07), and the length of the antecedent spine of the second dorsal (.07). The length of the caudal peduncle, measured from the end of the second dorsal to the origin of the middle caudal rays, equals half the length of the maxillary (.16). The greatest length of the head to the end of the opercular flap (.37) is contained 2f times in the tength of the body, and equals twice the •length of the mandible (.185); its greatest width (.23) equals the length of the base of the spinous dorsal (.23). The distance between the eyes (.07) is contained 3 times in the length of the second (.21) and third dorsal spines. The length of the snout (.09), or the distance from the end of the snout to the orbit (.09), equals the long diameter of the eye (.09), and half the length of the upper jaw (.18). The length of the maxillary (.10) equals twice the length of the caudal peduncle, and half the length of the anal base (.32j. The length of the mandible (.185) equals half the length of the head, and is contained 5J times in the length of the body. There are two obtuse spines on the snout, two above the posterior parts of the orbits, and two on the vertex, the last four being provided with short filaments. I can find none on the spines of the snout. There are two minute, barbel-like filaments on the chin, and there is one short cutaneous tag close to the end of each maxilla and on the membrane at the upper angle of the gill-opening. The type is well preserved, but a little stiffened by long immersion in very strong alcohol. The distance of the spinous dorsal from the snout (.30) equals 2i times the length of its first spine (.12). Its length of base (.23) equals the greatest width of the head (.23). The second and third dorsal spines are equal, their length (.21) being contained nearly 5 times in the length of the body. The fourth dorsal spine is the longest (.22) ; its length is contained 4 J times in the length of the body. The length of the fifth dorsal spine (.20) is contained 5 times in the length of the body. The last dorsal spine (.055) is shorter than the antecedent spine (.07) of the second dorsal. The longest ray of the second dorsal (.175) is half as long as the distance of the pectoral from the snout (.345) ; the last ray (.035) is half as long as the antecedent spine. The distance of the anal from the snout (.59) is nearly twice that of the spinous dorsal from the same point. The length of the anal base (.32) is twice that of the maxillary. The longest anal ray (.15) is twice 356 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, as loiiji' as the last (.075). The tips of tlie anal rays are free from the membrane, some of them for a distance equal to one-half the dianierer of the orbit. The length of the middle candal rays (.235) is contained 4:^ times in that of the body ; the length of the external raj's, four times. The length of the longest iiectoral ray (.395) is nearly twice that of the tifth dorsal spine ; it extends to the vertical through the root of the sixth anal ray. The distance of the ventral from the snout (.27) equals three times the long diameter of the orbit. The length of the longest ventral ray (.49) is nearly one-half that of the body ; it extends to the vertical through the root of the seventh anal ray. The tips of the rays extend beyond the membrane, in one case about a third the length of the tin. The ventrals are furnished with stiff setae on their under surface, following the course of the rays. Radial formula: B. VI; 1st D. XI; •2d D. I, 20; A. 17; C. 11 (de- veloped rays) ; P. 17 ; V. I, 4. Color. — The ground color of the upper part of the body is a light grayish brown, on which are four markings of a darker brown, of which the first three are band-like and extend below the lateral line, while the fourth is widest below and sends only a narrow point below the lateral line. Between the third and fourth large body-markings there is a small blotch of similar color beginning at the lateral line and extending downward a distance equal to about | the long diameter of the orbit. At the base of the caudal is a band-like marking similar in color to the body-markings, and the posterior half of the caudal bears two obscure bands of brown ; between the brown markings there is an area of yel- lowish white. The top of the head is sienna brown. The cheeks are brown of a darker tint than the rest of the head. The lower parts of the head are yellowish white, as are the bases of the pectoral and the anterior part of the belly. The lower parts of the body are grayish white, dotted here and there with spots of milky white. The largest of these milky white spots are not more than | as long as the orbit. The belly has some similar spots, resembling in this respect the male of Coi- tus scorpius subspecies fjronlandicus, but the spots are much smaller than in that species. The spinous dorsal is mainly very dark brown with two light areas in its anterior and posterior parts. The second, third, and fourth body-markings are continued upon the soft dorsal ; that proceeding from the fourth body-marking, however, is continued forward forming a margin for the upi)er posterior part of the soft dorsal. The ground color of the pectorals is a grayish brown. On this ground color the upper portion of the fin, on its anterior surface, has several bands of milky white bordered with sienna brown ; the lower part of the anterior surface is mottled with nearly linear markings of sienna brown bordered with milky white. The markings of the posterior sur- face of the pectoral correspond in the main with those of the anterior surface; but the tips of the membrane between many of the rays are PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 357 milky white. The ventrals are strealved and spotted witli sienna brown and milky White on both surfaces, the membrane close to the third ray having a regular alternation of these brown and white spots. The anal is grayish brown sparsely mottled with spots similar to those on the ventrals. The peritoneum is silvery white. The length of the intestine is equal to the distance from the tip of the snout to the end of the anal fin. The genital papilla is short, about equal in length to the opening of the vent. Table of measurements. Melletes papilio Beau. Saint Paul's Island, Alaska, 1872. W. EUiott. Length to origin of middle caudal rays . Body: Greatest height Greatest width Height at ventrals Least height of tail Length of caudal peduncle Head : Greatest length Greatest width Width of interorbital area Length of snout Length of operculum to end of flap. Length of upper jaw Length of maxillary Length of mandible Distance from snout to orbit Diameter of orbit Dorsal (spinous) : Distance from snout - - - Length of base Leuiith of last spine Length of first spine Length of second spine Leuiithof third spine Lengtli of fourth spine Length of fifth spine Dorsal (soft) : Length of base Length of antecedent spine Length of first ray Length of longest ray Length of last ray. . .' Anal : Distance from snout Length of base Length of first ray Length of longest ray Length of last ray Caudal : Length of middle rays Length of external rays Pectoral : Distance from snout Length Ventral : Distance from snout Length Branchiostegals Dorsal Anal Caudal • Pectoial ,. Ventral Milli- . meters. lOOths of length to origin of middle caudal rays. VI XL i, 20 17 11 17 1,4 18J 358 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Dallia* geii. uov. Umhi-ida\ ? Body oblong, covered with cycloid scales of small size with -radiated strioej lateral lino not conspicuous; eye smaller than in Umbra; cleft of the mouth of moderate width. Ventrals inserted in front of the be- ginning of the dorsal, composed of three rays. Basis of anal as long- as, or longer than, that of dorsal. Caudal fin rounded and many-rayed. Villiform teeth on the intermaxillaries, the mandible, the vomer, and the palatines. Pectoral rounded and many-rayed. Dallia pectoralis sj). uov. B. VII-YIII; D. 12-14; A. 14-16; V. 3; P. 33-36; C. 30-33. The height of the body is contained 4 to 4J times in its length without caudal ; length of head 4^ to Ah, times. The eye is 4- to -^ as long as the head. The pectoral is ^ as long as the head to end of upper jaw, the ventrals ^ as long. The origin of the dorsal is twice as far from the end of the snout as from the origin of the middle caudal rays. The longest dorsal rays are a little more than half the length of the head. The anal begins almost directly under the origin of the dorsal and has nearly the same extent ; its longest rays equal or slightly exceed the longest dorsal rays. The ventrals originate in advance of the dorsal and can be made to reach to or slightly beyond the origin of the anal. The vent is immediately in front of the beginning of the anal. About 77 scales in lateral line ; 11 rows between the dorsal and the lateral line and 11 between the lateral line and the anal. Color. — Dusky brown mottled with whitish, all the fins similarly col- ored, the dusky spots sometimes becoming confluent on the caudal and simulating bands ; belly mainly whitish, but in some specimens thickly covered with small dusky spots. LIST OF SPECLVEENS. 23498 a-g. (collector's number, 1430) 7 specimens. St. Michaels, Alaska, Feb., 1877. L.M.Turner. 23498 a. D. 13; A. 16; Y. 3; P. 36; C. 33; B. 8. Length 205 millime- ters. 23498 h. D. 13; A. 14; V. 3; P. 33; C. 31; B. 7-8. Length 200 milli- meters. 23498 c. D. 14 ; A. 15 ; V. 3; P. 33 ; C. 31 ; B. 8. Length 180 millime- ters. 23498 d. D. 14; A. 14; V. 3; P. 33; C. 30; B. 7-8. Lengtli 184 milli- meters. 23498 e. D. 13; A. 14; V. 3; P. 35; 0. 30; B. 8. Length 175 millime- ters. 23498/. D. 14; A. 14; Y. 3; P. 35; 0. 30; B. 8. Length 170 millime- ters. * Dedicated to Mr. W. H. Dall, of the LTuited States Coast Survey, in appreciation of hi.s coutribntions to tlic zoolofjv of Alaska. i procp:edings of uxited states national :\[uset7m. 359 23498 g. D. 13 5 A. 14; Y. 3; P. 35; 0. 31 ; B. S. Leiigtli ICT millime- ters. GGGl. 17 specimeus. St. Michaels, Alaslai. II. M. Bannister. a. Length 210 millimeters. D. 13; A. 14; V. 3; P. 33; C— ; B. 8. h. Length 200 millimeters. D. 14: A. 14; Y. 3; P. 35; C— ; B. 8. e. Length 135 millimeters. D. 12: A. 14; Y. 3; P. 35; C. 30; B. 8. The remaining fourteen specimens vary in length from 110 to 180 mil- limeters. United States National Museum, WasJiingtoiij January 5, 1880. FOURTBI III\.STAI.:HEIVT OF ©R!VBTBIOI.O«ICAI. BIBI.IOCiRAPHV r BE:INC} a Jf.ffJ^T ©F FAUIVA!. I»l.TjBf.S«'ATI©.\S REff,ATIIV« T© BRIT- I!§H RIRD!^. My BR. ELS^IOTT COUES, U. S. A. The zlppendix to the "Birds of the Colorado Yalley- (pp. 507 [lJ-784 [218]), which gives the titles of "Faunal Publications" relating to North American Birds, is to be considered as the first instalment of a "Uni- versal Bibliography of Ornithology''. The second instalment occupies pp. 230-330 of the " Bulletin of the United States Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories 'V Yol. Y, No. 2, Sept. G, 1879, and similarly gives the titles of "Faunal Publications" relating to the Birds of the rest of America.. The.third instalment, which occnpies the same "Bulletin", same Yol.,, No. 4 (in press), consists of an entirely different set of titles, being those belonging to the "systematic" department of the whole Bibliography^ in so far as America is concerned. Here come the titles of all publica- tions relating to particular species, genera, or families of American Birds, systematically arranged, hy families, and in chronological order. These three previous instalments represent a nearly complet^^ Bibli- ogi-aphy of American Ornithology. This present, /o«r^A, instalment of the worlv is of the same character as the first two: that is, it relates to "regional" or "faunal" as distin- guished from "systematic" ornithology; and it undertakes to do for British Birds what the first two did for American. That is to say: here belong the titles of all publications treating of British Birds as such, exclusively, and indiscriminately or collectively. In publishing these preliminary instalments, it is necessary to draw a hard and fast line between those titles which are and those which are not to be found in each one of them — a line which would be very evident to one cognizant of the plan of the whole Bibliography, though by no means obvious at first sight. It is therefore necessary for me to bo exjjlicit here. In order to fall within the scope, of this fourth instalment, a publica- 3G0 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. tion must relate to Britisli Birds as such. Secoudly, it nuist relate to British Birds exclusively. Thirdly, it must relate to liritish Birds of more thau one species, geuus or family. For, tirst, a i)ublicatiou ou, say, LaruH (jlaucus and Tringa canutus as observed in Greenland does not belong- here, though both these species are British Birds. For, sec- ondly, a work on the Birds of Europe does not belong here, though including all British Birds. For, thirdly, a paper on the occurrence of Ph(daro])us lujpcrhoreus in Great Britain, or one on the habits of Lar/ojms scoticus, does not belong here, as the scheme of the whole work carries one of these to Fhalaroiwdidcv, the other to Tdraonkla\\\\ the "system- atic" department of the whole Bibliography; though a paper on Pha- Jaropits liyperhoreus and Lagopus scoticus as observed in Great Britain would belong here, being a "faunal" publication, and a "British" one. This instalment, like (hose which have preceded it. is to be considered only in the light of published proof-sheets, to be canceled on the final appearance of the whole work. They are thus published in advance for several reasons — among others, both to render available certain depart- ments of the Bibliography which approach completion, and are therefore useful as far as they go, and to invite suggestions and criticisms for the bettering of the whole work. This British list is prepared with the «ame great care to secure good results which was bestowed upon previous instalments, and it is hoped that the severe tests to which it will doubt- less be subjected will prove it to be no less accurate than its predecessors have been found to be. Accurate, as far as it goes, I believe it to be; but I know it to be very incomplete. I do not think that it contains more than one-half as many titles as belong to this department of the Bibliography. I earnestly hope that the omissions, as well as any other defects that publication of my manusciipt discloses,. may be brought to my notice by those interested in the completion of the work. There are numberless historical, statistical, geographical, agricultural, even political publications, which contain lists or other notices of British Birds, no hint of the fact being given in their respective titles; and it is my aim to include everything that claims to be ornithological by a formal heading of any sort. Very few of these "by-ways of bibliog- raphy " have been accessible to me in America. Xor have [ ever been able to lay hands on a file of The Fidd, nor have 1 indexed certain peri- odicals past 1874. These sources, to say nothing of others I could men- tion, should yield upwards of a thousand titles not here given. I am so fully aware of the deficiencies of this instalment that criticism on this score would l)e futile. My manner of arranging the titles, moreover, is accoixling to the plan of the whole work, scarcely to be appreciated as yet. But these two points aside, I ask for, and hope to receive, the severest criticism to which such literary work can be subjected. I should esteem it a great favor to receive back this i^amphlet from ibs possessor with any errors corrected, any omissions supi)lied, or any bettering of my comments on the publications the titles of which are here given; PEOC'EEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 361 and 1 sliould be luippy to recoguizc sucli courtesy by returning- a copy of the whole Bibliography as soou as published. lu couducting this work, I habitually regard The Title as inviolable, — to be transcribed in full, verhatm, literatim et xnmotuatim. In the case of a book, this means a traus(!ript of the title-page, with vertical bars ( j ) to indicate the adjustment of the typography. With this is given the complete collation. In the cases of papers published in periodicals, I gWv tlie full title, -with the page on which the article ends as well as that on which it begins, with illustrations if any — in short, all custom- ary or requisite l)ibliographical data. Difterent editions of the same work, even if identical, are regarded as separate publications. Except in certain cases, where the contrary is expressly stated, no title in this Bihlioijraphij has been tal-en at second-hand. Many friends, both in England .and in my own country, have been pleased to express their interest in this work, and their hope for its successful completion. To each of them, I beg to tender my sincere thanks : and I may be permitted here to refer, in an especial manner, to the encouragement, advice and assistance which I have constantly- received, during years of toil, from Professor Alfred Kewton, of Mag- dalene College, Cambridge. Smithsonian Institution, Washiiif/ton, Januari/ 20, 1880. t 1606. Meruett, C. Piuax | Kei'iiui Ntitui-aliuui | Britauuicarum, | citntmens | Vege- tabilia, Aiiiinalia | ot | Fossilia, | In hac insula repperta iu- | choatus. | — | Autliorc I Cliiistoplioro MerreTr | Mediciiuc Doctoro utrinsiiue Societatis Kegiiu I Socio piiiuoiiue Mustei Harvoaui custody. | — | M// -« Aoyw /llovvov a/ld I lp-)i,) (h'l vofiiiE-j&ui. TovQ li/rpovg. | Hip]). | — | Loutliui Impensis Cave Pvilleyn lusigue Rostc | iu CtBiueterio Divi Pauli, Typis F. & | T. Warren, Anno 1666. Vol.nnic. Ifinio. Tit., 1 fol. Epist. dedicat., 3^ fol. Epist. ad Lect., ^10 fol. pp. 1-2^1 -f 1. Eclitio priuccps. Ed. ;ilt., 1667, 'j. v. Ed. nova. 1704. Aves Britauuicii', pp. 170-184. Avhim Catalouus Biitaimicanim, adject is nomiuibu.s iucolarum, locis babitationum, auctor- uinque citatioiiiliiis, ueunou notis diveisis. "As to Animals, be finds of them about 340. kiuds in England, whereof of tbefourfooted are about 50. Birds 170. . . .• (Philos. Tmns., \. ]).'M;i.) 1667. Merrictt, C. Piuax | IJcruin Naturaliuin | Britaimicaium, | contineu.s | Vege- tabilia, Animaliii. | .ct | Eossilia, | In liac Insula rcpcrta inclioatus. | — | Au- tliorc I Cliiistoi)lioi(i :MiTn'tt, I Modiciu;e Doetore ntrius(iue Societatis | Regia; Socio i>riuiotiUi,' Musiei Har- | veaui Custode. | — | Mf/ tu 1oy9 fiovvov alia I l:py(.) M vdiuLieaOai rovg u/rpovc- Hipp. | — | Londiui, | Tj-pis T..Eoy- croft, IiujK-n.sis Cave; Pulleyii. | MDCLXVII. Vol. unic. 16mo. Tit., 1 fol. Epist. dcdic. .'. fol. Epist. ad Lcct.. 10 fol. pp. 1--J'J:'. + 1. Edit, altera. Ed. prluceps, Kmo, -/. r. Ed. nova. 1704. Are-s Britanuiea'. pp. 170-184. The matter of these two editions is substantially the same, if not identical, but the type appears to bav(v b(tcu reset throughout : the title and ctdlatiou differ, as v.'ill be seen on com- paring them. Tlie Government T'rinting Office has no font that will exactly reproduce the Greek quotation of the IGOU ed., though coming very near it ; moreover, the orthography and accentuation of the motto differ in the 1 wo eds.— The orig. <>d. must be very rare ; Engelmann does not give it, citing the ed. of 10(37 as the lir.st. and noting another of 1704. There is a copy of each of the two earlier eds. in the I'liila. Acad. Libr. 362 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1676. P[LOT], K. The ] Natural Histoiy | of | Oxfbrdsliire, ] IJciiig :m Essay toward the Natural History | of | Euglaud. | — | By K[ol)ert]. P[lot]. LL.D."^! [Greek quotation, A Hues.] | [Eugraviug.] | Printed at, the Tlieater in Oxford, and are to be Lad there : | And in London at Mr. S. Millers, at the Star near the I West-end of St. Pauls Cluireh-yard. 1677. ! The priee in sheets at the Press, nine shillings. | To Subscribers, eight shillings. 1 vol. folio. Hy-leaf witli imprimatur; title, backed blank, 1 leaf; to Charles II, 1 leaf; to reader, :? leaves; text, pp. 1-358; errata, 1 leaf; index, .5 leaves; map, and pll. 16. Wo liavc uo Greek fout that will repioduco llic motto of tlio title. Chap. VIT, Of Brutes, pp. 175-170, H 3-17, rclato to Birds, in the author's -'Icarn'd and curi- ous mauuer."' Pig. of a bird, pi. x, f. 3. 1678. jNIouay, R. A Description of the Island Hirta. < Fhiloa. Trans., xii. 1678. pp. 027-9-29. With reference to the Birds. 1684. SuJBALD, R. Scotia lUustrata, | sive | Prodromus | Historiie Naturalis | in quo I Rogiouis natura, Incolarum Ingenia & Mores, Morbi iisquo medendi Methi- odus, A- I Medicina Indigeua accnrrate explicantur; | et Multiplices Naturae Partus in tripliec ejus Regno, Vegetabili scilicet, Animali & Mineral! | per haucce Borealem Magna? Britauiai Partem, qute Antiquissimum Scotiaj | Reguuui coustituit, undiquaque diffusi nunc primum in Lucetn eruuntur, «fc I varii eorum Usus, Medici pra^sertim & Mecbanici, ([uos ad Vita? | cum necessitatem, tum commoditatem pnestant, cunctis | iierspicue exponuntur. I — I Cum tiguris a;ueis. ( Opus viginti Annorum | Serenissimi Domini Regis Caroli. II. Maguic Britaunite, &c. | Monarclue Jussu editum. | Auctoro Roberto Sibbaldo M. D. Equito Aurato, Medico & Geographo | Regio, & Regii Medicoriim CoUegii apud Edinbvrgvm Socio. | [Fig.] | Edinbvrgi, | Ex Officinii TypographicJl Jacobi Kniblo, Josu;e Solingen.sis | & Johauuis Colmarii, Sumptibus Auctoris. | — | Anno Domini M. DC. LXXXIV. 1 vol. folio. 5 p. 11., + 3 11. Pars Secunda specialis, tomus primus, 3 p. 11., pp. 1-114, 3 11. Pars Secunda specialis, tomus secuudus, 3 p. 11., ]>p. 1-.j6, 2 11., i)ll. 1-22; Ipsum ver6 opus prodronium iu duas Partes divisum est ; Prima Gencralis duos continens Libros. Secunda Pars specialis est, ct quatuor Libria constat ; quoruni Tertius de Animali- bus Scotias tani feris quam domesticis agit; cujus Sectio Tertia de Avibus, pp. 11-22, tractat: Caput I, do avibus iu genere; II, do avibus terrestribus carnivoris; III, de avibus grani- voris ; IV, de aviculis ; V, do .lYibns aqnaticis fissipedibns ; VI, dc avibus pabnipedibaa ; VII, de avibns quibusdaiii, hu:d incertaj classis sunt. 1686. Plot, R. The | Natural History | of | Stafford-Shire. | By | Robert Plot. LLD. I Keeiier of the | Ashmolean Mus.-eum | And Professor of Chymi.stry | in the | University [ of | Oxford. | — | Ye shall Describe the Laud, and bring the Descrii)tion hither to Me. .loshua 8 v. 6. | — | [Engraving.] | Oxford. 1 Printed .at the Theater, Anno M. DC. LXXXVI. 1vol. folio. Title, .backed with iuq)rinuitnr, 1 leaf; to .James 11,1 leaf; preface, 1 leaf; poetry to James II, 2 leaves; to Dr. Plot, 1 leaf; same in Latin, i leaf; directions, ^ leaf; index, 1 leaf ; text, jip. 1-450 ; index, 5 leaves; map, and pll. 37. Chap. VII. Of Brutes, iu ■\^hich the ingenious and curious autlior considers such as "1. either wholly uudescribed, by auy Author I have yot met with ; or 2. have not been noted by the learned Mr. Willughby or Mr. Ray to bo indlgense of this County ; or 3. have had very extraordinary accidents attending them." Birds are treated, TI 2-17, pp. 228-236, pi. sis : also pl.ssii, f. 1. 1698. Mautix, M. A late Voyage to St. Kildii, . . . Not seen: contains omithological matter. See the va\. of 1818. There arc m.iny cds., ia various places ; it bad reached a 4th in 17.53. 1700. Leigh, C. The | Natural History | of | Lancashire, Cheshire, | and the | Peak, in Derbyshire: | with an | Account | of the | British, Phoenieian. Armenian, Gr. and Rom. | Antiquities in those Parts. | — | By Charles Leigh, | Doctor PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 363 1700. Leigh, C— Continued. of Physick. | — | Oxford : | Printed for the Author : and to be had there at Mr. George West's, | and Mr. Henry Clement's, Booksellers there ; Mr. Edward Evet's, I at the Green Dragon, in St. Paul's Church-yard ; and Jlr. John | Nicholson, at the King's-Arms, in Little Britain, London. MDCC. 1 vol. sm. folio, frontisp. portrait, eleven prel. 11., pp. [1-4], 11., pp. 1-190, 11.; Book II, pp. 1-97, 1 1. ; Book III, pp. 1-112, 1.5 11. Index. Many plates. Book I, chap, ix, pp. 157-164, Of Birds : summary notice. 1704. Merrett, C. Britanuicarum Rerum Naturalium Pinax, . . . Londiui. Roy- croft. 1704. Kot seen: title from Engelmann, ■who, citing the 1667 ed., says that it was reissued in 1704, under the above title. Compare the eds. of 1667 and of 1666. 1709. Robinson, T. An I Essay | towards a | Natural History | of | Westmorland | and I Cumberland. | Wherein | An Account is given of their several Mineral | and Surface Productions, with some Dire- | ctions how to discover Minerals by the Ex- | ternal and Adjacent Strata and Upper Co- | vers, &c. | To which is Annexed, | A Vindication of the Philosophical and Theological | Paraphrase of the Mosaick System of the | Creation, &c. | — | By Tho. Robinson, Rector of I Ousby in Cumberland. | — | London : | Printed by J. L. for W. Freeman, at the I Bible against the Middle-Temple-Gate in Fleetstreet, 1709. 1 vol. 8vo. 8 prel. 11., pp. 1-118. After his paraphrase of Genesis I, the author presents some "moral conclusions" -which Birds help him to draw. 1710. SiBBALD, R. History, ancient and modern, of the Sheriffdoms of Fife and liin- ross, with tho descri]ition of both, and of the Firths of Forth and Tay, and the Islands in them. Edinburgh. 1710. Not seen : said to contain ornithological matter. See tho ed. of 1803. 1712. Lhwyd, E. a Letter from the late Mr. Edward Lhwyd, Keeper of the Ash- molean Museum in Oxford, to Dr. Tancred Robinson, F. R. S. containing several observations in Natural History, made in his Travels thro' Wales. S'l'ATE.S NATIONAL MUSEI'M. o() < 1739. Walcott, J.— Coiiliiincd. maker iiow. Blackfnar.s, | L\>v the Author: | And .sold hy Mcw.s. White and Soii, Fle.'t Street; | Eo])sou and Chirkc, New-Bond Street; | And .I.Mathews, Strand. I — I M, DCC.LXXXIX. 2 vols. sni. 4to. Not paged ; with some 250 illustrations, in the test, not mmibevcd. There is said to be another edition, 1792. (?) "The following "Worli contains the description and manners of nearly all our Uritish birds, with a figure of each, copied by the Author from nature. . . . The particular merit this "Work is entitled to, lies iu the figures being faithful copies of nature ; and that it adds alittlo to our knowledge of the manners of birds." (Retract from Preface.) A few of the plates are copies from Brisson, and others. The author drew most of them from fresh specimens; others from specimens in the Parkinson and Latham museums : the di-scriptions of these latter being from Latham's "Synopsis." The engravings are of half -page size, heading a page, the rest of the page being text, backed blank ; many leaves of generic characters are interpolated. There is no pagination, printer's signature or numeration of the i)lates. Some 250 species are thus treated, the work thus consisting of as many sheets, plus the interpolated sheets of generic details. The sequence of the species appears to bo nearly that of the Lmna?an Systema Jf aturai, beginning with Yultu7; and ending with Caprimulgus. 1739. [White, G.] The | Natural History | and | Antiquities | of | Selborue, | in the I County of Southampton [by Gilbert White] : | with | Engravings, and an Appendix. | London: | printed, hy T. Bensley; | for B. White and Son, at Horace's Head, Fleet street. | M. DCC. LXXXIX. 1 vol. 4to. pp. i-vi, 1-468, 7 unnumbered 11. (index and errata), eng. title-p., and 7 coj)pcr-pll., besides one in text of p. ;507. Not seen: title from Newton, Ifotes and Queries, 5th ser., vii, Mar. 31, 1S77, p. 241 ; which see, especially, for a bibliography of G. White's published writings. This is the editio princeps of "White's Selborne"; from which, with or without the "Cal- endar" and "Observatictos," which were incorporated in 1802, flow numberless editions, variously edited and modified. . 1 give nearly all of them in this bibliography ; but see especially Newton, as just cited. The famous work is ostensibly anonymous ; but the author's name, "Gil. White." ajxpears on p. V. of the " Adv(>rtisement ". The pi. opp. p. 259 represents Gharadrius himantopus. "Many as our English Naturalists have been, and among them men endowed with so much excellence as to ensure their taking and holding a rank not inferior to that enjoyed by the naturalists of any other nation, there is but one whose writings have i)laced him among Eng- lish classical authors. This one is Gilbert White ; and his best known work, The Natural History and Antiquities of Selborne, has only to be named to ensure its respectful if not rapturous reception by all classes."— iV[a<. 13 July, 1720 : ob. 26 June, 1793. A summary notice of the editions of Selborne, etc., is given under 1877, Nf.wton, A., q. v. The following memoranda give the dates of publication of nearly all of White's published writings, exclusive of the two Swallow papers in Philos. Trans. 1789, Nat. Hist. Ant. Selb., orig. ed.— 1792, Gei-man, ed. Meyer.— m03, Nat. Hist. Ant.— 1795, Nat. Calend., ed. AiHn.— 1802, Works (Nat. Hist. Ant. Calond. and Misc. Obs), ed. Mark- wiclc.—lSn, Same, with Poems.- ?1822 (—?= 1802?)— '1825 ?— 1829, Nat. Hist. Selb., ed. Jardine.—W29, Nat. Hist. Selb., ed. Jardine.—Vi830, Nat. Hist. Ant. — ?— 1832, Nat. Hist. Ant., ed. Jardine.— 183^, Nat. Hist. Ant., notes by several, ed. Jiennie. — 1833, Nat. Hist., ed. Lady Dorer.— 1833, Nat. Hist. Obs. and Calend., ed. JJrowft.— ? 1833, Nat. Hist. Ant., ed. Jardine.— 1834, Nat. Hist. Obs. and Calend., ed. i;row}j.—18.34, Jesse's Gleanings.— ? 1835, Nat. Hist. Obs. Calend., ed. i?rown.— 183G, Nat. Hist. Ant. Calend., etc., notes hj Blyth.—ISZQ, Nat. Hist. Ant., ed. Jardine.— 18'Xl, Nat. Hist. Ant. Calend. Misc. Obs., notes by Bennett— 1840, Nat. Hist., etc., e&. Brown. — 1841, Nat. Hist., ed. Lady Dover, America?! reprint. — 1843, Nat. Hist., notes by J^ew2/ns.— 1843, Nat. Hist., etc., ed. I?row?i.— 1845, Nat. Hist., etc., ed. -Brown.— ? 1851, Nat. Hist., etc., ed. Jesse, suppl. ./arcZwie. — 1853, Nat. Hist. Ant. Obs. andCalend., notesbj" Jardiwe. — 1854, Nat. Hist., etc., notes by TFood.— 1858, Nat. Hist., etc., ed. Blyth.—\8Q0, Nat. Hist., ed. Lady Dover, American reprint. — ?1860. Nat. Hist., ed. Lady Dover (Pub. Soc. Difi'. Christ. Knowl.). — 1870 or 1871, the same.— 1875, Nat. Hist. Ant., etc., ed. Bennett, notes by Harting.—lS75, Nat. Hist. Ant., ed. and notes by Buckland.—1816, the same. — 187G, Correspondence with Mar- sham.— 1877, Nat. Hist. Ant., etc., 2 vols., ed. Bell.— 187Q, Nat. Hist, and Calend., with notes by Davies. — ^Besides these, there are some half-dozen reissues, separately dated, of the Har- per (American) reprint ; and I also hear of one or two editions, character unknown to me, be- tween 1876 and 1879. 1701, Axox. (Albix, E., siohn from.) The | History of | Singing Birds I coJitaining I An exact Description of their | Habits & Customs | & their manner of con- structing their nests | their times of Incubation | With the peculiar excel- 368 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED ."STATES NATIONAL IMUSEUM. 1791. Axon. — Coutiuued. leiuries of thejr scsveral 8oiigs. | the JNk-lliod of rearing lliciu in Cages j & the l)reparatioii and choice of tlieir | Food | Also the disorders tliey arc subject to I with the mode of treatment, | Including tlie history & management | of I Canary Birds | translated li-om the | French of the | Count de Buffou. | the whole ornamented with Copper Plates ] from Drawings after | Nature, | Edinburgh | Printed for Silvester Doig Royal Exchange | 1791 1 vol. 2 eugr. titles ; advt., and contents, each one leaf; i)p. 1-192 ; many plates. This is clearly a "bookseller's book", made out of Albiu's "Natural History of English Song Birds ", with nearly the same plates, and the text almost word for word in various places, as I ascertain by direct comparison ; variously padded in other places. The illustrations are substantially the same, but with the eggs mostly erased from the plates. One may always sus- pect an anonymous book which parades some gi-eat man's name on the title-page, as Buffon's in this case. — Compare 17.59, Albin, E. 1791-96. Lord, T. Lord's, | Entire New System of | Ornithology. | Or | Oecumenical History, of | British Birds. | [Fig.] | Under the Inspection and Patronage, of the Rev.d M.-- Peters. | Chaplain, to His Royal Highness the | Prince of Wales. I The whole accurately copied, from the Original Paintings, | now in the pos- session of the I Artist. | With a brief account of their Characters, & Proper- ties. I The writing Corrected, & Embellish'd, by the | Rev.^ D.^ Dupree. | Master of the King's, Free Grammar School, at | Berkhamstead. | London. | Pxiblished as the Act directs. May, 30, «> 1791 [-1796]. by the Author. | 1 vol. folio. Engr. title, dedication, introduction, pp. i-vi ; plates 1-114, with as many sheets of letterpress. Pub. in 38 parts, of SiJlates and sheets each, from May 30, 1791 to Oct. 1, 1796. Each plate is dated, so that the dates of publication. may be ascertained for the whole series— the redeeming feature of the work. Engelmann gives "(96) 108" plates: but I find in the copy examined the series of (3X38=) 114 'complete, though some of the sheets aro wrongly numbered, being coiTccted in msc. Given a snob with an "entire new system of ornithology,'' — a royal chaplain for a patron, — and a reverend pedagogue to correct and embellish the text, all together on one engraved title- page — and the infallible result estops criticism. The Canary bird, and some pigeons and poultry, are included in the "Oecumenical History, of British Birds." 1791. Markwick, W. On the Migration of certain Birds, and on other Matters re- lating to the feathered Tribes. < Travs. Linn. Soc, i, 1791, pp. 118-130, pi. xi. General considerations. Tabular view of the appearance and disappearance of 25 spp. of British Birds, from observations in Susses, 1768 to 1783 ; further commentary on the same ; special description and orig. fig. of Tringa glareola. 1792. White, G. (German ed., Meyg^.) White's Bey triige | zur | Naturgeschichte von England. | Aus den- Euglischen iibersetzt | und | mit Anmerkungen begleitet I von I Friedrich Albrccht Anton Meyer, j der Weltweisheit und Arzneyge- lehrtheit Doctor und Privatdocent | zu Gottingen. | Berlin, 1792. | Bey Hein- rich Augu.sl Rottmann. 16mo. pp. 8 (unnumbered), 168. Not seen : title and comment from A. Newton. "According to the youthful translator's preface, the original has much chaff (Sprett) in it, but also some corn that is worth transplanting into German soil, which he therefore conde- scends to extract, warning his readers, however, that the book is not for the learned, but only for such as wish to entertain themselves with a little knowledge. The extracts so put together entirely lose their epistolary character, though the translator keeps up the name. Thus White's first six letters to Pennant are condensed by Meyer into his "Erster Brief," while the last and " Vierzehnter Brief" is compounded of part of "White's fifty-eighth to Bar- rington, with a single paragraph from his next, and the final paragi'aph of the whole Xat. Hist. Sell. The translation is not very accurate, and the editor's remarks are inserted in the text, V)etween brackets, often with a sneer." ? 1793. White, G. The Natural History and Antiquities of Selbome, . . . There is said (by Ag. and Strickl., BiU., iv, p. 560) to bo an edition of this year (that of the author's death) ; ' ' but probably in eiror ", adds Prof Newton. It may be a misprint for 1792, the date of the German ed., which Ag. and Strickl.'do not give, unless this be intended for it. PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 369 1794-9[5. EoLTOX, J. Ilarnionia Ruralis ; | or, | au Essay | towards | a Natural His- tory I of I Britisli | Soug Birds. | — j Volume the first [second]. | — | Illus- trated I with Figures of the Size of Life, of the Birds, Male and Female, | in their most natural Attitudes ; | their Nests and Eggs, Food, favourite Plants, Shrubs, Trees, &c. &c. \ Faithfully drawn, eugr'aved, and coloured | after Nature. | By the Author, | on forty [forty] capper-plates. | — | [Quotation, 4 liues.] I — I Natura semper eadem, sed Artes sunt vari;i-. | — | By James Bolton. I — I [Design.] | Printed for and sold hy the author, at Stannary, near Halifax; | sold also by B. and J.White, in London, and may | be had of all other booksellers. | 1794 [179G]. 2 vols, folio or 4to. Vol.1, 1794, frontisp., pp. i-viii, 1-40 col'd pll., with 1-40 sheets of text. Vol. II, 1790 (some verbal modifications in the title), 3 p. 11. (title, dedicatiou, and note), 41-80 col'd pll., with 41-80 sheets of text, and pp. 81, 82 (Index). Thcio are said to be other editions, of 1824 and 1845. This is perhaps the most ornate, or luxurious, work ou iJiitish Song Birds of the last cen- tury, and it ought to remain in some sort a '-standard" treatise, notwithstanding N. "Wood's fiat. The text is prepared with great care for accuracy, and tlie plates are highly coloured — too highly, in fact. Tliey would not he tolerated now, hut we should always remember dates, for otlier than purely bibliographical ijuiposes. 1794-95. DoxoVAX, E. The | Natural History | of | Britisli liirds; | or, a | selection of the most rax-e, beautiful, and interesting | Birds | which inhabit this coun- try: I the descriptions from the | Systema Natura- 1 of | Linmeus; | with | geu- eo-al observations, | either original, or corrected from the latest | and most esteemed | English Ornithologists; | and embellished with ( Figures, | drawn, engraved, and coloured from the original si)ecimens. | — | [Vol. I-] Vol. II. I — ] By E. Donovan. | — | London: | printed for the author; and for F. and C. Eivington, | No. 62, St. Paul's Church- Yard. 1794 [1795]. 2 vols, in one. 8vo. Vol. I, 1794, 9 p. 11. (title, advt., contents), pp. [3]-[16] and many more unpaged leaves, pll. 1-24. "\^ol. II, 1795, title and many unpaged leaves, pll. 25-48. This is a well known and notable treatise, not common now. It was probably published in jiarts; but of this I do not know. The text is general, being in fact a descriijtion or other account of the species of British Birds selected for illustration. The plates are very good considering the date of their publication ; iu fact they still look well. There are 48 of them, all coloured. 1795. Berkenhout, J. Synopsis | of the | Natural History | of | Great-Britain and Ireland. | Containing | a systematic arrangement | and | concise descriirtiou | of all tlie I Animals, Vegetables, and Fossils, | which have hitherto been des- covered | in these Kingdoms. | — | By John Berkenhout, M. D. | — | Being a | third edition of The Outlines, &c. | corrected and considerably enlarged. | — I Vol. I [II]. I Comprehending the Animal and Fos.sil [the Vegetable] King- doms. I — I London: | Printed for T. Cadell, and sold by T. Cadell, junior, | and \V. Davies, (Successors to Mr. l."adell) | in the Strand, | MD CC XCV. 2 vols. 16mo. Vol. I, 1 p. 1., pp. i-xii, 13-334. (Vol. II, Botany.) Orig. ed. 1769-72, q. v. The second ed. I have not seen. Class II, Birds, pp. 10-04, substantially the same as in the orig. ed. 1795. [Edw.ujds, G.] A | Discourse | outhe | Emigration of British Birds ; | or, | This Question at last Solv'd: | Whence came the Stork and the Turtle, the | Crane and the Swallow, when they know and | observe the appointed Time of their Coming? | Containing | A curious, particular, and circumstantial Account of the I respective Retreats of all those | Birds of Passage, | Which visit our Island at the Commencement of Spring, | and depart at the Approach of Winter; as the | [etc., (5 lines, in triple columns]. | Also, | A copious, enter- taining, and satisfactory Relation of | Winter Birds of Passage : | Among which are the | [etc., 2 lines]. | Shewing the different Countries to which they retire, the I Places where they breed, and how they perform their | Annual EmigTa- tions, &c. I With a short Account of those Birds, that migrate occasionally, Proc. I^at. Mus. 79 24 April 13, 1880. 370 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1795. [Edwakds, G.]— <^'oiitinne(l. or only | shift their Quarters at certain Seasons of the Year. | To which are added, | lieilections on tliat truly admirable and wonder^il Instinct, the | Annual Migration of Birds! | — | By a Naturalist [George EdAvards]. | — | Loudon: | Printed for J. Walker, No. 44, Paternoster-row. | 1795. 8vo. in size, but only 4 11. to a sig. Title-p., pp. v-xv, 1 p. advt., pp. 1-64. This is a later issue: orig. cd. 1780. To judfre by the make-up of the copy handled, it may be only other copie.'s of the original, furnished with new title-leaf; for after the title-leaf which is backed l)lank, comes unpaged p. v, then paged p. vi.— The contents' of the treatise are sulKciiutly indicated in the title. Much space is devoted, in particular, to the migration and alleged hibernation of Swallows, the allegat ien being discussed and refuted. The author's eminence, no less than his treatment of the subject, makes this a very notable tract. It has become a rare and valuable book. My copy is copiously annotated by a hand unknown to me : it was presented to me in 1879 by S. S. Haldeman, and contains some msc. of his on the fly-leaf. 1795. WARNKr., K. The | History | of the | Isle of Wight, | Military, | EeeU'siastie.al, Civil, & Natural : | — | to which is added | a view of its agriculture. | — | By the Rev. Eichard Warner; | [etc., 1(5 lines.] | — | Southampton. | Printed for T. Cadell, jnu. and W. Davies, (successors | t,. Mr. Cadell) in the Strand, Lon- don ; | and T. Baker, Southampton. | — | MDCCXCV. Ivo). 8vo. pp. i-xiv, 1-312 ; 2 leaves of coins ; appendix, pp. 1-14 ; 1 1. errata ; 9 11. index. Chap. IV. Of the Ornithology of the Isle of Wight, pp. 225-24G. A considerable account, particularly of the water-fowl. 1795. White, G. (Ed. AUcin, J.) A | Naturalist's Calendar, | with | Observations in various branches | of | Natural History; ( extracted from the papers | of the late I Rev. Gilbert White, M. A. | of Selbonrne, Hampshire, | Senior Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. | — 1 Never before published. | — | London: | ])rinted for B. and J. White, Horace's Head, | Fleet Street. | — | 1795. 1 vol. Sm. 8vo or IGmo. pp. i-iv (title and advt., by .J. Aikin), i^p. 5-170, -f 15 11. (con- tents and ads't.), with coloured frontisp. ("a hybrid bird", in other copies said to face p. 65). Copy in the Phila. Acad. Library, handled by me. "THE Reverend Mr. "White, so agreeably known to the public by his Natural History of Selborne, left behind him a series of yearly books, containing his diurnal observations on the occurrences in the various walks of rural nature, from the year 1768 to- the time of his death in 1793. From these annals he had already extracted all the matter comprised in the work above mentioned, down to the middle of 1787, but several curious fiicts in the preceding num- bers bad not been thus employed; and all the subsequent ones -remained untouched. It was thought a mark of respect duo to his memory, and to the reputation ho had acquired as a faitbful and elegant observer, not to consign.these relicks to neglect. The manuscripts were accordingly put into my hands for the purpose of selecting from them what might seem wor- thy of laying before the public. The present small publication is the fruit of my research. ..." (Editor's advertisement.) The '-Calendar" and "Observations" were thus originally printed as a separate book, but Were incorjjorated in many of the subserfuent editions of the Xat. Hist. Ant. Selborne. It contains the following bird-matter: "Observations on Birds": pp. 57-91: — Birds in gen- eral— Rooks— Thrushes— Poultry— Hen Partridge— A hybrid Pheasant (frontisp. or opp. p. 6o) — Laud Rail — food of the Ring Dove — Hen Harrier — Great Sjieckled Diver, or Loon — Stone Curlew — Smallest Willow Wren — Fern Owl or Goat Sucker — Sand Martins — Swallows, con- gregating, and di.sappearancc of— Wagtails— Wryneck— Grosbeak. This matter comes in the ])art of the book entitled ••Obser%-ations on various jiarts of nature", following the "Cal- endar". 1797-1804. Bewick, T. History | of | British Birds. | The Figures engraved on wood byT[liomas]. Bewick. | Vol. I [II]. | Containing the | History and Description of Land [Water] Birds. | Newcastle: | printed by Sol. Hodgson, for Beilby »S: Bewick: sold by them, | and G. G. and J. Robinson, London. | [Price IHs. in Boards.] | 1797 [1804]. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, Land Birds, 1797, pp. i-xxx (title, preface, introduction, contents^, 1-335, figg. 115. Vol. II, Water Birds, 1804, pp. , figg. 113. I have seen few editions of "Bewick'', and for the titles of mo.st of them, as well as for nearly all that I have to remark respecting them, I am indebted to Prof A. Xewton, in cpist. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 371 1797-1804. Bewick, T.— Coulinncd. Vol. I, Land Birds, 1797, of tlie cditio imnceps, originally appeared in two issues. Vol. II, Watpr Birds, 1804, appeared in one issue of a number of copies equal to tbe number of copies of both issues of Vol. I. The text of Vol. I is by Beilby; that of Vol. II by Bewick. The two vols, are thus really two separate works ; but as they both together make up the editio princexis, I have combined the titles of the two in one, hypotheticaUy ; not knowing, how ever, that the title of Vol. II may not be worded more differently from that of Vol. I than as indicated above. The bracketed statement of price, in the title, no doubt varies in different copies. Also, was not Vol. II printed by E. Walker? Vol. I is said to contain 115 figures; Vol. II, 113; making 228 in all. About '>0 of the figures are said to have been drawn from subjects in the Wycliffc Museimi. It appears that there havb been eifjlit regular editions of "Bewick" (exclusive of three edi- tions of the cuts alone). They are as follows : 1797-1804. Editio princcps, ut supra. 1805. Second Edition. iSTewcastle. E. Walker. 2 vols. 8vo. 1809. Third Edition. Newcastle. E. Walker. ? 18CG. Fourth Edition. Newcastle. E. Walker. 2 vols. 8vo. 1821. Fifth Edition. Newcastle. E. Walker. 2 vols. 8vo. (With Supplement, Vavt I, Land Birds, and Supi)lenient, Part II, Water Birds.) 1820. Sixth Edition. Newcastle. E. Walker. 2 vols. 8vo. 1832. /S'c?)«if/t Edition. Newcastle. C. II. Cook. 2 vols. 8vo. 1847. Eighth Bdition. Newcastle. J. Blaekwell & Co. 2 vols. 8vo. (With Synopsis, by J. Hancock.) "Supplements", one to each vol., were introduced with the 5th ed., 1821. Each successive edition, or each to the Gth, has accessions ; thus, the Cth, 1826, contains 300 (157 Land, 143 Water) figures of British Birds, besides 14 of exotic Land Birds. The separate issues of figures only are three in number, viz : 1800. J'irst issue. Cuts of Land Birds only, without text. 8vo. (How mauj^ copies?) 1817. /Second issue. Cuts of Land and Water Birds, without text. 4to. (25 copies.) 1825. Third isauo,. Cuts of Land and Water Birds, without text. . . . (100 copies.) There is an autobiographical memoir of Bewick. Cf. Ibis, iv, 1862, pp. 368 . All these editions, both of the text, and of the plates only, arc duly noted in the present Bibliography, under their respective dates, ivhich see, for further particulars. 1797. Lamckrt, E. Observations relating to the Migration of [certain British] Birds. <^ Trans. Linn. Soc, iii, 1797, pp. 12-15. Notes on the movements of 9 spp. 1797. jMaton, W. G. Observations | relative chiefly to the | Natural History, | Pic- turesfpie Scenery, | and | Antiquities, | of the | Western Counties of England, I Made in the Years 1794 and 1796. | — | Illustrated by | A Miueralogical Map, and sixteen Views in Aquatinta by Aiken. | — | By William George Maton, M. A. j Fellow of the Linnaian Society. | — | Vol. I [II]. | — [Salisbury, | printed and sold by J. Easton; | [etc., 3 lines.] | — ] 1797. 2 vols. 8yo. Vol. I, pp. iii-xii, 1-338, 8 plates. Vol. II, pp. 1-216, 8 11. (index, &c.), 7 plates, map. Notices of various birds, p«ssi»).. — See especially the Critical Revievi, Apr., 1798, pp. 309-378, and June, 1798, pp. . 1798. Axox. Observations relative eliielly to the Natural History, Picturesque Sce- nery, and, . . . By AVilliam George Maton. . . . < Criagoti to asignatnrr). ]ip. 1, 2 (advts.), i-vi, 7-192. One of tlio montlily issues of tlic Society uained. Tlie date at the bottom need not be that of publication, though the booli is named in the advt. as No. 5 of the "irtsr.e of the lirst year". But it may mean the first year in which they published these tract;;, liot th;;t of the existence of tlie Society. The book does not look to mo like so old a one as 17'JO. 1799. PuLTENiiY, E. " Catalogues of the Birds, Shells and rare Plant.s ol' Dorsetshire, from the ncvr and enlarged ed. of Mr. Ilutchins History of tliat County. l)y Ed. Pulteney, M. D. fol. 1799." Not .seen. 1800. Bkwick, T. [Figures of British Land Birds. 1 voL Svo. Nev.castle. S. Hodgson. 1800.] Not seen. I know not wliat title to give this, if any. It is asetof the cul:i (liiaoes of Land birds and vignettes), from Vol. I of the "History of British Birds", issued without te^t. Seo 1797-1804, Bewick, T. 1802. Montagu, G. Ornithological Dictionary ; | or, | Alphabetienl Synoi).sis | of | British Birds. | By | George Montagu, F. L. S. | In tvro volunii's. | Vol. I [11]. I Loudon : | printed for J. White, Fleet street, | by T. Bensloy, Bolt Coiiri. | 1802. 2 vols. Svo, not paged. Vol. I, plate of Cirl Bunting, liile-leaf, pji. i- xliv, and sheets B to Y (near 400 pages). Vol. 11, 2 title-pages, sheets B to Y, and erratum slip. Vol. I has the Introduction, and the Dictionary A to L, inclusive ; Vol. II. Diclionary JI to Y, and Appendix in the letter S; also, "a List of British Birds, systcmatieally arr.inged into ordiues, genera, and species," occupying 17 pages, Jind a catalogue of the principal authors referred to. This is the ed. princei)s. and tlie only one in 2 vols. Tliero is a Supplement, Exeter, 1813 : a 2d ed., Renui<>, 1831 ; a 3d ed., Newman. 180(5. It is one of the most notable of treati.scs on British Birds, as a vade mecnni wliich has held its place at a thousand elbows iov tliree-quar- ters of a centiny. Colonel Montagu died June 20, 181.3. 1802, White, G. {Ed. Markwicl:) The Works, | in | Natural History, | of the late | Eev. Gilbert White, A. M. | Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. | Comprising | the Natural History of Selboruo ; | the Naturalist's Calendar ; | and Miscel- laneous Observations, | Extracted from his Paper.s. | To which arc added, | A Calendar and Observations, | By W. Markwick, Esq., F. L. S. | In Two Vol- umes. I London: printed for J. White, Fleet Street, | by T. Bousley, Bolt Court. I 1802. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I,pp. i-viii, 1-392, pll. 2. Vol. II, i)p. I--:'.!*, pU. 2, col'd, i-epresenting Charadrius himantopus (frontisp.), and '"a hybrid bird" (to face p. 173, wrongly lettered 123). Not seen : title and conmieut from Newton, 1877, q. v. This is often quoted as Aikin's or Markwiek's ed., but the advt. is signed "J. W[lul<] ', the author's nephew, and gives a brief .sketch of his life. The "Antiquities" arc omitted; the "Calendar" and enlarged "Observations" are included. Seethe orig. ed., 1789; the orig. ed. of the "Calendar" and "Observations", 1795; also the ed. of 1813. 1803. SiBBALD, E. The | History, | ancient and modern, | of the Slierilfdoms of | Fife and Kinross, | with a description of both, | and of the | Firths of Forth and Tay, I and the islands in them; | [etc., 4 lines.] | With an account | pf the nat- ural products of the I Laud and Waters. | By | Sir Robert Sibbald, M. D. | — | [Quotation, 2 lines.] | — | A new edition, | with notes and illustrations. I — I Embellished with elegant engravings. | — | Cn]iar-Fife : | — | Printed by and for E. Tullis, the publisher; | [etc., 4 lines.] | Loudon. | — | 1803. 1 vol. 8vo. pp. i-xvi, 1-4G8, 3 11., 4 engravings. Date of an earlier ed. is 1710. Compare same author, 1681 Chap. III.— Concerning the Animals or living Creatures in these two Firths ; of wliich pp. 106-115 are devoted to birds, giving a general notice of a few .species of sea-fowl. Of those species not described by Sibbald, the editor adds a short notice, with Linnsean and English V names from Pennant. PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 373 1804. Beavick, T. History of British Birds. .. . Vol. II. W.itcr Birds. 8vo. 1804. Tins is the date of Bewick's second volume, puLlislied seven years alter tin- first. See 1797-1804, Bewick, T. 1804. ?,roxTA(;x-. G. Obscvvatious on some Sjiecies of British Qaiidrupcds, liirds, and Fishe:;. < Trans. Linn. Soc, vii, 1804, pp. '274-294. Cirl Biuitlnf;;, B.artlbrd W.-irbler, Kinged Plover, Black-lieaded Gull, miseellaneous notes on, including liabita, plumages, &c. 1805. Br.-.VICK, T. A | History | of | British Birds. | — | The Figures engraved on wood by T. Bevdek. | — | Vol. I [II]. | Containing the | History and Descrip- tion of Land Birds [Wr.ter Birds]. | — | [Cut.] | — | Newcastle: | printed by Edward Walker, for T. Bewiclc ; sold by him, and | Longman and Rees, Lou- don. | — | 180.5. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pi).i-xxxviii, l-:Mn. Vol. II, pp. i-xxii, 1-400. Numberless cuts in both vols. This is the second edition ; I have handled it. See the orig. ed., 1797-180-t. 1806. Grahame, J. The | Birds of Scotland, | with other | Poems. | By | James Gra- hamc. I — I Edinburgh : | Printed by James Ballautyne & Co. | for Longman, Hurst, Rees, and Orme, Paternoster-row, | London; and William Blackwood, South Bridge | Street, Edinburgh. | 1806. 1vol. Sq. 24mo. prel. title, 1 leaf; pp. 1-7 (title and preface) ; contents, 1 leaf; text, pp. 1-248. Birds of Scotland, in Z Parts to p. 86, and some other bird-poems ; the rest miscellaneous. 1807. SiMMONDS, T. W. Observations respecting a Species of Phalarope, and some other rare British Birds. < Trans. Linn. Soc, viii, 1807, pp. 264-269. Phalaropus wilUamsii, sp. n.. p. 1204 [=hyperhoreus], and miscellaneous notes on 11 other British Birds. 1807. TuiiTOX, W. British Fauna, | containing | a Compendium | of | The Zoology | of the I British Islands: | arranged according to the | Linuean System. | — | By W. Turton, M. D. F. L. S. | — | Vol. I. | Including the classes | Mammalia, Birds, Amphibia, | Fishes, and Worms. | — | [Quotation, 4 lines.] | — | Swan- sea: I printed by J.Evans, Wind-street. | — | 1807. 1 vol. 18mo. or sm. 12mo., pp. 1-230, i-viii. No more published. This author's incompetent performances -with LinuiEus and Gmelin are well known. The present volume has no more authority than that attaching to the same person's English version of the Systema Naturce. Class II, Avcs. Birds, pp. 18-77. A descriptive systematic list of '294 spp. 1808. Montagu, G. Some interesting Additions to the Natural History of Falco cyaneus and pygargus, together with Remarks on some other British Birds. < Trans. Linn. Soc, ix, 1808, pp. 182-199. F. cynncus; F. cinerareus, ]>. 188; Sylvia dartfordiensis, with notes on 4 spp. rare British Birds. 1808. Montagu, G. Some interesting Additions to the Natural History of Falco cyanena and pygargus, together v.ith Remarks on some other British Birds. < Titloch's Philos. Mag., xxxii, 1808, pp. 815-329. rrom Linn. Trans., ix, 1808, pp. 182-199, q. r. 1809. Bewick, T. History of British Birds. . . . The third edition, not seen by me. See the original, 1797-1804. 1809. Maktix, M. A voyage to St. Kilda. By M. Martin, Gent. <^Pinlcrton's Voij., iii, 1809, pp. 700-729. This is from the fourth ed., London, 17.'33, 8vo. 1811-1821. Gr.wes, G. British Ornithology : | being | The History | with a coloured representation | Of every known Species of | British Birds. | — | By George Graves, assisted by several eminent ornithologists [mut. mnt.]. | — | Vol. I [-III]. I — I London: | printed for the author, | by Stephen Couchman, Throg- morton-street [mnt. mut.], | and sold by | Sherwood, Neely, and Jones, Pater- noster-row. I — I 1811 [1813, 18:il]. 3 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, 1811, not paged, 48 col'd plates. Vol. II, 1813, not paged, 48 col'd plates. Vol. Ill, 1821, not paged, 48 col'd plates. 374 PROCEEDINGS OF UXITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1811- 18il. GuAVES, G. — Coutiuucd. Impressed with the couvictioa that most previous works on British Birds had not 'taken (he necessary pains to mark out the different species ", and being in possession of a consider- able number of excellent diawiugs executed for the late "SVilliam Curt is. 1 lie author submitted these pages to the public. 181-2. Pkxxaxt, T. Britisli Zoology, | by | ThoiuaH Peiiuaut, Esq. | A New Editiou. | In Four Volumes. | Vol. I [-IV]. | — | CLass I. Quadrupeds. | II. Birds. Div. I. Land. | [Div. II. Vv^ater.] | — | Loudon: | i)rintedlbrWilkie andKobinson; [and eleven other booksellers.] I — I 1812. 4 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, prel. title, 1 1. ; eugr. title, 1 1. ; printed title, 1 1. ; pp. i-xlviii (dedication, preface, etc.); pp. 1-188, pll. i-xiv (mammals); pp. 189-568, pll. xv-lxvi (Land Birds). Vol. II, eug. title, pp. i-viii (incl. titles), pp. 1-452, pll. i-xlviii (Water Birds). (Vol. Ill, Reptiles and Fishes. Vol. IV, Crustacea, Mollusca, Testacea.) This is supposed to bo the 5th edition (not counting Murr's Latin-German version) ; 4th, 1776-7 ; 3d and 2d, both 17C8-70? ; 1st, 17GC, qq. ro.— It is notable as the first edition hi which the author's name appears on the title. The pagination is entirely different from that of earlier eds., and the pll. are renumbered. 1813. Bullock, W. An Account of four rare Species of British Birds. < Tr««.s. Linn. Soc, xi, pt. i, 1813, pp. 175-178. Strixnyctea, Tritiga calidris, Hirundo (\) praUncola, Anas africana. 1813. Low, G. Fauna Orcadensis: | or, | the Natural History | of the | Quadrupeds, Birds, Reptiles, and Fishes, | of | Orkney and Shetland. | By | the Rev. George Low, I Minister of Bii'sa and Haray. | — | From a Manuscript in the posses- sion of Wm. Elford Leach, M. D. F. L. S. ifcc. | — | Edinburgh: | printed by George Ramsay and Company, | for Archibald Constable and Company, Edin- burgh; and for Longman, | Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown, — and White, Cochrane, and Co. | London. | — | 1813. 1 vol. 4to. pp. i-xvi, 1-230. Class II, Birds, pp. 31-152. Thus more than half the work is devoted to oraithology. It is a systematic treatise on the subject, in due fonn, and has the appearance of being a val- uable contribution. "Mr Low's merits, as a laborious and accurate observer of Nature, were, it is believed, scarcely known beyond the narrow circle of his particular friends; and it is to be regretted, that a recent historian* [*the Kev. George Barry, D. D. in his History of Orkney, 4to. 1805.] has not scrupled to avail himself of the advantages which this obscurity offered to a plagiary. It having been the Editor's fortime to procure the MS. Fauna Orcadensis of Mr Low, he now begs leave to lay it before the public, in the fonn in which it was left by its Ileverend Author. It appears to have been revised by the late Mr Pexxaxt, as it contains a few corrections in that gentleman's handwriting. The Editor trusts that it will bo foimd to afford au interest- ing and valuable addition to the Natural History of the British Islands, and prove fai' more useful than the closet compilations of some modern zoologists." (Extr.from Editor's Preface.) 1813. Montagu, G. Supplement | to the | Ornithological Dictionary, | or | Synopsis of British Birds. | — | By George Montagu, Esq., F. L. S. A: il. W. S | — | Printed by S. Woolmer, Exeter; | [etc., 7 lines.] | — | 18i:>. 1 vol. Svo. Not paged; title, 1 leaf, backed blank = pp. i, ii ; introduction, ])]). iii-vi; list of plates, lleaf; text, sheets B to Ff. (about 472 pages); I page errata; with 24 full-page xilates. Eleven years after the appearance of his celebrated Dictionary, Montagu issued this Supple- ment, in sunilar style and spirit. It runs through the alphabet, A to T, as before (sheets 15 to Bb.). Then an appendix retraces the alphabet again, A to S (to sheet Ff.). Eollowing is Definition of the parts of extraordinary trachete belonging to some species of aquatic birds, with a plate ; and Direction for amputating the Wing of a Bird in a Menagerie. A "Cata- logue of additions and alterations to be made in the original li.st of British Birds", &c., finishes the volume. It is illustrated by 24 plates— 23 of birds, 1 of anatomical details. Sterna anglica, sp. n., first page of sheet Y, with a plate. Also, Ardca lentiginosa, sp. n. 1813. White, G. {Ed. Markwlck.) The | Natural History | of | Selborne, | by the late | Rev. Gilbert Vv'hite, A. M. | Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. | To which are added, | The Naturalist's Calendar, | Miscellaneous Observations, and Poems. I A New Edition, with engravings. ] In two volumes. | London: | printed for White, Cochrane, and Co. | Longman, Hurst, Ree.?, Orme, and Brown; | J. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 375 1S13. WiiiTK, G.— Continued. ISIawman ; S. Bagster ; J. and A. Arch ; | J. Hatcliard ; R. Baldwin ; and | T. Hamilton. | 1813. 2 vnlw. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. i-viii, 1-352, pll. 3. Vol. II, pp. 1-364. Not seen : title and comment from Newton, 1877, q. v. •'The plate of C haradrius himantopus has been re-engraveil, and is not coloured; that of the 'Hybrid Bird' is omitted. With these exceptions and those of the change of the title,' and the addition of the 'Poems' and of 'Observations on some Passages of Mr. "White's Natural Hhtory of Selborne' (vol. ii, pp. 307-316), signed -J. M.' (Mitford, cf. Bennett's ed., 1837, pref. pp. xiv, xv), this edition differs but little from that of 1802, q. v. Bennett indeed says (loe. cit.) that it was published in 4to. I have not met with such a copy, but some may very likely have been printed in that form."" 1815-22. HuxT, J. British Oruithology ; containing portraits of all the British Birds,, including those of foreign origin which have become domesticated; drawn^ engraved and coloured by John Hunt. Norwich. 1815-1822. 8vo. Pub. in 15 parts, each of 12 pll. col'd. Not seen. 1816. Bewick, T. A | History | of | British Birds. | — | The Figures engraved on wood by T. Bewick. | — | Vol. I [II]. | containing the | History and Descrip- tion of Laud [Water] Birds. I — I [Cut.] I — I Newcastle: | printed by Edward Walker, for T. Bewick: sold by him, and | Longman and Co. London. |' — | 181(i. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. i-xxxviii, 43-330. Vol. II, pp. i-xxii, 19-362. Numberless cuts of birds, scenery, tail-pieces, &c., in each volume. This is the fourth edition; handled by me. See the orig. ed., 1797-1804. 1816. Graves, G. Ovarium Britaunicum; | being | a correct delineation | of | The Eggs I of such I Birds | as are natives of, or domesticated in | Great Britain. I — I By I George Graves, F. L. S. | Author of British Ornithology, tfec. | — | London : | Printed for the Author, and sold by Sherwood, | Neeley, & Jones, Paternoster-Row, and | J. Harding, St. Jame's-Street. j — | 1816. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. i-vi, with 15 coloured plates. It is a mere fragment of a work never completed. The text is nothing more than the title, l^reface and list of the plates, on which the eggs of 46 British Birds are figured in colors. 1816. Leach, W. E. Systematic Catalogue of the Specimens of the indigenous Mam- malia and Birds that are preserved in the British Museum, with their localities and authorities. To which is added, a list of tlie described species that are wanting to complete the collection of British Mammalia and Birds. London. 1816. 4to. Not seen ! It is a very scarce tract ; I know of no copy in America. It acquires impor- tance from the many new naines, generic and specific, or new compounds of old names, which it contains. Stephen's Continuation of Shaw's Qen. Zool., 1817, et seq., gives v.arious new names of Leach's, some cited as if from his MS. 1816. Sharp, C. History of Hartlepool. ... By Sir Cuthbert Sharp. 181(). Not seen.— Contains "A List of Birds observed at Hartlepool": 68 spp. See the reprint, 1851. 1817. Bewick, T. [Figures of British Laud aiul Water Birds. 4to. 1817.] Not seen. — I know not what title to give this, if any. It is said to be a set of the *'uts from both vols, of the "History of British Birds", without the text, and printetl in 4to, in an edition of only 25 copies. See 1797-1804, Bewick, T. 1817 (jyrior to). Forster, E., Jr. Catalogue of British Birds, . . . Not seen.- 1817. Forster, T. A | Synoptical Catalogue | of | British Birds; | intended | to iden- tify the species mentioned by different names | in several catalogues already extant. | Forming | a book of reference to observations | on | British Ornith- ology. I — I By Thomas Forster, F. L. S. | Corresp. Memb. Acad. Nat. Sciences at Philadelphia, | &c. &c. | — | London: | printed by and for Nichols, Son, and Beutley, | Red Lion Passage, Fleet-street. | 1817. 1 vol. 8vo. pp. i-iv, 1-64. Several copies I have handled differ (inunatoriaUy) in collation; tliu.s. some begin with 4 pp. of advts., and end with 2 pp. of advts. ; some have a leaf of advts. interjiolated between 376 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1317. FORSTEU, T.— Continued. p. 38 and p. 39, others not. The regular pagination is simply i-iv, 1-64 ; pp. i, ii, title- leaf ; pp. iil, iv, preface ; pp. 1-04, text. The ' ' Synoptical Catalogue " runs pp. 1-37 (38 blank), gi\ang 283 .spp., under 55 genera, with author's names in Koman capitals, Leach's names opposite in Roman lower case, and vernacular synonyms under both. Then follows, p. 39, "Obser^-ations on British Ornithology. Article I. Division and Arrangement of British Gen- era and Species of Birds, with references to plates ; serving for reference to the descriptive part intended to follow.'' Such caption unplies that the work is a frapuen( : {in- nothing follows. The author having found Dr. W. E. Leach's Catalogue of ISIG difficult to use, on account of the newness of many names, he thought that a Catalogue with Leach's and more custom- ary names put together would be u.soful; hence this work. Some of the names here given are curious; for the author says: "I have attended to generic and specific differences, and thereon founded a nomenclature, regardless of modem names, whenever they appeared to disagree with facts ; but at the same time adhering as much as possible to the views of Aris- totle, JEliau, Pliny and others of the antient writers."— On the use of Buhuignavus. p. 3, cf. Ibis, 1879, p. 349; Ann. Mag. Xat. Hist, Aug., 1879, p. 159. 1817. TiTT, W. A I topographical | History of Staftbrdshire ; | including its | Agricul- ture, Mines, and Manufactures. | Memoirs of eminent natives; | Statistical tables; | and every species of information connected with the local | history of the county. | With a succinct account of the rise and progress of the | Staftbrdshire Potteries. | — | Compiled from the most authentic sources, | By William Pitt, | [etc., 2 lines.] | — | Newcastle-under-Lyme : | printed hy and for J, Smith, | [etc., 4 lines.] | — j 1817. I vol. 8vo. pp. i-xxvi, 1-450, 5 unpaged leaves of tables, pp. [1-319], 1 p. errata, 8 11. index. Contains, pp. [145-158], a formal list of birds, annotated. 1817. Young, G. A | History | of | Whitby, | and | Streoneshalh Abbey ; | with a | statistical Survey of the vicinity | to the | Distance of Twenty -Five miles : | By the Rev. George Young, . . . Vol. II. | — | Whitby: | printed and sold by Clark and Mead, . . . 1817. 8vo. Vol. n. — ni. Zoology, n. Birds; pp. 797, 798; a p.aragraph, of no consequence. 1818. Martin, M. A | Voyage | to | Saint Kilda, | The remotest of all the Hybrides, I or I Western Islands of Scotland; | [etc., 15 lines.] | — | By M. Martin, Gent. I — I Printed in the year MDCXCVIII. | — | Glasgow ; | re-priuted for John Wylie & Co. | By R. Chapman, | — | 1818. 12mo. pp. i-iv. .5-77. Forming one of the tracts in Miscellanea Scotiea, Vol. II ; orig. ed., 1698, q. v. It contains, pp. 26-36, a considerable account of wild fowl, as "Gairfowl", Solan Goo.se, Fulmar, etc. 1820. Atkinson, J. A Compendium | of the | Ornithology | of | Great Britain j with a reference to the | Anatomy and Physiology of | Birds. | — | By John Atkin- son, F. L. S. I Member of the Royal College of Surgeons in London, &c. | Curator of the Museum, and Librarian to the Philosophical and | Literary Society at Leeds. | — j "Milvus in coelo cognovit tempns suum; turtur, et | hirundo, et cicouia custodierunt tempus adventus | sui." Jcr. • | — | London: | printed for Hur.st, Robinson and Co. No. 90 Clieai)sidc: and | Rob- inson and Co. Leeds. | — | 1820. 1 vol. 8vo. pp. i-xii, l-2'.{2. A systematic descriptive synopsis, with occasional anatomical matter: ;ii)peu(li\, ou t;ixi- dermy. "The intention of the author, in forming this comi)endiuni. was to collect tlie informati(m scattered through extensive treatises, and the transactions of learned societies,— to state the species which have been recently discovered, — and to correct those errors in synonyma, which the difference of feather in different ages, or at (certain times in the year, has freqiu^ntly pro- duced." {Extr. from Preface.) 1820. [Editorial.] [Notice of the proposed publication of] Selby's Natural History of British Birds. < Edinh. Philon. Jouni., i v, 1820, p. 210. 1821. Bewick, T. A | History | of | British Birds. | The Figures engraved on wood by T. Bewick. | Vol.1 [II]. | Containing the | History and Description of Land [Water] Birds; | and | a Supplement, with additional figures. ( New- castle : I printed by Edward Walker, Pilgrim Street, | for T. Bewick : sold by him, and E. Charnley, Newcastle; | and Longman and Co. London. | 1821. PEOCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 377 18"21. Bewick, T.— Coiitiuued. 2 vols. 8vi>. Vol. I, Land Birds, pp. i-xl (title, preface, introduction and contents). 1-3:50, figg. — . Vol. II, Water Birds, p]). i-xxii (title, preface, introdnction and contents), 1-360, figg. — . A I Supplement | to the | History | of | Britisli Birds. | The Figures en- graved on wood by T. Bewick. | Part I [II]. | Containing the | History and Description of Land [Water] Birds. | Newcastle: | printed by Edward Walker, Pilgrim Street, | for T. Bewick : sold by him, and E. Charnley, Newcastle ; | and Longman and Co., London. ] 1821. 8vo. Part I, Laud Birds, title-p., and pp. 1-46, 1 p. (contents), ligg. — . Part II, Water Birds, title-p., and pp. 1-43, 1 p. (contents), ligg. — . Not seen : title obligingly furnished by Prof. A. Newton, in epist. This is the fifth edition, notable for the introduction of a separately full-titled and sepa- rately paged "Supplement" to each vol. See the orig. ed., 1797-1804. 1821. Graves, G. British Ornithology, . . . There is said to be a "2d. edit." of this date. Is it anything more than the final issue of the whole work, in 3 voLs. ? Compare 1811-21, Graves, G. 1821. Macgillivkay, W. List of Birds found in the district of Harris, part of the outer range of the Hebrides. <^Edinl). Philos. Jourii., v, 1821, pp. 257-261. Abotxt 87 spp., classed according to localities they frequent, preceded by general observa- tions on the subject. 1821-34. Selby, P..I. Illustrati(ms of British Ornithology, . . . 2 vols. Elephant folio. Edinburgh. Pub. in 19 Parts. 1821-1834. Vol. I. Land Birds. Vol. II. Water Birds. Said to be 228 plates, of 383 figures, x>lain or coloured. Xot seen as published at these dates. See 1841, same author. For text, see 1825, 1825-33, .and 1833. There is great difficulty in arriving at the dates of this work. I have handled a complete set of the plates, but that one is dated 1841, being thus a reissue ; it is furnished with a new title-page, worded differently from any of the earlier titles. I have not been able to see the work in the parts in which it appeared, nor even as first issued on its completion in 1834. According to information accessible to mo (including Lizars' own advt. sheets, pub. with Nat. Libr., "Vol. I, 1833), these folios were published in 19 parts, at intervals of about six months, from 1821 to 1834, both inclusive. This gives the date of each, approximately. They form two series: I. Land Birds, in 8 parts; II. ^Tater Bird.s, in 11 parts; designed to form two vids. On their com])letion, in 1834, the series were bound in two vols., with a litlo said to run as follows: • ' The Figures of British Birds, containing an exact and faithful representation, in their full natural size, of all the known species found in Great Britain," etc. The two series together are said to consist of 228 plates, of 383 figures ; but they are num- . bored in such a slovenly manner, with so numerous interpolations, including some lettered instead of numerated, th.it the number can only be ascertained by actual count. (See the enumeration which I give under date of the reissue, 1841.) 1822. 'I^DMOXSTOX, L. Remarks on the Larus Parasiticus or Arctic Gull; and on the Larus Eissa or Kittiwake ; with an Account of the Greenland Ivittiwake; — and on Colymbus Grylle. <^ Edlnh. Philos. Journ., vii, 1822, pp. 90-105. Chiefly on the habits of these birds. 1822. " [H.]" The History of British Birds; the Figures engraved on Wood, by T. Bewick ; and a Sui)plement with additional Figures. <^ Thomsou^s Ann. of Philos., new ser., iv, 1822, pp. 294-308. A notice of the 5th ed. of the woik, followed by an annotated catalogiie of the species. 1822? White, G. The Natural History and Antiquities of Selborne. . . . 2 vols. 4to. 1822. Xot seen : i.s there any such ed. ? Given l)y Engclmaun, Bibl.. i, p. 202 : most likely a mis- take — perhaps a typographical error for 1802, q. v. Cf. Newton, 1877. 1823. Fleming, J. Gleanings of Natural History, gathered on the Coast of Scotland during a voyage in 1821. <^Edinl). Philos. Joxrn., viii, 1823, pp. 294-303; ix, 1823, pp. 248-254 ; x, 1823, pp. 95-101. Tory slightly ornithological ; the second article has nothing on birds ; the third notices Alcaimpennis, living, from St. Kilda. 378 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1823. Sweet, E. The | Britisb Warblers. | — | An | account of the gemis | Sylvia ; | illustrated by | six[teeu] beautifully colored figures, | takeu fi-om | Living Specimens in the Author's Collection ; | with | directions for their treatment according to the | author's method ; | in which is exj)lained, | hoAv the inter- estiug iSc iine singing birds belonging | to this genus may be managed, | and kept in as good health as any common | birds whatever. | — | By Robert Sweet, F. L. 8. | Author of Hortus Suburbanus Londinensis, Botanical Culti- vator, I GeraniacciT?, British Flower Garden, &c. &c. | — | The Drawings by E. D. Smith, Artist for the Geraniaceje. | — | London : | published for the author, | by W. Simpkin and R. Marshall, | Statiouers'-Hall Court, Ludgate Street. | lti2li. \ — | Tilling, printer, Grosvenor Row, Chelsea. 1 vol. 8vo. Title, lip. 1-24, + a unr)aged pages, -f- <> unpaged pages, pll. 1-16. After the title and six pages devoted t<» the genus Syloia, come 16 plates, each with its leaf (2 pages) of text, paginated only to p. 24 ; then 14 unpaged pages belonging to the last 7 plates, and then 6 pages of "Additional Kemarks". The sixteen species treated and tigund are: 1, Sylvia rubetra. 2, S. phcenicurus. 3, S. luscinia. 4, S. hortensis. 5, S. cinerea. C, S. tro- chilus. 1 , S. hippolais. S, S. sylviella. 9, S. atneapilla. 10, S. sylvicola. 11, jS.provincialis. 12, S. locustella. 13', S. phragmitis. 14, S. anmdinacea. 15, irds | in a domestic state. I ^Yith | fifteen Coloured Engravings. | [By Patrick Syme.] | Jolm An- derson, jun. Edinburgh, | 55, North Bridge-street ; | and Simiikin & Marshall, London. | — | MDCCCXXIII. 1 vol. 8vo. pp. i-vi, 1-231, 15 coloured plates. Treating of 33 species of thrushes, larks, starlings, warblers, finches, buntings, etc. 1824. Blackwell, J. Tables of the various species of periodical Birds observed in the neighbourhood of Manchester ; with a few remarks tending to establish the opinion that the periodical birds migrate. <:iMcm. Lit.and Philos. Soc. Manchester, 2d ser., iv, 1824, pp. 125-150. Not seen. 1824. [Editorial.] Notice reganling the Island of Grimsey, ofl:' the North Coast of Iceland, and the Isles of St. Kilda, on the North-West Coast of Scotland. < Edinb. Fhilos. Journ., xi, 1824, pp. 132-140. More particularly the latter ; considerable notice of the birds. 1824. Fleming, J. Remarks illustrative of the Influence of Society on the Distribu- tion of British Animals. <^Edinh. Pinion. Journ., si, 1824, pp. 287, 305. 1824. Nasii, J. A I practical Treatise | on | British Song Birds ; | in which is given | every information relative to their | Natural History, Incubation, &c. | To- gether with I the method of rearing and managing both | old and young birds. I By Joseph Nash. | — [ Illustrated with Engravings. | — | London: | printed for Sherwood, Jones, and Co. | Paterno.ster-row : | .Sold by .Joseph Nash, 39, Great Windmill-Street, | Haymarket. | — i 1824. 1 vol. 12mo. pp. i-vi, 1 1., pp. 1-102, with pp. 1-28 of advts., and 8 col'd pll. Treating 21 spp., several of which are figured m colours. " I do not profess to ofl'er the fol- lowing treatise as showing either elegance of thought, or purity of dictiou, but merely as the I'esult of many years' experience, which, from tune to time, I have put together at my leisure moments." 1825. Bewick, T. [Figures of British Land and Water Birds, 1825.] Xot seen: title hypothetical, upon information furnished by A. Xewtou. It is a set of the cuts of both vols, of the "History of British Birds,'' without a\\\ text, printed in an edition of 100 copies. See 1797-1804, Bewick, T. 182.5. Cole, J. The | History and Antiquities | of | Ecton, | in the [ County of North- ampton. I By John Cole, | Editor of 'Herveiaua,' &c. | [Qnot.,3 lines.] | Scarborough: | published by John Cole; and | Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, PROCEEDINGS OB^ UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 379 1825. Cole, J. — Coutiuued. Brown, and Green, | London. | 1825. 1 vol. 16mo size, 4to by sigs. ; frontisp., title, dedic, each 1 leaf; preface, pp. i-iv ; text, pp. 1-60 ; index, pp. i-iv ; a few cuts in text. Four "scarce birds shot at Ectou ", p. 48 ; with note on Royaton Crow. 1825. Donovan, E. The Natural History of the Nests and Eggs of British Birds. . . . < Feniss. Bull, 2« sect., v, 1825, pp. 271, 272. Prospectus de cet ouvrage. 1825. Lessox, R. p. Notice sur la rencontre de quelques Oiseaux rares en Angleterre; par M. W. Yarrell. . . . in general accurate." (Strickl., Itep. Brit. Assoc, for 1844, p. 181.) PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 381 1828. Fox, G. T. Notice of tlio appearance of some rare Birds of England. <^Zool. Journ., iii, 1828, pp. 491-497. Falco lagopus, Cursorius isabeUiiius, Galliiuda baillonii, Proccllaria Icacldi, Anas (jamhensis, A.rutila, Vultur falmis? , Sylvia suecica. 1838. Lessox, [K. p.] Ciitalogue de divers Oiseaux qui appartieuneut a la- Faune des lies Farii, av»'c (pielques observations sur leurs habitudes ; par [P.] J. Selby. . . . /•»«*■.9. " CORRESPONDEXT.'' Notice of the Arrival of some of the Winter Birds of Pas- sage, as (veil as of a few of the occasional Visitants in the Neighborhood of Carlisle, during the Winter of 1828-1829; with Observations, &c. < Philos. Mag., vi, 1829, pp. 110-114. 1-29. " Coi!RE.SP()XDEXT." Table of the Arrival of some of the Summer Birds of Pas- sage in the Neighborhood of Carlisle, during the Years 1827 and 1828 : with Observations, «S:c. < Philos. Mag., v, 1829, pp. 196-198. 1829. "CORRESPOXDENT." Notice of the Arrival of Twenty-four of the Sunnner Birds of Passage in the Neighborhood of Carlisle, during the Year 1829 : with Ob,servations, &c. < Philos. Mag., vi, 1829, pp. 276-281. 1829. llL'XT, J. A I General History | of the | County of Norfolk, | intended | to con- vey all the iufornuition | of a Norfolk Tour, | with the more extended details of I anti9. SiiicPPAUD, R., and Whitear, W. Ein Catalo-r dor V6gel in Norfolk nnd Suf- folk, ueb.sf lieinerkimgeu, von R. Slu'ppard uiid W. WhiU^ar. (Liun. Trans. Vol. XV. P. 1. 1826, p. 1.) < Oken's his, Bd. xxii, 1829, pp. 1089-1097. Ahkiirziiut;; ..Von dcu BeniMkunyien Kcinuc-u wir nur da.s "Wesent.sliche aii.sheben.'- ■ 1829. SiAXLKV, ,T. 15ird.s in the Neighbourhood of Whiteliaveu, Cumlxu-land. <£()»- (Ion's Mu'j. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, pp. 27.^), 27r>. Mci'o mi'iition of many species. 1829. Vi(K)Us, X. A. Beschreibuug einer ncMu-u Gattuug Scolopax [Sabiui] dcr brit- isflieu lu.selu, und de.s "Weibscheus vou Ana.s glocitaus, von N. A. Vigors. (Linn. Transact, xiv. :!. p. 556.) Gelcsou 1824. < Oken's Isis, Bd. xxii, 1829, pp. 1107-1109. 1829. White, G. {Ed. Jar d inc.) The | Xatural History | of | Selbonie. | By the late | Rev. Gilbert White, A. M. | Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. | With additions I by I Sir William Jardine, Bart. F. R. S. E. V. L. S. M. W. S. | Author of "Illustrations of Ornithology." | A new Edition. '| Edinburgh: | printed for Constable and Co. | and Hurst, Chance, and Co. London. | 1829. 1 vol. 12rao. pp. i-xvi, 1-343. N. B.— There may be some little confusion respecting the tAvo titles I give of the 1820 -Tar- . dine edition: one of them formed Vol. XLV of Constable's JfisceHarty ; the other apparently did not ; which is which ? 1829. White, G. {Ed. Jardine.) The | Natural History | of | Selbome. | By the late | Rev. Gilbert White, A. M. | Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. | With additions I by Sir William Jardine, Bart. Edinburgh: | printed for Constable and Co. | and Hurst, Chance, and Co. London. | 1829. | " Six pages of Introduction, 330 pp. of text." Not seen: title from Xewton in epist. to Cones, from J. Dixon in epist. to Newton. This formed Vol. XLV of " Constable's Miscellanj-." The frontisp., supposed to represent "White in his study, on the floor of which "Timothy", the tortoise, is crawling, has no appar- ent connection with the subject. No other illustrations are introduced; the "Calendar," "Observations," and "Poems" are omitted. 1829. >''W. J." Rare Birds shot in Dumfries-.shire. <^ Loudon'' s Mag. Xat. Hist., ii, 1829, pp. 282, 283. 2 spp. oi Scolopacidce, 2 oi Phnlaropodidce. 1830. Anox. Tableau stir I'arriv^e de quelques oiseaux d'hiver dans les environs de Carlisle, pendant les ann(5ea 1827 et 1828; par . . . <^ Fi'russ. BidL, 2« sect., xxii, 1830, p. 120. Philos. Mag., August, 1829, pp. 110-114. 1830. Axox. Tableau snr I'arriv^e de quelques oiseaux d'^t^ dans les environs de Car- lisle, pendant les annees 1827 et 1828; par . . . <^F6'U8S. Bull., 2^ sect., xxii, 1830, p. 120. Philos. Mag., March, 1829, pp. 19P-198. 1830. "C." Notice of the Arrival of Tweuty-fotir of the Summer Birds of Passage in the Neighborhood of Carlisle, during the Year 1829, with Observations, &c. <^ London's Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, 1830, pp. 172-174. 1830. "CoiiRE.si'OXDENT." Notice of the Arrival of Twenty -six of the Summer Birds of Passage in the Neighborhood of Carlisle, together with some of the scarcer Species that have been mot with in the same Vicinity during the Year 1830; with Observations. < PMlos. Mag. , viii, 1830, pp. 444-449. 1830-31. Drosier, R. Account of an Ornithological Visit to the Islands of Shetland and Orkney, in the Summer of 1828. <^ Loudon's Mag. Nat. Hist, iii, 1830, pp. 321-326; iv, 1831, pp. 193-199. 1830. Fox.G. [T.] Bcvti-iVge znr britischen Fauna. < O/i'e/t'* /s/s, Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 1239, 1240. Zool. .Toiii-n.. 1828, iii, pp. 491-t97, q. v. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 383 1830. Hoy, J. D. Eare liirds, killed dnrino- the Autniim and Winter of 1,^29 and IS.-^O, iu Sufiblk, and on the Borders of Norfolk and Essex. < Loiidoii\ Mag. Xat. if;.sf.,iii,1830,p.4m With list of some early arrivals in Spiing- of IS.'iO. 1830. Hurst, J. C. Birds (some of them rare) shot and coUeeted in the imniediat(^ Vicinity of Dartford, darin.a; the last Winter. <^ London's Mag. Xat. Hist., iii, 1830, p. 435. 183(t. Jackson, C, Couch, J., and Lakes, .1. Kare or nneommon Birds observed in Cornwall, particularly in the southern parts of the county. <^ Loudon's Mag. Xat. Hist.,\u, 1830, pp. 175-177. ls:]0. Seluy, p. J. Verzeichuiss der Yri'j,<'l, :inf den Farn-Iuselu an der Nordkuste von Northumberland 55^° N. B. < ohmS /.s/x, Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 1057-1060. Zool. Joum.. Ni-o. viii, Jaiiuar 1S2G (Vol. ID. \i. 4.34. 1830. St.vxlkv, J. Birds in the Neio;hb->urhood of Whitehaven. < London's Mag. Xat. Hist., iii, 1830, pp. 171,172. Xominsl li.st. 1830. White, G. (Ed. Jardinc.) The Natural History and Anticpiities of Selliorne. . . . London. 1830. IJino. Xot .seen; uot cited by Xcn^toii, 1S77. Sucli an ed. is cited l)y Ag. & Strickl., BiU. iv, p. .'jGI. Any eds. of the '-fardine" in 12ino or 18mo, fioin ]S2'.) to 18:J0, arc probably ri'iuii)riuts or mere reissues of the Constable ed. of 1829. 1H30. YAtiRELL, W. Vorkommen einiger seltner britiseher Viigel. <^ Olcn's L'iis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 830, 831. Aus devZool. Joxmi., Vol. 11, Xr. 5, Apr., 1825, pp. 24-27. IS '>(). YARUEt.L, W. Ueber das Vorkomrap. 497-.-i0(), ns Mag. Xat. Hist., iv, 1831, pp. 422-428. 18:51. Fayrer, — . [Oij the Passage of Birds betweeiT Scotland and Ireland.] < P. Z.